Auto-commit of loaddefs files.
[bpt/emacs.git] / lisp / ldefs-boot.el
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
4
5 \f
6 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
7 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
8 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (20545 57511 257469 0))
9 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
10
11 (autoload '5x5 "5x5" "\
12 Play 5x5.
13
14 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
15 squares you must fill the grid.
16
17 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
18 \\<5x5-mode-map>
19 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
20 Move up \\[5x5-up]
21 Move down \\[5x5-down]
22 Move left \\[5x5-left]
23 Move right \\[5x5-right]
24 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
25 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
26 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
27 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
28 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
29 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
30 Solve with Calc \\[5x5-solve-suggest]
31 Rotate left Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-left]
32 Rotate right Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-right]
33 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
34
35 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
36
37 (autoload '5x5-crack-randomly "5x5" "\
38 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
39
40 \(fn)" t nil)
41
42 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-current "5x5" "\
43 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
44
45 \(fn)" t nil)
46
47 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-best "5x5" "\
48 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
49
50 \(fn)" t nil)
51
52 (autoload '5x5-crack-xor-mutate "5x5" "\
53 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
54 Mutate the result.
55
56 \(fn)" t nil)
57
58 (autoload '5x5-crack "5x5" "\
59 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
60
61 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
62 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
63 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
64 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
65
66 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
67
68 ;;;***
69 \f
70 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
71 ;;;;;; (20576 42138 697312 0))
72 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
73
74 (autoload 'ada-add-extensions "ada-mode" "\
75 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
76 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
77 extensions.
78 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
79 the file name.
80
81 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
82
83 (autoload 'ada-mode "ada-mode" "\
84 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
85
86 \(fn)" t nil)
87
88 ;;;***
89 \f
90 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
91 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
92 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
93
94 (autoload 'ada-header "ada-stmt" "\
95 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
96
97 \(fn)" t nil)
98
99 ;;;***
100 \f
101 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
102 ;;;;;; (20458 56750 651721 0))
103 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
104
105 (autoload 'ada-find-file "ada-xref" "\
106 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
107 Completion is available.
108
109 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
110
111 ;;;***
112 \f
113 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-merge add-log-current-defun change-log-mode
114 ;;;;;; add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry find-change-log
115 ;;;;;; prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address add-log-full-name
116 ;;;;;; add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log" "vc/add-log.el"
117 ;;;;;; (20665 59189 799105 0))
118 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/add-log.el
119
120 (put 'change-log-default-name 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
121
122 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
123 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
124 It is called by `add-log-current-defun' with no argument, and
125 should return the function's name as a string, or nil if point is
126 outside a function.")
127
128 (custom-autoload 'add-log-current-defun-function "add-log" t)
129
130 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
131 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
132 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
133
134 (custom-autoload 'add-log-full-name "add-log" t)
135
136 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
137 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
138 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
139 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
140 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
141 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
142
143 (custom-autoload 'add-log-mailing-address "add-log" t)
144
145 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name "add-log" "\
146 Prompt for a change log name.
147
148 \(fn)" nil nil)
149
150 (autoload 'find-change-log "add-log" "\
151 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
152
153 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
154 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
155 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
156 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
157
158 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
159 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
160 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
161
162 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
163 current buffer to the complete file name.
164 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
165
166 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
167
168 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry "add-log" "\
169 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
170 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
171 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
172
173 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
174 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
175
176 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
177
178 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
179 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
180 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
181
182 Fifth arg PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE non-nil means that if a new
183 entry is created, put it on a new line by itself, do not put it
184 after a comma on an existing line.
185
186 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
187 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
188 the same person.
189
190 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
191 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
192 notices.
193
194 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
195 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
196
197 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE)" t nil)
198
199 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window "add-log" "\
200 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
201 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
202 the change log file in another window.
203
204 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
205
206 (autoload 'change-log-mode "add-log" "\
207 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text mode.
208 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
209 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
210 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
211 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
212
213 \\{change-log-mode-map}
214
215 \(fn)" t nil)
216
217 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun "add-log" "\
218 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
219
220 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
221 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
222
223 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
224 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
225 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
226 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
227 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
228
229 Has a preference of looking backwards.
230
231 \(fn)" nil nil)
232
233 (autoload 'change-log-merge "add-log" "\
234 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
235 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
236 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
237 or a buffer.
238
239 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
240 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
241
242 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
243
244 ;;;***
245 \f
246 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-activate ad-add-advice ad-disable-advice
247 ;;;;;; ad-enable-advice ad-default-compilation-action ad-redefinition-action)
248 ;;;;;; "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (20660 41272 835092 0))
249 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
250
251 (defvar ad-redefinition-action 'warn "\
252 Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
253 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
254 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
255 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
256 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
257 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
258 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
259 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
260 interpreted as `error'.")
261
262 (custom-autoload 'ad-redefinition-action "advice" t)
263
264 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action 'maybe "\
265 Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
266 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
267 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
268 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
269 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
270 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
271 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
272
273 (custom-autoload 'ad-default-compilation-action "advice" t)
274
275 (autoload 'ad-enable-advice "advice" "\
276 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
277
278 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
279
280 (autoload 'ad-disable-advice "advice" "\
281 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
282
283 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
284
285 (autoload 'ad-add-advice "advice" "\
286 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
287
288 ADVICE has the form (NAME PROTECTED ENABLED DEFINITION), where
289 NAME is the advice name; PROTECTED is a flag specifying whether
290 to protect against non-local exits; ENABLED is a flag specifying
291 whether to initially enable the advice; and DEFINITION has the
292 form (advice . LAMBDA), where LAMBDA is a lambda expression.
293
294 If FUNCTION already has a piece of advice with the same name,
295 then POSITION is ignored, and the old advice is overwritten with
296 the new one.
297
298 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the
299 specified CLASS, then POSITION determines where the new piece
300 goes. POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number (where
301 0 corresponds to `first', and numbers outside the valid range are
302 mapped to the closest extremal position).
303
304 If FUNCTION was not advised already, its advice info will be
305 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of
306 the cache-id will clear the cache.
307
308 See Info node `(elisp)Computed Advice' for detailed documentation.
309
310 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
311
312 (autoload 'ad-activate "advice" "\
313 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
314 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
315 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
316 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
317 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
318 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
319 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
320 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
321 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
322 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
323 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
324 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
325 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
326 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
327 definition will always be cached for later usage.
328
329 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
330
331 (autoload 'defadvice "advice" "\
332 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
333 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
334
335 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
336 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
337 BODY...)
338
339 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
340 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
341 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
342 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
343 see also `ad-add-advice'.
344 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
345 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
346 before/around/after-advices will be used.
347 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'.
348 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
349 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
350 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
351 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
352 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
353
354 Semantics of the various flags:
355 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
356 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
357 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
358
359 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
360 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
361
362 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
363 advised function should be compiled.
364
365 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
366 during activation until somebody enables it.
367
368 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
369 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
370 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
371 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
372
373 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
374 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
375 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
376 BODY...)
377
378 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
379
380 (put 'defadvice 'doc-string-elt '3)
381
382 ;;;***
383 \f
384 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
385 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
386 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (20566 63671 243798 0))
387 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
388
389 (autoload 'align "align" "\
390 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
391 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
392 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
393 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
394 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
395 rule's `separate' attribute).
396
397 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
398 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
399 `separate' attribute set.
400
401 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
402 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
403 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
404 on the format of these lists.
405
406 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
407
408 (autoload 'align-regexp "align" "\
409 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
410 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
411 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
412 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
413 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
414 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
415 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
416 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
417 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
418 options.
419
420 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
421 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
422
423 Fred (123) 456-7890
424 Alice (123) 456-7890
425 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
426 Joe (123) 456-7890
427
428 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
429 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
430 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression.
431
432 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
433
434 (autoload 'align-entire "align" "\
435 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
436 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
437 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
438 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
439 align that section.
440
441 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
442
443 (autoload 'align-current "align" "\
444 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
445 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
446 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
447 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
448 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
449 been used to align that section.
450
451 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
452
453 (autoload 'align-highlight-rule "align" "\
454 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
455 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
456 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
457 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
458 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
459 to be colored.
460
461 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
462
463 (autoload 'align-unhighlight-rule "align" "\
464 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
465
466 \(fn)" t nil)
467
468 (autoload 'align-newline-and-indent "align" "\
469 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
470
471 \(fn)" t nil)
472
473 ;;;***
474 \f
475 ;;;### (autoloads (outlineify-sticky allout-mode allout-mode-p allout-auto-activation
476 ;;;;;; allout-setup allout-auto-activation-helper) "allout" "allout.el"
477 ;;;;;; (20651 26294 774003 0))
478 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
479
480 (autoload 'allout-auto-activation-helper "allout" "\
481 Institute `allout-auto-activation'.
482
483 Intended to be used as the `allout-auto-activation' :set function.
484
485 \(fn VAR VALUE)" nil nil)
486
487 (autoload 'allout-setup "allout" "\
488 Do fundamental Emacs session for allout auto-activation.
489
490 Establishes allout processing as part of visiting a file if
491 `allout-auto-activation' is non-nil, or removes it otherwise.
492
493 The proper way to use this is through customizing the setting of
494 `allout-auto-activation'.
495
496 \(fn)" nil nil)
497
498 (defvar allout-auto-activation nil "\
499 Configure allout outline mode auto-activation.
500
501 Control whether and how allout outline mode is automatically
502 activated when files are visited with non-nil buffer-specific
503 file variable `allout-layout'.
504
505 When allout-auto-activation is \"On\" (t), allout mode is
506 activated in buffers with non-nil `allout-layout', and the
507 specified layout is applied.
508
509 With value \"ask\", auto-mode-activation is enabled, and endorsement for
510 performing auto-layout is asked of the user each time.
511
512 With value \"activate\", only auto-mode-activation is enabled.
513 Auto-layout is not.
514
515 With value nil, inhibit any automatic allout-mode activation.")
516
517 (custom-autoload 'allout-auto-activation "allout" nil)
518
519 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
520
521 (put 'allout-reindent-bodies 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t text force))))
522
523 (put 'allout-show-bodies 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
524
525 (put 'allout-header-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
526
527 (put 'allout-primary-bullet 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
528
529 (put 'allout-plain-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
530
531 (put 'allout-distinctive-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
532
533 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (memq x '(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start)) (stringp x))))
534
535 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
536
537 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
538
539 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
540
541 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
542
543 (put 'allout-presentation-padding 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
544
545 (put 'allout-layout 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x '(: * + -)))))
546
547 (put 'allout-passphrase-verifier-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
548
549 (put 'allout-passphrase-hint-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
550
551 (autoload 'allout-mode-p "allout" "\
552 Return t if `allout-mode' is active in current buffer.
553
554 \(fn)" nil t)
555
556 (autoload 'allout-mode "allout" "\
557 Toggle Allout outline mode.
558 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout outline mode if ARG is
559 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
560 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
561
562 \\<allout-mode-map-value>
563 Allout outline mode is a minor mode that provides extensive
564 outline oriented formatting and manipulation. It enables
565 structural editing of outlines, as well as navigation and
566 exposure. It also is specifically aimed at accommodating
567 syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For example,
568 see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
569 outline.)
570
571 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
572
573 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
574 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
575 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
576 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
577 - easy topic encryption and decryption, symmetric or key-pair
578 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
579 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
580 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
581
582 and many other features.
583
584 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then description
585 of special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the
586 outline menubar additions for quick reference to many of the
587 features. Customize `allout-auto-activation' to prepare your
588 Emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
589
590 The bindings are those listed in `allout-prefixed-keybindings'
591 and `allout-unprefixed-keybindings'. We recommend customizing
592 `allout-command-prefix' to use just `\\C-c' as the command
593 prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with any personal
594 bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
595 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor
596 on an item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" -- then you can
597 invoke allout commands with just the un-prefixed,
598 un-control-shifted command letters. This is described further in
599 the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
600
601 Exposure Control:
602 ----------------
603 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
604 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
605 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
606 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
607 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
608
609 Navigation:
610 ----------
611 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
612 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
613 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
614 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
615 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
616 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
617 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
618 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' -- like regular beginning-of-line, but
619 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
620 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
621
622
623 Topic Header Production:
624 -----------------------
625 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
626 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
627 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
628
629 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
630 ---------------------------------
631 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
632 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
633 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
634 current topic
635 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
636 its offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
637 are alternated according to nesting depth.
638 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings --
639 the offspring are not affected.
640 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
641
642 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
643 ----------------------------------
644 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
645 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
646 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' Kill line, attending to outline structure.
647 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
648 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
649 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
650 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
651 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to `allout-yank' as `yank-pop' is to `yank'.
652
653 Topic-oriented Encryption:
654 -------------------------
655 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
656 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
657
658 Misc commands:
659 -------------
660 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
661 and establish a default file-var setting
662 for `allout-layout'.
663 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
664 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
665 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
666 buffer with name derived from derived from that
667 of current buffer -- \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
668 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
669 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
670 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
671 format.
672 \\[customize-variable] allout-auto-activation
673 Prepare Emacs session for allout outline mode
674 auto-activation.
675
676 Topic Encryption
677
678 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
679 symmetric and key-pair modes, and auto-encryption of topics
680 pending encryption on save.
681
682 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
683 encrypted during file saves, including checkpoint saves, to avoid
684 exposing the plain text of encrypted topics in the file system.
685 If the content of the topic containing the cursor was encrypted
686 for a save, it is automatically decrypted for continued editing.
687
688 NOTE: A few GnuPG v2 versions improperly preserve incorrect
689 symmetric decryption keys, preventing entry of the correct key on
690 subsequent decryption attempts until the cache times-out. That
691 can take several minutes. (Decryption of other entries is not
692 affected.) Upgrade your EasyPG version, if you can, and you can
693 deliberately clear your gpg-agent's cache by sending it a '-HUP'
694 signal.
695
696 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
697 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
698 for details.
699
700 HOT-SPOT Operation
701
702 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
703 navigation and exposure control.
704
705 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
706 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
707 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
708 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
709 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
710
711 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
712 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
713 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
714 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
715 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
716
717 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]) is
718 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
719 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
720 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
721 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
722 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
723 at the beginning of the current entry.
724
725 Extending Allout
726
727 Allout exposure and authoring activities all have associated
728 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
729 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
730
731 `allout-mode-hook'
732 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook' (deprecated)
733 `allout-mode-off-hook'
734 `allout-exposure-change-functions'
735 `allout-structure-added-functions'
736 `allout-structure-deleted-functions'
737 `allout-structure-shifted-functions'
738 `allout-after-copy-or-kill-hook'
739 `allout-post-undo-hook'
740
741 Terminology
742
743 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
744
745 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
746 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
747 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
748 CURRENT ITEM:
749 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
750 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
751 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
752 called the:
753 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
754
755 ANCESTORS:
756 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
757 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
758 of the ITEM.
759 OFFSPRING:
760 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
761 SUBTOPIC:
762 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
763 CHILD:
764 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
765 SIBLINGS:
766 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
767
768 Topic text constituents:
769
770 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
771 text.
772 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
773 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
774 BODY: Same as ENTRY.
775 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
776 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
777 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
778 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
779 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
780 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
781 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
782 the PREFIX.
783
784 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
785 of the ITEM.
786 PREFIX-LEAD:
787 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
788 It can be customized by changing the setting of
789 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
790
791 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
792 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
793 program code without interfering with processing of the text
794 (by Emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
795 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
796 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
797 docstring for more detail.
798 PREFIX-PADDING:
799 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
800 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
801 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
802 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
803 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
804 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
805 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
806 provide a universal argument (\\[universal-argument]) to the
807 TOPIC creation command, or when explicitly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
808 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
809 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
810 more details.
811 EXPOSURE:
812 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
813 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
814 CONCEALED:
815 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
816 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
817
818 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
819 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
820 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
821
822 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
823
824 (defalias 'outlinify-sticky 'outlineify-sticky)
825
826 (autoload 'outlineify-sticky "allout" "\
827 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
828
829 See `allout-layout' and customization of `allout-auto-activation'
830 for details on preparing Emacs for automatic allout activation.
831
832 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
833
834 ;;;***
835 \f
836 ;;;### (autoloads (allout-widgets-mode allout-widgets-auto-activation
837 ;;;;;; allout-widgets-setup allout-widgets) "allout-widgets" "allout-widgets.el"
838 ;;;;;; (20545 57511 257469 0))
839 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout-widgets.el
840
841 (let ((loads (get 'allout-widgets 'custom-loads))) (if (member '"allout-widgets" loads) nil (put 'allout-widgets 'custom-loads (cons '"allout-widgets" loads))))
842
843 (autoload 'allout-widgets-setup "allout-widgets" "\
844 Commission or decommission allout-widgets-mode along with allout-mode.
845
846 Meant to be used by customization of `allout-widgets-auto-activation'.
847
848 \(fn VARNAME VALUE)" nil nil)
849
850 (defvar allout-widgets-auto-activation nil "\
851 Activate to enable allout icon graphics wherever allout mode is active.
852
853 Also enable `allout-auto-activation' for this to take effect upon
854 visiting an outline.
855
856 When this is set you can disable allout widgets in select files
857 by setting `allout-widgets-mode-inhibit'
858
859 Instead of setting `allout-widgets-auto-activation' you can
860 explicitly invoke `allout-widgets-mode' in allout buffers where
861 you want allout widgets operation.
862
863 See `allout-widgets-mode' for allout widgets mode features.")
864
865 (custom-autoload 'allout-widgets-auto-activation "allout-widgets" nil)
866
867 (put 'allout-widgets-mode-inhibit 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
868
869 (autoload 'allout-widgets-mode "allout-widgets" "\
870 Toggle Allout Widgets mode.
871 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout Widgets mode if ARG is
872 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
873 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
874
875 Allout Widgets mode is an extension of Allout mode that provides
876 graphical decoration of outline structure. It is meant to
877 operate along with `allout-mode', via `allout-mode-hook'.
878
879 The graphics include:
880
881 - guide lines connecting item bullet-icons with those of their subitems.
882
883 - icons for item bullets, varying to indicate whether or not the item
884 has subitems, and if so, whether or not the item is expanded.
885
886 - cue area between the bullet-icon and the start of the body headline,
887 for item numbering, encryption indicator, and distinctive bullets.
888
889 The bullet-icon and guide line graphics provide keybindings and mouse
890 bindings for easy outline navigation and exposure control, extending
891 outline hot-spot navigation (see `allout-mode').
892
893 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
894
895 ;;;***
896 \f
897 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
898 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (20566 63671 243798 0))
899 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
900
901 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
902
903 (autoload 'ange-ftp-reread-dir "ange-ftp" "\
904 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
905 The implementation of remote FTP file names caches directory contents
906 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
907 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
908 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
909
910 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
911
912 (autoload 'ange-ftp-hook-function "ange-ftp" "\
913
914
915 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
916
917 ;;;***
918 \f
919 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
920 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (20545 57511 257469 0))
921 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
922
923 (autoload 'animate-string "animate" "\
924 Display STRING animations starting at position VPOS, HPOS.
925 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
926 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
927 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
928 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
929 in the current window.
930
931 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
932
933 (autoload 'animate-sequence "animate" "\
934 Display animation strings from LIST-OF-STRING with buffer *Animation*.
935 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
936 When the variable `animation-buffer-name' is non-nil display
937 animation in the buffer named by variable's value, creating the
938 buffer if one does not exist.
939
940 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
941
942 (autoload 'animate-birthday-present "animate" "\
943 Return a birthday present in the buffer *Birthday-Present*.
944 When optional arg NAME is non-nil or called-interactively, prompt for
945 NAME of birthday present receiver and return a birthday present in
946 the buffer *Birthday-Present-for-Name*.
947
948 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
949
950 ;;;***
951 \f
952 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
953 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (20642 11326 759953 0))
954 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
955
956 (autoload 'ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on "ansi-color" "\
957 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
958
959 \(fn)" t nil)
960
961 (autoload 'ansi-color-process-output "ansi-color" "\
962 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text properties.
963
964 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
965 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
966 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
967 text properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
968
969 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
970 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
971
972 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
973
974 \(fn IGNORED)" nil nil)
975
976 ;;;***
977 \f
978 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
979 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (20566 63671 243798
980 ;;;;;; 0))
981 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
982
983 (autoload 'antlr-show-makefile-rules "antlr-mode" "\
984 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
985 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
986 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
987 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
988 \\[yank].
989
990 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
991 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
992 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
993 the rules.
994
995 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
996 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
997 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
998 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
999
1000 \(fn)" t nil)
1001
1002 (autoload 'antlr-mode "antlr-mode" "\
1003 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
1004
1005 \(fn)" t nil)
1006
1007 (autoload 'antlr-set-tabs "antlr-mode" "\
1008 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
1009 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
1010
1011 \(fn)" nil nil)
1012
1013 ;;;***
1014 \f
1015 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-activate appt-add) "appt" "calendar/appt.el"
1016 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
1017 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
1018
1019 (autoload 'appt-add "appt" "\
1020 Add an appointment for today at TIME with message MSG.
1021 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
1022 Optional argument WARNTIME is an integer (or string) giving the number
1023 of minutes before the appointment at which to start warning.
1024 The default is `appt-message-warning-time'.
1025
1026 \(fn TIME MSG &optional WARNTIME)" t nil)
1027
1028 (autoload 'appt-activate "appt" "\
1029 Toggle checking of appointments.
1030 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1031 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1032
1033 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1034
1035 ;;;***
1036 \f
1037 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos-library
1038 ;;;;;; apropos apropos-documentation-property apropos-command apropos-variable
1039 ;;;;;; apropos-read-pattern) "apropos" "apropos.el" (20523 62082
1040 ;;;;;; 997685 0))
1041 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1042
1043 (autoload 'apropos-read-pattern "apropos" "\
1044 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1045 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1046 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1047
1048 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1049 kind of objects to search.
1050
1051 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
1052
1053 (autoload 'apropos-variable "apropos" "\
1054 Show user variables that match PATTERN.
1055 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1056 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1057 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1058 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1059
1060 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1061 normal variables.
1062
1063 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1064
1065 (defalias 'command-apropos 'apropos-command)
1066
1067 (autoload 'apropos-command "apropos" "\
1068 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1069 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1070 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1071 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1072 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1073
1074 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1075 noninteractive functions.
1076
1077 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1078 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1079
1080 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1081 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1082
1083 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
1084
1085 (autoload 'apropos-documentation-property "apropos" "\
1086 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1087
1088 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
1089
1090 (autoload 'apropos "apropos" "\
1091 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1092 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1093 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1094
1095 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1096 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1097 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1098 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1099
1100 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1101 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1102
1103 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1104
1105 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1106
1107 (autoload 'apropos-library "apropos" "\
1108 List the variables and functions defined by library FILE.
1109 FILE should be one of the libraries currently loaded and should
1110 thus be found in `load-history'. If `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1111 the output includes key-bindings of commands.
1112
1113 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
1114
1115 (autoload 'apropos-value "apropos" "\
1116 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1117 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1118 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1119 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1120 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1121
1122 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1123 at function definitions (arguments, documentation and body) and at the
1124 names and values of properties.
1125
1126 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1127
1128 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1129
1130 (autoload 'apropos-documentation "apropos" "\
1131 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1132 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1133 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1134 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1135 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1136
1137 Note that by default this command only searches in the file specified by
1138 `internal-doc-file-name'; i.e., the etc/DOC file. With \\[universal-argument] prefix,
1139 or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, it searches all currently defined
1140 documentation strings.
1141
1142 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1143
1144 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1145
1146 ;;;***
1147 \f
1148 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (20647
1149 ;;;;;; 29243 972198 0))
1150 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1151
1152 (autoload 'archive-mode "arc-mode" "\
1153 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1154 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1155 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1156 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1157 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1158
1159 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1160 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1161 archive.
1162
1163 \\{archive-mode-map}
1164
1165 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1166
1167 ;;;***
1168 \f
1169 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (20355 10021 546955
1170 ;;;;;; 0))
1171 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1172
1173 (autoload 'array-mode "array" "\
1174 Major mode for editing arrays.
1175
1176 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1177 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1178 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1179
1180 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1181
1182 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1183 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1184 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1185
1186 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1187 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1188 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1189 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1190 The variables are:
1191
1192 Variables you assign:
1193 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1194 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1195 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1196 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1197 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1198 row numbers in the buffer.
1199
1200 Variables which are calculated:
1201 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1202 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1203
1204 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1205 take a numeric prefix argument):
1206
1207 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1208 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1209 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1210 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1211
1212 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1213 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1214 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1215 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1216
1217 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1218 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1219 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1220 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1221
1222 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1223 between that of point and mark.
1224
1225 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1226 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1227
1228 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1229 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1230 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1231 newlines inside rows)
1232
1233 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1234
1235 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1236
1237 \(fn)" t nil)
1238
1239 ;;;***
1240 \f
1241 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (20513
1242 ;;;;;; 18948 537867 0))
1243 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1244
1245 (autoload 'artist-mode "artist" "\
1246 Toggle Artist mode.
1247 With argument ARG, turn Artist mode on if ARG is positive.
1248 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines,
1249 ellipses and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1250
1251 How to quit Artist mode
1252
1253 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1254
1255
1256 How to submit a bug report
1257
1258 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1259
1260
1261 Drawing with the mouse:
1262
1263 mouse-2
1264 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1265 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1266 below).
1267
1268 mouse-1
1269 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1270 or pastes:
1271
1272 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1273 --------------------------------------------------------------
1274 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1275 to new point
1276 --------------------------------------------------------------
1277 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1278 --------------------------------------------------------------
1279 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1280 --------------------------------------------------------------
1281 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1282 --------------------------------------------------------------
1283 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1284 --------------------------------------------------------------
1285 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1286 --------------------------------------------------------------
1287 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1288 --------------------------------------------------------------
1289 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1290 --------------------------------------------------------------
1291 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1292 lines
1293 --------------------------------------------------------------
1294 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1295 --------------------------------------------------------------
1296 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1297 --------------------------------------------------------------
1298 Paste Paste Paste
1299 --------------------------------------------------------------
1300 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1301 --------------------------------------------------------------
1302
1303 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1304 or diagonally.
1305
1306 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1307 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1308 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1309 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1310 poly-lines.
1311
1312 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1313 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1314 overwrite means the opposite.
1315
1316 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1317 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1318 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1319
1320 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1321
1322 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1323 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1324
1325 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1326 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1327 are currently drawing something.
1328
1329 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1330 some time to fill.
1331
1332
1333 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1334 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1335
1336
1337 Settings
1338
1339 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1340
1341 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1342
1343 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1344
1345 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1346
1347 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1348 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1349
1350 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes
1351
1352
1353 Drawing with keys
1354
1355 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1356 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1357 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1358 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1359 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1360 When pasting: Pastes
1361
1362 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1363
1364 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1365
1366 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the character to use when filling
1367 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the character to use when drawing
1368 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the character to use when erasing
1369 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1370 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1371 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1372
1373
1374 Arrows
1375
1376 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1377 of the line/poly-line
1378
1379 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1380 of the line/poly-line
1381
1382
1383 Selecting operation
1384
1385 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1386
1387 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1388 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1389 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1390 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1391 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1392 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1393 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1394 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1395 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1396 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1397 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1398 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1399 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1400 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1401 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1402 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1403 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1404 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1405 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1406 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1407
1408
1409 Variables
1410
1411 This is a brief overview of the different variables. For more info,
1412 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1413
1414 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1415 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1416 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1417 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1418 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1419 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1420 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1421 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1422 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1423 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1424 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1425 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1426 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1427 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1428 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1429 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1430 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1431 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1432 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1433
1434 Hooks
1435
1436 Turning the mode on or off runs `artist-mode-hook'.
1437
1438
1439 Keymap summary
1440
1441 \\{artist-mode-map}
1442
1443 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1444
1445 ;;;***
1446 \f
1447 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (20355
1448 ;;;;;; 10021 546955 0))
1449 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1450
1451 (autoload 'asm-mode "asm-mode" "\
1452 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1453 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1454
1455 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1456 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1457 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1458 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1459
1460 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1461 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1462
1463 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1464 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1465
1466 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1467
1468 Special commands:
1469 \\{asm-mode-map}
1470
1471 \(fn)" t nil)
1472
1473 ;;;***
1474 \f
1475 ;;;### (autoloads (auth-source-cache-expiry) "auth-source" "gnus/auth-source.el"
1476 ;;;;;; (20698 56506 332830 0))
1477 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/auth-source.el
1478
1479 (defvar auth-source-cache-expiry 7200 "\
1480 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable
1481 expiring. Overrides `password-cache-expiry' through a
1482 let-binding.")
1483
1484 (custom-autoload 'auth-source-cache-expiry "auth-source" t)
1485
1486 ;;;***
1487 \f
1488 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
1489 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
1490 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1491
1492 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1493 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1494 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
1495
1496 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" nil)
1497
1498 (autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" "\
1499 Toggle Autoarg mode, a global minor mode.
1500 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg mode if ARG is
1501 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1502 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1503
1504 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1505 In Autoarg mode, digits are bound to `digit-argument', i.e. they
1506 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do.
1507 Furthermore, C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT.
1508 \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence and inserts
1509 the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1510 Without a numeric prefix arg, the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate]
1511 is invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1512
1513 For example:
1514 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1515 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1516 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1517 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1518 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1519
1520 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1521
1522 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1523
1524 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1525 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1526 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1527 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1528 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1529 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1530
1531 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" nil)
1532
1533 (autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" "\
1534 Toggle Autoarg-KP mode, a global minor mode.
1535 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg-KP mode if ARG is
1536 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1537 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1538
1539 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1540 This is similar to `autoarg-mode' but rebinds the keypad keys
1541 `kp-1' etc. to supply digit arguments.
1542
1543 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1544
1545 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1546
1547 ;;;***
1548 \f
1549 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
1550 ;;;;;; (20665 59189 799105 0))
1551 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1552
1553 (autoload 'autoconf-mode "autoconf" "\
1554 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.ac files.
1555
1556 \(fn)" t nil)
1557
1558 ;;;***
1559 \f
1560 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
1561 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (20566 63671 243798 0))
1562 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1563
1564 (autoload 'auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1565 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1566 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1567
1568 \(fn)" t nil)
1569
1570 (autoload 'define-auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1571 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1572 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1573 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1574
1575 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1576
1577 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1578 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1579 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1580 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1581 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1582 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1583
1584 (custom-autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" nil)
1585
1586 (autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" "\
1587 Toggle Auto-insert mode, a global minor mode.
1588 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-insert mode if ARG is
1589 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1590 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1591
1592 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1593 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1594
1595 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1596
1597 ;;;***
1598 \f
1599 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-directory-autoloads
1600 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1601 ;;;;;; (20594 43050 277913 0))
1602 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1603
1604 (put 'generated-autoload-file 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1605
1606 (put 'generated-autoload-load-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1607
1608 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads "autoload" "\
1609 Update the autoloads for FILE.
1610 If prefix arg SAVE-AFTER is non-nil, save the buffer too.
1611
1612 If FILE binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1613 autoloads are written into that file. Otherwise, the autoloads
1614 file is determined by OUTFILE. If called interactively, prompt
1615 for OUTFILE; if called from Lisp with OUTFILE nil, use the
1616 existing value of `generated-autoload-file'.
1617
1618 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1619
1620 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER OUTFILE)" t nil)
1621
1622 (autoload 'update-directory-autoloads "autoload" "\
1623 Update autoload definitions for Lisp files in the directories DIRS.
1624 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name of a
1625 single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1626 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1627
1628 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1629 directory or directories specified.
1630
1631 In an interactive call, prompt for a default output file for the
1632 autoload definitions, and temporarily bind the variable
1633 `generated-autoload-file' to this value. When called from Lisp,
1634 use the existing value of `generated-autoload-file'. If any Lisp
1635 file binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1636 write its autoloads into the specified file instead.
1637
1638 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1639
1640 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads "autoload" "\
1641 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1642 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1643 Definitions are written to `generated-autoload-file' (which
1644 should be non-nil).
1645
1646 \(fn)" nil nil)
1647
1648 ;;;***
1649 \f
1650 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
1651 ;;;;;; auto-revert-tail-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode auto-revert-mode)
1652 ;;;;;; "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (20476 31768 298871 0))
1653 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1654
1655 (autoload 'auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1656 Toggle reverting buffer when the file changes (Auto Revert mode).
1657 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Revert mode if ARG is
1658 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1659 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1660
1661 Auto Revert mode is a minor mode that affects only the current
1662 buffer. When enabled, it reverts the buffer when the file on
1663 disk changes.
1664
1665 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1666 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1667 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1668
1669 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1670
1671 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1672 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1673
1674 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1675 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1676
1677 \(fn)" nil nil)
1678
1679 (autoload 'auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1680 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when the file grows.
1681 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-Revert Tail mode if ARG
1682 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1683 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1684
1685 When Auto Revert Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is
1686 constantly followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This
1687 means that whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because
1688 some background process is appending to it from time to time),
1689 this is reflected in the current buffer.
1690
1691 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1692 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1693 writing before you save the file!
1694
1695 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1696
1697 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1698
1699 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1700 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail mode.
1701
1702 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1703 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1704
1705 \(fn)" nil nil)
1706
1707 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1708 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1709 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1710 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1711 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1712 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1713
1714 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" nil)
1715
1716 (autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1717 Toggle Global Auto Revert mode.
1718 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Auto Revert mode if ARG
1719 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1720 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1721
1722 Global Auto Revert mode is a global minor mode that reverts any
1723 buffer associated with a file when the file changes on disk. Use
1724 `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1725
1726 If `global-auto-revert-non-file-buffers' is non-nil, this mode
1727 may also revert some non-file buffers, as described in the
1728 documentation of that variable. It ignores buffers with modes
1729 matching `global-auto-revert-ignore-modes', and buffers with a
1730 non-nil vale of `global-auto-revert-ignore-buffer'.
1731
1732 This function calls the hook `global-auto-revert-mode-hook'.
1733 It displays the text that `global-auto-revert-mode-text'
1734 specifies in the mode line.
1735
1736 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1737
1738 ;;;***
1739 \f
1740 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1741 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (20593 22184 581574 0))
1742 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1743
1744 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1745 Activate Mouse Avoidance mode.
1746 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1747 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1748 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1749
1750 (custom-autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" nil)
1751
1752 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" "\
1753 Set Mouse Avoidance mode to MODE.
1754 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1755 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1756
1757 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1758 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1759 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1760
1761 Effects of the different modes:
1762 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1763 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1764 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1765 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1766 a random distance & direction.
1767 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1768 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1769 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1770
1771 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1772
1773 \(See `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1774 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1775 definition of \"random distance\".)
1776
1777 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1778
1779 ;;;***
1780 \f
1781 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery-mode battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1782 ;;;;;; (20685 44469 497553 0))
1783 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1784 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1785
1786 (autoload 'battery "battery" "\
1787 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1788 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1789 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1790
1791 \(fn)" t nil)
1792
1793 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1794 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1795 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1796 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1797 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1798 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1799
1800 (custom-autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" nil)
1801
1802 (autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" "\
1803 Toggle battery status display in mode line (Display Battery mode).
1804 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Battery mode if ARG is
1805 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1806 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1807
1808 The text displayed in the mode line is controlled by
1809 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1810 The mode line is be updated every `battery-update-interval'
1811 seconds.
1812
1813 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1814
1815 ;;;***
1816 \f
1817 ;;;### (autoloads (benchmark benchmark-run-compiled benchmark-run)
1818 ;;;;;; "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (20557 48712 315579
1819 ;;;;;; 0))
1820 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1821
1822 (autoload 'benchmark-run "benchmark" "\
1823 Time execution of FORMS.
1824 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1825 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1826 FORMS once.
1827 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1828 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1829 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1830
1831 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1832
1833 (put 'benchmark-run 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1834
1835 (autoload 'benchmark-run-compiled "benchmark" "\
1836 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1837 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1838 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1839 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1840
1841 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1842
1843 (put 'benchmark-run-compiled 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1844
1845 (autoload 'benchmark "benchmark" "\
1846 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1847 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg.
1848 For non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1849 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1850
1851 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1852
1853 ;;;***
1854 \f
1855 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-search-entry bibtex-mode bibtex-initialize)
1856 ;;;;;; "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (20576 13095 881042 0))
1857 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1858
1859 (autoload 'bibtex-initialize "bibtex" "\
1860 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1861 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1862 of corresponding buffers.
1863 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1864 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil.
1865 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
1866 already set. If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
1867 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer uses
1868 `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer does not use `bibtex-mode',
1869
1870 \(fn &optional CURRENT FORCE SELECT)" t nil)
1871
1872 (autoload 'bibtex-mode "bibtex" "\
1873 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1874
1875 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1876
1877 Use commands such as \\<bibtex-mode-map>\\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1878 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1879 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1880 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1881
1882 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1883 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1884 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactically correct) and sorted
1885 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1886 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1887
1888 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1889 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1890
1891
1892 Special information:
1893
1894 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1895
1896 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1897 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1898 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1899 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1900 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1901 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1902 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1903 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1904 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1905 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1906 \\[completion-at-point] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1907
1908 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1909 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1910 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1911 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1912 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1913 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1914 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1915 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1916
1917 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1918
1919 ----------------------------------------------------------
1920 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1921 if that value is non-nil.
1922
1923 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
1924
1925 \(fn)" t nil)
1926
1927 (autoload 'bibtex-search-entry "bibtex" "\
1928 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
1929 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
1930 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'. Otherwise the search
1931 is limited to the current buffer. Optional arg START is buffer position
1932 where the search starts. If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
1933 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
1934 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
1935 When called interactively, START is nil, DISPLAY is t.
1936 Also, GLOBAL is t if the current mode is not `bibtex-mode'
1937 or `bibtex-search-entry-globally' is non-nil.
1938 A prefix arg negates the value of `bibtex-search-entry-globally'.
1939
1940 \(fn KEY &optional GLOBAL START DISPLAY)" t nil)
1941
1942 ;;;***
1943 \f
1944 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-style-mode) "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
1945 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
1946 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
1947
1948 (autoload 'bibtex-style-mode "bibtex-style" "\
1949 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
1950
1951 \(fn)" t nil)
1952
1953 ;;;***
1954 \f
1955 ;;;### (autoloads (binhex-decode-region binhex-decode-region-external
1956 ;;;;;; binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "mail/binhex.el"
1957 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
1958 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
1959
1960 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$" "\
1961 Regular expression matching the start of a BinHex encoded region.")
1962
1963 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-internal "binhex" "\
1964 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1965 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1966
1967 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1968
1969 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-external "binhex" "\
1970 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1971
1972 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1973
1974 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region "binhex" "\
1975 Binhex decode region between START and END.
1976
1977 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1978
1979 ;;;***
1980 \f
1981 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (20551
1982 ;;;;;; 9899 283417 0))
1983 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1984
1985 (autoload 'blackbox "blackbox" "\
1986 Play blackbox.
1987 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1988
1989 What is blackbox?
1990
1991 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1992 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1993 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1994 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1995 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1996 your score.
1997
1998 Overview of play:
1999
2000 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
2001 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
2002 four.
2003
2004 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
2005 movement keys.
2006
2007 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
2008 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
2009
2010 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
2011 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
2012
2013 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
2014 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
2015 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
2016 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
2017 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
2018 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
2019
2020 Details:
2021
2022 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
2023
2024 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
2025 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
2026 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
2027 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
2028
2029 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
2030 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
2031 denoted by the letter `R'.
2032
2033 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
2034 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
2035 denoted by the letter `H'.
2036
2037 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
2038 example.
2039
2040 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
2041 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
2042 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
2043 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
2044 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
2045 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
2046 ray.
2047
2048 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
2049 degree deflection it causes.
2050
2051 1
2052 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2053 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2054 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
2055 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
2056 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
2057 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
2058 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
2059 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
2060 2 3
2061
2062 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
2063 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
2064
2065
2066 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2067 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2068 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
2069 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
2070 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2071 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2072 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2073 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2074
2075 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
2076 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
2077 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
2078 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
2079 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
2080 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
2081 emerging from the box.
2082
2083 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
2084
2085 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2086 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
2087 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
2088 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
2089 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
2090 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2091 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2092 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2093
2094 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
2095 a reflection.
2096
2097 \(fn NUM)" t nil)
2098
2099 ;;;***
2100 \f
2101 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-bmenu-search bookmark-bmenu-list bookmark-load
2102 ;;;;;; bookmark-save bookmark-write bookmark-delete bookmark-insert
2103 ;;;;;; bookmark-rename bookmark-insert-location bookmark-relocate
2104 ;;;;;; bookmark-jump-other-window bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark"
2105 ;;;;;; "bookmark.el" (20630 20152 156327 0))
2106 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2107 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "b" 'bookmark-jump)
2108 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "m" 'bookmark-set)
2109 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "l" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2110
2111 (defvar bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "x" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "m" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "j" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "g" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window) (define-key map "i" 'bookmark-insert) (define-key map "e" 'edit-bookmarks) (define-key map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) (define-key map "r" 'bookmark-rename) (define-key map "d" 'bookmark-delete) (define-key map "l" 'bookmark-load) (define-key map "w" 'bookmark-write) (define-key map "s" 'bookmark-save) map) "\
2112 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2113 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2114 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2115 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
2116 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
2117 (fset 'bookmark-map bookmark-map)
2118
2119 (autoload 'bookmark-set "bookmark" "\
2120 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
2121 If name is nil, then prompt the user.
2122
2123 With a prefix arg (non-nil NO-OVERWRITE), do not overwrite any
2124 existing bookmark that has the same name as NAME, but instead push the
2125 new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. The most recently set bookmark
2126 with name NAME is thus the one in effect at any given time, but the
2127 others are still there, should the user decide to delete the most
2128 recent one.
2129
2130 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2131 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2132 yank successive words.
2133
2134 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
2135 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
2136 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2137 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2138 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2139
2140 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name and
2141 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2142 the list of bookmarks.)
2143
2144 \(fn &optional NAME NO-OVERWRITE)" t nil)
2145
2146 (autoload 'bookmark-jump "bookmark" "\
2147 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2148 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2149 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2150 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2151 this.
2152
2153 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2154 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2155 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2156 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2157
2158 BOOKMARK is usually a bookmark name (a string). It can also be a
2159 bookmark record, but this is usually only done by programmatic callers.
2160
2161 If DISPLAY-FUNC is non-nil, it is a function to invoke to display the
2162 bookmark. It defaults to `switch-to-buffer'. A typical value for
2163 DISPLAY-FUNC would be `switch-to-buffer-other-window'.
2164
2165 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional DISPLAY-FUNC)" t nil)
2166
2167 (autoload 'bookmark-jump-other-window "bookmark" "\
2168 Jump to BOOKMARK in another window. See `bookmark-jump' for more.
2169
2170 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2171
2172 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate "bookmark" "\
2173 Relocate BOOKMARK-NAME to another file, reading file name with minibuffer.
2174
2175 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2176 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2177 after a bookmark was set in it.
2178
2179 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2180
2181 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location "bookmark" "\
2182 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK-NAME.
2183
2184 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2185 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2186
2187 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2188
2189 (defalias 'bookmark-locate 'bookmark-insert-location)
2190
2191 (autoload 'bookmark-rename "bookmark" "\
2192 Change the name of OLD-NAME bookmark to NEW-NAME name.
2193 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD-NAME and NEW-NAME.
2194 If called from menubar, select OLD-NAME from a menu and prompt for NEW-NAME.
2195
2196 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW-NAME if only OLD-NAME was passed
2197 as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done.
2198 You must pass at least OLD-NAME when calling from Lisp.
2199
2200 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2201 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2202 name.
2203
2204 \(fn OLD-NAME &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
2205
2206 (autoload 'bookmark-insert "bookmark" "\
2207 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK-NAME.
2208 BOOKMARK-NAME is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2209
2210 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2211 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2212 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2213 this.
2214
2215 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2216
2217 (autoload 'bookmark-delete "bookmark" "\
2218 Delete BOOKMARK-NAME from the bookmark list.
2219
2220 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2221 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2222 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2223 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2224 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2225 probably because we were called from there.
2226
2227 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2228
2229 (autoload 'bookmark-write "bookmark" "\
2230 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2231 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
2232
2233 \(fn)" t nil)
2234
2235 (autoload 'bookmark-save "bookmark" "\
2236 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2237 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2238 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2239 \(second argument).
2240
2241 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2242 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2243 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2244 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2245 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2246
2247 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2248 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2249 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2250 `bookmark-default-file'.
2251
2252 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2253
2254 (autoload 'bookmark-load "bookmark" "\
2255 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2256 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2257 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2258 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2259 while loading.
2260
2261 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2262 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2263 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2264 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2265 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2266 explicitly.
2267
2268 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2269 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2270 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
2271 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
2272
2273 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2274
2275 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list "bookmark" "\
2276 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2277 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2278 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2279 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2280
2281 \(fn)" t nil)
2282
2283 (defalias 'list-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2284
2285 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2286
2287 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-search "bookmark" "\
2288 Incremental search of bookmarks, hiding the non-matches as we go.
2289
2290 \(fn)" t nil)
2291
2292 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (bindings--define-key map [load] '(menu-item "Load a Bookmark File..." bookmark-load :help "Load bookmarks from a bookmark file)")) (bindings--define-key map [write] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks As..." bookmark-write :help "Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer)")) (bindings--define-key map [save] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks" bookmark-save :help "Save currently defined bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [edit] '(menu-item "Edit Bookmark List" bookmark-bmenu-list :help "Display a list of existing bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [delete] '(menu-item "Delete Bookmark..." bookmark-delete :help "Delete a bookmark from the bookmark list")) (bindings--define-key map [rename] '(menu-item "Rename Bookmark..." bookmark-rename :help "Change the name of a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [locate] '(menu-item "Insert Location..." bookmark-locate :help "Insert the name of the file associated with a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [insert] '(menu-item "Insert Contents..." bookmark-insert :help "Insert the text of the file pointed to by a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [set] '(menu-item "Set Bookmark..." bookmark-set :help "Set a bookmark named inside a file.")) (bindings--define-key map [jump] '(menu-item "Jump to Bookmark..." bookmark-jump :help "Jump to a bookmark (a point in some file)")) map))
2293
2294 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2295
2296 ;;;***
2297 \f
2298 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-elinks browse-url-kde browse-url-generic
2299 ;;;;;; browse-url-mail browse-url-text-emacs browse-url-text-xterm
2300 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-cci browse-url-mosaic
2301 ;;;;;; browse-url-gnome-moz browse-url-emacs browse-url-galeon browse-url-chromium
2302 ;;;;;; browse-url-firefox browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape
2303 ;;;;;; browse-url-xdg-open browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point
2304 ;;;;;; browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file
2305 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-browser-function)
2306 ;;;;;; "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (20566 63671 243798 0))
2307 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2308
2309 (defvar browse-url-browser-function 'browse-url-default-browser "\
2310 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2311 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2312 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2313
2314 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2315 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2316 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2317 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2318 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2319
2320 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2321
2322 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2323 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2324 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2325 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2326 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2327 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2328
2329 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2330
2331 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2332 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2333 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2334 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2335 narrowed.
2336
2337 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2338
2339 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2340 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2341
2342 \(fn)" t nil)
2343
2344 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2345 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2346
2347 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2348
2349 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2350 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2351 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2352 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2353 If the URL is a mailto: URL, consult `browse-url-mailto-function'
2354 first, if that exists.
2355
2356 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2357
2358 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2359 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2360 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2361 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2362
2363 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2364
2365 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2366 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2367 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2368 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2369 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2370 to use.
2371
2372 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2373
2374 (autoload 'browse-url-xdg-open "browse-url" "\
2375 Pass the specified URL to the \"xdg-open\" command.
2376 xdg-open is a desktop utility that calls your preferred web browser.
2377 The optional argument IGNORED is not used.
2378
2379 \(fn URL &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
2380
2381 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2382 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2383 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2384 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2385
2386 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2387 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2388 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2389 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2390
2391 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2392 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2393 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2394
2395 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2396 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2397
2398 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2399
2400 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2401 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2402 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2403 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2404
2405 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2406 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2407 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2408 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2409
2410 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2411 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2412 new tab in an existing window instead.
2413
2414 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2415 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2416
2417 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2418
2419 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2420 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2421 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2422 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2423 Firefox.
2424
2425 When called interactively, if variable
2426 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2427 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2428 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2429 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2430
2431 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2432 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2433 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2434
2435 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2436 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2437
2438 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2439 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2440 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2441 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2442 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2443 URL in a new window.
2444
2445 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2446
2447 (autoload 'browse-url-chromium "browse-url" "\
2448 Ask the Chromium WWW browser to load URL.
2449 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2450 variable `browse-url-chromium-arguments' are also passed to
2451 Chromium.
2452
2453 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2454
2455 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2456 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2457 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2458 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2459
2460 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2461 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2462 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2463 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2464
2465 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2466 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2467 new tab in an existing window instead.
2468
2469 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2470 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2471
2472 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2473
2474 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2475 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2476
2477 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2478
2479 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2480 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2481 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2482 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2483
2484 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2485 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2486 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2487 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2488
2489 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2490 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2491
2492 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2493
2494 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2495 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2496
2497 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2498 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2499 program is invoked according to the variable
2500 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2501
2502 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2503 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2504 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2505 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2506
2507 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2508 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2509
2510 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2511
2512 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2513 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2514 Default to the URL around or before point.
2515
2516 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2517 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2518 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2519
2520 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2521 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2522 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2523 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2524
2525 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2526 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2527
2528 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2529
2530 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2531 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2532 Default to the URL around or before point.
2533
2534 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2535 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2536 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2537
2538 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2539 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2540
2541 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2542
2543 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2544 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2545 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2546 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2547
2548 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2549
2550 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2551 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2552 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2553 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2554 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2555 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2556
2557 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2558
2559 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2560 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2561 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2562 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2563 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2564
2565 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2566 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2567 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2568 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2569
2570 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2571 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2572
2573 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2574
2575 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2576 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2577 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2578 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2579 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2580 current one.
2581
2582 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2583 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2584 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2585 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2586
2587 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2588 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2589
2590 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2591
2592 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2593 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2594 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2595 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2596 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2597 don't offer a form of remote control.
2598
2599 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2600
2601 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2602 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2603 Default to the URL around or before point.
2604
2605 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2606
2607 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2608 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2609 Default to the URL around the point.
2610
2611 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2612 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2613
2614 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2615 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2616
2617 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2618
2619 ;;;***
2620 \f
2621 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
2622 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (20576 13095 881042 0))
2623 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2624
2625 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2626 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2627 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2628 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2629
2630 \(fn)" t nil)
2631
2632 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2633 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2634 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2635 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2636
2637 \(fn)" t nil)
2638
2639 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2640 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2641
2642 \(fn)" t nil)
2643
2644 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2645 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2646 \\<bs-mode-map>
2647 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2648 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2649 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2650 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2651
2652 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2653 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2654 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2655 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2656 name of buffer configuration.
2657
2658 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2659
2660 ;;;***
2661 \f
2662 ;;;### (autoloads (bubbles) "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (20566 63671
2663 ;;;;;; 243798 0))
2664 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2665
2666 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2667 Play Bubbles game.
2668 \\<bubbles-mode-map>
2669 The goal is to remove all bubbles with as few moves as possible.
2670 \\[bubbles-plop] on a bubble removes that bubble and all
2671 connected bubbles of the same color. Unsupported bubbles fall
2672 down, and columns that do not contain any bubbles suck the
2673 columns on its right towards the left.
2674
2675 \\[bubbles-set-game-easy] sets the difficulty to easy.
2676 \\[bubbles-set-game-medium] sets the difficulty to medium.
2677 \\[bubbles-set-game-difficult] sets the difficulty to difficult.
2678 \\[bubbles-set-game-hard] sets the difficulty to hard.
2679
2680 \(fn)" t nil)
2681
2682 ;;;***
2683 \f
2684 ;;;### (autoloads (bug-reference-prog-mode bug-reference-mode) "bug-reference"
2685 ;;;;;; "progmodes/bug-reference.el" (20593 22184 581574 0))
2686 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bug-reference.el
2687
2688 (put 'bug-reference-url-format 'safe-local-variable (lambda (s) (or (stringp s) (and (symbolp s) (get s 'bug-reference-url-format)))))
2689
2690 (autoload 'bug-reference-mode "bug-reference" "\
2691 Toggle hyperlinking bug references in the buffer (Bug Reference mode).
2692 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Bug Reference mode if ARG is
2693 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
2694 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
2695
2696 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2697
2698 (autoload 'bug-reference-prog-mode "bug-reference" "\
2699 Like `bug-reference-mode', but only buttonize in comments and strings.
2700
2701 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2702
2703 ;;;***
2704 \f
2705 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2706 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2707 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2708 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile byte-compile-enable-warning byte-compile-disable-warning)
2709 ;;;;;; "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (20656 44218 805102 0))
2710 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2711 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2712 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2713 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2714
2715 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable (lambda (v) (or (symbolp v) (null (delq nil (mapcar (lambda (x) (not (symbolp x))) v))))))
2716
2717 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2718 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2719 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2720 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2721 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2722 else the global value will be modified.
2723
2724 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2725
2726 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2727 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2728 If `byte-compile-warnings' is `t', do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2729 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2730 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2731 else the global value will be modified.
2732
2733 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2734
2735 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2736 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2737 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2738
2739 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2740
2741 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2742 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2743 This happens when a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2744 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2745
2746 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2747 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However, if the prefix argument
2748 ARG is 0, that means do compile all those files. A nonzero
2749 ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, whether to
2750 compile it. A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory
2751 before scanning it.
2752
2753 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file
2754 that already has a `.elc' file.
2755
2756 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2757 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2758
2759 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2760 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2761 The output file's name is generated by passing FILENAME to the
2762 function `byte-compile-dest-file' (which see).
2763 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2764 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2765
2766 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2767
2768 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2769 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2770 Print the result in the echo area.
2771 With argument ARG, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2772
2773 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2774
2775 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2776 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2777 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2778
2779 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2780
2781 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2782 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2783 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2784 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2785 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2786 all functions called by those functions.
2787
2788 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2789 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2790 cons, etc.).
2791
2792 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2793 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2794 invoked interactively.
2795
2796 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2797
2798 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2799 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2800 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2801 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2802
2803 \(fn)" nil nil)
2804
2805 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2806 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2807 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2808 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2809 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2810 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2811 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2812 already up-to-date.
2813
2814 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2815
2816 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2817 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2818 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2819 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2820
2821 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2822 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2823 and corresponding effects.
2824
2825 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2826
2827 ;;;***
2828 \f
2829 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-china" "calendar/cal-china.el" (20355
2830 ;;;;;; 10021 546955 0))
2831 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-china.el
2832
2833 (put 'calendar-chinese-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2834
2835 (put 'chinese-calendar-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2836
2837 ;;;***
2838 \f
2839 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (20461 32935
2840 ;;;;;; 300400 0))
2841 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2842
2843 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
2844
2845 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
2846
2847 (put 'calendar-current-time-zone-cache 'risky-local-variable t)
2848
2849 ;;;***
2850 \f
2851 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2852 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
2853 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2854
2855 (autoload 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "cal-hebrew" "\
2856 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2857 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2858 from the cursor position.
2859
2860 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2861
2862 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'list-yahrzeit-dates 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "23.1")
2863
2864 ;;;***
2865 \f
2866 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2867 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2868 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch) "calc" "calc/calc.el" (20685
2869 ;;;;;; 44469 497553 0))
2870 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2871 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2872
2873 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
2874 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details.
2875
2876 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2877
2878 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
2879 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2880
2881 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2882
2883 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
2884 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2885
2886 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2887
2888 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
2889 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2890
2891 \(fn)" t nil)
2892
2893 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
2894 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2895 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2896 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2897
2898 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2899
2900 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
2901 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2902 This is most useful in the X window system.
2903 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2904 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2905
2906 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2907
2908 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
2909 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2910 See calc-keypad for details.
2911
2912 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2913
2914 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
2915 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2916
2917 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2918
2919 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
2920 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2921
2922 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2923
2924 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
2925 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2926
2927 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2928
2929 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
2930 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2931 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2932
2933 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2934
2935 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
2936 Define Calc function.
2937
2938 Like `defun' except that code in the body of the definition can
2939 make use of the full range of Calc data types and the usual
2940 arithmetic operations are converted to their Calc equivalents.
2941
2942 The prefix `calcFunc-' is added to the specified name to get the
2943 actual Lisp function name.
2944
2945 See Info node `(calc)Defining Functions'.
2946
2947 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
2948
2949 (put 'defmath 'doc-string-elt '3)
2950
2951 ;;;***
2952 \f
2953 ;;;### (autoloads (calc-undo) "calc-undo" "calc/calc-undo.el" (20355
2954 ;;;;;; 10021 546955 0))
2955 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-undo.el
2956
2957 (autoload 'calc-undo "calc-undo" "\
2958
2959
2960 \(fn N)" t nil)
2961
2962 ;;;***
2963 \f
2964 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (20476
2965 ;;;;;; 31768 298871 0))
2966 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2967
2968 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
2969 Run the Emacs calculator.
2970 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2971
2972 \(fn)" t nil)
2973
2974 ;;;***
2975 \f
2976 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (20594
2977 ;;;;;; 43050 277913 0))
2978 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2979
2980 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
2981 Display a three-month Gregorian calendar.
2982 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in
2983 the middle surrounded by the previous and next months. The
2984 cursor is put on today's date. If optional prefix argument ARG
2985 is non-nil, prompts for the central month and year.
2986
2987 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved
2988 into view. Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar
2989 can be scrolled forward or backward. The cursor can be moved
2990 forward or backward by one day, one week, one month, or one year.
2991 All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
2992 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the
2993 digit keys and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. Use
2994 \\[describe-mode] for details of the key bindings in the calendar
2995 window.
2996
2997 Displays the calendar in a separate window, or optionally in a
2998 separate frame, depending on the value of `calendar-setup'.
2999
3000 If `calendar-view-diary-initially-flag' is non-nil, also displays the
3001 diary entries for the current date (or however many days
3002 `diary-number-of-entries' specifies). This variable can be
3003 overridden by `calendar-setup'. As well as being displayed,
3004 diary entries can also be marked on the calendar (see
3005 `calendar-mark-diary-entries-flag').
3006
3007 Runs the following hooks:
3008
3009 `calendar-load-hook' - after loading calendar.el
3010 `calendar-today-visible-hook', `calendar-today-invisible-hook' - after
3011 generating a calendar, if today's date is visible or not, respectively
3012 `calendar-initial-window-hook' - after first creating a calendar
3013
3014 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
3015
3016 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3017
3018 ;;;***
3019 \f
3020 ;;;### (autoloads (canlock-verify canlock-insert-header) "canlock"
3021 ;;;;;; "gnus/canlock.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
3022 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3023
3024 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
3025 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3026
3027 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3028
3029 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
3030 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3031 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3032 it fails.
3033
3034 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3035
3036 ;;;***
3037 \f
3038 ;;;### (autoloads (capitalized-words-mode) "cap-words" "progmodes/cap-words.el"
3039 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
3040 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cap-words.el
3041
3042 (autoload 'capitalized-words-mode "cap-words" "\
3043 Toggle Capitalized Words mode.
3044 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Capitalized Words mode if ARG
3045 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
3046 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
3047
3048 Capitalized Words mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When
3049 enabled, a word boundary occurs immediately before an uppercase
3050 letter in a symbol. This is in addition to all the normal
3051 boundaries given by the syntax and category tables. There is no
3052 restriction to ASCII.
3053
3054 E.g. the beginning of words in the following identifier are as marked:
3055
3056 capitalizedWorDD
3057 ^ ^ ^^
3058
3059 Note that these word boundaries only apply for word motion and
3060 marking commands such as \\[forward-word]. This mode does not affect word
3061 boundaries found by regexp matching (`\\>', `\\w' &c).
3062
3063 This style of identifiers is common in environments like Java ones,
3064 where underscores aren't trendy enough. Capitalization rules are
3065 sometimes part of the language, e.g. Haskell, which may thus encourage
3066 such a style. It is appropriate to add `capitalized-words-mode' to
3067 the mode hook for programming language modes in which you encounter
3068 variables like this, e.g. `java-mode-hook'. It's unlikely to cause
3069 trouble if such identifiers aren't used.
3070
3071 See also `glasses-mode' and `studlify-word'.
3072 Obsoletes `c-forward-into-nomenclature'.
3073
3074 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3075
3076 ;;;***
3077 \f
3078 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-compat" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" (20355
3079 ;;;;;; 10021 546955 0))
3080 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-compat.el
3081 (put 'c-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3082
3083 ;;;***
3084 \f
3085 ;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el"
3086 ;;;;;; (20681 47415 473102 0))
3087 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3088
3089 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
3090 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3091
3092 \(fn)" nil nil)
3093
3094 ;;;***
3095 \f
3096 ;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-install c-guess-region-no-install c-guess-region
3097 ;;;;;; c-guess-buffer-no-install c-guess-buffer c-guess-no-install
3098 ;;;;;; c-guess) "cc-guess" "progmodes/cc-guess.el" (20355 10021
3099 ;;;;;; 546955 0))
3100 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-guess.el
3101
3102 (defvar c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist nil "\
3103 Currently guessed offsets-alist.")
3104
3105 (defvar c-guess-guessed-basic-offset nil "\
3106 Currently guessed basic-offset.")
3107
3108 (autoload 'c-guess "cc-guess" "\
3109 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max', and install it.
3110
3111 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3112
3113 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3114 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3115 made from scratch.
3116
3117 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3118
3119 (autoload 'c-guess-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3120 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max'; don't install it.
3121
3122 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3123 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3124 made from scratch.
3125
3126 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3127
3128 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer "cc-guess" "\
3129 Guess the style on the whole current buffer, and install it.
3130
3131 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3132
3133 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3134 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3135 made from scratch.
3136
3137 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3138
3139 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3140 Guess the style on the whole current buffer; don't install it.
3141
3142 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3143 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3144 made from scratch.
3145
3146 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3147
3148 (autoload 'c-guess-region "cc-guess" "\
3149 Guess the style on the region and install it.
3150
3151 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3152
3153 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3154 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3155 made from scratch.
3156
3157 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3158
3159 (autoload 'c-guess-region-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3160 Guess the style on the region; don't install it.
3161
3162 Every line of code in the region is examined and values for the following two
3163 variables are guessed:
3164
3165 * `c-basic-offset', and
3166 * the indentation values of the various syntactic symbols in
3167 `c-offsets-alist'.
3168
3169 The guessed values are put into `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset' and
3170 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist'.
3171
3172 Frequencies of use are taken into account when guessing, so minor
3173 inconsistencies in the indentation style shouldn't produce wrong guesses.
3174
3175 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3176 non-nil) then the previous examination is extended, otherwise a new
3177 guess is made from scratch.
3178
3179 Note that the larger the region to guess in, the slower the guessing.
3180 So you can limit the region with `c-guess-region-max'.
3181
3182 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3183
3184 (autoload 'c-guess-install "cc-guess" "\
3185 Install the latest guessed style into the current buffer.
3186 \(This guessed style is a combination of `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset',
3187 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist' and `c-offsets-alist'.)
3188
3189 The style is entered into CC Mode's style system by
3190 `c-add-style'. Its name is either STYLE-NAME, or a name based on
3191 the absolute file name of the file if STYLE-NAME is nil.
3192
3193 \(fn &optional STYLE-NAME)" t nil)
3194
3195 ;;;***
3196 \f
3197 ;;;### (autoloads (awk-mode pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode
3198 ;;;;;; c++-mode c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
3199 ;;;;;; (20665 59189 799105 0))
3200 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3201
3202 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3203 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3204 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3205 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3206 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3207 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3208 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3209
3210 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3211
3212 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3213 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
3214 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3215 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3216 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3217 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3218 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3219 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3220 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.i\\'" . c-mode))
3221 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ii\\'" . c++-mode))
3222
3223 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
3224 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3225 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3226 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3227 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3228 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3229
3230 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3231
3232 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3233 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3234
3235 Key bindings:
3236 \\{c-mode-map}
3237
3238 \(fn)" t nil)
3239
3240 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3241 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
3242
3243 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3244 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3245 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3246 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3247 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3248 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3249 message.
3250
3251 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3252
3253 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3254 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3255
3256 Key bindings:
3257 \\{c++-mode-map}
3258
3259 \(fn)" t nil)
3260
3261 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3262 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
3263 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3264
3265 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3266 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3267 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3268 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3269 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3270 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3271 message.
3272
3273 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3274
3275 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3276 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3277
3278 Key bindings:
3279 \\{objc-mode-map}
3280
3281 \(fn)" t nil)
3282
3283 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3284 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
3285 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3286
3287 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3288 Major mode for editing Java code.
3289 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3290 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3291 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3292 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3293 message.
3294
3295 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3296
3297 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3298 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3299
3300 Key bindings:
3301 \\{java-mode-map}
3302
3303 \(fn)" t nil)
3304
3305 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3306 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
3307 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3308
3309 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3310 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3311 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3312 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3313 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3314 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3315 message.
3316
3317 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3318
3319 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3320 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3321
3322 Key bindings:
3323 \\{idl-mode-map}
3324
3325 \(fn)" t nil)
3326
3327 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3328 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
3329 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(\\.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3330 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3331
3332 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3333 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3334 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3335 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3336 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3337 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3338 message.
3339
3340 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3341
3342 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3343 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3344
3345 Key bindings:
3346 \\{pike-mode-map}
3347
3348 \(fn)" t nil)
3349 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3350 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3351 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3352 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3353 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3354 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "Major mode for editing AWK code." t)
3355
3356 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "\
3357 Major mode for editing AWK code.
3358 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3359 awk-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3360 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3361 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3362
3363 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3364
3365 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3366 initialization, then `awk-mode-hook'.
3367
3368 Key bindings:
3369 \\{awk-mode-map}
3370
3371 \(fn)" t nil)
3372
3373 ;;;***
3374 \f
3375 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
3376 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (20566 63671 243798 0))
3377 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3378
3379 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3380 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3381 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3382 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3383
3384 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3385
3386 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3387 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3388 might get set too.
3389
3390 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3391 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3392 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3393 done in your init file. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook
3394 in this way.
3395
3396 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3397 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3398 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3399 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3400 a null operation.
3401
3402 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3403
3404 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3405 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3406 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3407 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3408
3409 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3410
3411 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3412 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3413 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3414
3415 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3416
3417 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
3418 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3419 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3420 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3421 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3422
3423 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3424
3425 ;;;***
3426 \f
3427 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (20595 63909
3428 ;;;;;; 923329 0))
3429 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3430 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3431 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3432 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3433
3434 ;;;***
3435 \f
3436 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
3437 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
3438 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
3439 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3440
3441 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
3442 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3443
3444 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3445
3446 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
3447 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3448
3449 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3450
3451 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3452 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3453
3454 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3455 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3456 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3457 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3458 execution.
3459
3460 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3461
3462 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil t)
3463
3464 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3465 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3466
3467 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3468 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3469 CCL_MAIN_CODE
3470 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3471
3472 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3473 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3474 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3475 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3476 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3477 `write' commands.
3478
3479 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3480 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3481 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3482 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3483
3484 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3485 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3486 semantics.
3487
3488 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3489
3490 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3491
3492 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3493
3494 STATEMENT :=
3495 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3496 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3497
3498 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3499 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3500 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3501 | integer
3502
3503 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3504
3505 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3506 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3507 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3508
3509 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3510 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3511 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3512
3513 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3514 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3515
3516 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3517 BREAK := (break)
3518
3519 REPEAT :=
3520 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3521 (repeat)
3522 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3523 ;; (repeat))
3524 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3525 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3526 ;; (read REG)
3527 ;; (repeat))
3528 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3529 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3530 ;; (read REG)
3531 ;; (repeat))
3532 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3533
3534 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3535 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3536 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3537 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3538 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3539 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3540 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3541 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3542 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3543 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3544 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3545 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3546 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3547 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3548 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3549 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3550
3551 WRITE :=
3552 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3553 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3554 ;; representation.
3555 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3556 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3557 ;; (write r7))
3558 | (write EXPRESSION)
3559 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3560 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3561 ;; representation.
3562 | (write integer)
3563 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3564 ;; buffer.
3565 | (write string)
3566 ;; Same as: (write string)
3567 | string
3568 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3569 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3570 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3571 ;; representation.
3572 | (write REG ARRAY)
3573 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3574 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3575 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3576 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3577 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3578 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3579
3580 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3581 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3582
3583 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3584 END := (end)
3585
3586 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3587 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3588 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3589
3590 ARG := REG | integer
3591
3592 OPERATOR :=
3593 ;; Normal arithmetic operators (same meaning as C code).
3594 + | - | * | / | %
3595
3596 ;; Bitwise operators (same meaning as C code)
3597 | & | `|' | ^
3598
3599 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3600 | << | >>
3601
3602 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3603 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3604 | <8
3605
3606 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3607 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3608 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3609 | >8
3610
3611 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3612 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3613 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3614 | //
3615
3616 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3617 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3618
3619 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3620 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3621 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3622 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3623 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3624 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3625 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3626 | de-sjis
3627
3628 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3629 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the corresponding
3630 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3631 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3632 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3633 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3634 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3635 ;; byte of SJIS.
3636 | en-sjis
3637
3638 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3639 ;; Same meaning as C code
3640 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3641
3642 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3643 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3644 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3645 | <8=
3646
3647 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3648 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3649 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3650
3651 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3652 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3653 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3654 | //=
3655
3656 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3657
3658
3659 TRANSLATE :=
3660 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3661 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3662 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3663 LOOKUP :=
3664 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3665 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3666 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3667 MAP :=
3668 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3669 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3670 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3671 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3672 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3673 MAP-ID := integer
3674
3675 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil t)
3676
3677 (put 'define-ccl-program 'doc-string-elt '3)
3678
3679 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3680 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3681 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3682 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3683 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3684 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3685
3686 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil t)
3687
3688 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
3689 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3690 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3691
3692 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3693
3694 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3695
3696 ;;;***
3697 \f
3698 ;;;### (autoloads (cconv-closure-convert) "cconv" "emacs-lisp/cconv.el"
3699 ;;;;;; (20453 5437 764254 0))
3700 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cconv.el
3701
3702 (autoload 'cconv-closure-convert "cconv" "\
3703 Main entry point for closure conversion.
3704 -- FORM is a piece of Elisp code after macroexpansion.
3705 -- TOPLEVEL(optional) is a boolean variable, true if we are at the root of AST
3706
3707 Returns a form where all lambdas don't have any free variables.
3708
3709 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3710
3711 ;;;***
3712 \f
3713 ;;;### (autoloads (cfengine-auto-mode cfengine2-mode cfengine3-mode)
3714 ;;;;;; "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
3715 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3716
3717 (autoload 'cfengine3-mode "cfengine" "\
3718 Major mode for editing CFEngine3 input.
3719 There are no special keybindings by default.
3720
3721 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3722 to the action header.
3723
3724 \(fn)" t nil)
3725
3726 (autoload 'cfengine2-mode "cfengine" "\
3727 Major mode for editing CFEngine2 input.
3728 There are no special keybindings by default.
3729
3730 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3731 to the action header.
3732
3733 \(fn)" t nil)
3734
3735 (autoload 'cfengine-auto-mode "cfengine" "\
3736 Choose between `cfengine2-mode' and `cfengine3-mode' depending
3737 on the buffer contents
3738
3739 \(fn)" nil nil)
3740
3741 ;;;***
3742 \f
3743 ;;;### (autoloads (check-declare-directory check-declare-file) "check-declare"
3744 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el" (20378 29222 722320 0))
3745 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
3746
3747 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
3748 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
3749 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
3750
3751 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
3752
3753 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
3754 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
3755 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found.
3756
3757 \(fn ROOT)" t nil)
3758
3759 ;;;***
3760 \f
3761 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
3762 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
3763 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
3764 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
3765 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
3766 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
3767 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
3768 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3769 ;;;;;; "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el" (20647 29243 972198 0))
3770 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3771 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3772 (put 'checkdoc-force-history-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3773 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3774 (put 'checkdoc-arguments-in-order-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3775 (put 'checkdoc-symbol-words 'safe-local-variable 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3776
3777 (autoload 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p "checkdoc" "\
3778
3779
3780 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
3781
3782 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
3783 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3784 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3785 the users will view as each check is completed.
3786
3787 \(fn)" t nil)
3788
3789 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3790 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3791 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3792 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3793 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3794 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3795 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3796 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3797
3798 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3799
3800 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3801 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3802 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3803 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3804 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3805 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3806 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3807 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3808
3809 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3810
3811 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3812 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3813 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3814 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3815 spacing are all verified.
3816
3817 \(fn)" t nil)
3818
3819 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3820 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3821 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3822 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3823 otherwise stop after the first error.
3824
3825 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3826
3827 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
3828 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3829 Only documentation strings are checked.
3830 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3831 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3832 a separate buffer.
3833
3834 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3835
3836 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
3837 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3838 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3839 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3840 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3841
3842 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3843
3844 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
3845 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3846 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3847 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3848 if there is one.
3849
3850 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3851
3852 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
3853 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3854 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3855 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3856 if there is one.
3857 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3858
3859 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3860
3861 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3862 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3863 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3864
3865 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3866
3867 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
3868 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3869 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3870 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3871 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3872
3873 \(fn)" t nil)
3874
3875 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
3876 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3877 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3878 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3879 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3880 space at the end of each line.
3881
3882 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3883
3884 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
3885 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3886 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3887 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'
3888
3889 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3890
3891 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3892 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3893 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3894 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3895
3896 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3897
3898 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3899 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3900 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3901 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3902
3903 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3904
3905 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3906 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3907 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3908 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3909
3910 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3911
3912 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3913 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3914 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3915 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3916
3917 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3918
3919 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
3920 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3921 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3922 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
3923
3924 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3925
3926 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
3927 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3928 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3929 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
3930
3931 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3932
3933 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
3934 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3935 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3936 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
3937
3938 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3939
3940 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
3941 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3942 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3943 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
3944
3945 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3946
3947 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
3948 Toggle automatic docstring checking (Checkdoc minor mode).
3949 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Checkdoc minor mode if ARG is
3950 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
3951 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
3952
3953 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3954 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3955 checking of documentation strings.
3956
3957 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
3958
3959 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3960
3961 ;;;***
3962 \f
3963 ;;;### (autoloads (pre-write-encode-hz post-read-decode-hz encode-hz-buffer
3964 ;;;;;; encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer decode-hz-region) "china-util"
3965 ;;;;;; "language/china-util.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
3966 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3967
3968 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3969 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3970 Return the length of resulting text.
3971
3972 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3973
3974 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3975 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
3976
3977 \(fn)" t nil)
3978
3979 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3980 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3981 Return the length of resulting text.
3982
3983 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3984
3985 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3986 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
3987
3988 \(fn)" t nil)
3989
3990 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
3991
3992
3993 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
3994
3995 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
3996
3997
3998 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
3999
4000 ;;;***
4001 \f
4002 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
4003 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
4004 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
4005
4006 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
4007 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
4008 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
4009 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
4010 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
4011 editing and the result is evaluated.
4012
4013 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4014
4015 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
4016 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
4017 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4018 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4019 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4020
4021 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4022
4023 \(fn)" t nil)
4024
4025 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
4026 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4027 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4028 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4029 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4030
4031 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4032 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4033 \\{command-history-map}
4034
4035 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4036 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4037
4038 \(fn)" t nil)
4039
4040 ;;;***
4041 \f
4042 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
4043 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
4044 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4045
4046 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
4047 Function to indent the arguments of a Lisp function call.
4048 This is suitable for use as the value of the variable
4049 `lisp-indent-function'. INDENT-POINT is the point at which the
4050 indentation function is called, and STATE is the
4051 `parse-partial-sexp' state at that position. Browse the
4052 `lisp-indent' customize group for options affecting the behavior
4053 of this function.
4054
4055 If the indentation point is in a call to a Lisp function, that
4056 function's `common-lisp-indent-function' property specifies how
4057 this function should indent it. Possible values for this
4058 property are:
4059
4060 * defun, meaning indent according to `lisp-indent-defun-method';
4061 i.e., like (4 &lambda &body), as explained below.
4062
4063 * any other symbol, meaning a function to call. The function should
4064 take the arguments: PATH STATE INDENT-POINT SEXP-COLUMN NORMAL-INDENT.
4065 PATH is a list of integers describing the position of point in terms of
4066 list-structure with respect to the containing lists. For example, in
4067 ((a b c (d foo) f) g), foo has a path of (0 3 1). In other words,
4068 to reach foo take the 0th element of the outermost list, then
4069 the 3rd element of the next list, and finally the 1st element.
4070 STATE and INDENT-POINT are as in the arguments to
4071 `common-lisp-indent-function'. SEXP-COLUMN is the column of
4072 the open parenthesis of the innermost containing list.
4073 NORMAL-INDENT is the column the indentation point was
4074 originally in. This function should behave like `lisp-indent-259'.
4075
4076 * an integer N, meaning indent the first N arguments like
4077 function arguments, and any further arguments like a body.
4078 This is equivalent to (4 4 ... &body).
4079
4080 * a list. The list element in position M specifies how to indent the Mth
4081 function argument. If there are fewer elements than function arguments,
4082 the last list element applies to all remaining arguments. The accepted
4083 list elements are:
4084
4085 * nil, meaning the default indentation.
4086
4087 * an integer, specifying an explicit indentation.
4088
4089 * &lambda. Indent the argument (which may be a list) by 4.
4090
4091 * &rest. When used, this must be the penultimate element. The
4092 element after this one applies to all remaining arguments.
4093
4094 * &body. This is equivalent to &rest lisp-body-indent, i.e., indent
4095 all remaining elements by `lisp-body-indent'.
4096
4097 * &whole. This must be followed by nil, an integer, or a
4098 function symbol. This indentation is applied to the
4099 associated argument, and as a base indent for all remaining
4100 arguments. For example, an integer P means indent this
4101 argument by P, and all remaining arguments by P, plus the
4102 value specified by their associated list element.
4103
4104 * a symbol. A function to call, with the 6 arguments specified above.
4105
4106 * a list, with elements as described above. This applies when the
4107 associated function argument is itself a list. Each element of the list
4108 specifies how to indent the associated argument.
4109
4110 For example, the function `case' has an indent property
4111 \(4 &rest (&whole 2 &rest 1)), meaning:
4112 * indent the first argument by 4.
4113 * arguments after the first should be lists, and there may be any number
4114 of them. The first list element has an offset of 2, all the rest
4115 have an offset of 2+1=3.
4116
4117 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4118
4119 ;;;***
4120 \f
4121 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-lib" "emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el" (20677 50357
4122 ;;;;;; 68628 0))
4123 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el
4124
4125 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'custom-print-functions 'cl-custom-print-functions "24.3")
4126
4127 (defvar cl-custom-print-functions nil "\
4128 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4129 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4130 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4131 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4132 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4133
4134 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4135 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4136
4137 (autoload 'cl--defsubst-expand "cl-macs")
4138
4139 (put 'cl-defun 'doc-string-elt 3)
4140
4141 (put 'cl-defmacro 'doc-string-elt 3)
4142
4143 (put 'cl-defsubst 'doc-string-elt 3)
4144
4145 (put 'cl-defstruct 'doc-string-elt 2)
4146
4147 ;;;***
4148 \f
4149 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
4150 ;;;;;; (20566 63671 243798 0))
4151 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4152
4153 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
4154 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4155 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4156 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4157
4158 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4159 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4160 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4161 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4162
4163 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4164 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4165
4166 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4167
4168 ;;;***
4169 \f
4170 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (20355
4171 ;;;;;; 10021 546955 0))
4172 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4173
4174 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
4175 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4176 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4177 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4178 of `scheme-program-name').
4179 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
4180 it is given as initial input.
4181 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4182 discards input when it starts up.
4183 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4184 is run).
4185 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4186
4187 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
4188
4189 ;;;***
4190 \f
4191 ;;;### (autoloads (color-name-to-rgb) "color" "color.el" (20650 54512
4192 ;;;;;; 564403 0))
4193 ;;; Generated autoloads from color.el
4194
4195 (autoload 'color-name-to-rgb "color" "\
4196 Convert COLOR string to a list of normalized RGB components.
4197 COLOR should be a color name (e.g. \"white\") or an RGB triplet
4198 string (e.g. \"#ff12ec\").
4199
4200 Normally the return value is a list of three floating-point
4201 numbers, (RED GREEN BLUE), each between 0.0 and 1.0 inclusive.
4202
4203 Optional argument FRAME specifies the frame where the color is to be
4204 displayed. If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.
4205 If FRAME cannot display COLOR, return nil.
4206
4207 \(fn COLOR &optional FRAME)" nil nil)
4208
4209 ;;;***
4210 \f
4211 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
4212 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
4213 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
4214 ;;;;;; (20700 11832 779612 0))
4215 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4216
4217 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(ansi-color-process-output comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
4218 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4219 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4220 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4221 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4222 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4223 functions have already modified the buffer.
4224
4225 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4226
4227 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4228 either globally or locally.")
4229
4230 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
4231 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4232 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4233 If there is a running process in BUFFER, it is not restarted.
4234
4235 PROGRAM should be one of the following:
4236 - a string, denoting an executable program to create via
4237 `start-file-process'
4238 - a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE), denoting a TCP
4239 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'
4240 - nil, denoting a newly-allocated pty.
4241
4242 Optional fourth arg STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose
4243 contents are sent to the process as its initial input.
4244
4245 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4246
4247 Return the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4248
4249 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4250
4251 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
4252 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4253 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4254 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4255 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
4256 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
4257 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4258 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
4259 process as its initial input.
4260
4261 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4262
4263 Returns the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4264
4265 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4266
4267 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
4268 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4269 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4270 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4271 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4272 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4273
4274 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4275
4276 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix (purecopy "") "\
4277 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4278 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4279 directory tracking functions.")
4280
4281 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
4282 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4283 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4284
4285 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4286
4287 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4288
4289 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
4290 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4291 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4292
4293 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4294
4295 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4296
4297 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
4298 Send COMMAND to current process.
4299 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4300 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4301
4302 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4303
4304 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
4305 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4306 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4307 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4308
4309 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4310
4311 ;;;***
4312 \f
4313 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "vc/compare-w.el"
4314 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
4315 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/compare-w.el
4316
4317 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
4318 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4319 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4320 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4321
4322 This command pushes the mark in each window
4323 at the prior location of point in that window.
4324 If both windows display the same buffer,
4325 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4326 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4327
4328 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4329 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4330 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4331 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4332 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4333 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4334 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4335 ignored.
4336
4337 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4338 this command work in interlaced mode:
4339 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4340 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4341 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4342
4343 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4344
4345 ;;;***
4346 \f
4347 ;;;### (autoloads (compilation-next-error-function compilation-minor-mode
4348 ;;;;;; compilation-shell-minor-mode compilation-mode compilation-start
4349 ;;;;;; compile compilation-disable-input compile-command compilation-search-path
4350 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-start-hook
4351 ;;;;;; compilation-mode-hook) "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (20690
4352 ;;;;;; 62389 885263 0))
4353 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4354
4355 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4356 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-mode-hooks').")
4357
4358 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
4359
4360 (defvar compilation-start-hook nil "\
4361 List of hook functions run by `compilation-start' on the compilation process.
4362 \(See `run-hook-with-args').
4363 If you use \"omake -P\" and do not want \\[save-buffers-kill-terminal] to ask whether you want
4364 the compilation to be killed, you can use this hook:
4365 (add-hook 'compilation-start-hook
4366 (lambda (process) (set-process-query-on-exit-flag process nil)) nil t)")
4367
4368 (custom-autoload 'compilation-start-hook "compile" t)
4369
4370 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4371 Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
4372
4373 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
4374
4375 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4376 Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4377 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4378 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4379 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
4380
4381 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4382 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4383 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4384 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4385 If nil, compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4386
4387 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4388 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4389 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4390 describing how the process finished.")
4391
4392 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4393 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4394 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4395 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4396 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4397
4398 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4399 Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4400 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4401
4402 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
4403
4404 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
4405 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4406 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4407 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4408
4409 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
4410
4411 (defvar compile-command (purecopy "make -k ") "\
4412 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4413
4414 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4415 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4416
4417 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4418 (lambda ()
4419 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4420 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4421 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4422 (concat \"make -k \"
4423 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))")
4424
4425 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
4426 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (and (stringp a) (or (not (boundp 'compilation-read-command)) compilation-read-command))))
4427
4428 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4429 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4430 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4431 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4432
4433 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
4434
4435 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
4436 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4437 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4438 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4439
4440 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4441 and move to the source code that caused it.
4442
4443 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4444 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4445
4446 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
4447 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
4448 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4449 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4450
4451 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
4452 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4453 \\[rename-buffer]. Then _switch buffers_ and start the new compilation.
4454 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
4455
4456 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
4457 kills its subprocesses.
4458
4459 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4460 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4461 to a function that generates a unique name.
4462
4463 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4464
4465 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
4466 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4467 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4468 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4469
4470 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4471 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4472
4473 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4474 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
4475 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
4476 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
4477
4478 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4479 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4480 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4481
4482 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4483
4484 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4485
4486 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
4487 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4488 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4489 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4490 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4491
4492 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4493
4494 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4495
4496 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4497
4498 (put 'define-compilation-mode 'doc-string-elt 3)
4499
4500 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
4501 Toggle Compilation Shell minor mode.
4502 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation Shell minor mode
4503 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
4504 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4505
4506 When Compilation Shell minor mode is enabled, all the
4507 error-parsing commands of the Compilation major mode are
4508 available but bound to keys that don't collide with Shell mode.
4509 See `compilation-mode'.
4510
4511 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4512
4513 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
4514 Toggle Compilation minor mode.
4515 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation minor mode if ARG
4516 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
4517 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4518
4519 When Compilation minor mode is enabled, all the error-parsing
4520 commands of Compilation major mode are available. See
4521 `compilation-mode'.
4522
4523 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4524
4525 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
4526 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4527 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4528
4529 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4530
4531 ;;;***
4532 \f
4533 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
4534 ;;;;;; (20495 51111 757560 0))
4535 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4536
4537 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4538 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4539 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4540 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4541 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4542 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4543
4544 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
4545
4546 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
4547 Toggle dynamic word-completion on or off.
4548 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
4549 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
4550 if ARG is omitted or nil.
4551
4552 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4553
4554 ;;;***
4555 \f
4556 ;;;### (autoloads (conf-xdefaults-mode conf-ppd-mode conf-colon-mode
4557 ;;;;;; conf-space-keywords conf-space-mode conf-javaprop-mode conf-windows-mode
4558 ;;;;;; conf-unix-mode conf-mode) "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el"
4559 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
4560 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4561
4562 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
4563 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4564 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4565 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4566 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4567 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4568 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4569
4570 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4571 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4572 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4573
4574 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4575 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4576 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4577
4578 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4579 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4580 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4581 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4582
4583 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4584 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4585 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4586 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4587 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4588 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4589 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4590
4591 \\{conf-mode-map}
4592
4593 \(fn)" t nil)
4594
4595 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
4596 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4597 Comments start with `#'.
4598 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4599
4600 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
4601
4602 \[Desktop Entry]
4603 Encoding=UTF-8
4604 Name=The GIMP
4605 Name[ca]=El GIMP
4606 Name[cs]=GIMP
4607
4608 \(fn)" t nil)
4609
4610 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
4611 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4612 Comments start with `;'.
4613 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4614
4615 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
4616
4617 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4618 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4619 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4620
4621 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4622 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4623
4624 \(fn)" t nil)
4625
4626 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
4627 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4628 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4629 between `/*' and `*/'.
4630 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4631
4632 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
4633 // another kind of comment
4634 /* yet another */
4635
4636 name:value
4637 name=value
4638 name value
4639 x.1 =
4640 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
4641 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
4642
4643 \(fn)" t nil)
4644
4645 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
4646 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4647 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
4648 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
4649 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
4650 `conf-space-keywords'.
4651 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
4652 in an interactive fashion instead.
4653
4654 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4655
4656 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
4657
4658 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
4659 image/png png
4660 image/tiff tiff tif
4661
4662 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4663 class desktop
4664 # Standard multimedia devices
4665 add /dev/audio desktop
4666 add /dev/mixer desktop
4667
4668 \(fn)" t nil)
4669
4670 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
4671 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
4672 See `conf-space-mode'.
4673
4674 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
4675
4676 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
4677 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4678 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
4679 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4680
4681 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
4682
4683 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
4684 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
4685
4686 \(fn)" t nil)
4687
4688 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
4689 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
4690 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4691 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4692
4693 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
4694
4695 *DefaultTransfer: Null
4696 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
4697
4698 \(fn)" t nil)
4699
4700 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
4701 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
4702 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4703 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4704
4705 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
4706
4707 *background: gray99
4708 *foreground: black
4709
4710 \(fn)" t nil)
4711
4712 ;;;***
4713 \f
4714 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
4715 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (20545 57511 257469 0))
4716 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4717
4718 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
4719 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4720 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4721 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4722
4723 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4724
4725 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
4726 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4727 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4728 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4729
4730 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4731
4732 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
4733 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4734 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4735 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4736
4737 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4738
4739 (autoload 'shuffle-vector "cookie1" "\
4740 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely).
4741
4742 \(fn VECTOR)" nil nil)
4743
4744 ;;;***
4745 \f
4746 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright-update-directory copyright copyright-fix-years
4747 ;;;;;; copyright-update) "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (20518
4748 ;;;;;; 12580 46478 0))
4749 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4750 (put 'copyright-at-end-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4751 (put 'copyright-names-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4752 (put 'copyright-year-ranges 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4753
4754 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
4755 Update copyright notice to indicate the current year.
4756 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4757 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4758 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4759 following the copyright are updated as well.
4760 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4761 interactively.
4762
4763 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4764
4765 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
4766 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
4767 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
4768 If `copyright-year-ranges' (which see) is non-nil, also
4769 independently replaces consecutive years with a range.
4770
4771 \(fn)" t nil)
4772
4773 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
4774 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4775
4776 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4777
4778 (autoload 'copyright-update-directory "copyright" "\
4779 Update copyright notice for all files in DIRECTORY matching MATCH.
4780 If FIX is non-nil, run `copyright-fix-years' instead.
4781
4782 \(fn DIRECTORY MATCH &optional FIX)" t nil)
4783
4784 ;;;***
4785 \f
4786 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-perldoc-at-point cperl-perldoc cperl-mode)
4787 ;;;;;; "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (20701 32695 861936
4788 ;;;;;; 0))
4789 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4790 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4791 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4792 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4793 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4794 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4795 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4796 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4797
4798 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
4799 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4800 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4801 Tab indents for Perl code.
4802 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4803 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4804
4805 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4806 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4807 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4808 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4809 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
4810 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
4811 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4812 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4813 contains the parens from the above list you want to be electrical.
4814 Electricity of parens is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4815 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4816 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4817
4818 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4819
4820 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4821 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4822
4823 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4824
4825 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4826 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4827 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
4828 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4829 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4830 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4831 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4832 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4833 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4834
4835 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4836
4837 bite if angry;
4838
4839 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4840 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4841 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4842 to nil.)
4843
4844 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4845 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4846 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4847
4848 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4849
4850 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4851 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4852 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4853 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4854 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4855
4856 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4857
4858 if (A) { B }
4859
4860 into
4861
4862 B if A;
4863
4864 \\{cperl-mode-map}
4865
4866 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4867 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4868 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4869 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4870 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4871 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4872 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4873 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4874 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4875 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4876 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4877 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4878 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4879
4880 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4881 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4882 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4883 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4884 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4885 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4886
4887 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4888 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4889 man via menu.
4890
4891 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4892 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4893 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4894 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4895 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4896
4897 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4898 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4899 span the needed amount of lines.
4900
4901 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4902 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4903 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4904 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4905
4906 Variables controlling indentation style:
4907 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4908 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4909 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4910 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4911 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4912 `cperl-auto-newline'
4913 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4914 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4915 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4916 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4917 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4918 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4919 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4920 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4921 `cperl-indent-level'
4922 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4923 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4924 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4925 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4926 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4927 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4928 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4929 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4930 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4931 `cperl-brace-offset'
4932 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4933 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4934 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4935 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4936 `cperl-label-offset'
4937 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4938 `cperl-min-label-indent'
4939 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4940
4941 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
4942 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
4943 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
4944 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
4945 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
4946 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
4947
4948 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4949 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
4950 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
4951 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
4952
4953 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
4954 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
4955 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
4956 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat
4957 \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same
4958 variable, and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
4959 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
4960
4961 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4962 column 0 is indented on
4963 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4964
4965 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4966 with no args.
4967
4968 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
4969 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
4970 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
4971
4972 \(fn)" t nil)
4973
4974 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
4975 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
4976
4977 \(fn WORD)" t nil)
4978
4979 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
4980 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
4981
4982 \(fn)" t nil)
4983
4984 ;;;***
4985 \f
4986 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
4987 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
4988 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
4989
4990 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
4991 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
4992 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
4993 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
4994 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
4995
4996 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
4997
4998 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
4999 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
5000
5001 \(fn)" t nil)
5002
5003 ;;;***
5004 \f
5005 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
5006 ;;;;;; (20593 22184 581574 0))
5007 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
5008
5009 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
5010 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
5011 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
5012 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
5013
5014 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5015 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
5016
5017 (custom-autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" nil)
5018
5019 (autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" "\
5020 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation (CRiSP mode).
5021 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CRiSP mode if ARG is positive,
5022 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5023 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5024
5025 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5026
5027 (defalias 'brief-mode 'crisp-mode)
5028
5029 ;;;***
5030 \f
5031 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
5032 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
5033 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
5034
5035 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
5036 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
5037 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
5038 single prompt, optionally using completion.
5039
5040 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
5041 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
5042 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
5043 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
5044
5045 The default value for the separator character is the value of
5046 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
5047 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
5048
5049 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
5050 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
5051 'bob', and 'eve'.
5052
5053 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
5054 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
5055 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
5056
5057 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
5058
5059 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
5060 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
5061 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
5062
5063 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5064
5065 ;;;***
5066 \f
5067 ;;;### (autoloads (css-mode) "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (20665
5068 ;;;;;; 59189 799105 0))
5069 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
5070
5071 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
5072 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
5073
5074 \(fn)" t nil)
5075
5076 ;;;***
5077 \f
5078 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-selection-mode cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el"
5079 ;;;;;; (20434 17809 692608 0))
5080 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5081
5082 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5083 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5084 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5085 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5086 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5087 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5088
5089 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
5090
5091 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
5092 Toggle Common User Access style editing (CUA mode).
5093 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CUA mode if ARG is positive,
5094 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5095 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5096
5097 CUA mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typed text
5098 replaces the active selection, and you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and
5099 C-v to undo, cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs
5100 bindings. The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the
5101 region is active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the
5102 normal function of these prefix keys.
5103
5104 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5105 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5106 options:
5107 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5108 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5109 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5110
5111 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5112 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5113 the prefix fallback behavior.
5114
5115 CUA mode manages Transient Mark mode internally. Trying to disable
5116 Transient Mark mode while CUA mode is enabled does not work; if you
5117 only want to highlight the region when it is selected using a
5118 shifted movement key, set `cua-highlight-region-shift-only'.
5119
5120 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5121
5122 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
5123 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5124
5125 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5126
5127 ;;;***
5128 \f
5129 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create customize-save-customized
5130 ;;;;;; custom-save-all custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
5131 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
5132 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
5133 ;;;;;; customize-rogue customize-unsaved customize-face-other-window
5134 ;;;;;; customize-face customize-changed-options customize-option-other-window
5135 ;;;;;; customize-option customize-group-other-window customize-group
5136 ;;;;;; customize-mode customize customize-push-and-save customize-save-variable
5137 ;;;;;; customize-set-variable customize-set-value custom-menu-sort-alphabetically
5138 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically custom-browse-sort-alphabetically)
5139 ;;;;;; "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (20657 65077 880084 0))
5140 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5141
5142 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5143 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
5144
5145 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5146
5147 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically t "\
5148 Whether to sort customization groups alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
5149
5150 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5151
5152 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5153 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
5154
5155 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5156
5157 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
5158 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5159
5160 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5161 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5162
5163 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5164 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5165
5166 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5167
5168 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5169
5170 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
5171 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5172 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5173
5174 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5175 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5176
5177 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5178 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5179
5180 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5181 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5182
5183 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5184
5185 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5186
5187 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
5188 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5189 Return VALUE.
5190
5191 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5192 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5193
5194 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5195 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5196
5197 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5198 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5199
5200 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5201
5202 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5203
5204 (autoload 'customize-push-and-save "cus-edit" "\
5205 Add ELTS to LIST-VAR and save for future sessions, safely.
5206 ELTS should be a list. This function adds each entry to the
5207 value of LIST-VAR using `add-to-list'.
5208
5209 If Emacs is initialized, call `customize-save-variable' to save
5210 the resulting list value now. Otherwise, add an entry to
5211 `after-init-hook' to save it after initialization.
5212
5213 \(fn LIST-VAR ELTS)" nil nil)
5214
5215 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
5216 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5217 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5218 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5219 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5220
5221 \(fn)" t nil)
5222
5223 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
5224 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5225 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5226 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5227
5228 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
5229
5230 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
5231 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5232 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5233
5234 \(fn &optional GROUP OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5235
5236 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5237 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
5238
5239 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5240
5241 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
5242
5243 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
5244 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5245
5246 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5247
5248 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
5249
5250 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5251 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5252 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5253
5254 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5255
5256 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
5257 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
5258 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
5259 as part of Emacs itself.
5260
5261 Each elements looks like this:
5262
5263 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
5264
5265 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
5266 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
5267 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
5268 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
5269 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
5270 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
5271 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
5272 and `defface'.
5273
5274 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
5275
5276 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
5277 '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
5278 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
5279 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
5280 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
5281
5282 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
5283 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
5284 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
5285 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5286
5287 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
5288
5289 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
5290 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5291 This includes new user options and faces, and new customization
5292 groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings or
5293 default values have changed since the previous major Emacs
5294 release.
5295
5296 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5297 that were added or redefined since that version.
5298
5299 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5300
5301 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
5302 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5303 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5304 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5305
5306 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5307
5308 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5309 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5310
5311 \(fn &optional FACE OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5312
5313 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5314 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5315 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5316
5317 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5318 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5319
5320 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5321
5322 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
5323 Customize all options and faces set in this session but not saved.
5324
5325 \(fn)" t nil)
5326
5327 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
5328 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5329
5330 \(fn)" t nil)
5331
5332 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
5333 Customize all saved options and faces.
5334
5335 \(fn)" t nil)
5336
5337 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
5338 Customize loaded options, faces and groups matching PATTERN.
5339 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
5340 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
5341 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
5342 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
5343
5344 If TYPE is `options', include only options.
5345 If TYPE is `faces', include only faces.
5346 If TYPE is `groups', include only groups.
5347
5348 \(fn PATTERN &optional TYPE)" t nil)
5349
5350 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
5351 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5352
5353 \(fn REGEXP &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
5354
5355 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
5356 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5357
5358 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5359
5360 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
5361 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5362
5363 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5364
5365 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
5366 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5367 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5368 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5369 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5370 that option.
5371
5372 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5373
5374 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5375 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5376 The result includes selecting that window.
5377 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5378 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5379 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5380 that option.
5381
5382 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5383
5384 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
5385 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5386
5387 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5388
5389 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5390 File used for storing customization information.
5391 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5392 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5393 it should be an absolute file name.
5394
5395 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5396 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5397 something like the following in your init file:
5398
5399 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5400 \(load custom-file)
5401
5402 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5403 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5404
5405 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5406 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5407 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5408 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5409 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5410
5411 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5412 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5413 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5414 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5415 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5416 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5417 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5418 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5419 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5420 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5421
5422 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
5423
5424 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
5425 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5426
5427 \(fn)" nil nil)
5428
5429 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
5430 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5431
5432 \(fn)" t nil)
5433
5434 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5435 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5436 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5437
5438 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5439
5440 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5441 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5442 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5443 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5444 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5445
5446 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5447
5448 ;;;***
5449 \f
5450 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-themes describe-theme custom-theme-visit-theme
5451 ;;;;;; customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el" (20355
5452 ;;;;;; 10021 546955 0))
5453 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5454
5455 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
5456 Create or edit a custom theme.
5457 THEME, if non-nil, should be an existing theme to edit. If THEME
5458 is `user', the resulting *Custom Theme* buffer also contains a
5459 checkbox for removing the theme settings specified in the buffer
5460 from the Custom save file.
5461 BUFFER, if non-nil, should be a buffer to use; the default is
5462 named *Custom Theme*.
5463
5464 \(fn &optional THEME BUFFER)" t nil)
5465
5466 (autoload 'custom-theme-visit-theme "cus-theme" "\
5467 Set up a Custom buffer to edit custom theme THEME.
5468
5469 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5470
5471 (autoload 'describe-theme "cus-theme" "\
5472 Display a description of the Custom theme THEME (a symbol).
5473
5474 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5475
5476 (autoload 'customize-themes "cus-theme" "\
5477 Display a selectable list of Custom themes.
5478 When called from Lisp, BUFFER should be the buffer to use; if
5479 omitted, a buffer named *Custom Themes* is used.
5480
5481 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5482
5483 ;;;***
5484 \f
5485 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "vc/cvs-status.el"
5486 ;;;;;; (20476 31768 298871 0))
5487 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/cvs-status.el
5488
5489 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
5490 Mode used for cvs status output.
5491
5492 \(fn)" t nil)
5493
5494 ;;;***
5495 \f
5496 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el"
5497 ;;;;;; (20577 33959 40183 0))
5498 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5499
5500 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5501 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5502
5503 Suspicious constructs are highlighted using `font-lock-warning-face'.
5504
5505 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5506 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5507 C++ modes are included.
5508
5509 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
5510 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5511 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5512
5513 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5514
5515 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-cwarn-mode 'cwarn-mode "24.1")
5516
5517 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5518 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5519 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5520 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5521 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5522 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5523
5524 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
5525
5526 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5527 Toggle Cwarn mode in all buffers.
5528 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Cwarn mode if ARG is positive;
5529 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
5530 ARG is omitted or nil.
5531
5532 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where
5533 `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
5534 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
5535
5536 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5537
5538 ;;;***
5539 \f
5540 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
5541 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
5542 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
5543 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5544
5545 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
5546 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5547
5548 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5549
5550 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
5551 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5552
5553 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5554
5555 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
5556 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5557 For readability, the table is slightly
5558 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5559
5560 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5561 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5562 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5563 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5564 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5565
5566 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5567
5568 ;;;***
5569 \f
5570 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
5571 ;;;;;; (20397 45851 446679 0))
5572 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5573 (put 'dabbrev-case-fold-search 'risky-local-variable t)
5574 (put 'dabbrev-case-replace 'risky-local-variable t)
5575 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5576 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5577
5578 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
5579 Completion on current word.
5580 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5581 and presents suggestions for completion.
5582
5583 With a prefix argument ARG, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5584 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5585 completions.
5586
5587 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
5588 then it searches *all* buffers.
5589
5590 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5591
5592 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
5593 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5594
5595 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5596 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5597 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5598 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5599 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5600
5601 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5602 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5603
5604 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5605 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5606 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5607
5608 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5609 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5610
5611 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5612
5613 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5614
5615 ;;;***
5616 \f
5617 ;;;### (autoloads (data-debug-new-buffer) "data-debug" "cedet/data-debug.el"
5618 ;;;;;; (20586 48936 135199 0))
5619 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/data-debug.el
5620
5621 (autoload 'data-debug-new-buffer "data-debug" "\
5622 Create a new data-debug buffer with NAME.
5623
5624 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
5625
5626 ;;;***
5627 \f
5628 ;;;### (autoloads (dbus-handle-event) "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (20614
5629 ;;;;;; 54428 654267 0))
5630 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
5631
5632 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
5633 Handle events from the D-Bus.
5634 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'. HANDLER, being
5635 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
5636 If the HANDLER returns a `dbus-error', it is propagated as return message.
5637
5638 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
5639
5640 ;;;***
5641 \f
5642 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (20355
5643 ;;;;;; 10021 546955 0))
5644 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5645
5646 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
5647 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5648
5649 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5650 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5651 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5652
5653 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5654 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5655 Data lines are not indented.
5656
5657 Key bindings:
5658
5659 \\{dcl-mode-map}
5660 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5661
5662 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5663 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5664 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5665 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5666
5667 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5668
5669 dcl-basic-offset
5670 Extra indentation within blocks.
5671
5672 dcl-continuation-offset
5673 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5674
5675 dcl-margin-offset
5676 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5677
5678 dcl-margin-label-offset
5679 Indentation for a label.
5680
5681 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5682 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5683
5684 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5685 dcl-block-end-regexp
5686 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5687 a block of command lines that will be given extra indentation.
5688 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5689 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5690 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5691
5692 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5693 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5694 Two such functions are included in the package:
5695 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5696 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5697
5698 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5699 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5700 One such function is included in the package:
5701 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5702
5703 dcl-tab-always-indent
5704 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5705 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5706 margin.
5707
5708 dcl-electric-characters
5709 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5710 typed.
5711
5712 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5713 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5714 which words trigger electric indentation.
5715
5716 dcl-tempo-comma
5717 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5718 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5719 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5720
5721 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5722 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5723 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5724 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5725
5726 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5727 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5728 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5729 dcl-imenu-label-call
5730 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5731
5732 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5733 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5734 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5735 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5736
5737
5738 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5739
5740 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5741 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5742 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5743 $ i = 1
5744 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5745 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5746 $ label:
5747 $ if i.eq.1
5748 $ then
5749 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5750 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5751 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5752 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5753 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5754 \"lined up with the command line\"
5755 $ type sys$input
5756 Data lines are not indented at all.
5757 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5758 $ endif
5759 $
5760
5761
5762 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5763 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5764
5765 \(fn)" t nil)
5766
5767 ;;;***
5768 \f
5769 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
5770 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (20642 11326 759953 0))
5771 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5772
5773 (setq debugger 'debug)
5774
5775 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
5776 Enter debugger. \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]' returns from the debugger.
5777 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5778 of the evaluator.
5779
5780 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5781 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5782 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5783
5784 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
5785
5786 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5787 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5788
5789 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5790
5791 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
5792 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
5793 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
5794 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
5795 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
5796 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
5797
5798 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5799 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5800
5801 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5802
5803 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5804 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5805 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
5806 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5807 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
5808
5809 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5810
5811 ;;;***
5812 \f
5813 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
5814 ;;;;;; (20566 63671 243798 0))
5815 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5816
5817 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
5818 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5819
5820 \(fn)" t nil)
5821
5822 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
5823 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5824 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5825 Upper-case letters are commands.
5826
5827 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5828 modify it.
5829
5830 The most useful commands are:
5831 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5832 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5833 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5834 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5835 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5836 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5837
5838 \(fn)" t nil)
5839
5840 ;;;***
5841 \f
5842 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
5843 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (20355
5844 ;;;;;; 10021 546955 0))
5845 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5846
5847 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
5848 Customization of `columns' group.
5849
5850 \(fn)" t nil)
5851
5852 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
5853 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5854
5855 START and END delimits the text region.
5856
5857 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5858
5859 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
5860 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5861
5862 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5863
5864 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5865
5866 ;;;***
5867 \f
5868 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (20355
5869 ;;;;;; 10021 546955 0))
5870 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
5871
5872 (autoload 'delphi-mode "delphi" "\
5873 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
5874 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line (or region, if Transient Mark mode
5875 is enabled and the region is active) of Delphi code.
5876 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
5877 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
5878 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
5879
5880 \\[indent-region] also works for indenting a whole region.
5881
5882 Customization:
5883
5884 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
5885 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
5886 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
5887 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
5888 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
5889 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
5890 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
5891 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
5892 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5893 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
5894 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
5895 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
5896 blank line.
5897 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
5898 Directories to search when finding external units.
5899 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
5900 If true then Delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
5901
5902 Coloring:
5903
5904 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
5905 Face used to color Delphi comments.
5906 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
5907 Face used to color Delphi strings.
5908 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
5909 Face used to color Delphi keywords.
5910 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
5911 Face used to color everything else.
5912
5913 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable `delphi-mode-hook'
5914 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5915
5916 \(fn)" t nil)
5917
5918 ;;;***
5919 \f
5920 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (20613
5921 ;;;;;; 49078 764749 0))
5922 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5923
5924 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
5925
5926 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5927 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5928 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5929 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5930 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5931 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5932
5933 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
5934
5935 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
5936 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5937 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Delete Selection mode if ARG
5938 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
5939 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
5940
5941 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
5942 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
5943 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
5944 any selection.
5945
5946 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5947
5948 ;;;***
5949 \f
5950 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
5951 ;;;;;; "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (20660 60553 594737 612000))
5952 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5953
5954 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
5955 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5956
5957 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5958
5959 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5960 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5961 or nil if there is no parent.
5962 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5963 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5964 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5965 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5966 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5967
5968 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5969 arguments are currently understood:
5970 :group GROUP
5971 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5972 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
5973 :syntax-table TABLE
5974 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-syntax-table).
5975 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5976 :abbrev-table TABLE
5977 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-abbrev-table).
5978 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5979
5980 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5981
5982 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
5983
5984 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
5985 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
5986 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
5987
5988 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
5989 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
5990
5991 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
5992 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
5993 (setq case-fold-search nil))
5994
5995 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
5996 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
5997
5998 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
5999 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
6000
6001 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
6002
6003 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil t)
6004
6005 (put 'define-derived-mode 'doc-string-elt '4)
6006
6007 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
6008 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
6009 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
6010 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
6011 the first time the mode is used.
6012
6013 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
6014
6015 ;;;***
6016 \f
6017 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text"
6018 ;;;;;; "descr-text.el" (20660 41272 835092 0))
6019 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
6020
6021 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
6022 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties at POS.
6023 POS is taken to be in BUFFER or in current buffer if nil.
6024 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
6025 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
6026 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
6027 otherwise.
6028
6029 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER BUFFER)" t nil)
6030
6031 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
6032 Describe position POS (interactively, point) and the char after POS.
6033 POS is taken to be in BUFFER, or the current buffer if BUFFER is nil.
6034 The information is displayed in buffer `*Help*'.
6035
6036 The position information includes POS; the total size of BUFFER; the
6037 region limits, if narrowed; the column number; and the horizontal
6038 scroll amount, if the buffer is horizontally scrolled.
6039
6040 The character information includes the character code; charset and
6041 code points in it; syntax; category; how the character is encoded in
6042 BUFFER and in BUFFER's file; character composition information (if
6043 relevant); the font and font glyphs used to display the character;
6044 the character's canonical name and other properties defined by the
6045 Unicode Data Base; and widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties
6046 relevant to POS.
6047
6048 \(fn POS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6049
6050 ;;;***
6051 \f
6052 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-revert desktop-save-in-desktop-dir desktop-change-dir
6053 ;;;;;; desktop-load-default desktop-read desktop-remove desktop-save
6054 ;;;;;; desktop-clear desktop-locals-to-save desktop-save-mode) "desktop"
6055 ;;;;;; "desktop.el" (20662 46799 344737 276000))
6056 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
6057
6058 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
6059 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
6060 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
6061
6062 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
6063
6064 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
6065 Toggle desktop saving (Desktop Save mode).
6066 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Desktop Save mode if ARG is
6067 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6068 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6069
6070 If Desktop Save mode is enabled, the state of Emacs is saved from
6071 one session to another. See variable `desktop-save' and function
6072 `desktop-read' for details.
6073
6074 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6075
6076 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
6077 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
6078 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
6079 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
6080
6081 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
6082
6083 (defvar desktop-save-buffer nil "\
6084 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
6085 This variable becomes buffer local when set.
6086
6087 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
6088 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
6089 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
6090
6091 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
6092 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
6093
6094 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
6095 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
6096 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
6097
6098 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
6099 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
6100 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
6101 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
6102
6103 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
6104
6105 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6106 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6107
6108 Handlers are called with argument list
6109
6110 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6111
6112 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6113
6114 desktop-file-version
6115 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6116 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6117 desktop-buffer-point
6118 desktop-buffer-mark
6119 desktop-buffer-read-only
6120 desktop-buffer-locals
6121
6122 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6123 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6124
6125 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6126 code like
6127
6128 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6129 ...
6130 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6131 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6132
6133 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
6134
6135 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6136
6137 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6138 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6139 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6140 List elements must have the form
6141
6142 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6143
6144 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6145 function.
6146
6147 Handlers are called with argument list
6148
6149 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6150
6151 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6152
6153 desktop-file-version
6154 desktop-buffer-file-name
6155 desktop-buffer-name
6156 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6157 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6158 desktop-buffer-point
6159 desktop-buffer-mark
6160 desktop-buffer-read-only
6161 desktop-buffer-misc
6162
6163 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6164 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6165 created and set.
6166
6167 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6168 code like
6169
6170 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6171 ...
6172 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6173 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6174
6175 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
6176
6177 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6178
6179 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6180
6181 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
6182 Empty the Desktop.
6183 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6184 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6185 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6186
6187 \(fn)" t nil)
6188
6189 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
6190 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6191 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6192 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this desktop.
6193 See also `desktop-base-file-name'.
6194
6195 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE)" t nil)
6196
6197 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
6198 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
6199 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
6200
6201 \(fn)" t nil)
6202
6203 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
6204 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6205 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6206 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6207 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6208 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6209 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6210 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6211
6212 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6213
6214 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
6215 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6216 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6217
6218 \(fn)" nil nil)
6219
6220 (make-obsolete 'desktop-load-default 'desktop-save-mode "22.1")
6221
6222 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
6223 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6224 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6225 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6226 directory DIRNAME.
6227
6228 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6229
6230 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
6231 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6232
6233 \(fn)" t nil)
6234
6235 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
6236 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6237
6238 \(fn)" t nil)
6239
6240 ;;;***
6241 \f
6242 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article gnus-outlook-deuglify-article
6243 ;;;;;; gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines)
6244 ;;;;;; "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
6245 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6246
6247 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
6248 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6249 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6250 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6251 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6252 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6253
6254 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6255
6256 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
6257 Repair a broken attribution line.
6258 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6259
6260 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6261
6262 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6263 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6264 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6265 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6266
6267 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6268
6269 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6270 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6271
6272 \(fn)" t nil)
6273
6274 ;;;***
6275 \f
6276 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mode diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib"
6277 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-lib.el" (20668 35382 940599 0))
6278 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6279
6280 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
6281 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6282 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6283 by the variable `diary-number-of-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6284 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
6285
6286 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6287
6288 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
6289 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6290 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6291 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6292
6293 Here is an example of a script to call `diary-mail-entries',
6294 suitable for regular scheduling using cron (or at). Note that
6295 since `emacs -script' does not load your init file, you should
6296 ensure that all relevant variables are set.
6297
6298 #!/usr/bin/emacs -script
6299 ;; diary-rem.el - run the Emacs diary-reminder
6300
6301 \(setq diary-mail-days 3
6302 diary-file \"/path/to/diary.file\"
6303 calendar-date-style 'european
6304 diary-mail-addr \"user@host.name\")
6305
6306 \(diary-mail-entries)
6307
6308 # diary-rem.el ends here
6309
6310 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6311
6312 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
6313 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6314
6315 \(fn)" t nil)
6316
6317 ;;;***
6318 \f
6319 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-buffer-with-file diff-latest-backup-file
6320 ;;;;;; diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff" "vc/diff.el"
6321 ;;;;;; (20570 60708 993668 0))
6322 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff.el
6323
6324 (defvar diff-switches (purecopy "-c") "\
6325 A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6326
6327 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
6328
6329 (defvar diff-command (purecopy "diff") "\
6330 The command to use to run diff.")
6331
6332 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
6333
6334 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
6335 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6336 When called interactively, read NEW, then OLD, using the
6337 minibuffer. The default for NEW is the current buffer's file
6338 name, and the default for OLD is a backup file for NEW, if one
6339 exists. If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6340
6341 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt
6342 interactively for diff switches. Otherwise, the switches
6343 specified in `diff-switches' are passed to the diff command.
6344
6345 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6346
6347 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
6348 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6349 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6350 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6351 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6352 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6353
6354 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6355
6356 (autoload 'diff-latest-backup-file "diff" "\
6357 Return the latest existing backup of FILE, or nil.
6358
6359 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
6360
6361 (autoload 'diff-buffer-with-file "diff" "\
6362 View the differences between BUFFER and its associated file.
6363 This requires the external program `diff' to be in your `exec-path'.
6364
6365 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6366
6367 ;;;***
6368 \f
6369 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "vc/diff-mode.el"
6370 ;;;;;; (20690 62389 885263 0))
6371 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff-mode.el
6372
6373 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
6374 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6375 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6376 normal diffs.
6377
6378 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6379 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6380 headers for you on-the-fly.
6381
6382 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6383 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6384 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6385
6386 \\{diff-mode-map}
6387
6388 \(fn)" t nil)
6389
6390 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
6391 Toggle Diff minor mode.
6392 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Diff minor mode if ARG is
6393 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6394 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6395
6396 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6397
6398 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6399
6400 ;;;***
6401 \f
6402 ;;;### (autoloads (dig) "dig" "net/dig.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
6403 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dig.el
6404
6405 (autoload 'dig "dig" "\
6406 Query addresses of a DOMAIN using dig, by calling `dig-invoke'.
6407 Optional arguments are passed to `dig-invoke'.
6408
6409 \(fn DOMAIN &optional QUERY-TYPE QUERY-CLASS QUERY-OPTION DIG-OPTION SERVER)" t nil)
6410
6411 ;;;***
6412 \f
6413 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-mode dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
6414 ;;;;;; dired dired-listing-switches) "dired" "dired.el" (20685 44764
6415 ;;;;;; 669491 35000))
6416 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6417
6418 (defvar dired-listing-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
6419 Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6420 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6421 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6422 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6423 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6424 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6425 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6426
6427 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
6428
6429 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6430 The directory name or wildcard spec that this dired directory lists.
6431 Local to each dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6432 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6433 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6434 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6435
6436 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
6437 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6438 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6439 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6440 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6441 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6442 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6443 list of files to make directory entries for.
6444 \\<dired-mode-map>You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6445 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6446 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6447
6448 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6449
6450 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6451 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6452
6453 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
6454 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6455
6456 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6457 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6458
6459 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
6460 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6461
6462 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6463
6464 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
6465 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6466
6467 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6468
6469 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
6470 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6471 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6472 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6473 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6474 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6475 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6476 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6477 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6478 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6479 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6480 The buffer is read-only. Digits are prefix arguments.
6481 Type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file `D' for deletion.
6482 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6483 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6484 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6485 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6486 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6487 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6488 to see why something went wrong.
6489 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of an inserted subdirectory.
6490 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unmark or unflag.
6491 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to delete (eXecute) the files flagged `D'.
6492 Type \\[dired-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6493 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6494 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or dired directory in Other window.
6495 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6496 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6497 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6498 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6499 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6500 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6501 Use `SPC' and `DEL' to move down and up by lines.
6502
6503 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6504 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist the file at point or the marked files or a
6505 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6506 again for the directory tree.
6507
6508 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6509 for more info):
6510
6511 `dired-listing-switches'
6512 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6513 `dired-marker-char'
6514 `dired-del-marker'
6515 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6516 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6517 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6518 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6519
6520 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6521
6522 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6523 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6524 `dired-mode-hook'
6525 `dired-load-hook'
6526
6527 Keybindings:
6528 \\{dired-mode-map}
6529
6530 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6531 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6532
6533 ;;;***
6534 \f
6535 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack dirtrack-mode) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el"
6536 ;;;;;; (20648 50109 802321 0))
6537 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6538
6539 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
6540 Toggle directory tracking in shell buffers (Dirtrack mode).
6541 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Dirtrack mode if ARG is
6542 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6543 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6544
6545 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the current
6546 working directory at all times, and that you set the variable
6547 `dirtrack-list' to match the prompt.
6548
6549 This is an alternative to `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works by
6550 tracking `cd' and similar commands which change the shell working
6551 directory.
6552
6553 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6554
6555 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
6556 Determine the current directory from the process output for a prompt.
6557 This filter function is used by `dirtrack-mode'. It looks for
6558 the prompt specified by `dirtrack-list', and calls
6559 `shell-process-cd' if the directory seems to have changed away
6560 from `default-directory'.
6561
6562 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6563
6564 ;;;***
6565 \f
6566 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (20497
6567 ;;;;;; 6436 957082 0))
6568 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6569
6570 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
6571 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6572 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6573 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6574 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6575 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6576
6577 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6578
6579 ;;;***
6580 \f
6581 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european glyph-face glyph-char
6582 ;;;;;; make-glyph-code create-glyph standard-display-underline standard-display-graphic
6583 ;;;;;; standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii standard-display-default
6584 ;;;;;; standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table describe-display-table
6585 ;;;;;; set-display-table-slot display-table-slot make-display-table)
6586 ;;;;;; "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
6587 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6588
6589 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
6590 Return a new, empty display table.
6591
6592 \(fn)" nil nil)
6593
6594 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6595 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6596 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6597 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6598 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6599
6600 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6601
6602 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6603 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6604 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6605 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6606 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6607
6608 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6609
6610 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
6611 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6612
6613 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
6614
6615 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
6616 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6617
6618 \(fn)" t nil)
6619
6620 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
6621 Display characters representing raw bytes in the range L to H literally.
6622
6623 On a terminal display, each character in the range is displayed
6624 by sending the corresponding byte directly to the terminal.
6625
6626 On a graphic display, each character in the range is displayed
6627 using the default font by a glyph whose code is the corresponding
6628 byte.
6629
6630 Note that ASCII printable characters (SPC to TILDA) are displayed
6631 in the default way after this call.
6632
6633 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6634
6635 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
6636 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6637
6638 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6639
6640 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
6641 Display character C using printable string S.
6642
6643 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
6644
6645 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
6646 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6647 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6648 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6649
6650 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6651
6652 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
6653 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6654 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6655 X frame.
6656
6657 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6658
6659 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
6660 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6661
6662 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6663
6664 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
6665 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6666
6667 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6668
6669 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
6670 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
6671
6672 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
6673
6674 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
6675 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
6676
6677 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6678
6679 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
6680 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
6681
6682 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6683
6684 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
6685 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6686
6687 This function is semi-obsolete; you probably don't need it, or else you
6688 probably should use `set-language-environment' or `set-locale-environment'.
6689
6690 This function enables European character display if ARG is positive,
6691 disables it if negative. Otherwise, it toggles European character display.
6692
6693 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6694 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
6695 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6696 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6697
6698 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6699 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment.
6700 This provides increased compatibility for users who call this function
6701 in `.emacs'.
6702
6703 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
6704
6705 ;;;***
6706 \f
6707 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
6708 ;;;;;; (20545 57511 257469 0))
6709 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6710
6711 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
6712 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6713 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6714 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6715 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6716 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6717 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6718 Default is 2.
6719
6720 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6721
6722 ;;;***
6723 \f
6724 ;;;### (autoloads (dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" "dnd.el" (20355 10021
6725 ;;;;;; 546955 0))
6726 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
6727
6728 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist `((,(purecopy "^file:///") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^file://") . dnd-open-file) (,(purecopy "^file:") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://") . dnd-open-file)) "\
6729 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
6730 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
6731 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
6732 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
6733 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
6734 private or ask).
6735 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
6736 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
6737 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
6738 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
6739 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
6740
6741 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
6742
6743 ;;;***
6744 \f
6745 ;;;### (autoloads (dns-mode-soa-increment-serial dns-mode) "dns-mode"
6746 ;;;;;; "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
6747 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
6748
6749 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
6750 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
6751 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
6752 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
6753 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
6754 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
6755 table and its own syntax table.
6756
6757 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
6758
6759 \(fn)" t nil)
6760 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
6761
6762 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
6763 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
6764
6765 \(fn)" t nil)
6766
6767 ;;;***
6768 \f
6769 ;;;### (autoloads (doc-view-bookmark-jump doc-view-minor-mode doc-view-mode-maybe
6770 ;;;;;; doc-view-mode doc-view-mode-p) "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (20581
6771 ;;;;;; 31014 234484 0))
6772 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
6773
6774 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
6775 Return non-nil if document type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
6776 Document types are symbols like `dvi', `ps', `pdf', or `odf' (any
6777 OpenDocument format).
6778
6779 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
6780
6781 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
6782 Major mode in DocView buffers.
6783
6784 DocView Mode is an Emacs document viewer. It displays PDF, PS
6785 and DVI files (as PNG images) in Emacs buffers.
6786
6787 You can use \\<doc-view-mode-map>\\[doc-view-toggle-display] to
6788 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
6789 \\{doc-view-mode-map}
6790
6791 \(fn)" t nil)
6792
6793 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-maybe "doc-view" "\
6794 Switch to `doc-view-mode' if possible.
6795 If the required external tools are not available, then fallback
6796 to the next best mode.
6797
6798 \(fn)" nil nil)
6799
6800 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
6801 Toggle displaying buffer via Doc View (Doc View minor mode).
6802 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Doc View minor mode if ARG is
6803 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6804 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6805
6806 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
6807
6808 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6809
6810 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
6811
6812
6813 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
6814
6815 ;;;***
6816 \f
6817 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (20545 57511
6818 ;;;;;; 257469 0))
6819 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6820
6821 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
6822 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6823
6824 \(fn)" t nil)
6825
6826 ;;;***
6827 \f
6828 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode) "double" "double.el" (20355 10021
6829 ;;;;;; 546955 0))
6830 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6831
6832 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
6833 Toggle special insertion on double keypresses (Double mode).
6834 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Double mode if ARG is
6835 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6836 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6837
6838 When Double mode is enabled, some keys will insert different
6839 strings when pressed twice. See `double-map' for details.
6840
6841 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6842
6843 ;;;***
6844 \f
6845 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (20545 57511
6846 ;;;;;; 257469 0))
6847 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6848
6849 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
6850 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6851
6852 \(fn)" t nil)
6853
6854 ;;;***
6855 \f
6856 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
6857 ;;;;;; define-globalized-minor-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
6858 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (20574 57775 217760 0))
6859 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6860
6861 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
6862
6863 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6864 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6865 This defines the toggle command MODE and (by default) a control variable
6866 MODE (you can override this with the :variable keyword, see below).
6867 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6868
6869 The defined mode command takes one optional (prefix) argument.
6870 Interactively with no prefix argument, it toggles the mode.
6871 A prefix argument enables the mode if the argument is positive,
6872 and disables it otherwise.
6873
6874 When called from Lisp, the mode command toggles the mode if the
6875 argument is `toggle', disables the mode if the argument is a
6876 non-positive integer, and enables the mode otherwise (including
6877 if the argument is omitted or nil or a positive integer).
6878
6879 If DOC is nil, give the mode command a basic doc-string
6880 documenting what its argument does.
6881
6882 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6883 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the mode line when the mode is on.
6884 Optional KEYMAP is the default keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6885 If non-nil, it should be a variable name (whose value is a keymap),
6886 or an expression that returns either a keymap or a list of
6887 arguments for `easy-mmode-define-keymap'. If you supply a KEYMAP
6888 argument that is not a symbol, this macro defines the variable
6889 MODE-map and gives it the value that KEYMAP specifies.
6890
6891 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is enabled or disabled.
6892 It is executed after toggling the mode, and before running MODE-hook.
6893 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments, i.e.
6894 alternating keywords and values. These following special keywords
6895 are supported (other keywords are passed to `defcustom' if the minor
6896 mode is global):
6897
6898 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
6899 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
6900 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
6901 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
6902 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
6903 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
6904 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
6905 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
6906 Not used if you also specify :variable.
6907 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
6908 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
6909 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
6910 :variable PLACE The location to use instead of the variable MODE to store
6911 the state of the mode. This can be simply a different
6912 named variable, or more generally anything that can be used
6913 with the CL macro `setf'. PLACE can also be of the form
6914 (GET . SET), where GET is an expression that returns the
6915 current state, and SET is a function that takes one argument,
6916 the new state, and sets it. If you specify a :variable,
6917 this function does not define a MODE variable (nor any of
6918 the terms used in :variable).
6919 :after-hook A single lisp form which is evaluated after the mode hooks
6920 have been run. It should not be quoted.
6921
6922 For example, you could write
6923 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
6924 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
6925 ...BODY CODE...)
6926
6927 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil t)
6928
6929 (put 'define-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
6930
6931 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6932
6933 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6934
6935 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6936 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
6937 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
6938 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
6939 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
6940 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
6941 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
6942 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
6943 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
6944 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
6945 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
6946 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
6947
6948 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
6949 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
6950 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
6951 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
6952 call another major mode in their body.
6953
6954 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil t)
6955
6956 (put 'define-globalized-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
6957
6958 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
6959 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
6960 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
6961 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
6962 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
6963 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
6964 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
6965
6966 Valid keywords and arguments are:
6967
6968 :name Name of the keymap; overrides NAME argument.
6969 :dense Non-nil for a dense keymap.
6970 :inherit Parent keymap.
6971 :group Ignored.
6972 :suppress Non-nil to call `suppress-keymap' on keymap,
6973 'nodigits to suppress digits as prefix arguments.
6974
6975 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
6976
6977 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
6978 Define a constant M whose value is the result of `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
6979 The M, BS, and ARGS arguments are as per that function. DOC is
6980 the constant's documentation.
6981
6982 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
6983
6984 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
6985 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
6986 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
6987
6988 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
6989
6990 ;;;***
6991 \f
6992 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
6993 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (20615
6994 ;;;;;; 49194 141673 0))
6995 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
6996
6997 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
6998 Define a pop-up menu and/or menu bar menu specified by MENU.
6999 If SYMBOL is non-nil, define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the
7000 submenu defined by MENU, with DOC as its doc string.
7001
7002 MAPS, if non-nil, should be a keymap or a list of keymaps; add
7003 the submenu defined by MENU to the keymap or each of the keymaps,
7004 as a top-level menu bar item.
7005
7006 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar
7007 item name. It may be followed by the following keyword argument
7008 pairs:
7009
7010 :filter FUNCTION
7011 FUNCTION must be a function which, if called with one
7012 argument---the list of the other menu items---returns the
7013 items to actually display.
7014
7015 :visible INCLUDE
7016 INCLUDE is an expression. The menu is visible if the
7017 expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:included' is an
7018 alias for `:visible'.
7019
7020 :active ENABLE
7021 ENABLE is an expression. The menu is enabled for selection
7022 if the expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:enable' is
7023 an alias for `:active'.
7024
7025 The rest of the elements in MENU are menu items.
7026 A menu item can be a vector of three elements:
7027
7028 [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
7029
7030 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
7031
7032 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen, or an
7033 expression to evaluate when the item is chosen.
7034
7035 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection if the
7036 expression evaluates to a non-nil value.
7037
7038 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
7039
7040 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ]... ]
7041
7042 where NAME and CALLBACK have the same meanings as above, and each
7043 optional KEYWORD and ARG pair should be one of the following:
7044
7045 :keys KEYS
7046 KEYS is a string; a keyboard equivalent to the menu item.
7047 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are
7048 usually computed automatically. KEYS is expanded with
7049 `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
7050
7051 :key-sequence KEYS
7052 KEYS is a hint for speeding up Emacs's first display of the
7053 menu. It should be nil if you know that the menu item has no
7054 keyboard equivalent; otherwise it should be a string or
7055 vector specifying a keyboard equivalent for the menu item.
7056
7057 :active ENABLE
7058 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7059 whenever this expression's value is non-nil. `:enable' is an
7060 alias for `:active'.
7061
7062 :visible INCLUDE
7063 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
7064 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for
7065 `:visible'.
7066
7067 :label FORM
7068 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
7069 value serves as the menu item's label (the default is NAME).
7070
7071 :suffix FORM
7072 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
7073 value is concatenated with the menu entry's label.
7074
7075 :style STYLE
7076 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item; it should
7077 be `toggle' (a checkbox), or `radio' (a radio button), or any
7078 other value (meaning an ordinary menu item).
7079
7080 :selected SELECTED
7081 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is
7082 selected whenever the expression's value is non-nil.
7083
7084 :help HELP
7085 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
7086
7087 Alternatively, a menu item can be a string. Then that string
7088 appears in the menu as unselectable text. A string consisting
7089 solely of dashes is displayed as a menu separator.
7090
7091 Alternatively, a menu item can be a list with the same format as
7092 MENU. This is a submenu.
7093
7094 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil t)
7095
7096 (put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
7097
7098 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
7099
7100
7101 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
7102
7103 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
7104 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7105 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7106 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7107
7108 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7109
7110 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
7111 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7112 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7113 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7114 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7115 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7116
7117 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
7118 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
7119 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
7120
7121 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7122 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7123 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
7124
7125 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
7126 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
7127
7128 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
7129
7130 ;;;***
7131 \f
7132 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
7133 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-delete-style ebnf-insert-style
7134 ;;;;;; ebnf-find-style ebnf-setup ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer
7135 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-file ebnf-syntax-directory ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer
7136 ;;;;;; ebnf-eps-file ebnf-eps-directory ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer
7137 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-file ebnf-spool-directory ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
7138 ;;;;;; ebnf-print-file ebnf-print-directory ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps"
7139 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (20566 63671 243798 0))
7140 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7141
7142 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
7143 Customization for ebnf group.
7144
7145 \(fn)" t nil)
7146
7147 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7148 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7149
7150 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7151
7152 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7153 processed.
7154
7155 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7156
7157 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7158
7159 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7160 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7161
7162 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7163 killed after process termination.
7164
7165 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7166
7167 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7168
7169 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7170 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7171
7172 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7173 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7174 it to the printer.
7175
7176 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7177 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
7178 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
7179 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
7180
7181 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7182
7183 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7184 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
7185 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
7186
7187 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7188
7189 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7190 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7191
7192 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7193
7194 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7195 processed.
7196
7197 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7198
7199 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7200
7201 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7202 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7203
7204 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7205 killed after process termination.
7206
7207 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7208
7209 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7210
7211 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7212 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7213 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
7214 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
7215
7216 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7217
7218 \(fn)" t nil)
7219
7220 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7221 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
7222 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
7223
7224 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7225
7226 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7227
7228 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7229 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
7230
7231 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7232
7233 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7234 processed.
7235
7236 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7237
7238 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7239
7240 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7241 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
7242
7243 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7244 killed after EPS generation.
7245
7246 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7247
7248 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7249
7250 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7251 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
7252
7253 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
7254 The EPS file name has the following form:
7255
7256 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7257
7258 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7259 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7260
7261 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7262 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7263 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7264 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7265 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7266
7267 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7268 files.
7269
7270 \(fn)" t nil)
7271
7272 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7273 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
7274
7275 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
7276 The EPS file name has the following form:
7277
7278 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7279
7280 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7281 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7282
7283 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7284 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7285 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7286 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7287 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7288
7289 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7290 files.
7291
7292 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7293
7294 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
7295
7296 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7297 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
7298
7299 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
7300
7301 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
7302 are processed.
7303
7304 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7305
7306 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7307
7308 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7309 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
7310
7311 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7312 killed after syntax checking.
7313
7314 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7315
7316 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7317
7318 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7319 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
7320
7321 \(fn)" t nil)
7322
7323 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7324 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
7325
7326 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7327
7328 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
7329 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
7330
7331 \(fn)" nil nil)
7332
7333 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7334 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
7335
7336 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7337
7338 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7339
7340 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7341 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
7342
7343 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7344
7345 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7346
7347 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7348 Delete style NAME.
7349
7350 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7351
7352 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7353
7354 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7355 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
7356
7357 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7358
7359 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7360
7361 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7362 Set STYLE as the current style.
7363
7364 Returns the old style symbol.
7365
7366 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7367
7368 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
7369
7370 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7371 Reset current style.
7372
7373 Returns the old style symbol.
7374
7375 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7376
7377 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7378
7379 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7380 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
7381
7382 Returns the old style symbol.
7383
7384 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
7385
7386 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7387
7388 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7389
7390 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7391 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
7392
7393 Returns the old style symbol.
7394
7395 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
7396
7397 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7398
7399 \(fn)" t nil)
7400
7401 ;;;***
7402 \f
7403 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
7404 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
7405 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
7406 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-search ebrowse-tags-loop-continue
7407 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame
7408 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame
7409 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window
7410 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window ebrowse-tags-find-definition
7411 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition ebrowse-tags-find-declaration
7412 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-declaration ebrowse-member-mode ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
7413 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (20561
7414 ;;;;;; 18280 338092 0))
7415 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
7416
7417 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
7418 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
7419 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
7420 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
7421 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
7422 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
7423
7424 Tree mode key bindings:
7425 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
7426
7427 \(fn)" t nil)
7428
7429 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
7430 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
7431
7432 \(fn)" t nil)
7433
7434 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
7435 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
7436
7437 \(fn)" t nil)
7438
7439 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7440 View declaration of member at point.
7441
7442 \(fn)" t nil)
7443
7444 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7445 Find declaration of member at point.
7446
7447 \(fn)" t nil)
7448
7449 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
7450 View definition of member at point.
7451
7452 \(fn)" t nil)
7453
7454 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
7455 Find definition of member at point.
7456
7457 \(fn)" t nil)
7458
7459 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7460 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
7461
7462 \(fn)" t nil)
7463
7464 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7465 View definition of member at point in other window.
7466
7467 \(fn)" t nil)
7468
7469 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7470 Find definition of member at point in other window.
7471
7472 \(fn)" t nil)
7473
7474 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7475 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7476
7477 \(fn)" t nil)
7478
7479 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7480 View definition of member at point in other frame.
7481
7482 \(fn)" t nil)
7483
7484 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7485 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7486
7487 \(fn)" t nil)
7488
7489 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
7490 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
7491 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
7492 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
7493 completion.
7494
7495 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7496
7497 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
7498 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
7499 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
7500 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
7501
7502 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
7503
7504 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
7505 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
7506 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
7507 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
7508
7509 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7510
7511 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
7512 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
7513 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
7514
7515 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7516
7517 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
7518 Search for call sites of a member.
7519 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
7520 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
7521 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
7522 looks like a function call to the member.
7523
7524 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
7525
7526 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7527 Move backward in the position stack.
7528 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7529
7530 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7531
7532 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7533 Move forward in the position stack.
7534 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7535
7536 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7537
7538 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
7539 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
7540
7541 \(fn)" t nil)
7542
7543 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
7544 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
7545
7546 \(fn)" t nil)
7547
7548 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
7549 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7550 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7551 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7552
7553 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7554
7555 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
7556 Display statistics for a class tree.
7557
7558 \(fn)" t nil)
7559
7560 ;;;***
7561 \f
7562 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
7563 ;;;;;; (20523 62082 997685 0))
7564 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7565
7566 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
7567 Pop up the Buffer Menu in an \"electric\" window.
7568 If you type SPC or RET (`Electric-buffer-menu-select'), that
7569 selects the buffer at point and quits the \"electric\" window.
7570 Otherwise, you can move around in the Buffer Menu, marking
7571 buffers to be selected, saved or deleted; these other commands
7572 are much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
7573
7574 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
7575
7576 \\<electric-buffer-menu-mode-map>
7577 \\[keyboard-quit] or \\[Electric-buffer-menu-quit] -- exit buffer menu, returning to previous window and buffer
7578 configuration. If the very first character typed is a space, it
7579 also has this effect.
7580 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-select] -- select buffer of line point is on.
7581 Also show buffers marked with m in other windows,
7582 deletes buffers marked with \"D\", and saves those marked with \"S\".
7583 \\[Buffer-menu-mark] -- mark buffer to be displayed.
7584 \\[Buffer-menu-not-modified] -- clear modified-flag on that buffer.
7585 \\[Buffer-menu-save] -- mark that buffer to be saved.
7586 \\[Buffer-menu-delete] or \\[Buffer-menu-delete-backwards] -- mark that buffer to be deleted.
7587 \\[Buffer-menu-unmark] -- remove all kinds of marks from current line.
7588 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-mode-view-buffer] -- view buffer, returning when done.
7589 \\[Buffer-menu-backup-unmark] -- back up a line and remove marks.
7590
7591 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7592
7593 ;;;***
7594 \f
7595 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
7596 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
7597 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7598
7599 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
7600 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7601 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7602
7603 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7604
7605 ;;;***
7606 \f
7607 ;;;### (autoloads (ecomplete-setup) "ecomplete" "gnus/ecomplete.el"
7608 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
7609 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/ecomplete.el
7610
7611 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
7612
7613
7614 \(fn)" nil nil)
7615
7616 ;;;***
7617 \f
7618 ;;;### (autoloads (global-ede-mode) "ede" "cedet/ede.el" (20590 45996
7619 ;;;;;; 129575 0))
7620 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede.el
7621
7622 (defvar global-ede-mode nil "\
7623 Non-nil if Global-Ede mode is enabled.
7624 See the command `global-ede-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
7625 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7626 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7627 or call the function `global-ede-mode'.")
7628
7629 (custom-autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" nil)
7630
7631 (autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" "\
7632 Toggle global EDE (Emacs Development Environment) mode.
7633 With a prefix argument ARG, enable global EDE mode if ARG is
7634 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
7635 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7636
7637 This global minor mode enables `ede-minor-mode' in all buffers in
7638 an EDE controlled project.
7639
7640 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7641
7642 ;;;***
7643 \f
7644 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs edebug-eval-top-level-form
7645 ;;;;;; edebug-basic-spec edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs) "edebug"
7646 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (20683 2742 588278 0))
7647 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7648
7649 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7650 If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
7651 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7652 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
7653 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7654
7655 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7656 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7657 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
7658 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7659
7660 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
7661
7662 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7663 Non-nil means evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7664 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7665 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7666
7667 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
7668
7669 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
7670 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
7671 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
7672 `edebug-form-spec' property.
7673
7674 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
7675
7676 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
7677
7678 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
7679 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7680 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7681 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
7682 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7683
7684 If you do this on a function definition such as a defun or defmacro,
7685 it defines the function and instruments its definition for Edebug,
7686 so it will do Edebug stepping when called later. It displays
7687 `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate that FUNCTION is now
7688 instrumented for Edebug.
7689
7690 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7691 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7692 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7693 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7694 already is one.)
7695
7696 \(fn)" t nil)
7697
7698 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
7699 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
7700
7701 \(fn)" t nil)
7702
7703 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
7704 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
7705
7706 \(fn)" t nil)
7707
7708 ;;;***
7709 \f
7710 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
7711 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor
7712 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers
7713 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise
7714 ;;;;;; ediff-regions-wordwise ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise
7715 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directory-revisions
7716 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directories
7717 ;;;;;; ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions ediff-directories
7718 ;;;;;; ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup ediff-current-file
7719 ;;;;;; ediff-files3 ediff-files) "ediff" "vc/ediff.el" (20495 51111
7720 ;;;;;; 757560 0))
7721 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff.el
7722
7723 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
7724 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7725
7726 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7727
7728 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
7729 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7730
7731 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7732
7733 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
7734
7735 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
7736
7737 (autoload 'ediff-current-file "ediff" "\
7738 Start ediff between current buffer and its file on disk.
7739 This command can be used instead of `revert-buffer'. If there is
7740 nothing to revert then this command fails.
7741
7742 \(fn)" t nil)
7743
7744 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
7745 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7746 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7747 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7748
7749 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
7750
7751 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
7752 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7753
7754 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7755
7756 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
7757
7758 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
7759 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7760
7761 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7762
7763 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
7764
7765 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
7766 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7767 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7768 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7769
7770 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7771
7772 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
7773
7774 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7775 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7776 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7777 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7778
7779 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7780
7781 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
7782
7783 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
7784 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7785 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7786 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7787
7788 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7789
7790 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
7791
7792 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
7793 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7794 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7795 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7796
7797 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7798
7799 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
7800
7801 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7802 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7803 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
7804 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7805 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
7806 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7807
7808 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7809
7810 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7811 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
7812 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7813 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7814
7815 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7816
7817 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
7818
7819 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7820 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
7821 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7822 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7823
7824 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7825
7826 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
7827
7828 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
7829
7830 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
7831 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
7832 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7833 follows:
7834 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7835 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7836
7837 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7838
7839 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
7840 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
7841 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7842 follows:
7843 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7844 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7845
7846 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7847
7848 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
7849 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7850 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7851 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7852 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7853
7854 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7855
7856 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
7857 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7858 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7859 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7860 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7861 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7862
7863 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7864
7865 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
7866
7867 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
7868 Merge two files without ancestor.
7869
7870 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7871
7872 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7873 Merge two files with ancestor.
7874
7875 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7876
7877 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
7878
7879 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
7880 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7881
7882 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7883
7884 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7885 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7886
7887 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7888
7889 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
7890 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7891 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7892 buffer.
7893
7894 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7895
7896 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7897 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7898 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7899 buffer.
7900
7901 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7902
7903 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
7904 Query for a file name, and then run Ediff by patching that file.
7905 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7906 and don't ask the user.
7907 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7908 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7909
7910 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7911
7912 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
7913 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
7914 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
7915 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7916 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7917 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7918 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
7919 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
7920
7921 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7922
7923 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
7924
7925 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
7926
7927 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
7928 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7929 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7930 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7931 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7932
7933 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7934
7935 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
7936
7937 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
7938 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7939 When called interactively, displays the version.
7940
7941 \(fn)" t nil)
7942
7943 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
7944 Display Ediff's manual.
7945 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
7946
7947 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
7948
7949 ;;;***
7950 \f
7951 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "vc/ediff-help.el"
7952 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
7953 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-help.el
7954
7955 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
7956
7957
7958 \(fn)" t nil)
7959
7960 ;;;***
7961 \f
7962 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "vc/ediff-mult.el"
7963 ;;;;;; (20614 54428 654267 0))
7964 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-mult.el
7965
7966 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
7967 Display Ediff's registry.
7968
7969 \(fn)" t nil)
7970
7971 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
7972
7973 ;;;***
7974 \f
7975 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
7976 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "vc/ediff-util.el" (20683 39246 740032 0))
7977 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-util.el
7978
7979 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
7980 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
7981 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
7982 which see.
7983
7984 \(fn)" t nil)
7985
7986 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
7987 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
7988 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
7989 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
7990
7991 \(fn)" t nil)
7992
7993 ;;;***
7994 \f
7995 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
7996 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
7997 ;;;;;; (20476 31768 298871 0))
7998 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
7999
8000 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8001 Edit a keyboard macro.
8002 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
8003 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
8004 the last 300 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
8005 its command name.
8006 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
8007
8008 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
8009
8010 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8011 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
8012
8013 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8014
8015 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8016 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
8017
8018 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8019
8020 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8021 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
8022 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
8023 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
8024 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
8025 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
8026
8027 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
8028 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
8029 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
8030 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
8031
8032 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
8033
8034 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8035 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
8036 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
8037 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
8038 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
8039 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
8040
8041 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
8042
8043 ;;;***
8044 \f
8045 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
8046 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (20566 63671 243798 0))
8047 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
8048
8049 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
8050 Set scroll margins.
8051 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8052 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8053
8054 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
8055
8056 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
8057 Turn on EDT Emulation.
8058
8059 \(fn)" t nil)
8060
8061 ;;;***
8062 \f
8063 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
8064 ;;;;;; (20593 22184 581574 0))
8065 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
8066
8067 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
8068 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
8069 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
8070 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
8071 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
8072 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
8073 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
8074
8075 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and shrink
8076 the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8077
8078 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a
8079 window in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll
8080 through that buffer in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will
8081 be at least MINHEIGHT if this value is non-nil.
8082
8083 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8084 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
8085 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8086
8087 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
8088 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
8089 BUFFER is put back into its original major mode.
8090
8091 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8092
8093 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
8094
8095
8096 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8097
8098 ;;;***
8099 \f
8100 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-object) "eieio-custom" "emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el"
8101 ;;;;;; (20586 48936 135199 0))
8102 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el
8103
8104 (autoload 'customize-object "eieio-custom" "\
8105 Customize OBJ in a custom buffer.
8106 Optional argument GROUP is the sub-group of slots to display.
8107
8108 \(fn OBJ &optional GROUP)" nil nil)
8109
8110 ;;;***
8111 \f
8112 ;;;### (autoloads (eieio-describe-generic eieio-describe-constructor
8113 ;;;;;; eieio-describe-class eieio-browse) "eieio-opt" "emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el"
8114 ;;;;;; (20617 41641 89638 0))
8115 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el
8116
8117 (autoload 'eieio-browse "eieio-opt" "\
8118 Create an object browser window to show all objects.
8119 If optional ROOT-CLASS, then start with that, otherwise start with
8120 variable `eieio-default-superclass'.
8121
8122 \(fn &optional ROOT-CLASS)" t nil)
8123 (defalias 'describe-class 'eieio-describe-class)
8124
8125 (autoload 'eieio-describe-class "eieio-opt" "\
8126 Describe a CLASS defined by a string or symbol.
8127 If CLASS is actually an object, then also display current values of that object.
8128 Optional HEADERFCN should be called to insert a few bits of info first.
8129
8130 \(fn CLASS &optional HEADERFCN)" t nil)
8131
8132 (autoload 'eieio-describe-constructor "eieio-opt" "\
8133 Describe the constructor function FCN.
8134 Uses `eieio-describe-class' to describe the class being constructed.
8135
8136 \(fn FCN)" t nil)
8137 (defalias 'describe-generic 'eieio-describe-generic)
8138
8139 (autoload 'eieio-describe-generic "eieio-opt" "\
8140 Describe the generic function GENERIC.
8141 Also extracts information about all methods specific to this generic.
8142
8143 \(fn GENERIC)" t nil)
8144
8145 ;;;***
8146 \f
8147 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
8148 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
8149 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
8150
8151 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string (purecopy " ElDoc") "\
8152 String to display in mode line when ElDoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
8153
8154 (custom-autoload 'eldoc-minor-mode-string "eldoc" t)
8155
8156 (autoload 'eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
8157 Toggle echo area display of Lisp objects at point (ElDoc mode).
8158 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ElDoc mode if ARG is positive,
8159 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable ElDoc mode
8160 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8161
8162 ElDoc mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the echo
8163 area displays information about a function or variable in the
8164 text where point is. If point is on a documented variable, it
8165 displays the first line of that variable's doc string. Otherwise
8166 it displays the argument list of the function called in the
8167 expression point is on.
8168
8169 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8170
8171 (autoload 'turn-on-eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
8172 Unequivocally turn on ElDoc mode (see command `eldoc-mode').
8173
8174 \(fn)" t nil)
8175
8176 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
8177 If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
8178 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
8179 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
8180 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
8181 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
8182 arg list.
8183
8184 The result is used as is, so the function must explicitly handle
8185 the variables `eldoc-argument-case' and `eldoc-echo-area-use-multiline-p',
8186 and the face `eldoc-highlight-function-argument', if they are to have any
8187 effect.
8188
8189 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
8190 Emacs Lisp mode) that support ElDoc.")
8191
8192 ;;;***
8193 \f
8194 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-layout-mode electric-pair-mode electric-indent-mode)
8195 ;;;;;; "electric" "electric.el" (20613 49078 764749 0))
8196 ;;; Generated autoloads from electric.el
8197
8198 (defvar electric-indent-chars '(10) "\
8199 Characters that should cause automatic reindentation.")
8200
8201 (defvar electric-indent-mode nil "\
8202 Non-nil if Electric-Indent mode is enabled.
8203 See the command `electric-indent-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8204 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8205 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8206 or call the function `electric-indent-mode'.")
8207
8208 (custom-autoload 'electric-indent-mode "electric" nil)
8209
8210 (autoload 'electric-indent-mode "electric" "\
8211 Toggle on-the-fly reindentation (Electric Indent mode).
8212 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Indent mode if ARG is
8213 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8214 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8215
8216 This is a global minor mode. When enabled, it reindents whenever
8217 the hook `electric-indent-functions' returns non-nil, or you
8218 insert a character from `electric-indent-chars'.
8219
8220 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8221
8222 (defvar electric-pair-mode nil "\
8223 Non-nil if Electric-Pair mode is enabled.
8224 See the command `electric-pair-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8225 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8226 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8227 or call the function `electric-pair-mode'.")
8228
8229 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-mode "electric" nil)
8230
8231 (autoload 'electric-pair-mode "electric" "\
8232 Toggle automatic parens pairing (Electric Pair mode).
8233 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Pair mode if ARG is
8234 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8235 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8236
8237 Electric Pair mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typing
8238 an open parenthesis automatically inserts the corresponding
8239 closing parenthesis. (Likewise for brackets, etc.)
8240
8241 See options `electric-pair-pairs' and `electric-pair-skip-self'.
8242
8243 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8244
8245 (defvar electric-layout-mode nil "\
8246 Non-nil if Electric-Layout mode is enabled.
8247 See the command `electric-layout-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8248 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8249 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8250 or call the function `electric-layout-mode'.")
8251
8252 (custom-autoload 'electric-layout-mode "electric" nil)
8253
8254 (autoload 'electric-layout-mode "electric" "\
8255 Automatically insert newlines around some chars.
8256 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Layout mode if ARG is
8257 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8258 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8259 The variable `electric-layout-rules' says when and how to insert newlines.
8260
8261 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8262
8263 ;;;***
8264 \f
8265 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (20355
8266 ;;;;;; 10021 546955 0))
8267 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8268
8269 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
8270 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8271
8272 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8273 an elided material again.
8274
8275 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8276
8277 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8278
8279 ;;;***
8280 \f
8281 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize elint-defun elint-current-buffer
8282 ;;;;;; elint-directory elint-file) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
8283 ;;;;;; (20486 36135 22104 0))
8284 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8285
8286 (autoload 'elint-file "elint" "\
8287 Lint the file FILE.
8288
8289 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8290
8291 (autoload 'elint-directory "elint" "\
8292 Lint all the .el files in DIRECTORY.
8293 A complicated directory may require a lot of memory.
8294
8295 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8296
8297 (autoload 'elint-current-buffer "elint" "\
8298 Lint the current buffer.
8299 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8300
8301 \(fn)" t nil)
8302
8303 (autoload 'elint-defun "elint" "\
8304 Lint the function at point.
8305 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8306
8307 \(fn)" t nil)
8308
8309 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
8310 Initialize elint.
8311 If elint is already initialized, this does nothing, unless
8312 optional prefix argument REINIT is non-nil.
8313
8314 \(fn &optional REINIT)" t nil)
8315
8316 ;;;***
8317 \f
8318 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
8319 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (20642
8320 ;;;;;; 11326 759953 0))
8321 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8322
8323 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
8324 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8325 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8326
8327 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8328
8329 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
8330 Instrument, for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8331 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8332 If called interactively, read LIST using the minibuffer.
8333
8334 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8335
8336 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
8337 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8338 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8339
8340 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
8341
8342 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8343
8344 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
8345 Display current profiling results.
8346 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8347 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
8348 displayed.
8349
8350 \(fn)" t nil)
8351
8352 ;;;***
8353 \f
8354 ;;;### (autoloads (emacs-lock-mode) "emacs-lock" "emacs-lock.el"
8355 ;;;;;; (20577 33959 40183 0))
8356 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lock.el
8357
8358 (autoload 'emacs-lock-mode "emacs-lock" "\
8359 Toggle Emacs Lock mode in the current buffer.
8360 If called with a plain prefix argument, ask for the locking mode
8361 to be used. With any other prefix ARG, turn mode on if ARG is
8362 positive, off otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
8363 ARG is omitted or nil.
8364
8365 Initially, if the user does not pass an explicit locking mode, it
8366 defaults to `emacs-lock-default-locking-mode' (which see);
8367 afterwards, the locking mode most recently set on the buffer is
8368 used instead.
8369
8370 When called from Elisp code, ARG can be any locking mode:
8371
8372 exit -- Emacs cannot exit while the buffer is locked
8373 kill -- the buffer cannot be killed, but Emacs can exit as usual
8374 all -- the buffer is locked against both actions
8375
8376 Other values are interpreted as usual.
8377
8378 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8379
8380 ;;;***
8381 \f
8382 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
8383 ;;;;;; (20680 26549 383882 0))
8384 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8385
8386 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
8387 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8388 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8389
8390 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
8391
8392 ;;;***
8393 \f
8394 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
8395 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
8396 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
8397 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
8398 ;;;;;; "vc/emerge.el" (20576 42138 697312 0))
8399 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/emerge.el
8400
8401 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
8402 Run Emerge on two files.
8403
8404 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8405
8406 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8407 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
8408
8409 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8410
8411 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
8412 Run Emerge on two buffers.
8413
8414 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8415
8416 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8417 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
8418
8419 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8420
8421 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
8422
8423
8424 \(fn)" nil nil)
8425
8426 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
8427
8428
8429 \(fn)" nil nil)
8430
8431 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
8432
8433
8434 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8435
8436 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
8437
8438
8439 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8440
8441 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
8442 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
8443
8444 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8445
8446 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8447 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
8448
8449 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8450
8451 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
8452
8453
8454 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
8455
8456 ;;;***
8457 \f
8458 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
8459 ;;;;;; "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (20461 32935 300400 0))
8460 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
8461
8462 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
8463 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
8464 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
8465 text/enriched format.
8466
8467 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8468 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8469 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8470
8471 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
8472
8473 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
8474 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
8475
8476 Commands:
8477
8478 \\{enriched-mode-map}
8479
8480 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8481
8482 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
8483
8484
8485 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
8486
8487 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
8488
8489
8490 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
8491
8492 ;;;***
8493 \f
8494 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-insert-keys epa-export-keys epa-import-armor-in-region
8495 ;;;;;; epa-import-keys-region epa-import-keys epa-delete-keys epa-encrypt-region
8496 ;;;;;; epa-sign-region epa-verify-cleartext-in-region epa-verify-region
8497 ;;;;;; epa-decrypt-armor-in-region epa-decrypt-region epa-encrypt-file
8498 ;;;;;; epa-sign-file epa-verify-file epa-decrypt-file epa-select-keys
8499 ;;;;;; epa-list-secret-keys epa-list-keys) "epa" "epa.el" (20577
8500 ;;;;;; 33959 40183 0))
8501 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
8502
8503 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
8504 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
8505
8506 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8507
8508 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
8509 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
8510
8511 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8512
8513 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
8514 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
8515 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
8516 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
8517 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys. If it is nil, all
8518 the keys are listed.
8519 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
8520
8521 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
8522
8523 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
8524 Decrypt FILE.
8525
8526 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8527
8528 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
8529 Verify FILE.
8530
8531 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8532
8533 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
8534 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
8535
8536 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8537
8538 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
8539 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
8540
8541 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
8542
8543 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
8544 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
8545
8546 If MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it to prepare an output buffer.
8547 It should return that buffer. If it copies the input, it should
8548 delete the text now being decrypted. It should leave point at the
8549 proper place to insert the plaintext.
8550
8551 Be careful about using this command in Lisp programs!
8552 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8553 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8554 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8555 should consider using the string based counterpart
8556 `epg-decrypt-string', or the file based counterpart
8557 `epg-decrypt-file' instead.
8558
8559 For example:
8560
8561 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8562 (decode-coding-string
8563 (epg-decrypt-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8564 'utf-8))
8565
8566 \(fn START END &optional MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION)" t nil)
8567
8568 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8569 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
8570
8571 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8572 See the reason described in the `epa-decrypt-region' documentation.
8573
8574 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8575
8576 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
8577 Verify the current region between START and END.
8578
8579 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8580 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8581 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8582 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8583 should consider using the string based counterpart
8584 `epg-verify-string', or the file based counterpart
8585 `epg-verify-file' instead.
8586
8587 For example:
8588
8589 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8590 (decode-coding-string
8591 (epg-verify-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8592 'utf-8))
8593
8594 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8595
8596 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
8597 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
8598 between START and END.
8599
8600 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8601 See the reason described in the `epa-verify-region' documentation.
8602
8603 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8604
8605 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
8606 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
8607
8608 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8609 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8610 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8611 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8612 using the string based counterpart `epg-sign-string', or the file
8613 based counterpart `epg-sign-file' instead.
8614
8615 For example:
8616
8617 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8618 (epg-sign-string
8619 context
8620 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)))
8621
8622 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8623
8624 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
8625 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
8626
8627 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8628 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8629 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8630 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8631 using the string based counterpart `epg-encrypt-string', or the
8632 file based counterpart `epg-encrypt-file' instead.
8633
8634 For example:
8635
8636 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8637 (epg-encrypt-string
8638 context
8639 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)
8640 nil))
8641
8642 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8643
8644 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
8645 Delete selected KEYS.
8646
8647 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
8648
8649 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
8650 Import keys from FILE.
8651
8652 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8653
8654 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
8655 Import keys from the region.
8656
8657 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8658
8659 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8660 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
8661 between START and END.
8662
8663 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8664
8665 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
8666 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
8667
8668 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
8669
8670 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
8671 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
8672
8673 \(fn KEYS)" t nil)
8674
8675 ;;;***
8676 \f
8677 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-dired-do-encrypt epa-dired-do-sign epa-dired-do-verify
8678 ;;;;;; epa-dired-do-decrypt) "epa-dired" "epa-dired.el" (20355 10021
8679 ;;;;;; 546955 0))
8680 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
8681
8682 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-decrypt "epa-dired" "\
8683 Decrypt marked files.
8684
8685 \(fn)" t nil)
8686
8687 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-verify "epa-dired" "\
8688 Verify marked files.
8689
8690 \(fn)" t nil)
8691
8692 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-sign "epa-dired" "\
8693 Sign marked files.
8694
8695 \(fn)" t nil)
8696
8697 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-encrypt "epa-dired" "\
8698 Encrypt marked files.
8699
8700 \(fn)" t nil)
8701
8702 ;;;***
8703 \f
8704 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-file-disable epa-file-enable epa-file-handler)
8705 ;;;;;; "epa-file" "epa-file.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
8706 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
8707
8708 (autoload 'epa-file-handler "epa-file" "\
8709
8710
8711 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8712
8713 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
8714
8715
8716 \(fn)" t nil)
8717
8718 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
8719
8720
8721 \(fn)" t nil)
8722
8723 ;;;***
8724 \f
8725 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-global-mail-mode epa-mail-import-keys epa-mail-encrypt
8726 ;;;;;; epa-mail-sign epa-mail-verify epa-mail-decrypt epa-mail-mode)
8727 ;;;;;; "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" (20566 63671 243798 0))
8728 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
8729
8730 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8731 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
8732 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8733 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8734 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8735
8736 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8737
8738 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
8739 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
8740 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8741
8742 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8743
8744 \(fn)" t nil)
8745
8746 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
8747 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
8748 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8749
8750 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8751
8752 \(fn)" t nil)
8753
8754 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
8755 Sign the current buffer.
8756 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8757
8758 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8759
8760 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8761
8762 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
8763 Encrypt the current buffer.
8764 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8765
8766 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8767
8768 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8769
8770 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
8771 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
8772 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8773
8774 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8775
8776 \(fn)" t nil)
8777
8778 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
8779 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
8780 See the command `epa-global-mail-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8781 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8782 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8783 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
8784
8785 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
8786
8787 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8788 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
8789 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8790 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8791 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8792
8793 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8794
8795 ;;;***
8796 \f
8797 ;;;### (autoloads (epg-make-context) "epg" "epg.el" (20701 32695
8798 ;;;;;; 861936 0))
8799 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
8800
8801 (autoload 'epg-make-context "epg" "\
8802 Return a context object.
8803
8804 \(fn &optional PROTOCOL ARMOR TEXTMODE INCLUDE-CERTS CIPHER-ALGORITHM DIGEST-ALGORITHM COMPRESS-ALGORITHM)" nil nil)
8805
8806 ;;;***
8807 \f
8808 ;;;### (autoloads (epg-expand-group epg-check-configuration epg-configuration)
8809 ;;;;;; "epg-config" "epg-config.el" (20373 11301 906925 0))
8810 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
8811
8812 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
8813 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
8814
8815 \(fn)" nil nil)
8816
8817 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
8818 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
8819
8820 \(fn CONFIG &optional MINIMUM-VERSION)" nil nil)
8821
8822 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
8823 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
8824
8825 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
8826
8827 ;;;***
8828 \f
8829 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-handle-irc-url erc-tls erc erc-select-read-args)
8830 ;;;;;; "erc" "erc/erc.el" (20665 23726 628150 0))
8831 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
8832
8833 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
8834 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
8835
8836 \(fn)" nil nil)
8837
8838 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
8839 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
8840 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
8841
8842 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
8843
8844 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
8845 (server (erc-compute-server))
8846 (port (erc-compute-port))
8847 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
8848 password
8849 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
8850
8851 That is, if called with
8852
8853 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
8854
8855 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
8856 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
8857 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
8858
8859 \(fn &key (server (erc-compute-server)) (port (erc-compute-port)) (nick (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
8860
8861 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
8862
8863 (autoload 'erc-tls "erc" "\
8864 Interactively select TLS connection parameters and run ERC.
8865 Arguments are the same as for `erc'.
8866
8867 \(fn &rest R)" t nil)
8868
8869 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
8870 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
8871 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
8872 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
8873
8874 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
8875
8876 ;;;***
8877 \f
8878 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (20591
8879 ;;;;;; 33616 626144 310000))
8880 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
8881 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
8882
8883 ;;;***
8884 \f
8885 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (20593 22184
8886 ;;;;;; 581574 0))
8887 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
8888 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
8889
8890 ;;;***
8891 \f
8892 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (20650 54512
8893 ;;;;;; 564403 0))
8894 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
8895 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
8896
8897 ;;;***
8898 \f
8899 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (20591 33616
8900 ;;;;;; 736174 412000))
8901 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
8902 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
8903
8904 ;;;***
8905 \f
8906 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ctcp-query-DCC pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC erc-cmd-DCC)
8907 ;;;;;; "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (20650 54512 564403 0))
8908 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
8909 (autoload 'erc-dcc-mode "erc-dcc")
8910
8911 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8912 Parser for /dcc command.
8913 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
8914 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
8915 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
8916
8917 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8918
8919 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8920 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
8921
8922 \(fn)" nil nil)
8923
8924 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
8925 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries.")
8926
8927 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8928 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
8929 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
8930 that subcommand.
8931
8932 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
8933
8934 ;;;***
8935 \f
8936 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-desktop-notifications" "erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el"
8937 ;;;;;; (20593 22184 581574 0))
8938 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el
8939 (autoload 'erc-notifications-mode "erc-desktop-notifications" "" t)
8940
8941 ;;;***
8942 \f
8943 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ezb-initialize erc-ezb-select-session erc-ezb-select
8944 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-add-session erc-ezb-end-of-session-list erc-ezb-init-session-list
8945 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-identify erc-ezb-notice-autodetect erc-ezb-lookup-action
8946 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-get-login erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el"
8947 ;;;;;; (20650 54512 564403 0))
8948 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
8949
8950 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
8951 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
8952
8953 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
8954
8955 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
8956 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
8957 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
8958 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
8959
8960 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
8961
8962 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
8963
8964
8965 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8966
8967 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
8968 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
8969
8970 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
8971
8972 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
8973 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
8974
8975 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8976
8977 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8978 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
8979
8980 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8981
8982 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8983 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
8984
8985 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8986
8987 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8988 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
8989
8990 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8991
8992 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
8993 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
8994
8995 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8996
8997 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8998 Select a detached EZBounce session.
8999
9000 \(fn)" nil nil)
9001
9002 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
9003 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
9004
9005 \(fn)" nil nil)
9006
9007 ;;;***
9008 \f
9009 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-fill) "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (20591
9010 ;;;;;; 33616 776163 920000))
9011 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
9012 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
9013
9014 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
9015 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
9016 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
9017
9018 \(fn)" nil nil)
9019
9020 ;;;***
9021 \f
9022 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-identd-stop erc-identd-start) "erc-identd"
9023 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-identd.el" (20591 33616 794740 81000))
9024 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
9025 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
9026
9027 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
9028 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
9029 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
9030 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
9031 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
9032 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
9033 system.
9034
9035 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
9036
9037 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
9038
9039
9040 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
9041
9042 ;;;***
9043 \f
9044 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el"
9045 ;;;;;; (20591 33616 794740 81000))
9046 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
9047
9048 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
9049
9050
9051 \(fn)" nil nil)
9052
9053 ;;;***
9054 \f
9055 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (20650 54512 564403
9056 ;;;;;; 0))
9057 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
9058 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
9059
9060 ;;;***
9061 \f
9062 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el" (20591 33616 824757
9063 ;;;;;; 867000))
9064 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
9065 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
9066
9067 ;;;***
9068 \f
9069 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-save-buffer-in-logs erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log"
9070 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-log.el" (20650 54512 564403 0))
9071 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
9072 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
9073
9074 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
9075 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
9076 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
9077 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
9078 is writable (it will be created as necessary) and
9079 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
9080
9081 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9082
9083 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
9084 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
9085 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
9086 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9087
9088 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
9089 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
9090 automatically.
9091
9092 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
9093 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9094
9095 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
9096
9097 ;;;***
9098 \f
9099 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-delete-dangerous-host erc-add-dangerous-host
9100 ;;;;;; erc-delete-keyword erc-add-keyword erc-delete-fool erc-add-fool
9101 ;;;;;; erc-delete-pal erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el"
9102 ;;;;;; (20650 54512 564403 0))
9103 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
9104 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
9105
9106 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
9107 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9108
9109 \(fn)" t nil)
9110
9111 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
9112 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9113
9114 \(fn)" t nil)
9115
9116 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
9117 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9118
9119 \(fn)" t nil)
9120
9121 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
9122 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9123
9124 \(fn)" t nil)
9125
9126 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
9127 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9128
9129 \(fn)" t nil)
9130
9131 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
9132 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9133
9134 \(fn)" t nil)
9135
9136 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9137 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9138
9139 \(fn)" t nil)
9140
9141 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9142 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9143
9144 \(fn)" t nil)
9145
9146 ;;;***
9147 \f
9148 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (20591 33616 844710
9149 ;;;;;; 904000))
9150 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
9151 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
9152
9153 ;;;***
9154 \f
9155 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el"
9156 ;;;;;; (20650 54512 564403 0))
9157 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
9158 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
9159
9160 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
9161 Show who's gone.
9162
9163 \(fn)" nil nil)
9164
9165 ;;;***
9166 \f
9167 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-server-select erc-determine-network) "erc-networks"
9168 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-networks.el" (20650 54512 564403 0))
9169 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
9170
9171 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
9172 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
9173 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9174 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9175
9176 \(fn)" nil nil)
9177
9178 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
9179 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9180
9181 \(fn)" t nil)
9182
9183 ;;;***
9184 \f
9185 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify"
9186 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-notify.el" (20650 54512 564403 0))
9187 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9188 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9189
9190 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9191 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9192 Without args, list the current list of notified people online,
9193 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9194
9195 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9196
9197 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9198
9199
9200 \(fn)" nil nil)
9201
9202 ;;;***
9203 \f
9204 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (20591 33616 864734
9205 ;;;;;; 46000))
9206 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9207 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9208
9209 ;;;***
9210 \f
9211 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (20650
9212 ;;;;;; 54512 564403 0))
9213 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9214 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9215
9216 ;;;***
9217 \f
9218 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (20591 33616
9219 ;;;;;; 874723 983000))
9220 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9221 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9222
9223 ;;;***
9224 \f
9225 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (20591 33616 884730
9226 ;;;;;; 605000))
9227 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9228 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9229
9230 ;;;***
9231 \f
9232 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-nickserv-identify erc-nickserv-identify-mode)
9233 ;;;;;; "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (20650 54512 564403
9234 ;;;;;; 0))
9235 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9236 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9237
9238 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
9239 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9240
9241 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
9242
9243 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
9244 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9245 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9246
9247 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9248
9249 ;;;***
9250 \f
9251 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (20591 33616
9252 ;;;;;; 894723 303000))
9253 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9254 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9255
9256 ;;;***
9257 \f
9258 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el"
9259 ;;;;;; (20650 54512 564403 0))
9260 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9261
9262 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
9263 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9264 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9265
9266 \(fn)" t nil)
9267
9268 ;;;***
9269 \f
9270 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (20591
9271 ;;;;;; 33616 904733 437000))
9272 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9273 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9274
9275 ;;;***
9276 \f
9277 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (20593 22184
9278 ;;;;;; 581574 0))
9279 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9280 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9281
9282 ;;;***
9283 \f
9284 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-track-minor-mode) "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el"
9285 ;;;;;; (20650 54512 564403 0))
9286 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9287
9288 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
9289 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
9290 See the command `erc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
9291
9292 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
9293
9294 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
9295 Toggle mode line display of ERC activity (ERC Track minor mode).
9296 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ERC Track minor mode if ARG is
9297 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
9298 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
9299
9300 ERC Track minor mode is a global minor mode. It exists for the
9301 sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and C-c C-@ keybindings.
9302 Make sure that you have enabled the track module, otherwise the
9303 keybindings will not do anything useful.
9304
9305 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9306 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9307
9308 ;;;***
9309 \f
9310 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-truncate-buffer erc-truncate-buffer-to-size)
9311 ;;;;;; "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (20591 33616 934716
9312 ;;;;;; 526000))
9313 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9314 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9315
9316 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
9317 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9318 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9319 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9320
9321 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9322
9323 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
9324 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9325 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9326
9327 \(fn)" t nil)
9328
9329 ;;;***
9330 \f
9331 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el"
9332 ;;;;;; (20591 33616 934716 526000))
9333 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9334 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-mode "erc-xdcc")
9335
9336 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
9337 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9338
9339 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9340
9341 ;;;***
9342 \f
9343 ;;;### (autoloads (ert-describe-test ert-run-tests-interactively
9344 ;;;;;; ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit ert-run-tests-batch ert-deftest)
9345 ;;;;;; "ert" "emacs-lisp/ert.el" (20655 23358 697173 0))
9346 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert.el
9347
9348 (autoload 'ert-deftest "ert" "\
9349 Define NAME (a symbol) as a test.
9350
9351 BODY is evaluated as a `progn' when the test is run. It should
9352 signal a condition on failure or just return if the test passes.
9353
9354 `should', `should-not' and `should-error' are useful for
9355 assertions in BODY.
9356
9357 Use `ert' to run tests interactively.
9358
9359 Tests that are expected to fail can be marked as such
9360 using :expected-result. See `ert-test-result-type-p' for a
9361 description of valid values for RESULT-TYPE.
9362
9363 \(fn NAME () [DOCSTRING] [:expected-result RESULT-TYPE] [:tags '(TAG...)] BODY...)" nil (quote macro))
9364
9365 (put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function 2)
9366
9367 (put 'ert-info 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9368
9369 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch "ert" "\
9370 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR, printing results to the terminal.
9371
9372 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests', except if
9373 SELECTOR is nil, in which case all tests rather than none will be
9374 run; this makes the command line \"emacs -batch -l my-tests.el -f
9375 ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit\" useful.
9376
9377 Returns the stats object.
9378
9379 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9380
9381 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit "ert" "\
9382 Like `ert-run-tests-batch', but exits Emacs when done.
9383
9384 The exit status will be 0 if all test results were as expected, 1
9385 on unexpected results, or 2 if the tool detected an error outside
9386 of the tests (e.g. invalid SELECTOR or bug in the code that runs
9387 the tests).
9388
9389 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9390
9391 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-interactively "ert" "\
9392 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR and display the results in a buffer.
9393
9394 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests'.
9395 OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME and MESSAGE-FN should normally be nil; they
9396 are used for automated self-tests and specify which buffer to use
9397 and how to display message.
9398
9399 \(fn SELECTOR &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME MESSAGE-FN)" t nil)
9400
9401 (defalias 'ert 'ert-run-tests-interactively)
9402
9403 (autoload 'ert-describe-test "ert" "\
9404 Display the documentation for TEST-OR-TEST-NAME (a symbol or ert-test).
9405
9406 \(fn TEST-OR-TEST-NAME)" t nil)
9407
9408 ;;;***
9409 \f
9410 ;;;### (autoloads (ert-kill-all-test-buffers) "ert-x" "emacs-lisp/ert-x.el"
9411 ;;;;;; (20655 23358 697173 0))
9412 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert-x.el
9413
9414 (put 'ert-with-test-buffer 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9415
9416 (autoload 'ert-kill-all-test-buffers "ert-x" "\
9417 Kill all test buffers that are still live.
9418
9419 \(fn)" t nil)
9420
9421 ;;;***
9422 \f
9423 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (20593
9424 ;;;;;; 22184 581574 0))
9425 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9426
9427 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
9428 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9429
9430 \\{eshell-mode-map}
9431
9432 \(fn)" nil nil)
9433
9434 ;;;***
9435 \f
9436 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-command-result eshell-command eshell) "eshell"
9437 ;;;;;; "eshell/eshell.el" (20577 33959 40183 0))
9438 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9439
9440 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
9441 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9442 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9443 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9444 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9445 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9446 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9447 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9448 buffer selected (or created).
9449
9450 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9451
9452 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
9453 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9454 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9455
9456 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9457
9458 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
9459 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9460 The result might be any Lisp object.
9461 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9462 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9463 corresponding to a successful execution.
9464
9465 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9466
9467 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
9468
9469 ;;;***
9470 \f
9471 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
9472 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
9473 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
9474 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table-buffer
9475 ;;;;;; visit-tags-table tags-table-mode find-tag-default-function
9476 ;;;;;; find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list
9477 ;;;;;; tags-table-list tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el"
9478 ;;;;;; (20693 38586 665915 0))
9479 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9480
9481 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9482 File name of tags table.
9483 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9484 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9485 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9486 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive (purecopy "fVisit tags table: "))
9487 (put 'tags-file-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
9488
9489 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
9490 Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9491 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9492 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9493
9494 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
9495
9496 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9497 List of file names of tags tables to search.
9498 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9499 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9500 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9501 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9502
9503 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
9504
9505 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (purecopy '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".xz" ".tgz")) "\
9506 List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
9507 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
9508 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
9509 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
9510 `auto-compression-mode').")
9511
9512 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
9513
9514 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
9515 Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9516 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9517 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9518 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9519
9520 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
9521
9522 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9523 Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9524 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9525 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9526
9527 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
9528
9529 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9530 A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9531 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9532 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9533 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9534
9535 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
9536
9537 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
9538 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9539
9540 \(fn)" t nil)
9541
9542 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
9543 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9544 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9545 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9546
9547 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9548 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9549 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9550 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9551 file the tag was in.
9552
9553 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9554
9555 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
9556 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9557 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9558 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9559 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9560 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9561 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9562 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9563 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9564
9565 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9566
9567 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
9568 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9569 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9570 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9571 without directory names.
9572
9573 \(fn)" nil nil)
9574 (defun tags-completion-at-point-function ()
9575 (if (or tags-table-list tags-file-name)
9576 (progn
9577 (load "etags")
9578 (tags-completion-at-point-function))))
9579
9580 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
9581 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9582 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9583 but does not select the buffer.
9584 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9585
9586 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9587 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9588 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9589 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9590 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9591
9592 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9593
9594 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9595 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9596 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9597
9598 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9599
9600 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9601
9602 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
9603 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9604 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9605 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9606
9607 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9608 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9609 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9610 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9611 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9612
9613 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9614
9615 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9616 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9617 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9618
9619 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9620
9621 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9622 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
9623
9624 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
9625 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9626 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9627 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9628 around or before point.
9629
9630 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9631 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9632 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9633 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9634 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9635
9636 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9637
9638 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9639 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9640 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9641
9642 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9643
9644 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9645 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
9646
9647 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
9648 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9649 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9650 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9651 around or before point.
9652
9653 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9654 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9655 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9656 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9657 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9658
9659 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9660
9661 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9662 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9663 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9664
9665 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9666
9667 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9668 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9669
9670 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
9671 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9672 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9673
9674 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9675 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9676 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9677 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9678 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9679
9680 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9681
9682 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9683 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9684 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9685
9686 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9687
9688 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9689 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9690 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9691
9692 (autoload 'pop-tag-mark "etags" "\
9693 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
9694
9695 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
9696 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9697 where they were found.
9698
9699 \(fn)" t nil)
9700
9701 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
9702 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9703
9704 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9705 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9706 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9707
9708 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9709 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9710
9711 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9712 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9713
9714 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9715
9716 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
9717 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9718 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9719 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9720
9721 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9722 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9723 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9724 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9725 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9726
9727 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9728 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
9729
9730 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
9731 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9732 Stops when a match is found.
9733 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9734
9735 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it should be a form that, when
9736 evaluated, will return a list of file names. The search will be
9737 restricted to these files.
9738
9739 Also see the documentation of the `tags-file-name' variable.
9740
9741 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9742
9743 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
9744 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9745 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9746 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9747 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9748 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
9749 Fifth and sixth arguments START and END are accepted, for compatibility
9750 with `query-replace-regexp', and ignored.
9751
9752 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
9753 produce the list of files to search.
9754
9755 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
9756
9757 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9758
9759 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
9760 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9761 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9762 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9763 directory specification.
9764
9765 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9766
9767 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
9768 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9769
9770 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9771
9772 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
9773 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9774 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9775 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9776
9777 \(fn)" t nil)
9778
9779 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
9780 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9781 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9782 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9783 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9784
9785 \(fn)" t nil)
9786
9787 ;;;***
9788 \f
9789 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-composition-function ethio-insert-ethio-space
9790 ;;;;;; ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
9791 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
9792 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
9793 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer
9794 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker ethio-sera-to-fidel-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer
9795 ;;;;;; setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el"
9796 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
9797 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9798
9799 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
9800
9801
9802 \(fn)" nil nil)
9803
9804 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9805 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9806
9807 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9808 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9809
9810 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
9811 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9812 primary language.
9813
9814 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
9815 even if the buffer is read-only.
9816
9817 See also the descriptions of the variables
9818 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9819
9820 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9821
9822 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
9823 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9824
9825 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9826 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9827
9828 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
9829 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9830 primary language.
9831
9832 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
9833 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
9834
9835 See also the descriptions of the variables
9836 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9837
9838 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9839
9840 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
9841 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9842 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9843 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9844
9845 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9846
9847 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9848 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9849 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9850 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9851
9852 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9853 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9854 primary language.
9855
9856 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9857 buffer is read-only.
9858
9859 See also the descriptions of the variables
9860 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9861 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9862
9863 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9864
9865 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
9866 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9867
9868 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9869 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9870
9871 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
9872 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
9873 the primary language.
9874
9875 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9876 buffer is read-only.
9877
9878 See also the descriptions of the variables
9879 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9880 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9881
9882 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9883
9884 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
9885 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
9886 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9887
9888 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9889
9890 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
9891 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
9892
9893 \(fn)" t nil)
9894
9895 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
9896 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
9897
9898 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
9899 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
9900 be 1, 2, or 3.
9901
9902 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
9903 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
9904 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
9905
9906 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
9907
9908 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
9909
9910 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
9911 This function is deprecated.
9912
9913 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9914
9915 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9916 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
9917
9918 \(fn)" t nil)
9919
9920 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9921 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
9922
9923 \(fn)" t nil)
9924
9925 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9926 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
9927
9928 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
9929 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
9930
9931 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
9932 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
9933
9934 \(fn)" nil nil)
9935
9936 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9937 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
9938
9939 \(fn)" nil nil)
9940
9941 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
9942 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
9943
9944 \(fn)" nil nil)
9945
9946 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
9947 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
9948
9949 \(fn)" nil nil)
9950
9951 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
9952 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
9953 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
9954
9955 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9956
9957 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
9958
9959
9960 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
9961
9962 ;;;***
9963 \f
9964 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
9965 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
9966 ;;;;;; (20478 3673 653810 0))
9967 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
9968
9969 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
9970 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
9971 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
9972 server for future sessions.
9973
9974 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
9975
9976 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
9977 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
9978 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9979
9980 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9981
9982 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
9983 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
9984 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9985
9986 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9987
9988 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
9989 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
9990 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
9991 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
9992 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
9993 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
9994 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
9995 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
9996 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
9997 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
9998 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
9999 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
10000
10001 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
10002
10003 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
10004 Display a form to query the directory server.
10005 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
10006 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
10007
10008 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
10009
10010 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
10011 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
10012 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
10013
10014 \(fn)" t nil)
10015
10016 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search"))) (define-key map [phone] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Phone") eudc-get-phone :help ,(purecopy "Get the phone field of name from the directory server"))) (define-key map [email] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Email") eudc-get-email :help ,(purecopy "Get the email field of NAME from the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-email] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [expand-inline] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Expand Inline Query") eudc-expand-inline :help ,(purecopy "Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point"))) (define-key map [query] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Query with Form") eudc-query-form :help ,(purecopy "Display a form to query the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-query] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [new] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "New Server") eudc-set-server :help ,(purecopy "Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load Hotlist of Servers") eudc-load-eudc :help ,(purecopy "Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client"))) map)) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu (symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads)) (if (featurep 'xemacs) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu)) (require 'easymenu) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item) (easy-menu-add-item nil '("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
10017
10018 ;;;***
10019 \f
10020 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
10021 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
10022 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
10023 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
10024
10025 (autoload 'eudc-display-generic-binary "eudc-bob" "\
10026 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
10027
10028 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10029
10030 (autoload 'eudc-display-url "eudc-bob" "\
10031 Display URL and make it clickable.
10032
10033 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
10034
10035 (autoload 'eudc-display-mail "eudc-bob" "\
10036 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
10037
10038 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
10039
10040 (autoload 'eudc-display-sound "eudc-bob" "\
10041 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
10042
10043 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10044
10045 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-inline "eudc-bob" "\
10046 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
10047
10048 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10049
10050 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-as-button "eudc-bob" "\
10051 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
10052
10053 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10054
10055 ;;;***
10056 \f
10057 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
10058 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
10059 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
10060
10061 (autoload 'eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb "eudc-export" "\
10062 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
10063 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
10064
10065 \(fn)" t nil)
10066
10067 (autoload 'eudc-try-bbdb-insert "eudc-export" "\
10068 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
10069
10070 \(fn)" t nil)
10071
10072 ;;;***
10073 \f
10074 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
10075 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
10076 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
10077
10078 (autoload 'eudc-edit-hotlist "eudc-hotlist" "\
10079 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
10080
10081 \(fn)" t nil)
10082
10083 ;;;***
10084 \f
10085 ;;;### (autoloads (ewoc-create) "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (20453
10086 ;;;;;; 5437 764254 0))
10087 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
10088
10089 (autoload 'ewoc-create "ewoc" "\
10090 Create an empty ewoc.
10091
10092 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
10093
10094 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
10095 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
10096 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
10097 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
10098 `insert-before-markers'.
10099
10100 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
10101 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
10102 respectively, of the ewoc.
10103
10104 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
10105 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
10106 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
10107
10108 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
10109
10110 ;;;***
10111 \f
10112 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
10113 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-interpret
10114 ;;;;;; executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "progmodes/executable.el"
10115 ;;;;;; (20533 6181 437016 717000))
10116 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
10117
10118 (autoload 'executable-command-find-posix-p "executable" "\
10119 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
10120 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
10121
10122 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
10123
10124 (autoload 'executable-interpret "executable" "\
10125 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
10126 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
10127 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
10128 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
10129
10130 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
10131
10132 (autoload 'executable-set-magic "executable" "\
10133 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
10134 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
10135 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
10136 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
10137 executable.
10138
10139 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
10140
10141 (autoload 'executable-self-display "executable" "\
10142 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
10143 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
10144
10145 \(fn)" t nil)
10146
10147 (autoload 'executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p "executable" "\
10148 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
10149 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
10150 file modes.
10151
10152 \(fn)" nil nil)
10153
10154 ;;;***
10155 \f
10156 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
10157 ;;;;;; expand-abbrev-hook expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el"
10158 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
10159 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
10160
10161 (autoload 'expand-add-abbrevs "expand" "\
10162 Add a list of abbreviations to abbrev table TABLE.
10163 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
10164 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
10165
10166 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
10167
10168 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
10169 expansion. For example, you could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10170 to generate such functions.
10171
10172 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10173 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10174 beginning of the expanded text.
10175
10176 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10177 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10178 cyclically with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10179 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10180
10181 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10182
10183 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
10184
10185 (autoload 'expand-abbrev-hook "expand" "\
10186 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
10187 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
10188
10189 \(fn)" nil nil)
10190
10191 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot "expand" "\
10192 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10193 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10194
10195 \(fn)" t nil)
10196
10197 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-next-slot "expand" "\
10198 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10199 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10200
10201 \(fn)" t nil)
10202 (define-key abbrev-map "p" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
10203 (define-key abbrev-map "n" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
10204
10205 ;;;***
10206 \f
10207 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (20679 5689
10208 ;;;;;; 779225 0))
10209 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10210
10211 (autoload 'f90-mode "f90" "\
10212 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10213 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10214
10215 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10216 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10217 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10218
10219 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10220
10221 Key definitions:
10222 \\{f90-mode-map}
10223
10224 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10225
10226 `f90-do-indent'
10227 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10228 `f90-if-indent'
10229 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10230 `f90-type-indent'
10231 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10232 `f90-program-indent'
10233 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10234 (default 2).
10235 `f90-associate-indent'
10236 Extra indentation within associate blocks (default 2).
10237 `f90-critical-indent'
10238 Extra indentation within critical/block blocks (default 2).
10239 `f90-continuation-indent'
10240 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10241 `f90-comment-region'
10242 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10243 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10244 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10245 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10246 (default \"!\").
10247 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10248 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10249 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10250 `f90-break-delimiters'
10251 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10252 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10253 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10254 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10255 (default t).
10256 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10257 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10258 `f90-smart-end'
10259 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10260 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
10261 whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink).
10262 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10263 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10264 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
10265 `f90-leave-line-no'
10266 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10267
10268 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10269 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10270
10271 \(fn)" t nil)
10272
10273 ;;;***
10274 \f
10275 ;;;### (autoloads (variable-pitch-mode buffer-face-toggle buffer-face-set
10276 ;;;;;; buffer-face-mode text-scale-adjust text-scale-decrease text-scale-increase
10277 ;;;;;; text-scale-set face-remap-set-base face-remap-reset-base
10278 ;;;;;; face-remap-add-relative) "face-remap" "face-remap.el" (20622
10279 ;;;;;; 22438 32851 0))
10280 ;;; Generated autoloads from face-remap.el
10281
10282 (autoload 'face-remap-add-relative "face-remap" "\
10283 Add a face remapping entry of FACE to SPECS in the current buffer.
10284 Return a cookie which can be used to delete this remapping with
10285 `face-remap-remove-relative'.
10286
10287 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10288 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10289 of face attribute/value pairs. If more than one face is listed,
10290 that specifies an aggregate face, in the same way as in a `face'
10291 text property, except for possible priority changes noted below.
10292
10293 The face remapping specified by SPECS takes effect alongside the
10294 remappings from other calls to `face-remap-add-relative' for the
10295 same FACE, as well as the normal definition of FACE (at lowest
10296 priority). This function tries to sort multiple remappings for
10297 the same face, so that remappings specifying relative face
10298 attributes are applied after remappings specifying absolute face
10299 attributes.
10300
10301 The base (lowest priority) remapping may be set to something
10302 other than the normal definition of FACE via `face-remap-set-base'.
10303
10304 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10305
10306 (autoload 'face-remap-reset-base "face-remap" "\
10307 Set the base remapping of FACE to the normal definition of FACE.
10308 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10309 to apply on top of the normal definition of FACE.
10310
10311 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
10312
10313 (autoload 'face-remap-set-base "face-remap" "\
10314 Set the base remapping of FACE in the current buffer to SPECS.
10315 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10316 to apply on top of the face specification given by SPECS.
10317
10318 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10319 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10320 of face attribute/value pairs, like in a `face' text property.
10321
10322 If SPECS is empty, call `face-remap-reset-base' to use the normal
10323 definition of FACE as the base remapping; note that this is
10324 different from SPECS containing a single value `nil', which means
10325 not to inherit from the global definition of FACE at all.
10326
10327 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10328
10329 (autoload 'text-scale-set "face-remap" "\
10330 Set the scale factor of the default face in the current buffer to LEVEL.
10331 If LEVEL is non-zero, `text-scale-mode' is enabled, otherwise it is disabled.
10332
10333 LEVEL is a number of steps, with 0 representing the default size.
10334 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10335 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number decreases the height by
10336 the same amount).
10337
10338 \(fn LEVEL)" t nil)
10339
10340 (autoload 'text-scale-increase "face-remap" "\
10341 Increase the height of the default face in the current buffer by INC steps.
10342 If the new height is other than the default, `text-scale-mode' is enabled.
10343
10344 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10345 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10346 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10347 will remove any scaling currently active.
10348
10349 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10350
10351 (autoload 'text-scale-decrease "face-remap" "\
10352 Decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer by DEC steps.
10353 See `text-scale-increase' for more details.
10354
10355 \(fn DEC)" t nil)
10356 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?+)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10357 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?-)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10358 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?=)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10359 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?0)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10360
10361 (autoload 'text-scale-adjust "face-remap" "\
10362 Adjust the height of the default face by INC.
10363
10364 INC may be passed as a numeric prefix argument.
10365
10366 The actual adjustment made depends on the final component of the
10367 key-binding used to invoke the command, with all modifiers removed:
10368
10369 +, = Increase the default face height by one step
10370 - Decrease the default face height by one step
10371 0 Reset the default face height to the global default
10372
10373 When adjusting with `+' or `-', continue to read input events and
10374 further adjust the face height as long as the input event read
10375 \(with all modifiers removed) is `+' or `-'.
10376
10377 When adjusting with `0', immediately finish.
10378
10379 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10380 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10381 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10382 will remove any scaling currently active.
10383
10384 This command is a special-purpose wrapper around the
10385 `text-scale-increase' command which makes repetition convenient
10386 even when it is bound in a non-top-level keymap. For binding in
10387 a top-level keymap, `text-scale-increase' or
10388 `text-scale-decrease' may be more appropriate.
10389
10390 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10391
10392 (autoload 'buffer-face-mode "face-remap" "\
10393 Minor mode for a buffer-specific default face.
10394 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
10395 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
10396 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, the face specified by the
10397 variable `buffer-face-mode-face' is used to display the buffer text.
10398
10399 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10400
10401 (autoload 'buffer-face-set "face-remap" "\
10402 Enable `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10403 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10404 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10405 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10406 `face' text property. If SPECS is nil or omitted, disable
10407 `buffer-face-mode'.
10408
10409 This function makes the variable `buffer-face-mode-face' buffer
10410 local, and sets it to FACE.
10411
10412 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10413
10414 (autoload 'buffer-face-toggle "face-remap" "\
10415 Toggle `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10416 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10417 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10418 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10419 `face' text property.
10420
10421 If `buffer-face-mode' is already enabled, and is currently using
10422 the face specs SPECS, then it is disabled; if buffer-face-mode is
10423 disabled, or is enabled and currently displaying some other face,
10424 then is left enabled, but the face changed to reflect SPECS.
10425
10426 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
10427 buffer local, and set it to SPECS.
10428
10429 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10430
10431 (autoload 'variable-pitch-mode "face-remap" "\
10432 Variable-pitch default-face mode.
10433 An interface to `buffer-face-mode' which uses the `variable-pitch' face.
10434 Besides the choice of face, it is the same as `buffer-face-mode'.
10435
10436 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10437
10438 ;;;***
10439 \f
10440 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
10441 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
10442 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (20566 63671
10443 ;;;;;; 243798 0))
10444 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10445
10446 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it "feedmail" "\
10447 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10448 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10449 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10450
10451 \(fn)" nil nil)
10452
10453 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts "feedmail" "\
10454 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10455
10456 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10457
10458 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt "feedmail" "\
10459 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10460 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10461 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10462
10463 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10464
10465 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue "feedmail" "\
10466 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10467 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10468 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10469 backup file names and the like).
10470
10471 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10472
10473 (autoload 'feedmail-queue-reminder "feedmail" "\
10474 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10475 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10476 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
10477 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10478 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10479 internally by feedmail):
10480
10481 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10482 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10483 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10484 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10485
10486 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
10487 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10488 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10489 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
10490 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10491
10492 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10493
10494 ;;;***
10495 \f
10496 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings ffap-guess-file-name-at-point dired-at-point
10497 ;;;;;; ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap"
10498 ;;;;;; "ffap.el" (20671 11582 624449 0))
10499 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10500
10501 (autoload 'ffap-next "ffap" "\
10502 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10503 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10504 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10505 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
10506 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10507 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'.
10508
10509 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10510
10511 (autoload 'find-file-at-point "ffap" "\
10512 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10513 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10514 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10515 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10516 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10517 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10518
10519 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10520
10521 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
10522
10523 (autoload 'ffap-menu "ffap" "\
10524 Put up a menu of files and URLs mentioned in this buffer.
10525 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10526 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10527 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10528 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10529
10530 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10531
10532 (autoload 'ffap-at-mouse "ffap" "\
10533 Find file or URL guessed from text around mouse click.
10534 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10535 Return value:
10536 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10537 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10538 * otherwise, nil
10539
10540 \(fn E)" t nil)
10541
10542 (autoload 'dired-at-point "ffap" "\
10543 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10544 If `dired-at-point-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10545
10546 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10547
10548 (autoload 'ffap-guess-file-name-at-point "ffap" "\
10549 Try to get a file name at point.
10550 This hook is intended to be put in `file-name-at-point-functions'.
10551
10552 \(fn)" nil nil)
10553
10554 (autoload 'ffap-bindings "ffap" "\
10555 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10556
10557 \(fn)" t nil)
10558
10559 ;;;***
10560 \f
10561 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete file-cache-add-directory-recursively
10562 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-directory-using-locate file-cache-add-directory-using-find
10563 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-file file-cache-add-directory-list file-cache-add-directory)
10564 ;;;;;; "filecache" "filecache.el" (20648 50109 802321 0))
10565 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10566
10567 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory "filecache" "\
10568 Add all files in DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10569 If called from Lisp with a non-nil REGEXP argument is non-nil,
10570 only add files whose names match REGEXP.
10571
10572 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10573
10574 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-list "filecache" "\
10575 Add DIRECTORIES (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10576 If called interactively, read the directory names one by one.
10577 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10578 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10579 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10580
10581 \(fn DIRECTORIES &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10582
10583 (autoload 'file-cache-add-file "filecache" "\
10584 Add FILE to the file cache.
10585
10586 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10587
10588 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-find "filecache" "\
10589 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10590 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10591
10592 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
10593
10594 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-locate "filecache" "\
10595 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10596 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10597
10598 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
10599
10600 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-recursively "filecache" "\
10601 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10602 This function does not use any external programs.
10603 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10604 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10605 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10606
10607 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10608
10609 (autoload 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete "filecache" "\
10610 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10611 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10612 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10613 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10614 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10615 \(directories) is done.
10616
10617 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10618
10619 ;;;***
10620 \f
10621 ;;;### (autoloads (copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals
10622 ;;;;;; copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals delete-dir-local-variable
10623 ;;;;;; add-dir-local-variable delete-file-local-variable-prop-line
10624 ;;;;;; add-file-local-variable-prop-line delete-file-local-variable
10625 ;;;;;; add-file-local-variable) "files-x" "files-x.el" (20355 10021
10626 ;;;;;; 546955 0))
10627 ;;; Generated autoloads from files-x.el
10628
10629 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10630 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the Local Variables list.
10631
10632 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10633 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to the
10634 Local Variables list.
10635
10636 If there is no Local Variables list in the current file buffer
10637 then this function adds the first line containing the string
10638 `Local Variables:' and the last line containing the string `End:'.
10639
10640 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
10641
10642 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10643 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the Local Variables list.
10644
10645 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10646
10647 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10648 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the -*- line.
10649
10650 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10651 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to
10652 the -*- line.
10653
10654 If there is no -*- line at the beginning of the current file buffer
10655 then this function adds it.
10656
10657 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
10658
10659 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10660 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the -*- line.
10661
10662 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10663
10664 (autoload 'add-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10665 Add directory-local VARIABLE with its VALUE and MODE to .dir-locals.el.
10666
10667 \(fn MODE VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
10668
10669 (autoload 'delete-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10670 Delete all MODE settings of file-local VARIABLE from .dir-locals.el.
10671
10672 \(fn MODE VARIABLE)" t nil)
10673
10674 (autoload 'copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals "files-x" "\
10675 Copy file-local variables to .dir-locals.el.
10676
10677 \(fn)" t nil)
10678
10679 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals "files-x" "\
10680 Copy directory-local variables to the Local Variables list.
10681
10682 \(fn)" t nil)
10683
10684 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line "files-x" "\
10685 Copy directory-local variables to the -*- line.
10686
10687 \(fn)" t nil)
10688
10689 ;;;***
10690 \f
10691 ;;;### (autoloads (filesets-init) "filesets" "filesets.el" (20614
10692 ;;;;;; 54428 654267 0))
10693 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10694
10695 (autoload 'filesets-init "filesets" "\
10696 Filesets initialization.
10697 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10698
10699 \(fn)" nil nil)
10700
10701 ;;;***
10702 \f
10703 ;;;### (autoloads (find-cmd) "find-cmd" "find-cmd.el" (20655 23358
10704 ;;;;;; 697173 0))
10705 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-cmd.el
10706
10707 (autoload 'find-cmd "find-cmd" "\
10708 Initiate the building of a find command.
10709 For example:
10710
10711 \(find-cmd '(prune (name \".svn\" \".git\" \".CVS\"))
10712 '(and (or (name \"*.pl\" \"*.pm\" \"*.t\")
10713 (mtime \"+1\"))
10714 (fstype \"nfs\" \"ufs\"))))
10715
10716 `default-directory' is used as the initial search path. The
10717 result is a string that should be ready for the command line.
10718
10719 \(fn &rest SUBFINDS)" nil nil)
10720
10721 ;;;***
10722 \f
10723 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired) "find-dired"
10724 ;;;;;; "find-dired.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
10725 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10726
10727 (autoload 'find-dired "find-dired" "\
10728 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10729 The command run (after changing into DIR) is essentially
10730
10731 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10732
10733 except that the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10734 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10735
10736 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10737
10738 (autoload 'find-name-dired "find-dired" "\
10739 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10740 and run dired on those files.
10741 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10742 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10743
10744 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10745
10746 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10747
10748 (autoload 'find-grep-dired "find-dired" "\
10749 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10750 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10751
10752 find . \\( -type f -exec `grep-program' `find-grep-options' \\
10753 -e REGEXP {} \\; \\) -ls
10754
10755 where the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10756 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10757
10758 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10759
10760 ;;;***
10761 \f
10762 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
10763 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file ff-special-constructs)
10764 ;;;;;; "find-file" "find-file.el" (20387 44199 24128 0))
10765 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10766
10767 (defvar ff-special-constructs `((,(purecopy "^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]") lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
10768 List of special constructs recognized by `ff-treat-as-special'.
10769 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10770 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10771 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10772 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10773 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10774
10775 (custom-autoload 'ff-special-constructs "find-file" t)
10776
10777 (autoload 'ff-get-other-file "find-file" "\
10778 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10779 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10780
10781 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10782
10783 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10784
10785 (defalias 'ff-find-related-file 'ff-find-other-file)
10786
10787 (autoload 'ff-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10788 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10789 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10790
10791 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10792 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10793
10794 Variables of interest include:
10795
10796 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10797 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10798 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10799
10800 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10801 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10802 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10803
10804 - `ff-ignore-include'
10805 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10806
10807 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10808 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10809
10810 - `ff-quiet-mode'
10811 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10812
10813 - `ff-special-constructs'
10814 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10815 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10816 extracting the filename from that construct.
10817
10818 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10819 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10820
10821 - `ff-search-directories'
10822 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10823 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10824
10825 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10826 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10827
10828 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10829 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10830
10831 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10832 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10833
10834 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10835 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10836
10837 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10838 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10839
10840 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
10841
10842 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10843 Visit the file you click on.
10844
10845 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10846
10847 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window "find-file" "\
10848 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10849
10850 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10851
10852 ;;;***
10853 \f
10854 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
10855 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-face-definition
10856 ;;;;;; find-definition-noselect find-variable-other-frame find-variable-other-window
10857 ;;;;;; find-variable find-variable-noselect find-function-other-frame
10858 ;;;;;; find-function-other-window find-function find-function-noselect
10859 ;;;;;; find-function-search-for-symbol find-library) "find-func"
10860 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (20497 6436 957082 0))
10861 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10862
10863 (autoload 'find-library "find-func" "\
10864 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY.
10865 LIBRARY should be a string (the name of the library).
10866
10867 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
10868
10869 (autoload 'find-function-search-for-symbol "find-func" "\
10870 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10871 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
10872 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
10873
10874 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10875 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10876 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10877 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10878
10879 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
10880
10881 (autoload 'find-function-noselect "find-func" "\
10882 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10883
10884 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10885 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10886 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
10887 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
10888
10889 If FUNCTION is a built-in function, this function normally
10890 attempts to find it in the Emacs C sources; however, if LISP-ONLY
10891 is non-nil, signal an error instead.
10892
10893 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10894 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
10895 in `load-path'.
10896
10897 \(fn FUNCTION &optional LISP-ONLY)" nil nil)
10898
10899 (autoload 'find-function "find-func" "\
10900 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10901
10902 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10903 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10904 places point before the definition.
10905 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10906
10907 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10908 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10909 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10910
10911 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10912
10913 (autoload 'find-function-other-window "find-func" "\
10914 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10915
10916 See `find-function' for more details.
10917
10918 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10919
10920 (autoload 'find-function-other-frame "find-func" "\
10921 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10922
10923 See `find-function' for more details.
10924
10925 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10926
10927 (autoload 'find-variable-noselect "find-func" "\
10928 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
10929
10930 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
10931 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
10932 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10933
10934 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
10935 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10936
10937 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10938
10939 (autoload 'find-variable "find-func" "\
10940 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
10941
10942 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
10943 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10944 places point before the definition.
10945
10946 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10947
10948 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10949 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10950 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10951
10952 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10953
10954 (autoload 'find-variable-other-window "find-func" "\
10955 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10956
10957 See `find-variable' for more details.
10958
10959 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10960
10961 (autoload 'find-variable-other-frame "find-func" "\
10962 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10963
10964 See `find-variable' for more details.
10965
10966 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10967
10968 (autoload 'find-definition-noselect "find-func" "\
10969 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
10970 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10971 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
10972 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
10973 buffer nor display it.
10974
10975 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
10976 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10977
10978 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10979
10980 (autoload 'find-face-definition "find-func" "\
10981 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
10982
10983 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
10984 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10985 places point before the definition.
10986
10987 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10988
10989 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
10990 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10991 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10992
10993 \(fn FACE)" t nil)
10994
10995 (autoload 'find-function-on-key "find-func" "\
10996 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
10997 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10998
10999 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
11000
11001 (autoload 'find-function-at-point "find-func" "\
11002 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
11003
11004 \(fn)" t nil)
11005
11006 (autoload 'find-variable-at-point "find-func" "\
11007 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
11008
11009 \(fn)" t nil)
11010
11011 (autoload 'find-function-setup-keys "find-func" "\
11012 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
11013
11014 \(fn)" nil nil)
11015
11016 ;;;***
11017 \f
11018 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
11019 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (20355 10021
11020 ;;;;;; 546955 0))
11021 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
11022
11023 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired "find-lisp" "\
11024 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
11025
11026 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
11027
11028 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories "find-lisp" "\
11029 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
11030
11031 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11032
11033 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-filter "find-lisp" "\
11034 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP.
11035
11036 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11037
11038 ;;;***
11039 \f
11040 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
11041 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
11042 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
11043
11044 (autoload 'finder-list-keywords "finder" "\
11045 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
11046
11047 \(fn)" t nil)
11048
11049 (autoload 'finder-commentary "finder" "\
11050 Display FILE's commentary section.
11051 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
11052
11053 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11054
11055 (autoload 'finder-by-keyword "finder" "\
11056 Find packages matching a given keyword.
11057
11058 \(fn)" t nil)
11059
11060 ;;;***
11061 \f
11062 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
11063 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (20566 63671 243798 0))
11064 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
11065
11066 (autoload 'enable-flow-control "flow-ctrl" "\
11067 Toggle flow control handling.
11068 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
11069 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
11070
11071 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
11072
11073 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on "flow-ctrl" "\
11074 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
11075 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
11076 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
11077 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
11078 to get the effect of a C-q.
11079
11080 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
11081
11082 ;;;***
11083 \f
11084 ;;;### (autoloads (fill-flowed fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el"
11085 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
11086 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
11087
11088 (autoload 'fill-flowed-encode "flow-fill" "\
11089
11090
11091 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
11092
11093 (autoload 'fill-flowed "flow-fill" "\
11094
11095
11096 \(fn &optional BUFFER DELETE-SPACE)" nil nil)
11097
11098 ;;;***
11099 \f
11100 ;;;### (autoloads (flymake-find-file-hook flymake-mode-off flymake-mode-on
11101 ;;;;;; flymake-mode) "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (20642 11326
11102 ;;;;;; 759953 0))
11103 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
11104
11105 (autoload 'flymake-mode "flymake" "\
11106 Toggle on-the-fly syntax checking.
11107 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
11108 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
11109 if ARG is omitted or nil.
11110
11111 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11112
11113 (autoload 'flymake-mode-on "flymake" "\
11114 Turn flymake mode on.
11115
11116 \(fn)" nil nil)
11117
11118 (autoload 'flymake-mode-off "flymake" "\
11119 Turn flymake mode off.
11120
11121 \(fn)" nil nil)
11122
11123 (autoload 'flymake-find-file-hook "flymake" "\
11124
11125
11126 \(fn)" nil nil)
11127
11128 ;;;***
11129 \f
11130 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
11131 ;;;;;; turn-off-flyspell turn-on-flyspell flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode)
11132 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (20566 63671 243798 0))
11133 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
11134
11135 (autoload 'flyspell-prog-mode "flyspell" "\
11136 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
11137
11138 \(fn)" t nil)
11139 (defvar flyspell-mode nil "Non-nil if Flyspell mode is enabled.")
11140
11141 (autoload 'flyspell-mode "flyspell" "\
11142 Toggle on-the-fly spell checking (Flyspell mode).
11143 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flyspell mode if ARG is
11144 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11145 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11146
11147 Flyspell mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
11148 spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word. The default
11149 flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
11150
11151 Bindings:
11152 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
11153 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
11154 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
11155 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
11156
11157 Hooks:
11158 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell mode is entered or exit.
11159
11160 Remark:
11161 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
11162 valid. For instance, a different dictionary can be used by
11163 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
11164
11165 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
11166 consider adding:
11167 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
11168 in your init file.
11169
11170 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
11171 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
11172
11173 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11174
11175 (autoload 'turn-on-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11176 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
11177
11178 \(fn)" nil nil)
11179
11180 (autoload 'turn-off-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11181 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
11182
11183 \(fn)" nil nil)
11184
11185 (autoload 'flyspell-mode-off "flyspell" "\
11186 Turn Flyspell mode off.
11187
11188 \(fn)" nil nil)
11189
11190 (autoload 'flyspell-region "flyspell" "\
11191 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11192
11193 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
11194
11195 (autoload 'flyspell-buffer "flyspell" "\
11196 Flyspell whole buffer.
11197
11198 \(fn)" t nil)
11199
11200 ;;;***
11201 \f
11202 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
11203 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
11204 ;;;;;; (20501 3499 284800 0))
11205 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11206
11207 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode "follow" "\
11208 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11209
11210 \(fn)" nil nil)
11211
11212 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode "follow" "\
11213 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11214
11215 \(fn)" nil nil)
11216
11217 (autoload 'follow-mode "follow" "\
11218 Toggle Follow mode.
11219 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Follow mode if ARG is
11220 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11221 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11222
11223 Follow mode is a minor mode that combines windows into one tall
11224 virtual window. This is accomplished by two main techniques:
11225
11226 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11227 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11228 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
11229
11230 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11231 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11232 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11233 movement commands.
11234
11235 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11236 side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
11237 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11238 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11239 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11240 mileage may vary).
11241
11242 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11243 `\\[split-window-right]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
11244
11245 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
11246
11247 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
11248
11249 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11250 \\{follow-mode-map}
11251
11252 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11253
11254 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split "follow" "\
11255 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
11256
11257 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11258 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11259 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11260 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
11261 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11262 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11263
11264 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
11265 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11266 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11267
11268 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11269
11270 ;;;***
11271 \f
11272 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (20478
11273 ;;;;;; 3673 653810 0))
11274 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11275
11276 (autoload 'footnote-mode "footnote" "\
11277 Toggle Footnote mode.
11278 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Footnote mode if ARG is
11279 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11280 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11281
11282 Footnode mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If enabled, it
11283 provides footnote support for `message-mode'. To get started,
11284 play around with the following keys:
11285 \\{footnote-minor-mode-map}
11286
11287 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11288
11289 ;;;***
11290 \f
11291 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
11292 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (20427 14766 970343 0))
11293 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11294
11295 (autoload 'forms-mode "forms" "\
11296 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11297
11298 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11299 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11300 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11301 C-c < forms-first-record <
11302 C-c > forms-last-record >
11303 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11304 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11305 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11306 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11307 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11308 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11309 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11310 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11311 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11312 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11313
11314 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11315
11316 (autoload 'forms-find-file "forms" "\
11317 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11318
11319 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11320
11321 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window "forms" "\
11322 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11323
11324 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11325
11326 ;;;***
11327 \f
11328 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode) "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el"
11329 ;;;;;; (20438 24024 724594 589000))
11330 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11331
11332 (autoload 'fortran-mode "fortran" "\
11333 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11334 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11335
11336 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11337 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11338
11339 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11340
11341 Key definitions:
11342 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11343
11344 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11345
11346 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11347 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11348 `fortran-do-indent'
11349 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11350 `fortran-if-indent'
11351 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11352 `fortran-structure-indent'
11353 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11354 (default 3)
11355 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11356 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11357 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11358 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11359 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11360 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11361 nil don't change the indentation
11362 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11363 value of either
11364 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11365 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11366 depending on the continuation format in use.
11367 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11368 indentation for a line of code.
11369 (default 'fixed)
11370 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11371 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11372 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11373 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11374 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11375 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11376 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11377 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11378 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11379 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11380 column 5.
11381 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11382 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11383 statements (default nil).
11384 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11385 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11386 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11387 `fortran-continuation-string'
11388 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11389 line (default \"$\").
11390 `fortran-comment-region'
11391 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11392 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11393 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11394 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11395 as typed (default t).
11396 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11397 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11398
11399 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11400 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11401
11402 \(fn)" t nil)
11403
11404 ;;;***
11405 \f
11406 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
11407 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (20355 10021
11408 ;;;;;; 546955 0))
11409 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11410
11411 (autoload 'fortune-add-fortune "fortune" "\
11412 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11413
11414 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11415 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11416
11417 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11418
11419 (autoload 'fortune-from-region "fortune" "\
11420 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11421
11422 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11423 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11424
11425 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11426
11427 (autoload 'fortune-compile "fortune" "\
11428 Compile fortune file.
11429
11430 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11431 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11432
11433 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11434
11435 (autoload 'fortune-to-signature "fortune" "\
11436 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11437
11438 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11439 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11440 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11441 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11442
11443 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11444
11445 (autoload 'fortune "fortune" "\
11446 Display a fortune cookie.
11447 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11448 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11449 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11450 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11451
11452 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11453
11454 ;;;***
11455 \f
11456 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb gdb-enable-debug) "gdb-mi" "progmodes/gdb-mi.el"
11457 ;;;;;; (20609 10405 476026 0))
11458 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-mi.el
11459
11460 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
11461 Non-nil if Gdb-Enable-Debug mode is enabled.
11462 See the command `gdb-enable-debug' for a description of this minor mode.")
11463
11464 (custom-autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" nil)
11465
11466 (autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" "\
11467 Toggle logging of transaction between Emacs and Gdb.
11468 The log is stored in `gdb-debug-log' as an alist with elements
11469 whose cons is send, send-item or recv and whose cdr is the string
11470 being transferred. This list may grow up to a size of
11471 `gdb-debug-log-max' after which the oldest element (at the end of
11472 the list) is deleted every time a new one is added (at the front).
11473
11474 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11475
11476 (autoload 'gdb "gdb-mi" "\
11477 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11478 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11479 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11480
11481 COMMAND-LINE is the shell command for starting the gdb session.
11482 It should be a string consisting of the name of the gdb
11483 executable followed by command-line options. The command-line
11484 options should include \"-i=mi\" to use gdb's MI text interface.
11485 Note that the old \"--annotate\" option is no longer supported.
11486
11487 If `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11488 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11489 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11490 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11491
11492 If `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11493 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear. Keybindings are
11494 shown in some of the buffers.
11495
11496 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11497
11498 The following commands help control operation :
11499
11500 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11501 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11502
11503 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11504 detailed description of this mode.
11505
11506
11507 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11508 | GDB Toolbar |
11509 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11510 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11511 | | |
11512 | | |
11513 | | |
11514 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11515 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
11516 | | (comint-mode) |
11517 | | |
11518 | | |
11519 | | |
11520 | | |
11521 | | |
11522 | | |
11523 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11524 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
11525 | RET gdb-select-frame | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
11526 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
11527 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
11528 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11529
11530 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11531
11532 ;;;***
11533 \f
11534 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-make-keywords-list generic-mode generic-mode-internal
11535 ;;;;;; define-generic-mode) "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (20406
11536 ;;;;;; 8611 875037 0))
11537 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11538
11539 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11540 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11541 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11542 instead (which see).")
11543
11544 (autoload 'define-generic-mode "generic" "\
11545 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11546
11547 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11548 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11549 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11550 documentation string instead.
11551
11552 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11553 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11554 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11555 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11556 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11557 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11558 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11559 enders are actually possible.
11560
11561 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11562 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11563
11564 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11565 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11566 `font-lock-keywords'.
11567
11568 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11569 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11570 runs the macro expansion.
11571
11572 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11573 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11574 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11575
11576 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11577
11578 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil t)
11579
11580 (put 'define-generic-mode 'lisp-indent-function '1)
11581
11582 (put 'define-generic-mode 'doc-string-elt '7)
11583
11584 (autoload 'generic-mode-internal "generic" "\
11585 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11586
11587 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11588
11589 (autoload 'generic-mode "generic" "\
11590 Enter generic mode MODE.
11591
11592 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11593 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11594 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11595
11596 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11597 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11598
11599 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
11600
11601 (autoload 'generic-make-keywords-list "generic" "\
11602 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11603 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11604 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11605 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11606 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11607 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11608 `font-lock-keywords'.
11609
11610 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11611
11612 ;;;***
11613 \f
11614 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
11615 ;;;;;; (20478 3673 653810 0))
11616 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11617
11618 (autoload 'glasses-mode "glasses" "\
11619 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11620 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
11621 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
11622 if ARG is omitted or nil. When this mode is active, it tries to
11623 add virtual separators (like underscores) at places they belong to.
11624
11625 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11626
11627 ;;;***
11628 \f
11629 ;;;### (autoloads (gmm-tool-bar-from-list gmm-widget-p gmm-error
11630 ;;;;;; gmm-message gmm-regexp-concat) "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el"
11631 ;;;;;; (20672 32446 100992 0))
11632 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11633
11634 (autoload 'gmm-regexp-concat "gmm-utils" "\
11635 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
11636 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
11637
11638 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
11639
11640 (autoload 'gmm-message "gmm-utils" "\
11641 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11642
11643 Guideline for numbers:
11644 1 - error messages
11645 3 - non-serious error messages
11646 5 - messages for things that take a long time
11647 7 - not very important messages on stuff
11648 9 - messages inside loops.
11649
11650 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11651
11652 (autoload 'gmm-error "gmm-utils" "\
11653 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11654 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11655
11656 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11657
11658 (autoload 'gmm-widget-p "gmm-utils" "\
11659 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
11660
11661 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11662
11663 (autoload 'gmm-tool-bar-from-list "gmm-utils" "\
11664 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11665
11666 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11667 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11668 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11669 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11670 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
11671 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11672
11673 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11674 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11675 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11676 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11677 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11678
11679 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11680
11681 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11682
11683 ;;;***
11684 \f
11685 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
11686 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (20681 1859 197031
11687 ;;;;;; 0))
11688 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11689 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
11690 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
11691
11692 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server "gnus" "\
11693 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11694
11695 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11696
11697 (autoload 'gnus-no-server "gnus" "\
11698 Read network news.
11699 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11700 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11701 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11702 name of an NNTP server to use.
11703 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11704 server.
11705
11706 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11707
11708 (autoload 'gnus-slave "gnus" "\
11709 Read news as a slave.
11710
11711 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11712
11713 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame "gnus" "\
11714 Pop up a frame to read news.
11715 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11716 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11717 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise pop up a Gnus frame and run the
11718 command specified by `gnus-other-frame-resume-function'.
11719 The optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11720 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11721 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11722 current display is used.
11723
11724 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11725
11726 (autoload 'gnus "gnus" "\
11727 Read network news.
11728 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11729 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11730 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11731
11732 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11733
11734 ;;;***
11735 \f
11736 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-regenerate gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch
11737 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-find-parameter gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active
11738 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list gnus-agent-delete-group
11739 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-rename-group gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc gnus-agentize
11740 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-unplugged gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent"
11741 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (20698 56506 332830 0))
11742 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11743
11744 (autoload 'gnus-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11745 Start Gnus unplugged.
11746
11747 \(fn)" t nil)
11748
11749 (autoload 'gnus-plugged "gnus-agent" "\
11750 Start Gnus plugged.
11751
11752 \(fn)" t nil)
11753
11754 (autoload 'gnus-slave-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11755 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11756
11757 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11758
11759 (autoload 'gnus-agentize "gnus-agent" "\
11760 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11761
11762 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11763 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11764 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11765
11766 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11767 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11768 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11769
11770 \(fn)" t nil)
11771
11772 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc "gnus-agent" "\
11773 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11774
11775 \(fn)" nil nil)
11776
11777 (autoload 'gnus-agent-rename-group "gnus-agent" "\
11778 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11779 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11780 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11781 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11782 supported.
11783
11784 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11785
11786 (autoload 'gnus-agent-delete-group "gnus-agent" "\
11787 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11788 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11789 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11790 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11791 supported.
11792
11793 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11794
11795 (autoload 'gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list "gnus-agent" "\
11796 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11797
11798 \(fn)" nil nil)
11799
11800 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active "gnus-agent" "\
11801 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11802 downloaded into the agent.
11803
11804 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
11805
11806 (autoload 'gnus-agent-find-parameter "gnus-agent" "\
11807 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11808 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11809 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11810
11811 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11812
11813 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch-fetch "gnus-agent" "\
11814 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11815
11816 \(fn)" t nil)
11817
11818 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch "gnus-agent" "\
11819 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11820
11821 \(fn)" t nil)
11822
11823 (autoload 'gnus-agent-regenerate "gnus-agent" "\
11824 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11825 If CLEAN, obsolete (ignore).
11826
11827 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
11828
11829 ;;;***
11830 \f
11831 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
11832 ;;;;;; (20700 11832 779612 0))
11833 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11834
11835 (autoload 'gnus-article-prepare-display "gnus-art" "\
11836 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11837
11838 \(fn)" nil nil)
11839
11840 ;;;***
11841 \f
11842 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list gnus-bookmark-jump gnus-bookmark-set)
11843 ;;;;;; "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (20672 32446 100992
11844 ;;;;;; 0))
11845 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
11846
11847 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-set "gnus-bookmark" "\
11848 Set a bookmark for this article.
11849
11850 \(fn)" t nil)
11851
11852 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-jump "gnus-bookmark" "\
11853 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
11854
11855 \(fn &optional BMK-NAME)" t nil)
11856
11857 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list "gnus-bookmark" "\
11858 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
11859 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
11860 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
11861 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
11862
11863 \(fn)" t nil)
11864
11865 ;;;***
11866 \f
11867 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-delete-group gnus-cache-rename-group
11868 ;;;;;; gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
11869 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (20355
11870 ;;;;;; 10021 546955 0))
11871 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
11872
11873 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache "gnus-cache" "\
11874 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
11875
11876 Usage:
11877 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
11878
11879 \(fn)" t nil)
11880
11881 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active "gnus-cache" "\
11882 Generate the cache active file.
11883
11884 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
11885
11886 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases "gnus-cache" "\
11887 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
11888
11889 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11890
11891 (autoload 'gnus-cache-rename-group "gnus-cache" "\
11892 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11893 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11894 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
11895 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11896 supported.
11897
11898 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11899
11900 (autoload 'gnus-cache-delete-group "gnus-cache" "\
11901 Delete GROUP from the cache.
11902 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11903 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
11904 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11905 supported.
11906
11907 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11908
11909 ;;;***
11910 \f
11911 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-delay-initialize gnus-delay-send-queue gnus-delay-article)
11912 ;;;;;; "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
11913 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
11914
11915 (autoload 'gnus-delay-article "gnus-delay" "\
11916 Delay this article by some time.
11917 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
11918
11919 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
11920 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
11921
11922 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
11923 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
11924
11925 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
11926 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
11927
11928 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
11929
11930 (autoload 'gnus-delay-send-queue "gnus-delay" "\
11931 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
11932
11933 \(fn)" t nil)
11934
11935 (autoload 'gnus-delay-initialize "gnus-delay" "\
11936 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
11937 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
11938 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
11939
11940 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
11941 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
11942
11943 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
11944
11945 ;;;***
11946 \f
11947 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-user-format-function-D gnus-user-format-function-d)
11948 ;;;;;; "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (20647 29243 972198 0))
11949 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
11950
11951 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-d "gnus-diary" "\
11952
11953
11954 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11955
11956 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-D "gnus-diary" "\
11957
11958
11959 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11960
11961 ;;;***
11962 \f
11963 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el"
11964 ;;;;;; (20628 29298 719852 0))
11965 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
11966
11967 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-dired-mode "gnus-dired" "\
11968 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
11969
11970 \(fn)" t nil)
11971
11972 ;;;***
11973 \f
11974 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
11975 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
11976 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
11977
11978 (autoload 'gnus-draft-reminder "gnus-draft" "\
11979 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
11980
11981 \(fn)" t nil)
11982
11983 ;;;***
11984 \f
11985 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-convert-png-to-face gnus-convert-face-to-png
11986 ;;;;;; gnus-face-from-file gnus-x-face-from-file gnus-insert-random-x-face-header
11987 ;;;;;; gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (20549
11988 ;;;;;; 54573 979353 0))
11989 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
11990
11991 (autoload 'gnus-random-x-face "gnus-fun" "\
11992 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11993
11994 \(fn)" t nil)
11995
11996 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-x-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
11997 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11998
11999 \(fn)" t nil)
12000
12001 (autoload 'gnus-x-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12002 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
12003
12004 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
12005 different input formats.
12006
12007 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12008
12009 (autoload 'gnus-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12010 Return a Face header based on an image file.
12011
12012 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
12013 different input formats.
12014
12015 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12016
12017 (autoload 'gnus-convert-face-to-png "gnus-fun" "\
12018 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
12019 The PNG is returned as a string.
12020
12021 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
12022
12023 (autoload 'gnus-convert-png-to-face "gnus-fun" "\
12024 Convert FILE to a Face.
12025 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
12026 726 bytes.
12027
12028 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12029
12030 ;;;***
12031 \f
12032 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-mail-gravatar gnus-treat-from-gravatar)
12033 ;;;;;; "gnus-gravatar" "gnus/gnus-gravatar.el" (20355 10021 546955
12034 ;;;;;; 0))
12035 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-gravatar.el
12036
12037 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12038 Display gravatar in the From header.
12039 If gravatar is already displayed, remove it.
12040
12041 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12042
12043 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12044 Display gravatars in the Cc and To headers.
12045 If gravatars are already displayed, remove them.
12046
12047 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12048
12049 ;;;***
12050 \f
12051 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
12052 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (20698 56506 332830 0))
12053 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
12054
12055 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group "gnus-group" "\
12056 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
12057 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
12058 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
12059
12060 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
12061
12062 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group-other-frame "gnus-group" "\
12063 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
12064
12065 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
12066
12067 ;;;***
12068 \f
12069 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-html-prefetch-images gnus-article-html) "gnus-html"
12070 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-html.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
12071 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-html.el
12072
12073 (autoload 'gnus-article-html "gnus-html" "\
12074
12075
12076 \(fn &optional HANDLE)" nil nil)
12077
12078 (autoload 'gnus-html-prefetch-images "gnus-html" "\
12079
12080
12081 \(fn SUMMARY)" nil nil)
12082
12083 ;;;***
12084 \f
12085 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
12086 ;;;;;; (20495 51111 757560 0))
12087 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
12088
12089 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill 'gnus-batch-score)
12090
12091 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score "gnus-kill" "\
12092 Run batched scoring.
12093 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
12094
12095 \(fn)" t nil)
12096
12097 ;;;***
12098 \f
12099 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode gnus-mailing-list-insinuate
12100 ;;;;;; turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el"
12101 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
12102 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
12103
12104 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12105
12106
12107 \(fn)" nil nil)
12108
12109 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-insinuate "gnus-ml" "\
12110 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
12111 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
12112
12113 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12114
12115 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12116 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
12117
12118 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
12119
12120 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12121
12122 ;;;***
12123 \f
12124 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
12125 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
12126 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
12127 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
12128
12129 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-setup "gnus-mlspl" "\
12130 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
12131 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
12132 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
12133 group parameters.
12134
12135 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
12136 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
12137 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
12138 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
12139
12140 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
12141 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
12142 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
12143 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
12144 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
12145 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
12146 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
12147 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
12148 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
12149 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
12150
12151 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12152
12153 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-update "gnus-mlspl" "\
12154 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
12155 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
12156 nil CATCH-ALL).
12157
12158 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
12159 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
12160
12161 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12162
12163 (autoload 'gnus-group-split "gnus-mlspl" "\
12164 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12165 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
12166
12167 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
12168
12169 \(fn)" nil nil)
12170
12171 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-fancy "gnus-mlspl" "\
12172 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12173 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
12174
12175 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
12176
12177 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12178 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
12179 existing groups are considered.
12180
12181 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12182 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12183 returned.
12184
12185 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12186 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12187 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12188 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12189 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
12190 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12191 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12192 clauses will be generated.
12193
12194 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12195 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
12196 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12197 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
12198 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12199 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
12200
12201 For example, given the following group parameters:
12202
12203 nnml:mail.bar:
12204 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
12205 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
12206 nnml:mail.foo:
12207 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
12208 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
12209 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
12210 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
12211 nnml:mail.others:
12212 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12213
12214 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
12215
12216 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
12217 \"mail.bar\")
12218 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
12219 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
12220 \"mail.others\")
12221
12222 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
12223
12224 ;;;***
12225 \f
12226 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-button-reply gnus-button-mailto gnus-msg-mail)
12227 ;;;;;; "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (20701 32695 861936 0))
12228 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12229
12230 (autoload 'gnus-msg-mail "gnus-msg" "\
12231 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12232 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12233 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12234 If Gnus isn't running, a plain `message-mail' setup is used
12235 instead.
12236
12237 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
12238
12239 (autoload 'gnus-button-mailto "gnus-msg" "\
12240 Mail to ADDRESS.
12241
12242 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12243
12244 (autoload 'gnus-button-reply "gnus-msg" "\
12245 Like `message-reply'.
12246
12247 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
12248
12249 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent 'gnus-msg-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
12250
12251 ;;;***
12252 \f
12253 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-notifications) "gnus-notifications" "gnus/gnus-notifications.el"
12254 ;;;;;; (20593 22184 581574 0))
12255 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-notifications.el
12256
12257 (autoload 'gnus-notifications "gnus-notifications" "\
12258 Send a notification on new message.
12259 This check for new messages that are in group with a level lower
12260 or equal to `gnus-notifications-minimum-level' and send a
12261 notification using `notifications-notify' for it.
12262
12263 This is typically a function to add in
12264 `gnus-after-getting-new-news-hook'
12265
12266 \(fn)" nil nil)
12267
12268 ;;;***
12269 \f
12270 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon gnus-treat-mail-picon
12271 ;;;;;; gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el"
12272 ;;;;;; (20523 62082 997685 0))
12273 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12274
12275 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12276 Display picons in the From header.
12277 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12278
12279 \(fn)" t nil)
12280
12281 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12282 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12283 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12284
12285 \(fn)" t nil)
12286
12287 (autoload 'gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12288 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12289 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12290
12291 \(fn)" t nil)
12292
12293 ;;;***
12294 \f
12295 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-to-sorted-list gnus-sorted-nunion gnus-sorted-union
12296 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-nintersection gnus-sorted-range-intersection
12297 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-intersection gnus-intersection gnus-sorted-complement
12298 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-ndifference gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range"
12299 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-range.el" (20544 36659 880486 0))
12300 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12301
12302 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-difference "gnus-range" "\
12303 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12304 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12305 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12306
12307 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12308
12309 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-ndifference "gnus-range" "\
12310 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12311 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12312 LIST1 is modified.
12313
12314 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12315
12316 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-complement "gnus-range" "\
12317 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12318 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12319
12320 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12321
12322 (autoload 'gnus-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12323
12324
12325 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12326
12327 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12328 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12329 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12330
12331 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12332
12333 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-range-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12334 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12335 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12336
12337 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12338
12339 (defalias 'gnus-set-sorted-intersection 'gnus-sorted-nintersection)
12340
12341 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nintersection "gnus-range" "\
12342 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12343 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12344
12345 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12346
12347 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-union "gnus-range" "\
12348 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12349 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12350
12351 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12352
12353 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nunion "gnus-range" "\
12354 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12355 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12356
12357 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12358
12359 (autoload 'gnus-add-to-sorted-list "gnus-range" "\
12360 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12361
12362 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
12363
12364 ;;;***
12365 \f
12366 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-registry-install-hooks gnus-registry-initialize)
12367 ;;;;;; "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (20672 32446 100992
12368 ;;;;;; 0))
12369 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12370
12371 (autoload 'gnus-registry-initialize "gnus-registry" "\
12372 Initialize the Gnus registry.
12373
12374 \(fn)" t nil)
12375
12376 (autoload 'gnus-registry-install-hooks "gnus-registry" "\
12377 Install the registry hooks.
12378
12379 \(fn)" t nil)
12380
12381 ;;;***
12382 \f
12383 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sieve-article-add-rule gnus-sieve-generate
12384 ;;;;;; gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (20355
12385 ;;;;;; 10021 546955 0))
12386 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12387
12388 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-update "gnus-sieve" "\
12389 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12390 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12391 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12392 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12393 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12394
12395 \(fn)" t nil)
12396
12397 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-generate "gnus-sieve" "\
12398 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12399 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12400 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12401 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12402
12403 \(fn)" t nil)
12404
12405 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-article-add-rule "gnus-sieve" "\
12406
12407
12408 \(fn)" t nil)
12409
12410 ;;;***
12411 \f
12412 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
12413 ;;;;;; (20701 32695 861936 0))
12414 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12415
12416 (autoload 'gnus-update-format "gnus-spec" "\
12417 Update the format specification near point.
12418
12419 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
12420
12421 ;;;***
12422 \f
12423 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el"
12424 ;;;;;; (20681 47415 473102 0))
12425 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12426
12427 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend "gnus-start" "\
12428 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12429
12430 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12431
12432 ;;;***
12433 \f
12434 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-summary-bookmark-jump) "gnus-sum" "gnus/gnus-sum.el"
12435 ;;;;;; (20698 56506 332830 0))
12436 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sum.el
12437
12438 (autoload 'gnus-summary-bookmark-jump "gnus-sum" "\
12439 Handler function for record returned by `gnus-summary-bookmark-make-record'.
12440 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
12441
12442 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
12443
12444 ;;;***
12445 \f
12446 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sync-install-hooks gnus-sync-initialize)
12447 ;;;;;; "gnus-sync" "gnus/gnus-sync.el" (20696 14774 167809 0))
12448 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sync.el
12449
12450 (autoload 'gnus-sync-initialize "gnus-sync" "\
12451 Initialize the Gnus sync facility.
12452
12453 \(fn)" t nil)
12454
12455 (autoload 'gnus-sync-install-hooks "gnus-sync" "\
12456 Install the sync hooks.
12457
12458 \(fn)" t nil)
12459
12460 ;;;***
12461 \f
12462 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
12463 ;;;;;; (20447 49522 409090 0))
12464 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12465
12466 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration "gnus-win" "\
12467 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12468
12469 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12470
12471 ;;;***
12472 \f
12473 ;;;### (autoloads (gnutls-min-prime-bits) "gnutls" "net/gnutls.el"
12474 ;;;;;; (20476 31768 298871 0))
12475 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/gnutls.el
12476
12477 (defvar gnutls-min-prime-bits 256 "\
12478 Minimum number of prime bits accepted by GnuTLS for key exchange.
12479 During a Diffie-Hellman handshake, if the server sends a prime
12480 number with fewer than this number of bits, the handshake is
12481 rejected. (The smaller the prime number, the less secure the
12482 key exchange is against man-in-the-middle attacks.)
12483
12484 A value of nil says to use the default GnuTLS value.")
12485
12486 (custom-autoload 'gnutls-min-prime-bits "gnutls" t)
12487
12488 ;;;***
12489 \f
12490 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (20626 19492
12491 ;;;;;; 855904 0))
12492 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12493
12494 (autoload 'gomoku "gomoku" "\
12495 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12496
12497 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
12498 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12499 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12500
12501 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12502 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12503 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12504
12505 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12506 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12507
12508 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12509 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12510
12511 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12512
12513 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12514
12515 ;;;***
12516 \f
12517 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address-prog-mode goto-address-mode goto-address
12518 ;;;;;; goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (20566
12519 ;;;;;; 63671 243798 0))
12520 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12521
12522 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'goto-address-at-mouse 'goto-address-at-point "22.1")
12523
12524 (autoload 'goto-address-at-point "goto-addr" "\
12525 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12526 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12527 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12528 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12529
12530 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12531
12532 (autoload 'goto-address "goto-addr" "\
12533 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12534 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12535 or to send e-mail.
12536 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12537 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12538
12539 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12540 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12541
12542 \(fn)" t nil)
12543 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
12544
12545 (autoload 'goto-address-mode "goto-addr" "\
12546 Minor mode to buttonize URLs and e-mail addresses in the current buffer.
12547 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
12548 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
12549 if ARG is omitted or nil.
12550
12551 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12552
12553 (autoload 'goto-address-prog-mode "goto-addr" "\
12554 Like `goto-address-mode', but only for comments and strings.
12555
12556 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12557
12558 ;;;***
12559 \f
12560 ;;;### (autoloads (gravatar-retrieve-synchronously gravatar-retrieve)
12561 ;;;;;; "gravatar" "gnus/gravatar.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
12562 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gravatar.el
12563
12564 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve "gravatar" "\
12565 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and call CB on retrieval.
12566 You can provide a list of argument to pass to CB in CBARGS.
12567
12568 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS CB &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
12569
12570 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve-synchronously "gravatar" "\
12571 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and returns it.
12572
12573 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12574
12575 ;;;***
12576 \f
12577 ;;;### (autoloads (zrgrep rgrep lgrep grep-find grep grep-mode grep-compute-defaults
12578 ;;;;;; grep-process-setup grep-setup-hook grep-find-command grep-command
12579 ;;;;;; grep-window-height) "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (20690 62389
12580 ;;;;;; 885263 0))
12581 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12582
12583 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12584 Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12585
12586 (custom-autoload 'grep-window-height "grep" t)
12587
12588 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12589 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12590 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12591 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12592 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12593
12594 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12595 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12596 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12597
12598 (custom-autoload 'grep-command "grep" nil)
12599
12600 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12601 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12602 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12603 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12604 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12605
12606 (custom-autoload 'grep-find-command "grep" nil)
12607
12608 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12609 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12610
12611 (custom-autoload 'grep-setup-hook "grep" t)
12612
12613 (defconst grep-regexp-alist '(("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[ ]*\\)\\([1-9][0-9]*\\)\\2" 1 3 ((lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face 'match))) (when mbeg (- mbeg beg))))) lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face 'match)) (mend (and mbeg (next-single-property-change mbeg 'font-lock-face nil end)))) (when mend (- mend beg)))))) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1)) "\
12614 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12615
12616 (defvar grep-program (purecopy "grep") "\
12617 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12618 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12619
12620 (defvar find-program (purecopy "find") "\
12621 The default find program for `grep-find-command'.
12622 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12623
12624 (defvar xargs-program (purecopy "xargs") "\
12625 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
12626 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
12627 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12628
12629 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12630 How to invoke find and grep.
12631 If `exec', use `find -exec {} ;'.
12632 If `exec-plus' use `find -exec {} +'.
12633 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
12634 Any other value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
12635
12636 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12637
12638 (defvar grep-history nil "\
12639 History list for grep.")
12640
12641 (defvar grep-find-history nil "\
12642 History list for grep-find.")
12643
12644 (autoload 'grep-process-setup "grep" "\
12645 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12646 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12647
12648 \(fn)" nil nil)
12649
12650 (autoload 'grep-compute-defaults "grep" "\
12651
12652
12653 \(fn)" nil nil)
12654
12655 (autoload 'grep-mode "grep" "\
12656 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12657
12658 \(fn)" nil nil)
12659
12660 (autoload 'grep "grep" "\
12661 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12662 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12663 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the *grep* buffer, to go to the lines where grep found
12664 matches. To kill the grep job before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12665
12666 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
12667 `grep' in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
12668
12669 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
12670 can easily repeat a grep command.
12671
12672 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12673 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12674 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
12675 list is empty).
12676
12677 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12678
12679 (autoload 'grep-find "grep" "\
12680 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12681 Collect output in a buffer.
12682 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12683 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12684
12685 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12686 easily repeat a find command.
12687
12688 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12689
12690 (defalias 'find-grep 'grep-find)
12691
12692 (autoload 'lgrep "grep" "\
12693 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
12694 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12695 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12696 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12697
12698 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12699 before it is executed.
12700 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12701
12702 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
12703 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12704 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12705
12706 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12707
12708 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12709
12710 (autoload 'rgrep "grep" "\
12711 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12712 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12713 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12714 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12715
12716 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12717 before it is executed.
12718 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12719
12720 Collect output in a buffer. While the recursive grep is running,
12721 you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12722 to visit the lines where matches were found. To kill the job
12723 before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12724
12725 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12726
12727 When called programmatically and FILES is nil, REGEXP is expected
12728 to specify a command to run.
12729
12730 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12731
12732 (autoload 'zrgrep "grep" "\
12733 Recursively grep for REGEXP in gzipped FILES in tree rooted at DIR.
12734 Like `rgrep' but uses `zgrep' for `grep-program', sets the default
12735 file name to `*.gz', and sets `grep-highlight-matches' to `always'.
12736
12737 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM GREP-FIND-TEMPLATE)" t nil)
12738
12739 (defalias 'rzgrep 'zrgrep)
12740
12741 ;;;***
12742 \f
12743 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (20355 10021 546955
12744 ;;;;;; 0))
12745 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12746
12747 (autoload 'gs-load-image "gs" "\
12748 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12749 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12750 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12751 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12752
12753 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
12754
12755 ;;;***
12756 \f
12757 ;;;### (autoloads (gud-tooltip-mode gdb-script-mode jdb pdb perldb
12758 ;;;;;; xdb dbx sdb gud-gdb) "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (20614 55343
12759 ;;;;;; 384716 548000))
12760 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12761
12762 (autoload 'gud-gdb "gud" "\
12763 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12764 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12765 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
12766
12767 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12768
12769 (autoload 'sdb "gud" "\
12770 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12771 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12772 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12773
12774 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12775
12776 (autoload 'dbx "gud" "\
12777 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12778 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12779 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12780
12781 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12782
12783 (autoload 'xdb "gud" "\
12784 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12785 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12786 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12787
12788 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12789 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12790
12791 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12792
12793 (autoload 'perldb "gud" "\
12794 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12795 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12796 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12797
12798 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12799
12800 (autoload 'pdb "gud" "\
12801 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12802 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12803 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12804
12805 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12806
12807 (autoload 'jdb "gud" "\
12808 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12809 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12810 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12811 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12812
12813 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12814 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12815 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12816 original source file access method.
12817
12818 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12819 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12820
12821 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12822
12823 (autoload 'gdb-script-mode "gud" "\
12824 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
12825
12826 \(fn)" t nil)
12827
12828 (defvar gud-tooltip-mode nil "\
12829 Non-nil if Gud-Tooltip mode is enabled.
12830 See the command `gud-tooltip-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
12831 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12832 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
12833 or call the function `gud-tooltip-mode'.")
12834
12835 (custom-autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" nil)
12836
12837 (autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" "\
12838 Toggle the display of GUD tooltips.
12839 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the feature if ARG is
12840 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
12841 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
12842
12843 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12844
12845 ;;;***
12846 \f
12847 ;;;### (autoloads (gv-ref setf gv-define-simple-setter gv-define-setter
12848 ;;;;;; gv--defun-declaration gv-define-expander gv-letplace gv-get)
12849 ;;;;;; "gv" "emacs-lisp/gv.el" (20643 32183 554981 0))
12850 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/gv.el
12851
12852 (autoload 'gv-get "gv" "\
12853 Build the code that applies DO to PLACE.
12854 PLACE must be a valid generalized variable.
12855 DO must be a function; it will be called with 2 arguments: GETTER and SETTER,
12856 where GETTER is a (copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value of PLACE,
12857 and SETTER is a function which returns the code to set PLACE when called
12858 with a (not necessarily copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value to
12859 set it to.
12860 DO must return an Elisp expression.
12861
12862 \(fn PLACE DO)" nil nil)
12863
12864 (autoload 'gv-letplace "gv" "\
12865 Build the code manipulating the generalized variable PLACE.
12866 GETTER will be bound to a copyable expression that returns the value
12867 of PLACE.
12868 SETTER will be bound to a function that takes an expression V and returns
12869 a new expression that sets PLACE to V.
12870 BODY should return some Elisp expression E manipulating PLACE via GETTER
12871 and SETTER.
12872 The returned value will then be an Elisp expression that first evaluates
12873 all the parts of PLACE that can be evaluated and then runs E.
12874
12875 \(fn (GETTER SETTER) PLACE &rest BODY)" nil t)
12876
12877 (put 'gv-letplace 'lisp-indent-function '2)
12878
12879 (autoload 'gv-define-expander "gv" "\
12880 Use HANDLER to handle NAME as a generalized var.
12881 NAME is a symbol: the name of a function, macro, or special form.
12882 HANDLER is a function which takes an argument DO followed by the same
12883 arguments as NAME. DO is a function as defined in `gv-get'.
12884
12885 \(fn NAME HANDLER)" nil t)
12886
12887 (put 'gv-define-expander 'lisp-indent-function '1)
12888
12889 (autoload 'gv--defun-declaration "gv" "\
12890
12891
12892 \(fn SYMBOL NAME ARGS HANDLER &optional FIX)" nil nil)
12893
12894 (push `(gv-expander ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-expander)) defun-declarations-alist)
12895
12896 (push `(gv-setter ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-setter)) defun-declarations-alist)
12897
12898 (autoload 'gv-define-setter "gv" "\
12899 Define a setter method for generalized variable NAME.
12900 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
12901 well for simple place forms.
12902 Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are expanded by binding the argument
12903 forms (VAL ARGS...) according to ARGLIST, then executing BODY, which must
12904 return a Lisp form that does the assignment.
12905 The first arg in ARGLIST (the one that receives VAL) receives an expression
12906 which can do arbitrary things, whereas the other arguments are all guaranteed
12907 to be pure and copyable. Example use:
12908 (gv-define-setter aref (v a i) `(aset ,a ,i ,v))
12909
12910 \(fn NAME ARGLIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
12911
12912 (put 'gv-define-setter 'lisp-indent-function '2)
12913
12914 (autoload 'gv-define-simple-setter "gv" "\
12915 Define a simple setter method for generalized variable NAME.
12916 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
12917 well for simple place forms. Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are
12918 turned into calls of the form (SETTER ARGS... VAL).
12919
12920 If FIX-RETURN is non-nil, then SETTER is not assumed to return VAL and
12921 instead the assignment is turned into something equivalent to
12922 (let ((temp VAL))
12923 (SETTER ARGS... temp)
12924 temp)
12925 so as to preserve the semantics of `setf'.
12926
12927 \(fn NAME SETTER &optional FIX-RETURN)" nil t)
12928
12929 (autoload 'setf "gv" "\
12930 Set each PLACE to the value of its VAL.
12931 This is a generalized version of `setq'; the PLACEs may be symbolic
12932 references such as (car x) or (aref x i), as well as plain symbols.
12933 For example, (setf (cadr x) y) is equivalent to (setcar (cdr x) y).
12934 The return value is the last VAL in the list.
12935
12936 \(fn PLACE VAL PLACE VAL ...)" nil t)
12937
12938 (put 'gv-place 'edebug-form-spec 'edebug-match-form)
12939
12940 (autoload 'gv-ref "gv" "\
12941 Return a reference to PLACE.
12942 This is like the `&' operator of the C language.
12943
12944 \(fn PLACE)" nil t)
12945
12946 ;;;***
12947 \f
12948 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (20566
12949 ;;;;;; 63671 243798 0))
12950 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
12951
12952 (autoload 'handwrite "handwrite" "\
12953 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
12954 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
12955 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
12956
12957 Variables: `handwrite-linespace' (default 12)
12958 `handwrite-fontsize' (default 11)
12959 `handwrite-numlines' (default 60)
12960 `handwrite-pagenumbering' (default nil)
12961
12962 \(fn)" t nil)
12963
12964 ;;;***
12965 \f
12966 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
12967 ;;;;;; (20478 3673 653810 0))
12968 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
12969
12970 (autoload 'hanoi "hanoi" "\
12971 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
12972
12973 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
12974
12975 (autoload 'hanoi-unix "hanoi" "\
12976 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
12977 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
12978 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
12979
12980 Repent before ring 31 moves.
12981
12982 \(fn)" t nil)
12983
12984 (autoload 'hanoi-unix-64 "hanoi" "\
12985 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
12986 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
12987 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
12988 to be updated.
12989
12990 \(fn)" t nil)
12991
12992 ;;;***
12993 \f
12994 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-check-payment mail-add-payment-async mail-add-payment
12995 ;;;;;; hashcash-verify-payment hashcash-insert-payment-async hashcash-insert-payment)
12996 ;;;;;; "hashcash" "mail/hashcash.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
12997 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/hashcash.el
12998
12999 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment "hashcash" "\
13000 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
13001
13002 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13003
13004 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment-async "hashcash" "\
13005 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
13006 Only start calculation. Results are inserted when ready.
13007
13008 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13009
13010 (autoload 'hashcash-verify-payment "hashcash" "\
13011 Verify a hashcash payment
13012
13013 \(fn TOKEN &optional RESOURCE AMOUNT)" nil nil)
13014
13015 (autoload 'mail-add-payment "hashcash" "\
13016 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13017 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13018 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation. (See
13019 `mail-add-payment-async').
13020
13021 \(fn &optional ARG ASYNC)" t nil)
13022
13023 (autoload 'mail-add-payment-async "hashcash" "\
13024 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13025 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13026 Calculation is asynchronous.
13027
13028 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13029
13030 (autoload 'mail-check-payment "hashcash" "\
13031 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
13032 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
13033
13034 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13035
13036 ;;;***
13037 \f
13038 ;;;### (autoloads (scan-buf-previous-region scan-buf-next-region
13039 ;;;;;; scan-buf-move-to-region help-at-pt-display-when-idle help-at-pt-set-timer
13040 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-cancel-timer display-local-help help-at-pt-kbd-string
13041 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (20355 10021
13042 ;;;;;; 546955 0))
13043 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
13044
13045 (autoload 'help-at-pt-string "help-at-pt" "\
13046 Return the help-echo string at point.
13047 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
13048 property, or nil, is returned.
13049 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
13050 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
13051 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
13052
13053 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
13054
13055 (autoload 'help-at-pt-kbd-string "help-at-pt" "\
13056 Return the keyboard help string at point.
13057 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
13058 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property.
13059 If this produces no string either, return nil.
13060
13061 \(fn)" nil nil)
13062
13063 (autoload 'display-local-help "help-at-pt" "\
13064 Display local help in the echo area.
13065 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
13066 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
13067 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
13068 printed instead.
13069
13070 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
13071 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
13072 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
13073
13074 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13075
13076 (autoload 'help-at-pt-cancel-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13077 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13078 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13079
13080 \(fn)" t nil)
13081
13082 (autoload 'help-at-pt-set-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13083 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13084 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
13085
13086 \(fn)" t nil)
13087
13088 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle 'never "\
13089 Automatically show local help on point-over.
13090 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
13091 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
13092 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
13093 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
13094 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
13095 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
13096 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
13097 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
13098 a non-empty list disables the feature.
13099
13100 This variable only takes effect after a call to
13101 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
13102 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
13103 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
13104 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13105
13106 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
13107 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
13108 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
13109 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
13110 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
13111 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
13112 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
13113 The default is `never'.")
13114
13115 (custom-autoload 'help-at-pt-display-when-idle "help-at-pt" nil)
13116
13117 (autoload 'scan-buf-move-to-region "help-at-pt" "\
13118 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
13119 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
13120 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
13121 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
13122 considered different regions.
13123
13124 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13125 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
13126 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
13127 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
13128 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
13129 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
13130 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
13131 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
13132 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
13133
13134 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
13135
13136 (autoload 'scan-buf-next-region "help-at-pt" "\
13137 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
13138 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13139 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13140 different regions.
13141
13142 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13143 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
13144 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
13145 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
13146 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
13147 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
13148 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
13149 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
13150
13151 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
13152 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
13153 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
13154 rarely happens in practice.
13155
13156 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13157
13158 (autoload 'scan-buf-previous-region "help-at-pt" "\
13159 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
13160 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13161 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13162 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
13163 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG.
13164
13165 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13166
13167 ;;;***
13168 \f
13169 ;;;### (autoloads (doc-file-to-info doc-file-to-man describe-categories
13170 ;;;;;; describe-syntax describe-variable variable-at-point describe-function-1
13171 ;;;;;; find-lisp-object-file-name help-C-file-name describe-function)
13172 ;;;;;; "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (20692 17721 295021 0))
13173 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
13174
13175 (autoload 'describe-function "help-fns" "\
13176 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
13177
13178 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
13179
13180 (autoload 'help-C-file-name "help-fns" "\
13181 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
13182 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
13183
13184 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
13185
13186 (autoload 'find-lisp-object-file-name "help-fns" "\
13187 Guess the file that defined the Lisp object OBJECT, of type TYPE.
13188 OBJECT should be a symbol associated with a function, variable, or face;
13189 alternatively, it can be a function definition.
13190 If TYPE is `defvar', search for a variable definition.
13191 If TYPE is `defface', search for a face definition.
13192 If TYPE is the value returned by `symbol-function' for a function symbol,
13193 search for a function definition.
13194
13195 The return value is the absolute name of a readable file where OBJECT is
13196 defined. If several such files exist, preference is given to a file
13197 found via `load-path'. The return value can also be `C-source', which
13198 means that OBJECT is a function or variable defined in C. If no
13199 suitable file is found, return nil.
13200
13201 \(fn OBJECT TYPE)" nil nil)
13202
13203 (autoload 'describe-function-1 "help-fns" "\
13204
13205
13206 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
13207
13208 (autoload 'variable-at-point "help-fns" "\
13209 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
13210 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
13211 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
13212
13213 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
13214
13215 (autoload 'describe-variable "help-fns" "\
13216 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
13217 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
13218 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
13219 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
13220 it is displayed along with the global value.
13221
13222 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
13223
13224 (autoload 'describe-syntax "help-fns" "\
13225 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
13226 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
13227 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
13228
13229 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13230
13231 (autoload 'describe-categories "help-fns" "\
13232 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
13233 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
13234 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
13235 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
13236
13237 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13238
13239 (autoload 'doc-file-to-man "help-fns" "\
13240 Produce an nroff buffer containing the doc-strings from the DOC file.
13241
13242 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
13243
13244 (autoload 'doc-file-to-info "help-fns" "\
13245 Produce a texinfo buffer with sorted doc-strings from the DOC file.
13246
13247 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
13248
13249 ;;;***
13250 \f
13251 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
13252 ;;;;;; (20686 65335 65598 0))
13253 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
13254
13255 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
13256 Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
13257 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, and
13258 window listing and describing the options.
13259 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that \\[help-command] \\[help-command]
13260 gives the window that lists the options.")
13261
13262 (custom-autoload 'three-step-help "help-macro" t)
13263
13264 ;;;***
13265 \f
13266 ;;;### (autoloads (help-bookmark-jump help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button
13267 ;;;;;; help-xref-button help-make-xrefs help-buffer help-setup-xref
13268 ;;;;;; help-mode-finish help-mode-setup help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el"
13269 ;;;;;; (20647 29243 972198 0))
13270 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
13271
13272 (autoload 'help-mode "help-mode" "\
13273 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
13274 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
13275 Commands:
13276 \\{help-mode-map}
13277
13278 \(fn)" t nil)
13279
13280 (autoload 'help-mode-setup "help-mode" "\
13281
13282
13283 \(fn)" nil nil)
13284
13285 (autoload 'help-mode-finish "help-mode" "\
13286
13287
13288 \(fn)" nil nil)
13289
13290 (autoload 'help-setup-xref "help-mode" "\
13291 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
13292
13293 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
13294 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
13295 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
13296 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
13297
13298 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
13299 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
13300 restore it properly when going back.
13301
13302 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
13303
13304 (autoload 'help-buffer "help-mode" "\
13305 Return the name of a buffer for inserting help.
13306 If `help-xref-following' is non-nil, this is the name of the
13307 current buffer. Signal an error if this buffer is not derived
13308 from `help-mode'.
13309 Otherwise, return \"*Help*\", creating a buffer with that name if
13310 it does not already exist.
13311
13312 \(fn)" nil nil)
13313
13314 (autoload 'help-make-xrefs "help-mode" "\
13315 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
13316
13317 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
13318 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
13319 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
13320 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
13321 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
13322 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
13323 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
13324 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
13325
13326 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
13327 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
13328 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
13329 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
13330
13331 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
13332 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
13333 that.
13334
13335 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13336
13337 (autoload 'help-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13338 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
13339 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
13340 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
13341 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13342 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13343
13344 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13345
13346 (autoload 'help-insert-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13347 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
13348 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
13349 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13350 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13351
13352 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13353
13354 (autoload 'help-xref-on-pp "help-mode" "\
13355 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
13356
13357 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
13358
13359 (autoload 'help-bookmark-jump "help-mode" "\
13360 Jump to help-mode bookmark BOOKMARK.
13361 Handler function for record returned by `help-bookmark-make-record'.
13362 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
13363
13364 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
13365
13366 ;;;***
13367 \f
13368 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
13369 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
13370 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
13371
13372 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings "helper" "\
13373 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13374
13375 \(fn)" t nil)
13376
13377 (autoload 'Helper-help "helper" "\
13378 Provide help for current mode.
13379
13380 \(fn)" t nil)
13381
13382 ;;;***
13383 \f
13384 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
13385 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (20523 62082 997685 0))
13386 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13387
13388 (autoload 'hexl-mode "hexl" "\
13389 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
13390 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13391 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13392 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13393
13394 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13395 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13396
13397 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
13398 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13399 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13400 values grouped every `hexl-bits' bits) and as their ASCII values.
13401
13402 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13403 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
13404 periods.
13405
13406 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13407 in hexl format.
13408
13409 A sample format:
13410
13411 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
13412 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
13413 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
13414 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
13415 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
13416 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
13417 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
13418 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
13419 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
13420 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
13421 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
13422 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
13423 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
13424 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
13425 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
13426
13427 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer. Most
13428 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13429 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
13430
13431 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13432 also supported.
13433
13434 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13435
13436 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13437 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13438 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13439
13440 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13441 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
13442 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13443
13444 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13445 into the buffer at the current point.
13446
13447 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13448 into the buffer at the current point.
13449
13450 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13451 into the buffer at the current point.
13452
13453 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
13454
13455 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13456 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13457
13458 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13459
13460 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13461
13462 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13463
13464 (autoload 'hexl-find-file "hexl" "\
13465 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13466 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13467 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13468
13469 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
13470
13471 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer "hexl" "\
13472 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13473 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13474
13475 \(fn)" t nil)
13476
13477 ;;;***
13478 \f
13479 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
13480 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
13481 ;;;;;; global-hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el"
13482 ;;;;;; (20679 5689 779225 0))
13483 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13484
13485 (autoload 'hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13486 Toggle selective highlighting of patterns (Hi Lock mode).
13487 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hi Lock mode if ARG is
13488 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13489 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13490
13491 Hi Lock mode is automatically enabled when you invoke any of the
13492 highlighting commands listed below, such as \\[highlight-regexp].
13493 To enable Hi Lock mode in all buffers, use `global-hi-lock-mode'
13494 or add (global-hi-lock-mode 1) to your init file.
13495
13496 In buffers where Font Lock mode is enabled, patterns are
13497 highlighted using font lock. In buffers where Font Lock mode is
13498 disabled, patterns are applied using overlays; in this case, the
13499 highlighting will not be updated as you type.
13500
13501 When Hi Lock mode is enabled, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu
13502 is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu,
13503 which can be called interactively, are:
13504
13505 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13506 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13507
13508 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13509 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13510 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13511 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13512
13513 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13514 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13515
13516 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13517 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13518
13519 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13520 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
13521 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13522 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13523 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13524 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
13525 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is
13526 'ask and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
13527 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
13528 function returns t.
13529
13530 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13531 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13532
13533 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
13534 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
13535 form:
13536 Hi-lock: FOO
13537
13538 where FOO is a list of patterns. The patterns must start before
13539 position (number of characters into buffer)
13540 `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns will be read until
13541 Hi-lock: end is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list
13542 `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13543
13544 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13545
13546 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
13547 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13548 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13549 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13550 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13551 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13552
13553 (custom-autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" nil)
13554
13555 (autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13556 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in all buffers.
13557 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Hi-Lock mode if ARG is positive;
13558 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13559 ARG is omitted or nil.
13560
13561 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where
13562 `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
13563 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
13564
13565 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13566
13567 (defalias 'highlight-lines-matching-regexp 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer)
13568
13569 (autoload 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13570 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13571 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE, using a buffer-local
13572 history list for REGEXP and a global history list for FACE.
13573
13574 If Font Lock mode is enabled in the buffer, it is used to
13575 highlight REGEXP. If Font Lock mode is disabled, overlays are
13576 used for highlighting; in this case, the highlighting will not be
13577 updated as you type.
13578
13579 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13580
13581 (defalias 'highlight-regexp 'hi-lock-face-buffer)
13582
13583 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13584 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13585 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE, using a buffer-local
13586 history list for REGEXP and a global history list for FACE.
13587
13588 If Font Lock mode is enabled in the buffer, it is used to
13589 highlight REGEXP. If Font Lock mode is disabled, overlays are
13590 used for highlighting; in this case, the highlighting will not be
13591 updated as you type.
13592
13593 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13594
13595 (defalias 'highlight-phrase 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer)
13596
13597 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13598 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13599 If called interactively, replaces whitespace in REGEXP with
13600 arbitrary whitespace and makes initial lower-case letters case-insensitive.
13601
13602 If Font Lock mode is enabled in the buffer, it is used to
13603 highlight REGEXP. If Font Lock mode is disabled, overlays are
13604 used for highlighting; in this case, the highlighting will not be
13605 updated as you type.
13606
13607 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13608
13609 (defalias 'unhighlight-regexp 'hi-lock-unface-buffer)
13610
13611 (autoload 'hi-lock-unface-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13612 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13613 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP, accepting only regexps
13614 previously inserted by hi-lock interactive functions.
13615 If REGEXP is t (or if \\[universal-argument] was specified interactively),
13616 then remove all hi-lock highlighting.
13617
13618 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13619
13620 (autoload 'hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns "hi-lock" "\
13621 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13622
13623 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13624 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13625 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13626
13627 \(fn)" t nil)
13628
13629 ;;;***
13630 \f
13631 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el"
13632 ;;;;;; (20588 4262 531841 0))
13633 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13634
13635 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode "hideif" "\
13636 Toggle features to hide/show #ifdef blocks (Hide-Ifdef mode).
13637 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hide-Ifdef mode if ARG is
13638 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13639 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13640
13641 Hide-Ifdef mode is a buffer-local minor mode for use with C and
13642 C-like major modes. When enabled, code within #ifdef constructs
13643 that the C preprocessor would eliminate may be hidden from view.
13644 Several variables affect how the hiding is done:
13645
13646 `hide-ifdef-env'
13647 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13648 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13649 is used.
13650
13651 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13652 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13653 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13654 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13655 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13656
13657 `hide-ifdef-lines'
13658 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13659 #endif lines when hiding.
13660
13661 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13662 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13663 is activated.
13664
13665 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13666 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13667 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13668
13669 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13670
13671 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13672
13673 ;;;***
13674 \f
13675 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-off-hideshow hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el"
13676 ;;;;;; (20566 63671 243798 0))
13677 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13678
13679 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (mapcar 'purecopy '((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (bibtex-mode ("@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (js-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil))) "\
13680 Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13681 Each element has the form
13682 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13683
13684 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13685 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13686
13687 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
13688 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13689
13690 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13691 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13692 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13693 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
13694 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
13695 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13696
13697 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
13698 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13699
13700 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13701 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13702
13703 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13704 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13705 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
13706
13707 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode "hideshow" "\
13708 Minor mode to selectively hide/show code and comment blocks.
13709 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
13710 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
13711 if ARG is omitted or nil.
13712
13713 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13714 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13715 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13716
13717 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13718 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
13719 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13720
13721 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13722 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13723
13724 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13725
13726 Key bindings:
13727 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
13728
13729 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13730
13731 (autoload 'turn-off-hideshow "hideshow" "\
13732 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
13733
13734 \(fn)" nil nil)
13735
13736 ;;;***
13737 \f
13738 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes-mode highlight-compare-with-file
13739 ;;;;;; highlight-compare-buffers highlight-changes-rotate-faces
13740 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-previous-change highlight-changes-next-change
13741 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-remove-highlight highlight-changes-visible-mode
13742 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (20680
13743 ;;;;;; 26549 383882 0))
13744 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13745
13746 (autoload 'highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13747 Toggle highlighting changes in this buffer (Highlight Changes mode).
13748 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes mode if ARG
13749 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
13750 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13751
13752 When Highlight Changes is enabled, changes are marked with a text
13753 property. Normally they are displayed in a distinctive face, but
13754 command \\[highlight-changes-visible-mode] can be used to toggles
13755 this on and off.
13756
13757 Other functions for buffers in this mode include:
13758 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
13759 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
13760 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
13761 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes
13762 through various faces.
13763 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
13764 buffer with the contents of a file
13765 \\[highlight-compare-buffers] highlights differences between two buffers.
13766
13767 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13768
13769 (autoload 'highlight-changes-visible-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13770 Toggle visibility of highlighting due to Highlight Changes mode.
13771 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes Visible mode
13772 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
13773 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13774
13775 Highlight Changes Visible mode only has an effect when Highlight
13776 Changes mode is on. When enabled, the changed text is displayed
13777 in a distinctive face.
13778
13779 The default value can be customized with variable
13780 `highlight-changes-visibility-initial-state'.
13781
13782 This command does not itself set highlight-changes mode.
13783
13784 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13785
13786 (autoload 'highlight-changes-remove-highlight "hilit-chg" "\
13787 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
13788 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
13789
13790 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
13791
13792 (autoload 'highlight-changes-next-change "hilit-chg" "\
13793 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13794
13795 \(fn)" t nil)
13796
13797 (autoload 'highlight-changes-previous-change "hilit-chg" "\
13798 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13799
13800 \(fn)" t nil)
13801
13802 (autoload 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces "hilit-chg" "\
13803 Rotate the faces if in Highlight Changes mode and the changes are visible.
13804
13805 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
13806 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
13807 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
13808 shown in the last face in the list.
13809
13810 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
13811 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
13812 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
13813
13814 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
13815
13816 \(fn)" t nil)
13817
13818 (autoload 'highlight-compare-buffers "hilit-chg" "\
13819 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
13820
13821 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
13822
13823 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
13824 to save the file.
13825
13826 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
13827 written to a temporary file for comparison.
13828
13829 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13830 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13831 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13832
13833 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
13834
13835 (autoload 'highlight-compare-with-file "hilit-chg" "\
13836 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
13837
13838 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
13839 this function is called interactively.
13840
13841 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
13842 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
13843 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
13844
13845 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13846 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13847 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13848
13849 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
13850
13851 (defvar global-highlight-changes-mode nil "\
13852 Non-nil if Global-Highlight-Changes mode is enabled.
13853 See the command `global-highlight-changes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13854 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13855 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13856 or call the function `global-highlight-changes-mode'.")
13857
13858 (custom-autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" nil)
13859
13860 (autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13861 Toggle Highlight-Changes mode in all buffers.
13862 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Highlight-Changes mode if ARG is positive;
13863 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13864 ARG is omitted or nil.
13865
13866 Highlight-Changes mode is enabled in all buffers where
13867 `highlight-changes-mode-turn-on' would do it.
13868 See `highlight-changes-mode' for more information on Highlight-Changes mode.
13869
13870 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13871
13872 ;;;***
13873 \f
13874 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-try-functions-list)
13875 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp" "hippie-exp.el" (20660 41272 835092 0))
13876 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
13877
13878 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list '(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol) "\
13879 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
13880 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
13881 or insert functions in this list.")
13882
13883 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list "hippie-exp" t)
13884
13885 (autoload 'hippie-expand "hippie-exp" "\
13886 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13887 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13888 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
13889 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13890 expansions.
13891 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13892 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13893 undoes the expansion.
13894
13895 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13896
13897 (autoload 'make-hippie-expand-function "hippie-exp" "\
13898 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13899 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
13900 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13901
13902 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil t)
13903
13904 ;;;***
13905 \f
13906 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
13907 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
13908 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13909
13910 (autoload 'hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13911 Toggle highlighting of the current line (Hl-Line mode).
13912 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hl-Line mode if ARG is
13913 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13914 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13915
13916 Hl-Line mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If
13917 `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13918 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
13919 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13920 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
13921 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13922
13923 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13924 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
13925 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
13926 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
13927
13928 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13929
13930 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
13931 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
13932 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13933 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13934 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13935 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
13936
13937 (custom-autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" nil)
13938
13939 (autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13940 Toggle line highlighting in all buffers (Global Hl-Line mode).
13941 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Hl-Line mode if ARG is
13942 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13943 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13944
13945 If `global-hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Global Hl-Line mode
13946 highlights the line about the current buffer's point in all
13947 windows.
13948
13949 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
13950 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
13951
13952 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13953
13954 ;;;***
13955 \f
13956 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays holiday-solar-holidays
13957 ;;;;;; holiday-bahai-holidays holiday-islamic-holidays holiday-christian-holidays
13958 ;;;;;; holiday-hebrew-holidays holiday-other-holidays holiday-local-holidays
13959 ;;;;;; holiday-oriental-holidays holiday-general-holidays) "holidays"
13960 ;;;;;; "calendar/holidays.el" (20566 63671 243798 0))
13961 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
13962
13963 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'general-holidays 'holiday-general-holidays "23.1")
13964
13965 (defvar holiday-general-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
13966 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
13967 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13968
13969 (custom-autoload 'holiday-general-holidays "holidays" t)
13970
13971 (put 'holiday-general-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13972
13973 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'oriental-holidays 'holiday-oriental-holidays "23.1")
13974
13975 (defvar holiday-oriental-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-chinese-new-year) (if calendar-chinese-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-chinese 1 15 "Lantern Festival") (holiday-chinese-qingming) (holiday-chinese 5 5 "Dragon Boat Festival") (holiday-chinese 7 7 "Double Seventh Festival") (holiday-chinese 8 15 "Mid-Autumn Festival") (holiday-chinese 9 9 "Double Ninth Festival") (holiday-chinese-winter-solstice))))) "\
13976 Oriental holidays.
13977 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13978
13979 (custom-autoload 'holiday-oriental-holidays "holidays" t)
13980
13981 (put 'holiday-oriental-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13982
13983 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'local-holidays 'holiday-local-holidays "23.1")
13984
13985 (defvar holiday-local-holidays nil "\
13986 Local holidays.
13987 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13988
13989 (custom-autoload 'holiday-local-holidays "holidays" t)
13990
13991 (put 'holiday-local-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13992
13993 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'other-holidays 'holiday-other-holidays "23.1")
13994
13995 (defvar holiday-other-holidays nil "\
13996 User defined holidays.
13997 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13998
13999 (custom-autoload 'holiday-other-holidays "holidays" t)
14000
14001 (put 'holiday-other-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14002
14003 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-julian 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) year) (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (setq year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21)) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))) "\
14004 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14005
14006 (put 'hebrew-holidays-1 'risky-local-variable t)
14007
14008 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 10 10 h-year)) 7)) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))) "\
14009 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14010
14011 (put 'hebrew-holidays-2 'risky-local-variable t)
14012
14013 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (mapcar 'purecopy '((if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (h-year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y 1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y)))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 7 1 h-year)) 7)) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (calendar-extract-day s-s))) day) "Shabbat Shirah")))) "\
14014 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14015
14016 (put 'hebrew-holidays-3 'risky-local-variable t)
14017
14018 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (and calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))))) (= 21 (% year 28))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av)))) "\
14019 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14020
14021 (put 'hebrew-holidays-4 'risky-local-variable t)
14022
14023 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'hebrew-holidays 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "23.1")
14024
14025 (defvar holiday-hebrew-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av) (holiday-hebrew-misc))))) "\
14026 Jewish holidays.
14027 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14028
14029 (custom-autoload 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "holidays" t)
14030
14031 (put 'holiday-hebrew-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14032
14033 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'christian-holidays 'holiday-christian-holidays "23.1")
14034
14035 (defvar holiday-christian-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-easter-etc) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if calendar-christian-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany") (holiday-julian 12 25 "Christmas (Julian calendar)") (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter) (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption") (holiday-advent 0 "Advent"))))) "\
14036 Christian holidays.
14037 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14038
14039 (custom-autoload 'holiday-christian-holidays "holidays" t)
14040
14041 (put 'holiday-christian-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14042
14043 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'islamic-holidays 'holiday-islamic-holidays "23.1")
14044
14045 (defvar holiday-islamic-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-islamic-new-year) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if calendar-islamic-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura") (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi") (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj") (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't") (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr") (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr") (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))))) "\
14046 Islamic holidays.
14047 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14048
14049 (custom-autoload 'holiday-islamic-holidays "holidays" t)
14050
14051 (put 'holiday-islamic-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14052
14053 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'bahai-holidays 'holiday-bahai-holidays "23.1")
14054
14055 (defvar holiday-bahai-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-bahai-new-year) (holiday-bahai-ridvan) (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Bahá'u'lláh") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Bahá'u'lláh") (if calendar-bahai-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant") (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Bahá"))))) "\
14056 Bahá'í holidays.
14057 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14058
14059 (custom-autoload 'holiday-bahai-holidays "holidays" t)
14060
14061 (put 'holiday-bahai-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14062
14063 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'solar-holidays 'holiday-solar-holidays "23.1")
14064
14065 (defvar holiday-solar-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((solar-equinoxes-solstices) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts (format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name))) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends (format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name))))) "\
14066 Sun-related holidays.
14067 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14068
14069 (custom-autoload 'holiday-solar-holidays "holidays" t)
14070
14071 (put 'holiday-solar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14072
14073 (put 'calendar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14074
14075 (autoload 'holidays "holidays" "\
14076 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
14077 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
14078 This function is suitable for execution in a init file.
14079
14080 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14081
14082 (autoload 'list-holidays "holidays" "\
14083 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
14084 Y2 defaults to Y1. The optional list of holidays L defaults to
14085 `calendar-holidays'. If you want to control what holidays are
14086 displayed, use a different list. For example,
14087
14088 (list-holidays 2006 2006
14089 (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays))
14090
14091 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the two
14092 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
14093
14094 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
14095 holidays, based on the variables `holiday-solar-holidays' etc. See the
14096 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
14097 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
14098 of a holiday list.
14099
14100 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
14101
14102 \(fn Y1 &optional Y2 L LABEL)" t nil)
14103
14104 (defalias 'holiday-list 'list-holidays)
14105
14106 ;;;***
14107 \f
14108 ;;;### (autoloads (html2text) "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (20355
14109 ;;;;;; 10021 546955 0))
14110 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
14111
14112 (autoload 'html2text "html2text" "\
14113 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
14114
14115 \(fn)" t nil)
14116
14117 ;;;***
14118 \f
14119 ;;;### (autoloads (htmlfontify-copy-and-link-dir htmlfontify-buffer)
14120 ;;;;;; "htmlfontify" "htmlfontify.el" (20614 54428 654267 0))
14121 ;;; Generated autoloads from htmlfontify.el
14122
14123 (autoload 'htmlfontify-buffer "htmlfontify" "\
14124 Create a new buffer, named for the current buffer + a .html extension,
14125 containing an inline CSS-stylesheet and formatted CSS-markup HTML
14126 that reproduces the look of the current Emacs buffer as closely
14127 as possible.
14128
14129 Dangerous characters in the existing buffer are turned into HTML
14130 entities, so you should even be able to do HTML-within-HTML
14131 fontified display.
14132
14133 You should, however, note that random control or eight-bit
14134 characters such as ^L (\f) or ¤ (\244) won't get mapped yet.
14135
14136 If the SRCDIR and FILE arguments are set, lookup etags derived
14137 entries in the `hfy-tags-cache' and add HTML anchors and
14138 hyperlinks as appropriate.
14139
14140 \(fn &optional SRCDIR FILE)" t nil)
14141
14142 (autoload 'htmlfontify-copy-and-link-dir "htmlfontify" "\
14143 Trawl SRCDIR and write fontified-and-hyperlinked output in DSTDIR.
14144 F-EXT and L-EXT specify values for `hfy-extn' and `hfy-link-extn'.
14145
14146 You may also want to set `hfy-page-header' and `hfy-page-footer'.
14147
14148 \(fn SRCDIR DSTDIR &optional F-EXT L-EXT)" t nil)
14149
14150 ;;;***
14151 \f
14152 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
14153 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (20478
14154 ;;;;;; 3673 653810 0))
14155 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
14156
14157 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-column "ibuf-macs" "\
14158 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
14159
14160 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
14161 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
14162 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
14163
14164 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
14165 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
14166 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
14167 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
14168 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
14169 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
14170
14171 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
14172 title of the column.
14173
14174 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
14175 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
14176 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
14177 change its definition, you should explicitly call
14178 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
14179
14180 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14181
14182 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-sorter "ibuf-macs" "\
14183 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
14184 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
14185 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
14186 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
14187
14188 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
14189 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
14190 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
14191
14192 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14193
14194 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-op "ibuf-macs" "\
14195 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
14196 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
14197 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
14198 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
14199 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
14200
14201 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
14202 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
14203 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
14204 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
14205 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
14206 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
14207 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
14208 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
14209 values are:
14210 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
14211 t - the function it always modifies buffers
14212 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
14213 buffer's modification flag.
14214 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
14215 prompted before performing this operation.
14216 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
14217 operation is complete, in the form:
14218 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
14219 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
14220 confirmation message, in the form:
14221 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
14222 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
14223 macro for exactly what it does.
14224
14225 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14226
14227 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-filter "ibuf-macs" "\
14228 Define a filter named NAME.
14229 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
14230 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
14231 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
14232
14233 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
14234 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
14235 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
14236 bound to the current value of the filter.
14237
14238 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14239
14240 ;;;***
14241 \f
14242 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
14243 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (20647 29243 972198 0))
14244 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
14245
14246 (autoload 'ibuffer-list-buffers "ibuffer" "\
14247 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14248 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14249 buffers which are visiting a file.
14250
14251 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14252
14253 (autoload 'ibuffer-other-window "ibuffer" "\
14254 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14255 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14256 buffers which are visiting a file.
14257
14258 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14259
14260 (autoload 'ibuffer "ibuffer" "\
14261 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14262 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14263
14264 All arguments are optional.
14265 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14266 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
14267 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14268 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14269 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14270 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
14271 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14272 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14273 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14274 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14275 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14276 that value locally in this buffer.
14277
14278 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
14279
14280 ;;;***
14281 \f
14282 ;;;### (autoloads (icalendar-import-buffer icalendar-import-file
14283 ;;;;;; icalendar-export-region icalendar-export-file) "icalendar"
14284 ;;;;;; "calendar/icalendar.el" (20593 22184 581574 0))
14285 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14286
14287 (autoload 'icalendar-export-file "icalendar" "\
14288 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14289 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14290 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14291
14292 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14293
14294 (autoload 'icalendar-export-region "icalendar" "\
14295 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14296 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14297 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14298 ICAL-FILENAME.
14299 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14300 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14301 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14302
14303 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14304
14305 (autoload 'icalendar-import-file "icalendar" "\
14306 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14307 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14308 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14309 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14310 non-marking or not.
14311
14312 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14313
14314 (autoload 'icalendar-import-buffer "icalendar" "\
14315 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14316
14317 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14318 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14319 DIARY-FILE.
14320
14321 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14322 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14323 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
14324
14325 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14326 non-marking.
14327
14328 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14329 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
14330 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14331
14332 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14333
14334 ;;;***
14335 \f
14336 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (20688
14337 ;;;;;; 20662 910837 0))
14338 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14339
14340 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
14341 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14342 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14343 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14344 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14345 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14346
14347 (custom-autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" nil)
14348
14349 (autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" "\
14350 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion (Icomplete mode).
14351 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Icomplete mode if ARG is
14352 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14353 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14354
14355 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14356
14357 ;;;***
14358 \f
14359 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (20355 10021
14360 ;;;;;; 546955 0))
14361 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14362
14363 (autoload 'icon-mode "icon" "\
14364 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14365 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14366 Tab indents for Icon code.
14367 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14368 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14369 \\{icon-mode-map}
14370 Variables controlling indentation style:
14371 icon-tab-always-indent
14372 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14373 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14374 icon-auto-newline
14375 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14376 inserted in Icon code.
14377 icon-indent-level
14378 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14379 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14380 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14381 icon-continued-statement-offset
14382 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14383 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14384 icon-continued-brace-offset
14385 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14386 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14387 icon-brace-offset
14388 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14389 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14390 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14391 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14392
14393 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14394 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14395
14396 \(fn)" t nil)
14397
14398 ;;;***
14399 \f
14400 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
14401 ;;;;;; (20572 16038 402143 0))
14402 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14403
14404 (autoload 'idlwave-shell "idlw-shell" "\
14405 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14406 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14407 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14408
14409 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14410 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14411 separate frames.
14412
14413 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14414 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14415
14416 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14417 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14418 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14419
14420 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14421
14422 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
14423
14424 ;;;***
14425 \f
14426 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
14427 ;;;;;; (20576 42138 697312 0))
14428 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14429
14430 (autoload 'idlwave-mode "idlwave" "\
14431 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
14432
14433 The main features of this mode are
14434
14435 1. Indentation and Formatting
14436 --------------------------
14437 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14438 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14439
14440 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14441 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14442 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14443 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14444
14445 Comments are indented as follows:
14446
14447 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14448 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14449 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14450
14451 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14452
14453 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14454 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14455 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14456 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14457 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14458 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14459
14460 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14461 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14462 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14463 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14464
14465 2. Routine Info
14466 ------------
14467 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14468 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14469 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14470 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14471 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14472 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14473 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14474 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14475 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14476 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14477
14478 3. Online IDL Help
14479 ---------------
14480
14481 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14482 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
14483 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
14484 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14485
14486 4. Completion
14487 ----------
14488 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14489 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14490 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14491 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14492 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14493 upper case.
14494
14495 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14496 --------------------------------
14497 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14498 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples:
14499
14500 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14501 \\fu FUNCTION template
14502 \\c CASE statement template
14503 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14504 \\f FOR loop template
14505 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14506 \\w WHILE loop template
14507 \\i IF statement template
14508 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14509 \\b BEGIN
14510
14511 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14512 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14513
14514 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14515 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14516 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14517 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14518
14519 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14520 -------------------------
14521 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14522 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14523
14524 7. Automatic END completion
14525 ------------------------
14526 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14527 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14528
14529 8. Hooks
14530 -----
14531 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14532 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14533
14534 9. Documentation and Customization
14535 -------------------------------
14536 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14537 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14538 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14539 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at URL `http://idlwave.org'.
14540 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14541
14542 10.Keybindings
14543 -----------
14544 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14545 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14546 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14547
14548 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14549
14550 \(fn)" t nil)
14551
14552 ;;;***
14553 \f
14554 ;;;### (autoloads (ido-completing-read ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name
14555 ;;;;;; ido-read-buffer ido-dired ido-insert-file ido-write-file
14556 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-other-frame ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame
14557 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-read-only-other-window ido-find-file-read-only
14558 ;;;;;; ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window ido-find-file
14559 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame ido-insert-buffer
14560 ;;;;;; ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window
14561 ;;;;;; ido-switch-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido" "ido.el" (20665
14562 ;;;;;; 23733 615437 420000))
14563 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14564
14565 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
14566 Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior
14567 should be enabled. The following values are possible:
14568 - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14569 displaying...)
14570 - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14571 - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
14572 - `nil': Turn off any ido switching.
14573
14574 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14575 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14576
14577 (custom-autoload 'ido-mode "ido" nil)
14578
14579 (autoload 'ido-mode "ido" "\
14580 Toggle ido mode on or off.
14581 With ARG, turn ido-mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14582 Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14583 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14584 commands to the ido versions of these functions.
14585 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
14586 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
14587 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14588
14589 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14590
14591 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer "ido" "\
14592 Switch to another buffer.
14593 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14594 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14595 in another frame.
14596
14597 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14598 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14599 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14600 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14601 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14602
14603 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
14604 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14605
14606 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14607
14608 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14609 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14610 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14611 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14612 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14613 in a separate window.
14614 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14615 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14616 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14617 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14618 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14619 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14620 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14621 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14622 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14623
14624 \(fn)" t nil)
14625
14626 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-window "ido" "\
14627 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14628 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14629 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14630
14631 \(fn)" t nil)
14632
14633 (autoload 'ido-display-buffer "ido" "\
14634 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14635 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14636 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14637
14638 \(fn)" t nil)
14639
14640 (autoload 'ido-kill-buffer "ido" "\
14641 Kill a buffer.
14642 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14643 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14644
14645 \(fn)" t nil)
14646
14647 (autoload 'ido-insert-buffer "ido" "\
14648 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14649 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14650 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14651
14652 \(fn)" t nil)
14653
14654 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-frame "ido" "\
14655 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14656 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14657 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14658
14659 \(fn)" t nil)
14660
14661 (autoload 'ido-find-file-in-dir "ido" "\
14662 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14663
14664 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
14665
14666 (autoload 'ido-find-file "ido" "\
14667 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14668 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14669 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
14670 visible in another frame.
14671
14672 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14673 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14674 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14675 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14676 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14677 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14678
14679 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
14680 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14681
14682 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14683
14684 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14685 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14686 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14687 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14688 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14689 in a separate window.
14690 \\[ido-magic-delete-char] Open the specified directory in Dired mode.
14691 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14692 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
14693 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
14694 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
14695 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
14696 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
14697 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
14698 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14699 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14700 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14701 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14702 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14703 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14704 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14705
14706 \(fn)" t nil)
14707
14708 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-window "ido" "\
14709 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14710 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14711 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14712
14713 \(fn)" t nil)
14714
14715 (autoload 'ido-find-alternate-file "ido" "\
14716 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14717 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14718 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14719
14720 \(fn)" t nil)
14721
14722 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only "ido" "\
14723 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14724 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14725 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14726
14727 \(fn)" t nil)
14728
14729 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-window "ido" "\
14730 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14731 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14732 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14733
14734 \(fn)" t nil)
14735
14736 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame "ido" "\
14737 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14738 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14739 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14740
14741 \(fn)" t nil)
14742
14743 (autoload 'ido-display-file "ido" "\
14744 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14745 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14746 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14747
14748 \(fn)" t nil)
14749
14750 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-frame "ido" "\
14751 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14752 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14753 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14754
14755 \(fn)" t nil)
14756
14757 (autoload 'ido-write-file "ido" "\
14758 Write current buffer to a file.
14759 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14760 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14761
14762 \(fn)" t nil)
14763
14764 (autoload 'ido-insert-file "ido" "\
14765 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14766 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14767 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14768
14769 \(fn)" t nil)
14770
14771 (autoload 'ido-dired "ido" "\
14772 Call `dired' the ido way.
14773 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14774 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14775
14776 \(fn)" t nil)
14777
14778 (autoload 'ido-read-buffer "ido" "\
14779 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
14780 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14781 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
14782 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14783 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14784
14785 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
14786
14787 (autoload 'ido-read-file-name "ido" "\
14788 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14789 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14790 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14791
14792 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14793
14794 (autoload 'ido-read-directory-name "ido" "\
14795 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14796 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14797 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14798
14799 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
14800
14801 (autoload 'ido-completing-read "ido" "\
14802 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14803 Read a string in the minibuffer with ido-style completion.
14804 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14805 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14806 PREDICATE and INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD is currently ignored; it is included
14807 to be compatible with `completing-read'.
14808 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14809 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14810 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14811 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14812 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14813 with point positioned at the end.
14814 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
14815 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
14816
14817 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
14818
14819 ;;;***
14820 \f
14821 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (20566 63671 243798 0))
14822 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
14823
14824 (autoload 'ielm "ielm" "\
14825 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
14826 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
14827
14828 \(fn)" t nil)
14829
14830 ;;;***
14831 \f
14832 ;;;### (autoloads (iimage-mode) "iimage" "iimage.el" (20355 10021
14833 ;;;;;; 546955 0))
14834 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
14835
14836 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-iimage-mode 'iimage-mode "24.1")
14837
14838 (autoload 'iimage-mode "iimage" "\
14839 Toggle Iimage mode on or off.
14840 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Iimage mode if ARG is
14841 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14842 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
14843 \\{iimage-mode-map}
14844
14845 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14846
14847 ;;;***
14848 \f
14849 ;;;### (autoloads (imagemagick-register-types defimage find-image
14850 ;;;;;; remove-images insert-sliced-image insert-image put-image
14851 ;;;;;; create-image image-type-auto-detected-p image-type-available-p
14852 ;;;;;; image-type image-type-from-file-name image-type-from-file-header
14853 ;;;;;; image-type-from-buffer image-type-from-data) "image" "image.el"
14854 ;;;;;; (20648 50109 802321 0))
14855 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
14856
14857 (autoload 'image-type-from-data "image" "\
14858 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
14859 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14860 be determined.
14861
14862 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
14863
14864 (autoload 'image-type-from-buffer "image" "\
14865 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
14866 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14867 be determined.
14868
14869 \(fn)" nil nil)
14870
14871 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-header "image" "\
14872 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
14873 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14874 be determined.
14875
14876 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14877
14878 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-name "image" "\
14879 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
14880 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14881 be determined.
14882
14883 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14884
14885 (autoload 'image-type "image" "\
14886 Determine and return image type.
14887 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
14888 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14889 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14890 of image data. If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
14891 use its file extension as image type.
14892 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
14893
14894 \(fn SOURCE &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
14895
14896 (autoload 'image-type-available-p "image" "\
14897 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
14898 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
14899
14900 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
14901
14902 (autoload 'image-type-auto-detected-p "image" "\
14903 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
14904 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
14905
14906 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
14907 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
14908 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
14909 non-nil value. If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
14910 must be available.
14911
14912 \(fn)" nil nil)
14913
14914 (autoload 'create-image "image" "\
14915 Create an image.
14916 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14917 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14918 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14919 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14920 use its file extension as image type.
14921 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
14922 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
14923 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
14924 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
14925
14926 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14927
14928 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
14929 \"images\" sub-directory of `data-directory' and
14930 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
14931
14932 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
14933
14934 (autoload 'put-image "image" "\
14935 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
14936 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
14937 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
14938 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
14939 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
14940 The overlay created will have the `put-image' property set to t.
14941 POS may be an integer or marker.
14942 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14943 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14944 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14945 means display it in the right marginal area.
14946
14947 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
14948
14949 (autoload 'insert-image "image" "\
14950 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14951 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14952 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING
14953 defaults to a single space if you omit it.
14954 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14955 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14956 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14957 means display it in the right marginal area.
14958 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
14959 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
14960 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
14961 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
14962 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
14963
14964 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
14965
14966 (autoload 'insert-sliced-image "image" "\
14967 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14968 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14969 with a `display' property whose value is the image. The default
14970 STRING is a single space.
14971 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14972 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14973 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14974 means display it in the right marginal area.
14975 The image is automatically split into ROWS x COLS slices.
14976
14977 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
14978
14979 (autoload 'remove-images "image" "\
14980 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
14981 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
14982 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
14983
14984 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
14985
14986 (autoload 'find-image "image" "\
14987 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
14988
14989 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
14990
14991 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
14992 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
14993 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14994 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
14995 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
14996 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
14997 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
14998 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
14999 satisfied.
15000
15001 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
15002
15003 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15004
15005 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
15006
15007 (autoload 'defimage "image" "\
15008 Define SYMBOL as an image.
15009
15010 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
15011 documentation string.
15012
15013 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15014 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15015 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15016 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15017 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15018 string containing the actual image data. The first image
15019 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
15020 define SYMBOL.
15021
15022 Example:
15023
15024 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
15025 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
15026
15027 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil t)
15028
15029 (put 'defimage 'doc-string-elt '3)
15030
15031 (autoload 'imagemagick-register-types "image" "\
15032 Register file types that can be handled by ImageMagick.
15033 This function is called at startup, after loading the init file.
15034 It registers the ImageMagick types returned by `imagemagick-filter-types'.
15035
15036 Registered image types are added to `auto-mode-alist', so that
15037 Emacs visits them in Image mode. They are also added to
15038 `image-type-file-name-regexps', so that the `image-type' function
15039 recognizes these files as having image type `imagemagick'.
15040
15041 If Emacs is compiled without ImageMagick support, this does nothing.
15042
15043 \(fn)" nil nil)
15044
15045 ;;;***
15046 \f
15047 ;;;### (autoloads (image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags image-dired-mark-tagged-files
15048 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-comment-files image-dired-dired-display-image
15049 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-display-external image-dired-display-thumb
15050 ;;;;;; image-dired-display-thumbs-append image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings
15051 ;;;;;; image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer image-dired-delete-tag
15052 ;;;;;; image-dired-tag-files image-dired-show-all-from-dir image-dired-display-thumbs
15053 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration image-dired-dired-toggle-marked-thumbs)
15054 ;;;;;; "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (20648 50109 802321 0))
15055 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
15056
15057 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-toggle-marked-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15058 Toggle thumbnails in front of file names in the dired buffer.
15059 If no marked file could be found, insert or hide thumbnails on the
15060 current line. ARG, if non-nil, specifies the files to use instead
15061 of the marked files. If ARG is an integer, use the next ARG (or
15062 previous -ARG, if ARG<0) files.
15063
15064 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15065
15066 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration "image-dired" "\
15067 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
15068
15069 Convenience command that:
15070
15071 - Opens dired in folder DIR
15072 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
15073 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
15074
15075 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
15076 image files in dired and type
15077 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
15078
15079 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
15080
15081 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
15082 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
15083
15084 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
15085
15086 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15087 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15088 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
15089 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
15090 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
15091 another one).
15092
15093 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
15094 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
15095 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
15096
15097 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
15098 instead of erasing it first.
15099
15100 Optional argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
15101 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
15102 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
15103 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
15104 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
15105 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
15106
15107 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
15108
15109 (autoload 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir "image-dired" "\
15110 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
15111 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
15112 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
15113 displayed.
15114
15115 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
15116
15117 (defalias 'image-dired 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
15118
15119 (defalias 'tumme 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
15120
15121 (autoload 'image-dired-tag-files "image-dired" "\
15122 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
15123
15124 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15125
15126 (autoload 'image-dired-delete-tag "image-dired" "\
15127 Remove tag for selected file(s).
15128 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
15129
15130 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15131
15132 (autoload 'image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer "image-dired" "\
15133 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
15134
15135 \(fn)" t nil)
15136
15137 (autoload 'image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings "image-dired" "\
15138 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
15139 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
15140 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
15141
15142 \(fn)" t nil)
15143
15144 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs-append "image-dired" "\
15145 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15146
15147 \(fn)" t nil)
15148
15149 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumb "image-dired" "\
15150 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
15151
15152 \(fn)" t nil)
15153
15154 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-external "image-dired" "\
15155 Display file at point using an external viewer.
15156
15157 \(fn)" t nil)
15158
15159 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-image "image-dired" "\
15160 Display current image file.
15161 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
15162 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
15163
15164 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15165
15166 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-comment-files "image-dired" "\
15167 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
15168
15169 \(fn)" t nil)
15170
15171 (autoload 'image-dired-mark-tagged-files "image-dired" "\
15172 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
15173 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
15174 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
15175 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
15176 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
15177 matching tag will be marked in the dired buffer.
15178
15179 \(fn)" t nil)
15180
15181 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags "image-dired" "\
15182 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
15183 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
15184 easy-to-use form.
15185
15186 \(fn)" t nil)
15187
15188 ;;;***
15189 \f
15190 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
15191 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
15192 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
15193 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
15194
15195 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (purecopy '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg")) "\
15196 A list of image-file filename extensions.
15197 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
15198 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
15199
15200 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
15201 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15202 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15203 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15204
15205 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-extensions "image-file" nil)
15206
15207 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
15208 List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
15209 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
15210 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
15211
15212 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
15213 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15214 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15215 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15216
15217 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-regexps "image-file" nil)
15218
15219 (autoload 'image-file-name-regexp "image-file" "\
15220 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
15221
15222 \(fn)" nil nil)
15223
15224 (autoload 'insert-image-file "image-file" "\
15225 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
15226 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
15227 the command `insert-file-contents'.
15228
15229 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
15230
15231 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
15232 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
15233 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15234 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15235 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15236 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
15237
15238 (custom-autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" nil)
15239
15240 (autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" "\
15241 Toggle visiting of image files as images (Auto Image File mode).
15242 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Image File mode if ARG is
15243 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15244 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15245
15246 An image file is one whose name has an extension in
15247 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
15248 `image-file-name-regexps'.
15249
15250 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15251
15252 ;;;***
15253 \f
15254 ;;;### (autoloads (image-bookmark-jump image-mode-as-text image-minor-mode
15255 ;;;;;; image-mode) "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (20656 44218 805102
15256 ;;;;;; 0))
15257 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
15258
15259 (autoload 'image-mode "image-mode" "\
15260 Major mode for image files.
15261 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
15262 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
15263
15264 \(fn)" t nil)
15265
15266 (autoload 'image-minor-mode "image-mode" "\
15267 Toggle Image minor mode in this buffer.
15268 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Image minor mode if ARG is
15269 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15270 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15271
15272 Image minor mode provides the key \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display],
15273 to switch back to `image-mode' and display an image file as the
15274 actual image.
15275
15276 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15277
15278 (autoload 'image-mode-as-text "image-mode" "\
15279 Set a non-image mode as major mode in combination with image minor mode.
15280 A non-image major mode found from `auto-mode-alist' or Fundamental mode
15281 displays an image file as text. `image-minor-mode' provides the key
15282 \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] to switch back to `image-mode'
15283 to display an image file as the actual image.
15284
15285 You can use `image-mode-as-text' in `auto-mode-alist' when you want
15286 to display an image file as text initially.
15287
15288 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more information
15289 on these modes.
15290
15291 \(fn)" t nil)
15292
15293 (autoload 'image-bookmark-jump "image-mode" "\
15294
15295
15296 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15297
15298 ;;;***
15299 \f
15300 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
15301 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (20644 53049 326201
15302 ;;;;;; 0))
15303 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15304
15305 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
15306 The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15307
15308 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15309
15310 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15311 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15312 in the buffer.
15313
15314 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15315
15316 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15317 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
15318 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15319
15320 (custom-autoload 'imenu-sort-function "imenu" t)
15321
15322 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
15323 List of definition matchers for creating an Imenu index.
15324 Each element of this list should have the form
15325
15326 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX [FUNCTION] [ARGUMENTS...])
15327
15328 MENU-TITLE should be nil (in which case the matches for this
15329 element are put in the top level of the buffer index) or a
15330 string (which specifies the title of a submenu into which the
15331 matches are put).
15332 REGEXP is a regular expression matching a definition construct
15333 which is to be displayed in the menu. REGEXP may also be a
15334 function, called without arguments. It is expected to search
15335 backwards. It must return true and set `match-data' if it finds
15336 another element.
15337 INDEX is an integer specifying which subexpression of REGEXP
15338 matches the definition's name; this subexpression is displayed as
15339 the menu item.
15340 FUNCTION, if present, specifies a function to call when the index
15341 item is selected by the user. This function is called with
15342 arguments consisting of the item name, the buffer position, and
15343 the ARGUMENTS.
15344
15345 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not
15346 the regexp matches are case sensitive, and `imenu-syntax-alist'
15347 can be used to alter the syntax table for the search.
15348
15349 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15350 create a buffer index.
15351
15352 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression'
15353 used by `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to
15354 give the characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax
15355 \"word\" syntax during matching.")
15356 (put 'imenu-generic-expression 'risky-local-variable t)
15357
15358 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression)
15359
15360 (defvar imenu-create-index-function 'imenu-default-create-index-function "\
15361 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15362
15363 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15364 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
15365 called within a `save-excursion'.
15366
15367 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15368
15369 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-create-index-function)
15370
15371 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function 'beginning-of-defun "\
15372 Function for finding the next index position.
15373
15374 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15375 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15376 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15377 file.
15378
15379 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15380 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15381
15382 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-prev-index-position-function)
15383
15384 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
15385 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15386
15387 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15388 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15389 It should return the name for that index item.")
15390
15391 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-extract-index-name-function)
15392
15393 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
15394 Function to compare string with index item.
15395
15396 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15397 non-nil if they match.
15398
15399 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15400 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15401 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
15402 arguments match\".")
15403
15404 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-name-lookup-function)
15405
15406 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function 'imenu-default-goto-function "\
15407 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15408 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
15409
15410 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-default-goto-function)
15411 (put 'imenu--index-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
15412
15413 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-syntax-alist)
15414
15415 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-case-fold-search)
15416
15417 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar "imenu" "\
15418 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15419 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15420 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15421
15422 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
15423
15424 (autoload 'imenu-add-menubar-index "imenu" "\
15425 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
15426
15427 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15428
15429 \(fn)" t nil)
15430
15431 (autoload 'imenu "imenu" "\
15432 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15433 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15434 for more information.
15435
15436 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
15437
15438 ;;;***
15439 \f
15440 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-2-column-to-ucs-region in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
15441 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
15442 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
15443 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15444
15445 (autoload 'indian-compose-region "ind-util" "\
15446 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15447
15448 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15449
15450 (autoload 'indian-compose-string "ind-util" "\
15451
15452
15453 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15454
15455 (autoload 'in-is13194-post-read-conversion "ind-util" "\
15456
15457
15458 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15459
15460 (autoload 'in-is13194-pre-write-conversion "ind-util" "\
15461
15462
15463 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
15464
15465 (autoload 'indian-2-column-to-ucs-region "ind-util" "\
15466 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
15467
15468 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15469
15470 ;;;***
15471 \f
15472 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el"
15473 ;;;;;; (20584 7212 455152 0))
15474 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15475
15476 (autoload 'inferior-lisp "inf-lisp" "\
15477 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15478 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15479 to that buffer.
15480 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15481 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15482 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15483 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15484
15485 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
15486
15487 (defalias 'run-lisp 'inferior-lisp)
15488
15489 ;;;***
15490 \f
15491 ;;;### (autoloads (info-display-manual Info-bookmark-jump Info-speedbar-browser
15492 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node Info-goto-emacs-command-node
15493 ;;;;;; Info-mode info-finder info-apropos Info-index Info-directory
15494 ;;;;;; Info-on-current-buffer info-standalone info-emacs-bug info-emacs-manual
15495 ;;;;;; info info-other-window) "info" "info.el" (20702 53568 929244
15496 ;;;;;; 0))
15497 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15498
15499 (defcustom Info-default-directory-list (let* ((config-dir (file-name-as-directory (or (and (featurep 'ns) (let ((dir (expand-file-name "../info" data-directory))) (if (file-directory-p dir) dir))) configure-info-directory))) (prefixes (prune-directory-list '("/usr/local/" "/usr/" "/opt/" "/"))) (suffixes '("share/" "" "gnu/" "gnu/lib/" "gnu/lib/emacs/" "emacs/" "lib/" "lib/emacs/")) (standard-info-dirs (apply #'nconc (mapcar (lambda (pfx) (let ((dirs (mapcar (lambda (sfx) (concat pfx sfx "info/")) suffixes))) (prune-directory-list dirs))) prefixes))) (dirs (if (member config-dir standard-info-dirs) (nconc standard-info-dirs (list config-dir)) (cons config-dir standard-info-dirs)))) (if (not (eq system-type 'windows-nt)) dirs (let* ((instdir (file-name-directory invocation-directory)) (dir1 (expand-file-name "../info/" instdir)) (dir2 (expand-file-name "../../../info/" instdir))) (cond ((file-exists-p dir1) (append dirs (list dir1))) ((file-exists-p dir2) (append dirs (list dir2))) (t dirs))))) "\
15500 Default list of directories to search for Info documentation files.
15501 They are searched in the order they are given in the list.
15502 Therefore, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs
15503 normally should come last (so that local files override standard ones),
15504 unless Emacs is installed into a non-standard directory. In the latter
15505 case, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs should be
15506 first in this list.
15507
15508 Once Info is started, the list of directories to search
15509 comes from the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15510 This variable `Info-default-directory-list' is used as the default
15511 for initializing `Info-directory-list' when Info is started, unless
15512 the environment variable INFOPATH is set.
15513
15514 Although this is a customizable variable, that is mainly for technical
15515 reasons. Normally, you should either set INFOPATH or customize
15516 `Info-additional-directory-list', rather than changing this variable." :initialize (quote custom-initialize-delay) :type (quote (repeat directory)) :group (quote info))
15517
15518 (autoload 'info-other-window "info" "\
15519 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15520
15521 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15522 (put 'info 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15523
15524 (autoload 'info "info" "\
15525 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15526 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15527 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15528 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15529 \"(FILENAME)NODENAME\".
15530 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15531 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15532 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15533 with the top-level Info directory.
15534
15535 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15536 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15537
15538 A numeric prefix argument N selects an Info buffer named
15539 \"*info*<%s>\".
15540
15541 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15542 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15543 in all the directories in that path.
15544
15545 See a list of available Info commands in `Info-mode'.
15546
15547 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15548
15549 (autoload 'info-emacs-manual "info" "\
15550 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15551
15552 \(fn)" t nil)
15553
15554 (autoload 'info-emacs-bug "info" "\
15555 Display the \"Reporting Bugs\" section of the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15556
15557 \(fn)" t nil)
15558
15559 (autoload 'info-standalone "info" "\
15560 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15561 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15562 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15563
15564 \(fn)" nil nil)
15565
15566 (autoload 'Info-on-current-buffer "info" "\
15567 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15568 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15569 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15570
15571 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15572
15573 (autoload 'Info-directory "info" "\
15574 Go to the Info directory node.
15575
15576 \(fn)" t nil)
15577
15578 (autoload 'Info-index "info" "\
15579 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15580 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15581 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15582 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15583 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15584
15585 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15586
15587 (autoload 'info-apropos "info" "\
15588 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15589 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15590
15591 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
15592
15593 (autoload 'info-finder "info" "\
15594 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder virtual manual.
15595 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command to read
15596 a list of keywords separated by comma. After that, it displays a node
15597 with a list of packages that contain all specified keywords.
15598
15599 \(fn &optional KEYWORDS)" t nil)
15600
15601 (autoload 'Info-mode "info" "\
15602 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15603 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15604 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15605 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15606
15607 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15608 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15609
15610 Selecting other nodes:
15611 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15612 Follow a node reference you click on.
15613 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15614 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15615 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15616 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15617 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15618 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15619 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15620 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15621 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15622 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15623 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15624 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15625 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15626 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15627 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15628 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15629 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15630 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15631 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15632 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15633
15634 Moving within a node:
15635 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15636 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15637 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15638 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15639 move up to the parent node.
15640 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15641 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15642 if there is none.
15643 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15644
15645 Advanced commands:
15646 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15647 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15648 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15649 \\[isearch-forward], \\[isearch-forward-regexp] Use Isearch to search through multiple Info nodes.
15650 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15651 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15652 \\[Info-virtual-index] Look for a string and display the index node with results.
15653 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15654 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15655 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15656 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15657 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15658 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15659 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15660 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15661 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15662
15663 \(fn)" t nil)
15664 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15665
15666 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node "info" "\
15667 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15668 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15669 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15670 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15671 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15672
15673 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15674 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15675
15676 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node "info" "\
15677 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15678 KEY is a string.
15679 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15680 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15681 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15682 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15683
15684 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
15685
15686 (autoload 'Info-speedbar-browser "info" "\
15687 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15688 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15689
15690 \(fn)" t nil)
15691
15692 (autoload 'Info-bookmark-jump "info" "\
15693 This implements the `handler' function interface for the record
15694 type returned by `Info-bookmark-make-record', which see.
15695
15696 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15697
15698 (autoload 'info-display-manual "info" "\
15699 Display an Info buffer displaying MANUAL.
15700 If there is an existing Info buffer for MANUAL, display it.
15701 Otherwise, visit the manual in a new Info buffer.
15702
15703 \(fn MANUAL)" t nil)
15704
15705 ;;;***
15706 \f
15707 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
15708 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
15709 ;;;;;; (20474 44971 970015 0))
15710 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15711
15712 (autoload 'info-lookup-reset "info-look" "\
15713 Throw away all cached data.
15714 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15715 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15716 system.
15717
15718 \(fn)" t nil)
15719 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
15720
15721 (autoload 'info-lookup-symbol "info-look" "\
15722 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15723 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
15724 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
15725 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
15726 one found at point.
15727
15728 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15729
15730 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
15731 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
15732
15733 (autoload 'info-lookup-file "info-look" "\
15734 Display the documentation of a file.
15735 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15736 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15737 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15738 The default file name is the one found at point.
15739
15740 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
15741
15742 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
15743
15744 (autoload 'info-complete-symbol "info-look" "\
15745 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15746
15747 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15748
15749 (autoload 'info-complete-file "info-look" "\
15750 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15751
15752 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15753
15754 ;;;***
15755 \f
15756 ;;;### (autoloads (info-xref-docstrings info-xref-check-all-custom
15757 ;;;;;; info-xref-check-all info-xref-check) "info-xref" "info-xref.el"
15758 ;;;;;; (20476 31768 298871 0))
15759 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15760
15761 (autoload 'info-xref-check "info-xref" "\
15762 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15763 Interactively from an `Info-mode' or `texinfo-mode' buffer the
15764 current info file is the default.
15765
15766 Results are shown in a `compilation-mode' buffer. The format is
15767 a bit rough, but there shouldn't be many problems normally. The
15768 file:line:column: is the info document, but of course normally
15769 any correction should be made in the original .texi file.
15770 Finding the right place in the .texi is a manual process.
15771
15772 When a target info file doesn't exist there's obviously no way to
15773 validate node references within it. A message is given for
15774 missing target files once per source document. It could be
15775 simply that you don't have the target installed, or it could be a
15776 mistake in the reference.
15777
15778 Indirect info files are understood, just pass the top-level
15779 foo.info to `info-xref-check' and it traverses all sub-files.
15780 Compressed info files are accepted too as usual for `Info-mode'.
15781
15782 \"makeinfo\" checks references internal to an info document, but
15783 not external references, which makes it rather easy for mistakes
15784 to creep in or node name changes to go unnoticed.
15785 `Info-validate' doesn't check external references either.
15786
15787 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
15788
15789 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all "info-xref" "\
15790 Check external references in all info documents in the info path.
15791 `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list' are
15792 the info paths. See `info-xref-check' for how each file is
15793 checked.
15794
15795 The search for \"all\" info files is rather permissive, since
15796 info files don't necessarily have a \".info\" extension and in
15797 particular the Emacs manuals normally don't. If you have a
15798 source code directory in `Info-directory-list' then a lot of
15799 extraneous files might be read. This will be time consuming but
15800 should be harmless.
15801
15802 \(fn)" t nil)
15803
15804 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all-custom "info-xref" "\
15805 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
15806 Info references can be in `custom-manual' or `info-link' entries
15807 of the `custom-links' for a variable.
15808
15809 Any `custom-load' autoloads in variables are loaded in order to
15810 get full link information. This will be a lot of Lisp packages
15811 and can take a long time.
15812
15813 \(fn)" t nil)
15814
15815 (autoload 'info-xref-docstrings "info-xref" "\
15816 Check docstring info node references in source files.
15817 The given files are searched for docstring hyperlinks like
15818
15819 Info node `(elisp)Documentation Tips'
15820
15821 and those links checked by attempting to visit the target nodes
15822 as per `info-xref-check' does.
15823
15824 Interactively filenames are read as a wildcard pattern like
15825 \"foo*.el\", with the current file as a default. Usually this
15826 will be lisp sources, but anything with such hyperlinks can be
15827 checked, including the Emacs .c sources (or the etc/DOC file of
15828 all builtins).
15829
15830 Because info node hyperlinks are found by a simple regexp search
15831 in the files, the Lisp code checked doesn't have to be loaded,
15832 and links can be in the file commentary or elsewhere too. Even
15833 .elc files can usually be checked successfully if you don't have
15834 the sources handy.
15835
15836 \(fn FILENAME-LIST)" t nil)
15837
15838 ;;;***
15839 \f
15840 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-split-threshold
15841 ;;;;;; Info-tagify) "informat" "informat.el" (20355 10021 546955
15842 ;;;;;; 0))
15843 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
15844
15845 (autoload 'Info-tagify "informat" "\
15846 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
15847
15848 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
15849
15850 (defvar Info-split-threshold 262144 "\
15851 The number of characters by which `Info-split' splits an info file.")
15852
15853 (custom-autoload 'Info-split-threshold "informat" t)
15854
15855 (autoload 'Info-split "informat" "\
15856 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
15857 Each subfile will be up to the number of characters that
15858 `Info-split-threshold' specifies, plus one node.
15859
15860 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
15861 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
15862 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
15863
15864 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
15865 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
15866 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
15867 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
15868
15869 \(fn)" t nil)
15870
15871 (autoload 'Info-validate "informat" "\
15872 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
15873 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
15874
15875 \(fn)" t nil)
15876
15877 (autoload 'batch-info-validate "informat" "\
15878 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
15879 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
15880 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
15881 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
15882
15883 \(fn)" nil nil)
15884
15885 ;;;***
15886 \f
15887 ;;;### (autoloads (inversion-require-emacs) "inversion" "cedet/inversion.el"
15888 ;;;;;; (20590 45996 129575 0))
15889 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/inversion.el
15890
15891 (autoload 'inversion-require-emacs "inversion" "\
15892 Declare that you need either EMACS-VER, XEMACS-VER or SXEMACS-ver.
15893 Only checks one based on which kind of Emacs is being run.
15894
15895 \(fn EMACS-VER XEMACS-VER SXEMACS-VER)" nil nil)
15896
15897 ;;;***
15898 \f
15899 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
15900 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
15901 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
15902 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
15903
15904 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-specified-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15905 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
15906
15907 \(fn)" t nil)
15908
15909 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15910 Toggle input method in interactive search.
15911
15912 \(fn)" t nil)
15913
15914 (autoload 'isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters "isearch-x" "\
15915
15916
15917 \(fn LAST-CHAR)" nil nil)
15918
15919 ;;;***
15920 \f
15921 ;;;### (autoloads (isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (20355
15922 ;;;;;; 10021 546955 0))
15923 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
15924
15925 (autoload 'isearchb-activate "isearchb" "\
15926 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
15927 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
15928 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
15929 accessed via isearchb.
15930
15931 \(fn)" t nil)
15932
15933 ;;;***
15934 \f
15935 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
15936 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
15937 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
15938 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
15939 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
15940
15941 (autoload 'iso-spanish "iso-cvt" "\
15942 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
15943 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15944 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
15945 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15946
15947 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15948
15949 (autoload 'iso-german "iso-cvt" "\
15950 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
15951 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
15952 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
15953 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15954
15955 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15956
15957 (autoload 'iso-iso2tex "iso-cvt" "\
15958 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
15959 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15960 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
15961 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15962
15963 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15964
15965 (autoload 'iso-tex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15966 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15967 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15968 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
15969 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15970
15971 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15972
15973 (autoload 'iso-gtex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15974 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15975 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15976 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
15977 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15978
15979 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15980
15981 (autoload 'iso-iso2gtex "iso-cvt" "\
15982 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15983 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15984 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
15985 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15986
15987 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15988
15989 (autoload 'iso-iso2duden "iso-cvt" "\
15990 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
15991 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15992 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
15993 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15994
15995 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15996
15997 (autoload 'iso-iso2sgml "iso-cvt" "\
15998 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
15999 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16000 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16001
16002 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16003
16004 (autoload 'iso-sgml2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16005 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16006 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16007 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16008
16009 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16010
16011 (autoload 'iso-cvt-read-only "iso-cvt" "\
16012 Warn that format is read-only.
16013
16014 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16015
16016 (autoload 'iso-cvt-write-only "iso-cvt" "\
16017 Warn that format is write-only.
16018
16019 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16020
16021 (autoload 'iso-cvt-define-menu "iso-cvt" "\
16022 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
16023
16024 \(fn)" t nil)
16025
16026 ;;;***
16027 \f
16028 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
16029 ;;;;;; (20486 36135 22104 0))
16030 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
16031 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
16032 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
16033
16034 ;;;***
16035 \f
16036 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
16037 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer-with-debug
16038 ;;;;;; ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary
16039 ;;;;;; ispell-kill-ispell ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word
16040 ;;;;;; ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el"
16041 ;;;;;; (20669 56247 196168 0))
16042 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
16043
16044 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
16045
16046 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
16047 File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
16048 If nil, the default personal dictionary, (\"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" for ispell or
16049 \"~/.aspell.LANG.pws\" for aspell) is used, where DICTNAME is the name of your
16050 default dictionary and LANG the two letter language code.")
16051
16052 (custom-autoload 'ispell-personal-dictionary "ispell" t)
16053
16054 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
16055
16056 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
16057 Key map for ispell menu.")
16058
16059 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
16060 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
16061 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
16062 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
16063
16064 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep 'xemacs)) 'reload))
16065
16066 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Change Dictionary...") ispell-change-dictionary :help ,(purecopy "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Kill Process") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-kill-ispell nil 'clear)) :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-process) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) 'run)) :help ,(purecopy "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Dictionary") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help ,(purecopy "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Customize...") (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group 'ispell)) :help ,(purecopy "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Help") (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help)) :help ,(purecopy "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)") flyspell-mode :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling while you edit the text") :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word") ispell-complete-word :help ,(purecopy "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word Fragment") ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help ,(purecopy "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
16067
16068 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Continue Spell-Checking") ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-region-end) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help ,(purecopy "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Word") ispell-word :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Comments") ispell-comments-and-strings :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
16069
16070 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Region") ispell-region :enable mark-active :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Message") ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode 'mail-mode) :help ,(purecopy "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Buffer") ispell-buffer :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
16071
16072 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist `((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) (,(purecopy "^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*") \, (purecopy "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*")) (,(purecopy "^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$") \, (purecopy "\nend\n")) (,(purecopy "^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0") \, (purecopy "\n%%EOF\n")) (,(purecopy "^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") \, (purecopy "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage")) (,(purecopy "\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
16073 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
16074 The alist key must be a regular expression.
16075 Valid forms include:
16076 (KEY) - just skip the key.
16077 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
16078 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
16079 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
16080
16081 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (purecopy '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
16082 Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
16083 First list is used raw.
16084 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
16085
16086 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
16087 for skipping in latex mode.")
16088
16089 (defconst ispell-html-skip-alists '(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]")) "\
16090 Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
16091 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'.
16092 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
16093 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
16094 (put 'ispell-local-pdict 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
16095 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
16096
16097 (autoload 'ispell-word "ispell" "\
16098 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
16099 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
16100 in a window allowing you to choose one.
16101
16102 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
16103 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
16104 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
16105 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
16106 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
16107
16108 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
16109 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
16110
16111 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
16112 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
16113
16114 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
16115 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
16116
16117 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
16118 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
16119
16120 Return values:
16121 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
16122 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
16123 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
16124 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
16125 quit spell session exited.
16126
16127 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE REGION)" t nil)
16128
16129 (autoload 'ispell-pdict-save "ispell" "\
16130 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
16131 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
16132
16133 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
16134
16135 (autoload 'ispell-help "ispell" "\
16136 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
16137
16138 Selections are:
16139
16140 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
16141 SPC: Accept word this time.
16142 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
16143 `a': Accept word for this session.
16144 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
16145 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
16146 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
16147 `?': Show these commands.
16148 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
16149 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
16150 the aborted check to be completed later.
16151 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
16152 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
16153 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
16154 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
16155 `C-l': Redraw screen.
16156 `C-r': Recursive edit.
16157 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
16158
16159 \(fn)" nil nil)
16160
16161 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell "ispell" "\
16162 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
16163 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
16164 With CLEAR, buffer session localwords are cleaned.
16165
16166 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR CLEAR)" t nil)
16167
16168 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary "ispell" "\
16169 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
16170 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
16171 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
16172
16173 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
16174
16175 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
16176
16177 (autoload 'ispell-region "ispell" "\
16178 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
16179 Return nil if spell session was terminated, otherwise returns shift offset
16180 amount for last line processed.
16181
16182 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
16183
16184 (autoload 'ispell-comments-and-strings "ispell" "\
16185 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
16186
16187 \(fn)" t nil)
16188
16189 (autoload 'ispell-buffer "ispell" "\
16190 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
16191
16192 \(fn)" t nil)
16193
16194 (autoload 'ispell-buffer-with-debug "ispell" "\
16195 `ispell-buffer' with some output sent to `ispell-debug-buffer' buffer.
16196 Use APPEND to append the info to previous buffer if exists.
16197
16198 \(fn &optional APPEND)" t nil)
16199
16200 (autoload 'ispell-continue "ispell" "\
16201 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
16202
16203 \(fn)" t nil)
16204
16205 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word "ispell" "\
16206 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
16207 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
16208 sequence inside of a word.
16209
16210 Standard ispell choices are then available.
16211
16212 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
16213
16214 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag "ispell" "\
16215 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
16216
16217 \(fn)" t nil)
16218
16219 (autoload 'ispell "ispell" "\
16220 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
16221 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
16222 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
16223
16224 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
16225 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
16226 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
16227 available on the net.
16228
16229 \(fn)" t nil)
16230
16231 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode "ispell" "\
16232 Toggle last-word spell checking (Ispell minor mode).
16233 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ispell minor mode if ARG is
16234 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16235 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16236
16237 Ispell minor mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled,
16238 typing SPC or RET warns you if the previous word is incorrectly
16239 spelled.
16240
16241 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored. To
16242 read them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word]
16243 SPC.
16244
16245 For spell-checking \"on the fly\", not just after typing SPC or
16246 RET, use `flyspell-mode'.
16247
16248 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16249
16250 (autoload 'ispell-message "ispell" "\
16251 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
16252 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
16253 Don't check included messages.
16254
16255 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
16256 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
16257 The `X' command aborts sending the message so that you can edit the buffer.
16258
16259 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
16260 in your init file:
16261 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
16262 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
16263 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
16264 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
16265
16266 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
16267 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
16268 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
16269
16270 \(fn)" t nil)
16271
16272 ;;;***
16273 \f
16274 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (20577
16275 ;;;;;; 33959 40183 0))
16276 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
16277
16278 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
16279 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
16280 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16281 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16282 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16283 or call the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
16284
16285 (custom-autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" nil)
16286
16287 (autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" "\
16288 Toggle Iswitchb mode.
16289 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Iswitchb mode if ARG is
16290 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16291 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16292
16293 Iswitchb mode is a global minor mode that enables switching
16294 between buffers using substrings. See `iswitchb' for details.
16295
16296 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16297
16298 ;;;***
16299 \f
16300 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
16301 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
16302 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
16303 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (20355 10021 546955
16304 ;;;;;; 0))
16305 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
16306
16307 (autoload 'setup-japanese-environment-internal "japan-util" "\
16308
16309
16310 \(fn)" nil nil)
16311
16312 (autoload 'japanese-katakana "japan-util" "\
16313 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16314 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16315 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16316 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16317 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16318 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16319 necessary to represent OBJ.
16320
16321 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
16322
16323 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana "japan-util" "\
16324 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16325 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16326 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16327
16328 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16329
16330 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku "japan-util" "\
16331 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16332 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16333 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16334 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16335
16336 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
16337
16338 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku "japan-util" "\
16339 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16340 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16341 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16342
16343 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16344
16345 (autoload 'japanese-katakana-region "japan-util" "\
16346 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16347 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16348 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16349
16350 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
16351
16352 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana-region "japan-util" "\
16353 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16354
16355 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16356
16357 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku-region "japan-util" "\
16358 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16359 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16360 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16361 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16362
16363 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
16364
16365 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku-region "japan-util" "\
16366 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16367 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16368 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16369 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16370
16371 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
16372
16373 (autoload 'read-hiragana-string "japan-util" "\
16374 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16375 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16376
16377 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
16378
16379 ;;;***
16380 \f
16381 ;;;### (autoloads (jka-compr-uninstall jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr"
16382 ;;;;;; "jka-compr.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
16383 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16384
16385 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
16386 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16387 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16388 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
16389
16390 (autoload 'jka-compr-handler "jka-compr" "\
16391
16392
16393 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
16394
16395 (autoload 'jka-compr-uninstall "jka-compr" "\
16396 Uninstall jka-compr.
16397 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16398 and `inhibit-local-variables-suffixes' that were added
16399 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16400
16401 \(fn)" nil nil)
16402
16403 ;;;***
16404 \f
16405 ;;;### (autoloads (js-mode) "js" "progmodes/js.el" (20665 59189 799105
16406 ;;;;;; 0))
16407 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/js.el
16408
16409 (autoload 'js-mode "js" "\
16410 Major mode for editing JavaScript.
16411
16412 \(fn)" t nil)
16413
16414 (defalias 'javascript-mode 'js-mode)
16415
16416 ;;;***
16417 \f
16418 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup
16419 ;;;;;; keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el"
16420 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
16421 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16422
16423 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
16424 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16425 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16426 decimal key must be specified.")
16427
16428 (custom-autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" nil)
16429
16430 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
16431 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16432 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16433 decimal key must be specified.")
16434
16435 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-setup "keypad" nil)
16436
16437 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
16438 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16439 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16440 decimal key must be specified.")
16441
16442 (custom-autoload 'keypad-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16443
16444 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
16445 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16446 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16447 decimal key must be specified.")
16448
16449 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16450
16451 (autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" "\
16452 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
16453 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16454 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16455 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16456 keys are bound.
16457
16458 Setup Binding
16459 -------------------------------------------------------------
16460 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16461 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16462 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16463 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
16464 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16465 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16466 in the global and local keymaps.
16467
16468 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16469 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16470
16471 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
16472
16473 ;;;***
16474 \f
16475 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
16476 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
16477 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16478
16479 (autoload 'kinsoku "kinsoku" "\
16480 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16481 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16482
16483 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16484 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
16485 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16486 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16487 shorter.
16488
16489 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16490 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16491 the context of text formatting.
16492
16493 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
16494
16495 ;;;***
16496 \f
16497 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (20355
16498 ;;;;;; 10021 546955 0))
16499 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16500
16501 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
16502 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16503 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16504 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16505 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16506 positions that contains the current selection.")
16507
16508 (autoload 'kkc-region "kkc" "\
16509 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16510 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16511 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16512 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16513 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16514 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16515
16516 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16517
16518 ;;;***
16519 \f
16520 ;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-end-call-mouse kmacro-end-and-call-macro
16521 ;;;;;; kmacro-end-or-call-macro kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter
16522 ;;;;;; kmacro-call-macro kmacro-end-macro kmacro-start-macro kmacro-exec-ring-item)
16523 ;;;;;; "kmacro" "kmacro.el" (20471 22929 875294 592000))
16524 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16525 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
16526 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
16527 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
16528 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16529 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16530 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16531 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16532
16533 (autoload 'kmacro-exec-ring-item "kmacro" "\
16534 Execute item ITEM from the macro ring.
16535
16536 \(fn ITEM ARG)" nil nil)
16537
16538 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
16539 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16540 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16541 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16542 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16543
16544 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16545
16546 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16547 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16548 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16549
16550 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16551 defining the macro.
16552
16553 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16554 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16555 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16556
16557 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16558 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16559
16560 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16561
16562 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
16563 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16564 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16565 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16566 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16567 under that name.
16568
16569 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16570 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16571 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16572
16573 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16574
16575 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16576 Call the last keyboard macro that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16577 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16578
16579 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16580 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16581 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16582 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16583
16584 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16585 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16586
16587 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO)" t nil)
16588
16589 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
16590 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16591 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16592
16593 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16594 macro.
16595
16596 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16597 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16598
16599 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16600 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16601 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
16602
16603 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16604 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16605
16606 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16607
16608 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16609 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16610 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16611 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16612
16613 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16614
16615 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16616 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16617 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16618 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16619
16620 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16621 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16622
16623 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16624
16625 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
16626 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16627 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16628
16629 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16630
16631 ;;;***
16632 \f
16633 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
16634 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (20501 3499 284800 0))
16635 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16636
16637 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (purecopy (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "")) "\
16638 The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16639 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16640
16641 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
16642
16643
16644 \(fn)" nil nil)
16645
16646 ;;;***
16647 \f
16648 ;;;### (autoloads (landmark landmark-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
16649 ;;;;;; (20545 57511 257469 0))
16650 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
16651
16652 (defalias 'landmark-repeat 'landmark-test-run)
16653
16654 (autoload 'landmark-test-run "landmark" "\
16655 Run 100 Landmark games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
16656
16657 \(fn)" t nil)
16658
16659 (autoload 'landmark "landmark" "\
16660 Start or resume an Landmark game.
16661 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
16662 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
16663
16664 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
16665 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
16666 none / 1 | yes | no
16667 2 | yes | yes
16668 3 | no | yes
16669 4 | no | no
16670
16671 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[landmark-start-robot],
16672 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
16673 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
16674
16675 \(fn PARG)" t nil)
16676
16677 ;;;***
16678 \f
16679 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string
16680 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao lao-compose-string)
16681 ;;;;;; "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
16682 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16683
16684 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
16685
16686
16687 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16688
16689 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
16690 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16691 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16692 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16693 START and END are the beginning and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16694 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16695
16696 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16697 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16698
16699 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16700
16701 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
16702 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16703
16704 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16705
16706 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
16707
16708
16709 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
16710
16711 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
16712
16713
16714 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16715
16716 ;;;***
16717 \f
16718 ;;;### (autoloads (latexenc-find-file-coding-system latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc
16719 ;;;;;; latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system latex-inputenc-coding-alist)
16720 ;;;;;; "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (20355 10021 546955
16721 ;;;;;; 0))
16722 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16723
16724 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (purecopy '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
16725 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16726 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16727 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16728
16729 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
16730
16731 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16732 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16733 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16734
16735 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16736
16737 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
16738 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16739 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16740
16741 \(fn CS)" nil nil)
16742
16743 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16744 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16745 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16746 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16747
16748 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16749
16750 ;;;***
16751 \f
16752 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
16753 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (20577 33959
16754 ;;;;;; 40183 0))
16755 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16756
16757 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16758 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16759 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16760 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
16761 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
16762 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16763 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16764 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16765
16766 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16767 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16768
16769 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16770 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16771
16772 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
16773
16774 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
16775 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16776 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
16777 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
16778 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16779 `latin1-display-setup'.
16780
16781 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16782
16783 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16784 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16785 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
16786 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16787
16788 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16789 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16790
16791 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
16792
16793 ;;;***
16794 \f
16795 ;;;### (autoloads (ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el"
16796 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
16797 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
16798
16799 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
16800 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
16801
16802 \(fn)" t nil)
16803
16804 ;;;***
16805 \f
16806 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (20545 57511 257469
16807 ;;;;;; 0))
16808 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
16809
16810 (autoload 'life "life" "\
16811 Run Conway's Life simulation.
16812 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
16813 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
16814 generations (this defaults to 1).
16815
16816 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
16817
16818 ;;;***
16819 \f
16820 ;;;### (autoloads (global-linum-mode linum-mode) "linum" "linum.el"
16821 ;;;;;; (20580 10161 446444 0))
16822 ;;; Generated autoloads from linum.el
16823
16824 (autoload 'linum-mode "linum" "\
16825 Toggle display of line numbers in the left margin (Linum mode).
16826 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Linum mode if ARG is positive,
16827 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
16828 if ARG is omitted or nil.
16829
16830 Linum mode is a buffer-local minor mode.
16831
16832 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16833
16834 (defvar global-linum-mode nil "\
16835 Non-nil if Global-Linum mode is enabled.
16836 See the command `global-linum-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16837 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16838 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16839 or call the function `global-linum-mode'.")
16840
16841 (custom-autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" nil)
16842
16843 (autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" "\
16844 Toggle Linum mode in all buffers.
16845 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Linum mode if ARG is positive;
16846 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
16847 ARG is omitted or nil.
16848
16849 Linum mode is enabled in all buffers where
16850 `linum-on' would do it.
16851 See `linum-mode' for more information on Linum mode.
16852
16853 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16854
16855 ;;;***
16856 \f
16857 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (20476
16858 ;;;;;; 31768 298871 0))
16859 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
16860
16861 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
16862 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
16863 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
16864 is nil, raise an error.
16865
16866 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
16867 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
16868 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
16869 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
16870 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
16871 defined by the library.
16872
16873 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
16874 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
16875 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
16876 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
16877 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
16878 proceeds.
16879
16880 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
16881 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
16882 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
16883 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
16884
16885 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
16886
16887 ;;;***
16888 \f
16889 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate locate-ls-subdir-switches)
16890 ;;;;;; "locate" "locate.el" (20566 63671 243798 0))
16891 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
16892
16893 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
16894 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
16895 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
16896
16897 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
16898
16899 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
16900 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
16901 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
16902 With prefix arg ARG, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
16903
16904 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
16905 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
16906 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
16907 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
16908 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
16909 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
16910 the version.)
16911
16912 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
16913 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
16914
16915 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
16916 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
16917
16918 After preparing the results buffer, this runs `dired-mode-hook' and
16919 then `locate-post-command-hook'.
16920
16921 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
16922
16923 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
16924 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
16925 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
16926 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
16927 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
16928 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
16929 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
16930 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
16931 to constrain a big search.
16932
16933 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
16934
16935 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
16936 except that FILTER is not optional.
16937
16938 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
16939
16940 ;;;***
16941 \f
16942 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "vc/log-edit.el" (20586 48936
16943 ;;;;;; 135199 0))
16944 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-edit.el
16945
16946 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
16947 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
16948 The buffer is put in mode MODE or `log-edit-mode' if MODE is nil.
16949 \\<log-edit-mode-map>
16950 If SETUP is non-nil, erase the buffer and run `log-edit-hook'.
16951 Set mark and point around the entire contents of the buffer, so
16952 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with
16953 \\[kill-region]. Once the user is done editing the message,
16954 invoking the command \\[log-edit-done] (`log-edit-done') will
16955 call CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
16956
16957 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist of variables and buffer-local
16958 values to give them in the Log Edit buffer. Possible keys and
16959 associated values:
16960 `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
16961 files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
16962 `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
16963 displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
16964 `vc-log-fileset' -- the VC fileset to be committed (if any).
16965
16966 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it
16967 to edit the log message and go back to the current buffer when
16968 done. Otherwise, it uses the current buffer.
16969
16970 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER MODE &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
16971
16972 ;;;***
16973 \f
16974 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "vc/log-view.el" (20515
16975 ;;;;;; 36389 544939 0))
16976 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-view.el
16977
16978 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
16979 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
16980
16981 \(fn)" t nil)
16982
16983 ;;;***
16984 \f
16985 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
16986 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (20476
16987 ;;;;;; 31768 298871 0))
16988 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
16989
16990 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) "\
16991 Non-nil if running on MS-DOS or MS Windows.")
16992
16993 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux irix)) "\
16994 Non-nil if running on a system type that uses the \"lp\" command.")
16995
16996 (defvar printer-name (and (eq system-type 'ms-dos) "PRN") "\
16997 The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
16998 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
16999
17000 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
17001 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
17002
17003 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
17004 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
17005 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
17006 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
17007 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
17008 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
17009 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
17010
17011 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
17012
17013 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
17014 List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
17015 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
17016 switch on this list.
17017 See `lpr-command'.")
17018
17019 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
17020
17021 (defvar lpr-command (purecopy (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr"))) "\
17022 Name of program for printing a file.
17023
17024 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
17025 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
17026 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
17027 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
17028 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
17029 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
17030 argument.")
17031
17032 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
17033
17034 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
17035 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
17036 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17037 for customization of the printer command.
17038
17039 \(fn)" t nil)
17040
17041 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
17042 Paginate and print buffer contents.
17043
17044 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17045 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17046 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17047 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17048
17049 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17050 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17051
17052 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17053 for further customization of the printer command.
17054
17055 \(fn)" t nil)
17056
17057 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
17058 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
17059 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17060 for customization of the printer command.
17061
17062 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17063
17064 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
17065 Paginate and print the region contents.
17066
17067 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17068 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17069 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17070 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17071
17072 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17073 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17074
17075 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17076 for further customization of the printer command.
17077
17078 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17079
17080 ;;;***
17081 \f
17082 ;;;### (autoloads (ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el"
17083 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
17084 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
17085
17086 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
17087 Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
17088 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
17089
17090 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
17091
17092 ;;;***
17093 \f
17094 ;;;### (autoloads (lunar-phases) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (20566
17095 ;;;;;; 63671 243798 0))
17096 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
17097
17098 (autoload 'lunar-phases "lunar" "\
17099 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
17100 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
17101 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
17102
17103 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17104
17105 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'phases-of-moon 'lunar-phases "23.1")
17106
17107 ;;;***
17108 \f
17109 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (20665
17110 ;;;;;; 59189 799105 0))
17111 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
17112
17113 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
17114 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
17115
17116 \(fn)" t nil)
17117
17118 ;;;***
17119 \f
17120 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
17121 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (20355 10021 546955
17122 ;;;;;; 0))
17123 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
17124
17125 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17126 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
17127 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
17128 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
17129 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
17130
17131 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
17132
17133 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17134 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
17135 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
17136 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
17137
17138 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
17139 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
17140 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
17141 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
17142 bindings.
17143
17144 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
17145 use this command, and then save the file.
17146
17147 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
17148
17149 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
17150 Query user during kbd macro execution.
17151 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
17152 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
17153 each time the macro executes.
17154 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
17155 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
17156 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
17157 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
17158 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
17159 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
17160 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
17161
17162 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
17163
17164 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
17165 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
17166 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
17167 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
17168
17169 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
17170 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
17171 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
17172 execute.
17173
17174 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
17175 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
17176
17177 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
17178 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
17179 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
17180 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
17181 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
17182
17183 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
17184 looked like this:
17185
17186 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
17187 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
17188 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
17189
17190 You could enter the names in this format:
17191
17192 foo
17193 bar
17194 baz
17195
17196 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
17197
17198 \\C-x (
17199 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
17200 \\C-x )
17201
17202 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
17203 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
17204
17205 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
17206 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
17207
17208 ;;;***
17209 \f
17210 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
17211 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
17212 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
17213
17214 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
17215 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
17216 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
17217 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
17218 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
17219 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
17220
17221 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
17222 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
17223 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
17224 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
17225 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
17226
17227 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
17228 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17229 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17230 consing a string.)
17231
17232 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17233
17234 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
17235 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17236
17237 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17238
17239 ;;;***
17240 \f
17241 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
17242 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
17243 ;;;;;; (20566 63671 243798 0))
17244 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17245
17246 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
17247 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
17248
17249 \(fn)" nil nil)
17250
17251 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
17252
17253
17254 \(fn)" nil nil)
17255
17256 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17257 Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17258
17259 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
17260
17261 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
17262 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17263 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17264 message.
17265
17266 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17267
17268 \(fn)" nil nil)
17269
17270 ;;;***
17271 \f
17272 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
17273 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable-region mail-quote-printable
17274 ;;;;;; mail-file-babyl-p mail-dont-reply-to-names mail-use-rfc822)
17275 ;;;;;; "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
17276 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17277
17278 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17279 If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17280 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17281 often correct parser.")
17282
17283 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
17284
17285 (defvar mail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
17286 Regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
17287 If this is nil, it is set the first time you compose a reply, to
17288 a value which excludes your own email address.
17289
17290 Matching addresses are excluded from the CC field in replies, and
17291 also the To field, unless this would leave an empty To field.")
17292
17293 (custom-autoload 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "mail-utils" t)
17294
17295 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
17296 Return non-nil if FILE is a Babyl file.
17297
17298 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17299
17300 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17301 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding if necessary.
17302 If the string contains only ASCII characters and no troublesome ones,
17303 we return it unconverted.
17304
17305 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17306 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17307
17308 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17309
17310 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17311 Convert the region to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17312 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17313 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17314
17315 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
17316
17317 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17318 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17319 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17320 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17321
17322 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17323
17324 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17325 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17326 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17327 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17328 On encountering malformed quoted-printable text, exits with an error,
17329 unless NOERROR is non-nil, in which case it continues, and returns nil
17330 when finished. Returns non-nil on successful completion.
17331 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17332 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17333 as Rmail does.
17334
17335 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17336
17337 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
17338 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17339 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17340 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17341 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17342 The buffer should be narrowed to just the header, else false
17343 matches may be returned from the message body.
17344
17345 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17346
17347 ;;;***
17348 \f
17349 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup
17350 ;;;;;; mail-abbrevs-mode) "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (20672
17351 ;;;;;; 32446 100992 0))
17352 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17353
17354 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
17355 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
17356 See the command `mail-abbrevs-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17357 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17358 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17359 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
17360
17361 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
17362
17363 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
17364 Toggle abbrev expansion of mail aliases (Mail Abbrevs mode).
17365 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Mail Abbrevs mode if ARG is
17366 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17367 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17368
17369 Mail Abbrevs mode is a global minor mode. When enabled,
17370 abbrev-like expansion is performed when editing certain mail
17371 headers (those specified by `mail-abbrev-mode-regexp'), based on
17372 the entries in your `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17373
17374 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17375
17376 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
17377 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17378
17379 \(fn)" nil nil)
17380
17381 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
17382 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17383 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17384
17385 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17386
17387 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
17388 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17389 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17390
17391 Optional argument FROM-MAILRC-FILE means that DEFINITION comes
17392 from a mailrc file. In that case, addresses are separated with
17393 spaces and addresses with embedded spaces are surrounded by
17394 double-quotes.
17395
17396 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17397
17398 ;;;***
17399 \f
17400 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete mail-completion-at-point-function
17401 ;;;;;; define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases mail-complete-style)
17402 ;;;;;; "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (20577 33959 40183 0))
17403 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17404
17405 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
17406 Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
17407 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
17408 king@grassland.com
17409 If `parens', they look like:
17410 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17411 If `angles', they look like:
17412 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17413
17414 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
17415
17416 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
17417 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17418 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17419 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17420 their `Resent-' variants.
17421
17422 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17423 removed from alias expansions.
17424
17425 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17426
17427 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
17428 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17429 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17430
17431 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17432 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17433 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17434 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17435
17436 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17437
17438 (autoload 'mail-completion-at-point-function "mailalias" "\
17439 Compute completion data for mail aliases.
17440 For use on `completion-at-point-functions'.
17441
17442 \(fn)" nil nil)
17443
17444 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
17445 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17446 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
17447 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix ARG if any.
17448
17449 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17450
17451 (make-obsolete 'mail-complete 'mail-completion-at-point-function "24.1")
17452
17453 ;;;***
17454 \f
17455 ;;;### (autoloads (mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el"
17456 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
17457 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17458
17459 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
17460 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17461 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17462 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17463
17464 \(fn)" nil nil)
17465
17466 ;;;***
17467 \f
17468 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-imake-mode makefile-bsdmake-mode makefile-makepp-mode
17469 ;;;;;; makefile-gmake-mode makefile-automake-mode makefile-mode)
17470 ;;;;;; "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (20665 59189 799105
17471 ;;;;;; 0))
17472 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17473
17474 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
17475 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17476
17477 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17478 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17479 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17480 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
17481 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
17482 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17483
17484 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17485 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17486 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17487 dependency, despite the colon.
17488
17489 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17490
17491 In the browser, use the following keys:
17492
17493 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17494
17495 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17496
17497 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17498 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17499
17500 `makefile-target-colon':
17501 The string that gets appended to all target names
17502 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17503 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17504
17505 `makefile-macro-assign':
17506 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17507 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17508 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17509 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17510 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17511 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17512
17513 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17514 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17515 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17516
17517 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17518 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17519
17520 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17521 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17522 up or down in the browser.
17523
17524 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17525 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17526
17527 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17528 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17529
17530 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17531 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17532 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17533 has been selected in the browser.
17534
17535 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17536 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17537 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17538 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17539 filenames are omitted.
17540
17541 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17542 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17543 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17544 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17545 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17546 the backslash itself intact.
17547 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17548 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17549
17550 `makefile-browser-hook':
17551 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17552 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17553
17554 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17555 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17556 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17557 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17558
17559 \(fn)" t nil)
17560
17561 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
17562 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17563
17564 \(fn)" t nil)
17565
17566 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17567 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17568
17569 \(fn)" t nil)
17570
17571 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
17572 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17573
17574 \(fn)" t nil)
17575
17576 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17577 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17578
17579 \(fn)" t nil)
17580
17581 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
17582 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17583
17584 \(fn)" t nil)
17585
17586 ;;;***
17587 \f
17588 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (20355
17589 ;;;;;; 10021 546955 0))
17590 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17591
17592 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
17593 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17594 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17595
17596 \(fn)" t nil)
17597
17598 ;;;***
17599 \f
17600 ;;;### (autoloads (Man-bookmark-jump man-follow man) "man" "man.el"
17601 ;;;;;; (20523 62082 997685 0))
17602 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17603
17604 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
17605
17606 (autoload 'man "man" "\
17607 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17608 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It
17609 runs a Un*x command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the
17610 background and places the results in a `Man-mode' browsing
17611 buffer. See variable `Man-notify-method' for what happens when
17612 the buffer is ready. If a buffer already exists for this man
17613 page, it will display immediately.
17614
17615 For a manpage from a particular section, use either of the
17616 following. \"cat(1)\" is how cross-references appear and is
17617 passed to man as \"1 cat\".
17618
17619 cat(1)
17620 1 cat
17621
17622 To see manpages from all sections related to a subject, use an
17623 \"all pages\" option (which might be \"-a\" if it's not the
17624 default), then step through with `Man-next-manpage' (\\<Man-mode-map>\\[Man-next-manpage]) etc.
17625 Add to `Man-switches' to make this option permanent.
17626
17627 -a chmod
17628
17629 An explicit filename can be given too. Use -l if it might
17630 otherwise look like a page name.
17631
17632 /my/file/name.1.gz
17633 -l somefile.1
17634
17635 An \"apropos\" query with -k gives a buffer of matching page
17636 names or descriptions. The pattern argument is usually an
17637 \"egrep\" style regexp.
17638
17639 -k pattern
17640
17641 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17642
17643 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
17644 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17645
17646 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17647
17648 (autoload 'Man-bookmark-jump "man" "\
17649 Default bookmark handler for Man buffers.
17650
17651 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
17652
17653 ;;;***
17654 \f
17655 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (20355 10021
17656 ;;;;;; 546955 0))
17657 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17658
17659 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
17660 Toggle Master mode.
17661 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Master mode if ARG is
17662 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17663 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17664
17665 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer
17666 using the following commands:
17667
17668 \\{master-mode-map}
17669
17670 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17671 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17672 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17673
17674 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17675
17676 ;;;***
17677 \f
17678 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode) "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el"
17679 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
17680 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
17681
17682 (defvar minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode nil "\
17683 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Depth-Indicate mode is enabled.
17684 See the command `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17685 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17686 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17687 or call the function `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode'.")
17688
17689 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" nil)
17690
17691 (autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" "\
17692 Toggle Minibuffer Depth Indication mode.
17693 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Depth Indication
17694 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
17695 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17696
17697 Minibuffer Depth Indication mode is a global minor mode. When
17698 enabled, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show the
17699 recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only useful if
17700 `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
17701
17702 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17703
17704 ;;;***
17705 \f
17706 ;;;### (autoloads (message-unbold-region message-bold-region message-news-other-frame
17707 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
17708 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
17709 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
17710 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
17711 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode) "message"
17712 ;;;;;; "gnus/message.el" (20698 56506 332830 0))
17713 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17714
17715 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
17716
17717 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
17718 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17719 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17720 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
17721 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
17722 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17723 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
17724 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
17725 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
17726 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
17727 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
17728 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
17729 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
17730 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
17731 C-c C-f C-e move to Expires
17732 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
17733 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17734 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17735 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17736 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17737 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17738 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17739 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17740 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17741 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17742 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17743 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17744 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17745 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17746 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17747 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17748 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17749 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17750 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
17751 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
17752 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17753 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17754 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17755
17756 \(fn)" t nil)
17757
17758 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
17759 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17760 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
17761 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
17762 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
17763
17764 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" t nil)
17765
17766 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
17767 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17768
17769 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17770
17771 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
17772 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
17773
17774 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE SWITCH-FUNCTION)" t nil)
17775
17776 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
17777 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
17778
17779 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
17780
17781 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
17782 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
17783 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
17784
17785 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
17786
17787 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
17788 Cancel an article you posted.
17789 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
17790
17791 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17792
17793 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
17794 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
17795 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
17796 header line with the old Message-ID.
17797
17798 \(fn)" t nil)
17799
17800 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
17801 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
17802
17803 \(fn)" t nil)
17804
17805 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
17806 Forward the current message via mail.
17807 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
17808 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
17809
17810 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
17811
17812 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
17813
17814
17815 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
17816
17817 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
17818
17819
17820 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
17821
17822 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
17823 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
17824
17825 \(fn)" t nil)
17826
17827 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
17828 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
17829
17830 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
17831
17832 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
17833 Re-mail the current message.
17834 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
17835 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
17836 you.
17837
17838 \(fn)" t nil)
17839
17840 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
17841 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
17842
17843 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17844
17845 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
17846 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
17847
17848 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17849
17850 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
17851 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17852
17853 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17854
17855 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
17856 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17857
17858 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17859
17860 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
17861 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
17862 Works by overstriking characters.
17863 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17864 which specify the range to operate on.
17865
17866 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17867
17868 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
17869 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
17870 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17871 which specify the range to operate on.
17872
17873 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17874
17875 ;;;***
17876 \f
17877 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
17878 ;;;;;; (20399 35365 4050 0))
17879 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
17880
17881 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
17882 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
17883
17884 \(fn)" t nil)
17885
17886 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
17887 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
17888
17889 \(fn)" t nil)
17890
17891 ;;;***
17892 \f
17893 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
17894 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
17895 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
17896 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
17897
17898 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
17899 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17900 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
17901
17902 \(fn)" t nil)
17903
17904 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
17905 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17906 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17907 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17908 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17909 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17910 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
17911
17912 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17913
17914 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
17915 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
17916 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17917 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17918 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17919 means current).
17920 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17921 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17922
17923 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17924
17925 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
17926 Process current region through 'metamail'.
17927 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17928 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17929 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17930 means current).
17931 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17932 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17933
17934 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17935
17936 ;;;***
17937 \f
17938 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-fully-kill-draft mh-send-letter mh-user-agent-compose
17939 ;;;;;; mh-smail-batch mh-smail-other-window mh-smail) "mh-comp"
17940 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (20659 20411 59719 0))
17941 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
17942
17943 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
17944 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17945 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17946
17947 \(fn)" t nil)
17948
17949 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
17950 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
17951 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17952
17953 \(fn)" t nil)
17954
17955 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
17956 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17957
17958 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
17959 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
17960 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
17961
17962 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
17963 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
17964
17965 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
17966 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
17967
17968 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17969
17970 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
17971
17972 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
17973 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
17974 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
17975 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
17976 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
17977 as `compose-mail'.
17978
17979 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
17980 initial Subject field, respectively.
17981
17982 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
17983 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
17984 are strings.
17985
17986 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION, SEND-ACTIONS, and
17987 RETURN-ACTION and any additional arguments are IGNORED.
17988
17989 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17990
17991 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
17992 Save draft and send message.
17993
17994 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
17995 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
17996 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
17997 Mail Delivery*\".
17998
17999 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
18000 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
18001 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
18002
18003 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
18004 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
18005 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
18006 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
18007 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
18008 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
18009
18010 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
18011 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
18012
18013 The hook `mh-annotate-msg-hook' is run after annotating the
18014 message and scan line.
18015
18016 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18017
18018 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
18019 Quit editing and delete draft message.
18020
18021 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
18022 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
18023 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
18024 delete the draft message.
18025
18026 \(fn)" t nil)
18027
18028 ;;;***
18029 \f
18030 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version) "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (20673 53308
18031 ;;;;;; 39372 0))
18032 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
18033
18034 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18035
18036 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
18037
18038 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18039
18040 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
18041 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
18042
18043 \(fn)" t nil)
18044
18045 ;;;***
18046 \f
18047 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-folder-mode mh-nmail mh-rmail) "mh-folder"
18048 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (20659 20411 59719 0))
18049 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
18050
18051 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
18052 Incorporate new mail with MH.
18053 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18054
18055 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18056 the MH mail system.
18057
18058 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18059
18060 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
18061 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
18062 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18063
18064 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18065 the MH mail system.
18066
18067 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18068
18069 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
18070 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
18071
18072 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
18073 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
18074 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
18075 separate command.
18076
18077 Options that control this mode can be changed with
18078 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
18079 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
18080 format.
18081
18082 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
18083
18084 Ranges
18085 ======
18086 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
18087 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
18088 can be used in several ways.
18089
18090 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
18091 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
18092 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
18093 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
18094 page):
18095
18096 <num1>-<num2>
18097 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
18098 The range must be nonempty.
18099
18100 <num>:N
18101 <num>:+N
18102 <num>:-N
18103 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
18104 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
18105 last.
18106
18107 first:N
18108 prev:N
18109 next:N
18110 last:N
18111 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
18112
18113 all
18114 All of the messages.
18115
18116 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
18117 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
18118
18119 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
18120 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
18121 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
18122
18123 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
18124
18125 \(fn)" t nil)
18126
18127 ;;;***
18128 \f
18129 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
18130 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (20478 3673 653810 0))
18131 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
18132
18133 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
18134 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
18135 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
18136 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
18137 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
18138 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
18139 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
18140 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
18141 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
18142 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
18143 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
18144
18145 \(fn)" t nil)
18146
18147 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
18148 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
18149 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
18150 to its second argument TM.
18151
18152 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
18153
18154 ;;;***
18155 \f
18156 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
18157 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (20672 32446 100992 0))
18158 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
18159
18160 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
18161 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
18162 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18163 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18164 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18165 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
18166
18167 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
18168
18169 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
18170 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
18171 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Electric Default
18172 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
18173 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
18174
18175 Minibuffer Electric Default mode is a global minor mode. When
18176 enabled, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show
18177 the default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET
18178 would yield the default value. If the user modifies the input
18179 such that hitting RET would enter a non-default value, the prompt
18180 is modified to remove the default indication.
18181
18182 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18183
18184 ;;;***
18185 \f
18186 ;;;### (autoloads (list-dynamic-libraries butterfly) "misc" "misc.el"
18187 ;;;;;; (20533 5993 500881 0))
18188 ;;; Generated autoloads from misc.el
18189
18190 (autoload 'butterfly "misc" "\
18191 Use butterflies to flip the desired bit on the drive platter.
18192 Open hands and let the delicate wings flap once. The disturbance
18193 ripples outward, changing the flow of the eddy currents in the
18194 upper atmosphere. These cause momentary pockets of higher-pressure
18195 air to form, which act as lenses that deflect incoming cosmic rays,
18196 focusing them to strike the drive platter and flip the desired bit.
18197 You can type `M-x butterfly C-M-c' to run it. This is a permuted
18198 variation of `C-x M-c M-butterfly' from url `http://xkcd.com/378/'.
18199
18200 \(fn)" t nil)
18201
18202 (autoload 'list-dynamic-libraries "misc" "\
18203 Display a list of all dynamic libraries known to Emacs.
18204 \(These are the libraries listed in `dynamic-library-alist'.)
18205 If optional argument LOADED-ONLY-P (interactively, prefix arg)
18206 is non-nil, only libraries already loaded are listed.
18207 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to use, instead of
18208 \"*Dynamic Libraries*\".
18209 The return value is always nil.
18210
18211 \(fn &optional LOADED-ONLY-P BUFFER)" t nil)
18212
18213 ;;;***
18214 \f
18215 ;;;### (autoloads (multi-isearch-files-regexp multi-isearch-files
18216 ;;;;;; multi-isearch-buffers-regexp multi-isearch-buffers multi-isearch-setup)
18217 ;;;;;; "misearch" "misearch.el" (20490 33188 850375 0))
18218 ;;; Generated autoloads from misearch.el
18219 (add-hook 'isearch-mode-hook 'multi-isearch-setup)
18220
18221 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-function nil "\
18222 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
18223
18224 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
18225 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
18226 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
18227 next occurrence.
18228
18229 This function should return the next buffer (it doesn't need to switch
18230 to it), or nil if it can't find the next buffer (when it reaches the
18231 end of the search space).
18232
18233 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
18234 search is currently searching. It defines the base buffer relative to
18235 which this function should find the next buffer. When the isearch
18236 direction is backward (when `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
18237 should return the previous buffer to search.
18238
18239 If the second argument of this function WRAP is non-nil, then it
18240 should return the first buffer in the series; and for the backward
18241 search, it should return the last buffer in the series.")
18242
18243 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-current-function nil "\
18244 The currently active function to get the next buffer to search.
18245 Initialized from `multi-isearch-next-buffer-function' when
18246 Isearch starts.")
18247
18248 (defvar multi-isearch-current-buffer nil "\
18249 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
18250 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
18251
18252 (autoload 'multi-isearch-setup "misearch" "\
18253 Set up isearch to search multiple buffers.
18254 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
18255
18256 \(fn)" nil nil)
18257
18258 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers "misearch" "\
18259 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18260 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18261 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18262 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18263 whose names match the specified regexp.
18264
18265 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18266
18267 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers-regexp "misearch" "\
18268 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18269 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18270 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18271 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18272 whose names match the specified regexp.
18273
18274 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18275
18276 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files "misearch" "\
18277 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of FILES.
18278 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18279 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18280 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18281 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18282 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18283
18284 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18285
18286 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files-regexp "misearch" "\
18287 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of FILES.
18288 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18289 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18290 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18291 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18292 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18293
18294 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18295
18296 ;;;***
18297 \f
18298 ;;;### (autoloads (mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el"
18299 ;;;;;; (20566 63671 243798 0))
18300 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
18301
18302 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
18303 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
18304
18305 \(fn)" t nil)
18306
18307 ;;;***
18308 \f
18309 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-default-file-encoding) "mm-encode" "gnus/mm-encode.el"
18310 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
18311 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-encode.el
18312
18313 (autoload 'mm-default-file-encoding "mm-encode" "\
18314 Return a default encoding for FILE.
18315
18316 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
18317
18318 ;;;***
18319 \f
18320 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-external-body mm-extern-cache-contents)
18321 ;;;;;; "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
18322 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18323
18324 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
18325 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18326
18327 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18328
18329 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
18330 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18331 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18332 the entire message.
18333 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18334
18335 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18336
18337 ;;;***
18338 \f
18339 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
18340 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
18341 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18342
18343 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
18344 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18345 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18346 the entire message.
18347 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18348
18349 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18350
18351 ;;;***
18352 \f
18353 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-url-insert-file-contents-external mm-url-insert-file-contents)
18354 ;;;;;; "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (20495 51111 757560 0))
18355 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18356
18357 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
18358 Insert file contents of URL.
18359 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18360
18361 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18362
18363 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
18364 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18365
18366 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18367
18368 ;;;***
18369 \f
18370 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-dissect-text-parts mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu"
18371 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-uu.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
18372 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18373
18374 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
18375 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18376 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18377 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18378 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18379
18380 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18381
18382 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
18383 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18384 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18385
18386 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18387
18388 ;;;***
18389 \f
18390 ;;;### (autoloads (mml-attach-file mml-to-mime) "mml" "gnus/mml.el"
18391 ;;;;;; (20567 23165 75548 0))
18392 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml.el
18393
18394 (autoload 'mml-to-mime "mml" "\
18395 Translate the current buffer from MML to MIME.
18396
18397 \(fn)" nil nil)
18398
18399 (autoload 'mml-attach-file "mml" "\
18400 Attach a file to the outgoing MIME message.
18401 The file is not inserted or encoded until you send the message with
18402 `\\[message-send-and-exit]' or `\\[message-send]' in Message mode,
18403 or `\\[mail-send-and-exit]' or `\\[mail-send]' in Mail mode.
18404
18405 FILE is the name of the file to attach. TYPE is its
18406 content-type, a string of the form \"type/subtype\". DESCRIPTION
18407 is a one-line description of the attachment. The DISPOSITION
18408 specifies how the attachment is intended to be displayed. It can
18409 be either \"inline\" (displayed automatically within the message
18410 body) or \"attachment\" (separate from the body).
18411
18412 \(fn FILE &optional TYPE DESCRIPTION DISPOSITION)" t nil)
18413
18414 ;;;***
18415 \f
18416 ;;;### (autoloads (mml1991-sign mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el"
18417 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
18418 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18419
18420 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
18421
18422
18423 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18424
18425 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
18426
18427
18428 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18429
18430 ;;;***
18431 \f
18432 ;;;### (autoloads (mml2015-self-encrypt mml2015-sign mml2015-encrypt
18433 ;;;;;; mml2015-verify-test mml2015-verify mml2015-decrypt-test mml2015-decrypt)
18434 ;;;;;; "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (20701 32695 861936 0))
18435 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18436
18437 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
18438
18439
18440 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18441
18442 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
18443
18444
18445 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18446
18447 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
18448
18449
18450 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18451
18452 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
18453
18454
18455 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18456
18457 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18458
18459
18460 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18461
18462 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
18463
18464
18465 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18466
18467 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18468
18469
18470 \(fn)" nil nil)
18471
18472 ;;;***
18473 \f
18474 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mode-local" "cedet/mode-local.el" (20406 8611
18475 ;;;;;; 875037 0))
18476 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/mode-local.el
18477
18478 (put 'define-overloadable-function 'doc-string-elt 3)
18479
18480 ;;;***
18481 \f
18482 ;;;### (autoloads (m2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el" (20355
18483 ;;;;;; 10021 546955 0))
18484 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18485
18486 (defalias 'modula-2-mode 'm2-mode)
18487
18488 (autoload 'm2-mode "modula2" "\
18489 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18490 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18491 followed by the first character of the construct.
18492 \\<m2-mode-map>
18493 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
18494 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
18495 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
18496 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
18497 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
18498 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
18499 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18500 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
18501 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
18502 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
18503 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18504 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18505 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18506 \\[m2-link] link
18507
18508 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18509 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18510 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18511
18512 \(fn)" t nil)
18513
18514 ;;;***
18515 \f
18516 ;;;### (autoloads (denato-region nato-region unmorse-region morse-region)
18517 ;;;;;; "morse" "play/morse.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
18518 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18519
18520 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
18521 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18522
18523 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18524
18525 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
18526 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18527
18528 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18529
18530 (autoload 'nato-region "morse" "\
18531 Convert all text in a given region to NATO phonetic alphabet.
18532
18533 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18534
18535 (autoload 'denato-region "morse" "\
18536 Convert NATO phonetic alphabet in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18537
18538 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18539
18540 ;;;***
18541 \f
18542 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-drag-drag mouse-drag-throw) "mouse-drag"
18543 ;;;;;; "mouse-drag.el" (20566 63671 243798 0))
18544 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-drag.el
18545
18546 (autoload 'mouse-drag-throw "mouse-drag" "\
18547 \"Throw\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18548
18549 A \"throw\" is scrolling the page at a speed relative to the distance
18550 from the original mouse click to the current mouse location. Try it;
18551 you'll like it. It's easier to observe than to explain.
18552
18553 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18554 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18555 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18556
18557 Throw scrolling was inspired (but is not identical to) the \"hand\"
18558 option in MacPaint, or the middle button in Tk text widgets.
18559
18560 If `mouse-throw-with-scroll-bar' is non-nil, then this command scrolls
18561 in the opposite direction. (Different people have different ideas
18562 about which direction is natural. Perhaps it has to do with which
18563 hemisphere you're in.)
18564
18565 To test this function, evaluate:
18566 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-throw)
18567
18568 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18569
18570 (autoload 'mouse-drag-drag "mouse-drag" "\
18571 \"Drag\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18572
18573 Drag scrolling moves the page according to the movement of the mouse.
18574 You \"grab\" the character under the mouse and move it around.
18575
18576 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18577 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18578 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18579
18580 Drag scrolling is identical to the \"hand\" option in MacPaint, or the
18581 middle button in Tk text widgets.
18582
18583 To test this function, evaluate:
18584 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-drag)
18585
18586 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18587
18588 ;;;***
18589 \f
18590 ;;;### (autoloads (mpc) "mpc" "mpc.el" (20681 1859 197031 0))
18591 ;;; Generated autoloads from mpc.el
18592
18593 (autoload 'mpc "mpc" "\
18594 Main entry point for MPC.
18595
18596 \(fn)" t nil)
18597
18598 ;;;***
18599 \f
18600 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (20545 57511 257469
18601 ;;;;;; 0))
18602 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18603
18604 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
18605 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18606
18607 \(fn)" t nil)
18608
18609 ;;;***
18610 \f
18611 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (20476 31768 298871 0))
18612 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18613
18614 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18615 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18616 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18617 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18618 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18619 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
18620
18621 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
18622
18623 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
18624 Toggle Msb mode.
18625 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Msb mode if ARG is positive,
18626 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
18627 if ARG is omitted or nil.
18628
18629 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18630 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18631
18632 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18633
18634 ;;;***
18635 \f
18636 ;;;### (autoloads (font-show-log mule-diag list-input-methods list-fontsets
18637 ;;;;;; describe-fontset describe-font list-coding-categories list-coding-systems
18638 ;;;;;; describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
18639 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-character-set list-charset-chars
18640 ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
18641 ;;;;;; (20577 33959 40183 0))
18642 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18643
18644 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
18645 Display a list of all character sets.
18646
18647 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18648 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18649 set. The FINAL-BYTE column contains an ISO-2022 <final-byte> to use
18650 in the designation escape sequence for this character set in
18651 ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18652
18653 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18654 but still shows the full information.
18655
18656 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18657
18658 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
18659 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18660 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
18661
18662 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18663 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18664 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18665 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the detailed
18666 meanings of these arguments.
18667
18668 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18669
18670 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
18671 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
18672
18673 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18674
18675 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
18676 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18677
18678 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18679
18680 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18681 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18682
18683 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18684
18685 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
18686 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18687
18688 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18689 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18690 in place of `..':
18691 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18692 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18693 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18694 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18695 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18696 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18697 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18698 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18699 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18700 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18701 default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18702 eol-type of default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18703 `default-process-coding-system' for read
18704 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18705 `default-process-coding-system' for write
18706 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18707
18708 \(fn)" t nil)
18709
18710 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18711 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18712
18713 \(fn)" t nil)
18714
18715 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
18716 Display a list of all coding systems.
18717 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18718
18719 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18720 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18721
18722 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18723
18724 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
18725 Display a list of all coding categories.
18726
18727 \(fn)" nil nil)
18728
18729 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
18730 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
18731 The font must be already used by Emacs.
18732
18733 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18734
18735 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
18736 Display information about FONTSET.
18737 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18738
18739 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18740
18741 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
18742 Display a list of all fontsets.
18743 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18744 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18745 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18746
18747 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18748
18749 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
18750 Display information about all input methods.
18751
18752 \(fn)" t nil)
18753
18754 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
18755 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18756
18757 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18758 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18759 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18760 system which uses fontsets).
18761
18762 \(fn)" t nil)
18763
18764 (autoload 'font-show-log "mule-diag" "\
18765 Show log of font listing and opening.
18766 Prefix arg LIMIT says how many fonts to show for each listing.
18767 The default is 20. If LIMIT is negative, do not limit the listing.
18768
18769 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
18770
18771 ;;;***
18772 \f
18773 ;;;### (autoloads (char-displayable-p detect-coding-with-language-environment
18774 ;;;;;; detect-coding-with-priority with-coding-priority coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
18775 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
18776 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist
18777 ;;;;;; truncate-string-to-width store-substring) "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el"
18778 ;;;;;; (20577 33959 40183 0))
18779 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
18780
18781 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
18782 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
18783
18784 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
18785 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
18786
18787 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
18788 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
18789
18790 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
18791
18792 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
18793 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
18794 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
18795 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
18796 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
18797 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
18798 buffer; see also `char-width'.
18799
18800 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
18801 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
18802 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
18803 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
18804 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
18805 middle of a character in STR.
18806
18807 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
18808 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
18809
18810 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
18811 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
18812 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
18813 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
18814 defaults to \"...\".
18815
18816 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
18817
18818 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
18819 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
18820
18821 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
18822 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
18823 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
18824
18825 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
18826 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
18827 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
18828
18829 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18830 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
18831 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
18832 are considered.
18833 Optional 5th argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
18834 longer than KEYSEQ.
18835 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
18836
18837 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
18838
18839 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18840 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
18841 Optional 3rd argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
18842 Optional 4th argument START specifies index of the starting key.
18843 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
18844 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
18845 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
18846 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
18847 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
18848 Optional 5th argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
18849 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
18850
18851 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
18852
18853 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
18854 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
18855
18856 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18857
18858 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
18859 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
18860
18861 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18862
18863 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
18864 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
18865
18866 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18867
18868 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
18869 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
18870
18871 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18872
18873 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
18874 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
18875 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See `set-coding-system-priority'.
18876 This affects the implicit sorting of lists of coding systems returned by
18877 operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
18878
18879 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil t)
18880 (put 'with-coding-priority 'lisp-indent-function 1)
18881
18882 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
18883 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
18884 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
18885 coding systems ordered by priority.
18886
18887 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil t)
18888
18889 (make-obsolete 'detect-coding-with-priority 'with-coding-priority "23.1")
18890
18891 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
18892 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
18893 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
18894 language environment LANG-ENV.
18895
18896 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
18897
18898 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
18899 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
18900 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
18901 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display
18902 CHAR's charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a
18903 per-character basis, this may not be accurate.
18904
18905 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18906
18907 ;;;***
18908 \f
18909 ;;;### (autoloads (advice-member-p advice-remove advice-add advice--add-function
18910 ;;;;;; add-function advice--buffer-local advice--remove-function)
18911 ;;;;;; "nadvice" "emacs-lisp/nadvice.el" (20651 26294 774003 0))
18912 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/nadvice.el
18913
18914 (autoload 'advice--remove-function "nadvice" "\
18915
18916
18917 \(fn FLIST FUNCTION)" nil nil)
18918
18919 (autoload 'advice--buffer-local "nadvice" "\
18920 Buffer-local value of VAR, presumed to contain a function.
18921
18922 \(fn VAR)" nil nil)
18923
18924 (autoload 'add-function "nadvice" "\
18925 Add a piece of advice on the function stored at PLACE.
18926 FUNCTION describes the code to add. WHERE describes where to add it.
18927 WHERE can be explained by showing the resulting new function, as the
18928 result of combining FUNCTION and the previous value of PLACE, which we
18929 call OLDFUN here:
18930 `:before' (lambda (&rest r) (apply FUNCTION r) (apply OLDFUN r))
18931 `:after' (lambda (&rest r) (prog1 (apply OLDFUN r) (apply FUNCTION r)))
18932 `:around' (lambda (&rest r) (apply FUNCTION OLDFUN r))
18933 `:before-while' (lambda (&rest r) (and (apply FUNCTION r) (apply OLDFUN r)))
18934 `:before-until' (lambda (&rest r) (or (apply FUNCTION r) (apply OLDFUN r)))
18935 `:after-while' (lambda (&rest r) (and (apply OLDFUN r) (apply FUNCTION r)))
18936 `:after-until' (lambda (&rest r) (or (apply OLDFUN r) (apply FUNCTION r)))
18937 If FUNCTION was already added, do nothing.
18938 PROPS is an alist of additional properties, among which the following have
18939 a special meaning:
18940 - `name': a string or symbol. It can be used to refer to this piece of advice.
18941
18942 PLACE cannot be a simple variable. Instead it should either be
18943 \(default-value 'VAR) or (local 'VAR) depending on whether FUNCTION
18944 should be applied to VAR buffer-locally or globally.
18945
18946 If one of FUNCTION or OLDFUN is interactive, then the resulting function
18947 is also interactive. There are 3 cases:
18948 - FUNCTION is not interactive: the interactive spec of OLDFUN is used.
18949 - The interactive spec of FUNCTION is itself a function: it should take one
18950 argument (the interactive spec of OLDFUN, which it can pass to
18951 `advice-eval-interactive-spec') and return the list of arguments to use.
18952 - Else, use the interactive spec of FUNCTION and ignore the one of OLDFUN.
18953
18954 \(fn WHERE PLACE FUNCTION &optional PROPS)" nil t)
18955
18956 (autoload 'advice--add-function "nadvice" "\
18957
18958
18959 \(fn WHERE REF FUNCTION PROPS)" nil nil)
18960
18961 (autoload 'advice-add "nadvice" "\
18962 Like `add-function' but for the function named SYMBOL.
18963 Contrary to `add-function', this will properly handle the cases where SYMBOL
18964 is defined as a macro, alias, command, ...
18965
18966 \(fn SYMBOL WHERE FUNCTION &optional PROPS)" nil nil)
18967
18968 (autoload 'advice-remove "nadvice" "\
18969 Like `remove-function' but for the function named SYMBOL.
18970 Contrary to `remove-function', this will work also when SYMBOL is a macro
18971 and it will not signal an error if SYMBOL is not `fboundp'.
18972 Instead of the actual function to remove, FUNCTION can also be the `name'
18973 of the piece of advice.
18974
18975 \(fn SYMBOL FUNCTION)" nil nil)
18976
18977 (autoload 'advice-member-p "nadvice" "\
18978 Return non-nil if ADVICE has been added to FUNCTION-NAME.
18979 Instead of ADVICE being the actual function, it can also be the `name'
18980 of the piece of advice.
18981
18982 \(fn ADVICE FUNCTION-NAME)" nil nil)
18983
18984 ;;;***
18985 \f
18986 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
18987 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp run-dig dns-lookup-host
18988 ;;;;;; nslookup nslookup-host ping traceroute route arp netstat
18989 ;;;;;; iwconfig ifconfig) "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (20355
18990 ;;;;;; 10021 546955 0))
18991 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
18992
18993 (autoload 'ifconfig "net-utils" "\
18994 Run ifconfig and display diagnostic output.
18995
18996 \(fn)" t nil)
18997
18998 (autoload 'iwconfig "net-utils" "\
18999 Run iwconfig and display diagnostic output.
19000
19001 \(fn)" t nil)
19002
19003 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
19004 Run netstat and display diagnostic output.
19005
19006 \(fn)" t nil)
19007
19008 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
19009 Run arp and display diagnostic output.
19010
19011 \(fn)" t nil)
19012
19013 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
19014 Run route and display diagnostic output.
19015
19016 \(fn)" t nil)
19017
19018 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
19019 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
19020
19021 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
19022
19023 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
19024 Ping HOST.
19025 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
19026 `ping-program-options'.
19027
19028 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19029
19030 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
19031 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
19032
19033 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19034
19035 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
19036 Run nslookup program.
19037
19038 \(fn)" t nil)
19039
19040 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
19041 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
19042
19043 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19044
19045 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
19046 Run dig program.
19047
19048 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19049
19050 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
19051 Run ftp program.
19052
19053 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19054
19055 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
19056 Finger USER on HOST.
19057
19058 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
19059
19060 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
19061 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
19062 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
19063 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
19064
19065 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
19066
19067 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
19068
19069
19070 \(fn)" t nil)
19071
19072 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
19073 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
19074
19075 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
19076
19077 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
19078 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
19079
19080 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
19081
19082 ;;;***
19083 \f
19084 ;;;### (autoloads (netrc-credentials) "netrc" "net/netrc.el" (20495
19085 ;;;;;; 51111 757560 0))
19086 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/netrc.el
19087
19088 (autoload 'netrc-credentials "netrc" "\
19089 Return a user name/password pair.
19090 Port specifications will be prioritized in the order they are
19091 listed in the PORTS list.
19092
19093 \(fn MACHINE &rest PORTS)" nil nil)
19094
19095 ;;;***
19096 \f
19097 ;;;### (autoloads (open-network-stream) "network-stream" "net/network-stream.el"
19098 ;;;;;; (20369 14251 85829 0))
19099 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/network-stream.el
19100
19101 (autoload 'open-network-stream "network-stream" "\
19102 Open a TCP connection to HOST, optionally with encryption.
19103 Normally, return a network process object; with a non-nil
19104 :return-list parameter, return a list instead (see below).
19105 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process'
19106 closes it.
19107
19108 NAME is the name for the process. It is modified if necessary to
19109 make it unique.
19110 BUFFER is a buffer or buffer name to associate with the process.
19111 Process output goes at end of that buffer. BUFFER may be nil,
19112 meaning that the process is not associated with any buffer.
19113 HOST is the name or IP address of the host to connect to.
19114 SERVICE is the name of the service desired, or an integer specifying
19115 a port number to connect to.
19116
19117 The remaining PARAMETERS should be a sequence of keywords and
19118 values:
19119
19120 :type specifies the connection type, one of the following:
19121 nil or `network'
19122 -- Begin with an ordinary network connection, and if
19123 the parameters :success and :capability-command
19124 are also supplied, try to upgrade to an encrypted
19125 connection via STARTTLS. Even if that
19126 fails (e.g. if HOST does not support TLS), retain
19127 an unencrypted connection.
19128 `plain' -- An ordinary, unencrypted network connection.
19129 `starttls' -- Begin with an ordinary connection, and try
19130 upgrading via STARTTLS. If that fails for any
19131 reason, drop the connection; in that case the
19132 returned object is a killed process.
19133 `tls' -- A TLS connection.
19134 `ssl' -- Equivalent to `tls'.
19135 `shell' -- A shell connection.
19136
19137 :return-list specifies this function's return value.
19138 If omitted or nil, return a process object. A non-nil means to
19139 return (PROC . PROPS), where PROC is a process object and PROPS
19140 is a plist of connection properties, with these keywords:
19141 :greeting -- the greeting returned by HOST (a string), or nil.
19142 :capabilities -- a string representing HOST's capabilities,
19143 or nil if none could be found.
19144 :type -- the resulting connection type; `plain' (unencrypted)
19145 or `tls' (TLS-encrypted).
19146
19147 :end-of-command specifies a regexp matching the end of a command.
19148
19149 :end-of-capability specifies a regexp matching the end of the
19150 response to the command specified for :capability-command.
19151 It defaults to the regexp specified for :end-of-command.
19152
19153 :success specifies a regexp matching a message indicating a
19154 successful STARTTLS negotiation. For instance, the default
19155 should be \"^3\" for an NNTP connection.
19156
19157 :capability-command specifies a command used to query the HOST
19158 for its capabilities. For instance, for IMAP this should be
19159 \"1 CAPABILITY\\r\\n\".
19160
19161 :starttls-function specifies a function for handling STARTTLS.
19162 This function should take one parameter, the response to the
19163 capability command, and should return the command to switch on
19164 STARTTLS if the server supports STARTTLS, and nil otherwise.
19165
19166 :always-query-capabilities says whether to query the server for
19167 capabilities, even if we're doing a `plain' network connection.
19168
19169 :client-certificate should either be a list where the first
19170 element is the certificate key file name, and the second
19171 element is the certificate file name itself, or `t', which
19172 means that `auth-source' will be queried for the key and the
19173 certificate. This parameter will only be used when doing TLS
19174 or STARTTLS connections.
19175
19176 :use-starttls-if-possible is a boolean that says to do opportunistic
19177 STARTTLS upgrades even if Emacs doesn't have built-in TLS functionality.
19178
19179 :nowait is a boolean that says the connection should be made
19180 asynchronously, if possible.
19181
19182 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &rest PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
19183
19184 (defalias 'open-protocol-stream 'open-network-stream)
19185
19186 ;;;***
19187 \f
19188 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-start newsticker-running-p) "newst-backend"
19189 ;;;;;; "net/newst-backend.el" (20577 33959 40183 0))
19190 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-backend.el
19191
19192 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newst-backend" "\
19193 Check whether newsticker is running.
19194 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19195 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
19196
19197 \(fn)" nil nil)
19198
19199 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newst-backend" "\
19200 Start the newsticker.
19201 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
19202 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
19203 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
19204 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
19205
19206 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
19207
19208 ;;;***
19209 \f
19210 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-plainview) "newst-plainview" "net/newst-plainview.el"
19211 ;;;;;; (20434 17809 692608 0))
19212 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-plainview.el
19213
19214 (autoload 'newsticker-plainview "newst-plainview" "\
19215 Start newsticker plainview.
19216
19217 \(fn)" t nil)
19218
19219 ;;;***
19220 \f
19221 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-show-news) "newst-reader" "net/newst-reader.el"
19222 ;;;;;; (20434 17809 692608 0))
19223 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-reader.el
19224
19225 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newst-reader" "\
19226 Start reading news. You may want to bind this to a key.
19227
19228 \(fn)" t nil)
19229
19230 ;;;***
19231 \f
19232 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-start-ticker newsticker-ticker-running-p)
19233 ;;;;;; "newst-ticker" "net/newst-ticker.el" (20427 14766 970343
19234 ;;;;;; 0))
19235 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-ticker.el
19236
19237 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newst-ticker" "\
19238 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
19239 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19240 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
19241 empty.
19242
19243 \(fn)" nil nil)
19244
19245 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newst-ticker" "\
19246 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
19247 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
19248 running already.
19249
19250 \(fn)" t nil)
19251
19252 ;;;***
19253 \f
19254 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-treeview) "newst-treeview" "net/newst-treeview.el"
19255 ;;;;;; (20590 45996 129575 0))
19256 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-treeview.el
19257
19258 (autoload 'newsticker-treeview "newst-treeview" "\
19259 Start newsticker treeview.
19260
19261 \(fn)" t nil)
19262
19263 ;;;***
19264 \f
19265 ;;;### (autoloads (nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el"
19266 ;;;;;; (20614 54428 654267 0))
19267 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
19268
19269 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
19270 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
19271
19272 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19273
19274 ;;;***
19275 \f
19276 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (20355
19277 ;;;;;; 10021 546955 0))
19278 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
19279
19280 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
19281 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
19282 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
19283 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
19284 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
19285 symbol in the alist.
19286
19287 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
19288
19289 ;;;***
19290 \f
19291 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
19292 ;;;;;; (20704 8885 590749 0))
19293 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
19294
19295 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
19296 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
19297 This command does not work if you use short group names.
19298
19299 \(fn)" t nil)
19300
19301 ;;;***
19302 \f
19303 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
19304 ;;;;;; (20458 56750 651721 0))
19305 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
19306
19307 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
19308 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
19309
19310 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19311
19312 ;;;***
19313 \f
19314 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-function)
19315 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (20675 8629 685250 0))
19316 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19317
19318 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
19319
19320 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
19321 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19322 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19323
19324 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
19325
19326
19327 \(fn &optional CMD KEYS)" nil nil)
19328
19329 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
19330 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19331 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19332 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19333 to future sessions.
19334
19335 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19336
19337 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
19338 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19339 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19340 This command alters your init file so that this choice applies to
19341 future sessions.
19342
19343 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19344
19345 ;;;***
19346 \f
19347 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
19348 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
19349 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19350
19351 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
19352 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19353 \\{nroff-mode-map}
19354 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19355 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19356 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19357
19358 \(fn)" t nil)
19359
19360 ;;;***
19361 \f
19362 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-glyph-display-string) "nxml-glyph" "nxml/nxml-glyph.el"
19363 ;;;;;; (20523 62082 997685 0))
19364 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-glyph.el
19365
19366 (autoload 'nxml-glyph-display-string "nxml-glyph" "\
19367 Return a string that can display a glyph for Unicode code-point N.
19368 FACE gives the face that will be used for displaying the string.
19369 Return nil if the face cannot display a glyph for N.
19370
19371 \(fn N FACE)" nil nil)
19372
19373 ;;;***
19374 \f
19375 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-mode) "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" (20478
19376 ;;;;;; 3673 653810 0))
19377 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
19378
19379 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
19380 Major mode for editing XML.
19381
19382 \\[nxml-finish-element] finishes the current element by inserting an end-tag.
19383 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
19384 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
19385 \\[nxml-balanced-close-start-tag-block] is similar but for block rather than inline elements:
19386 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
19387 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
19388 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
19389
19390 \\[completion-at-point] performs completion on the symbol preceding point.
19391
19392 \\[nxml-dynamic-markup-word] uses the contents of the current buffer
19393 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
19394
19395 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form. The
19396 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
19397 is recognized as a section. The same key sequences that change
19398 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
19399 instead of C-c.
19400
19401 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
19402 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive. Element
19403 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
19404 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled.
19405 You can toggle it using \\[rng-validate-mode] or change the default by
19406 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
19407
19408 \\[indent-for-tab-command] indents the current line appropriately.
19409 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
19410 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
19411
19412 \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts a character reference using
19413 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name).
19414 \\[universal-argument] \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts the character directly.
19415
19416 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
19417 operate on XML markup items. Thus \\[forward-sexp] will move forward
19418 across one markup item; \\[backward-sexp] will move backward across
19419 one markup item; \\[kill-sexp] will kill the following markup item;
19420 \\[mark-sexp] will mark the following markup item. By default, each
19421 tag each treated as a single markup item; to make the complete element
19422 be treated as a single markup item, set the variable
19423 `nxml-sexp-element-flag' to t. For more details, see the function
19424 `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
19425
19426 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
19427
19428 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
19429 \\[customize-group] nxml RET.
19430
19431 \(fn)" t nil)
19432
19433 (defalias 'xml-mode 'nxml-mode)
19434
19435 ;;;***
19436 \f
19437 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets) "nxml-uchnm"
19438 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-uchnm.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
19439 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-uchnm.el
19440
19441 (autoload 'nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets "nxml-uchnm" "\
19442 Enable the use of Unicode standard names for characters.
19443 The Unicode blocks for which names are enabled is controlled by
19444 the variable `nxml-enabled-unicode-blocks'.
19445
19446 \(fn)" t nil)
19447
19448 ;;;***
19449 \f
19450 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
19451 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
19452 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
19453
19454 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave-inf" "\
19455 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19456 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19457
19458 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19459
19460 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19461 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19462
19463 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19464 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19465 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19466
19467 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19468
19469 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
19470
19471 ;;;***
19472 \f
19473 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
19474 ;;;;;; (20672 32446 100992 0))
19475 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
19476
19477 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave-mod" "\
19478 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19479
19480 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
19481 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
19482 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
19483 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
19484
19485 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19486 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
19487 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
19488 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
19489 is why you need this mode!).
19490
19491 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
19492 ftp from ftp.octave.org in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
19493 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
19494
19495 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
19496
19497 Keybindings
19498 ===========
19499
19500 \\{octave-mode-map}
19501
19502 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
19503 ==============================================
19504
19505 `octave-blink-matching-block'
19506 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
19507 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
19508
19509 `octave-block-offset'
19510 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
19511 Default is 2.
19512
19513 `octave-continuation-offset'
19514 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
19515 Default is 4.
19516
19517 `octave-continuation-string'
19518 String used for Octave continuation lines.
19519 Default is a backslash.
19520
19521 `octave-send-echo-input'
19522 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
19523 command to the inferior Octave process.
19524
19525 `octave-send-line-auto-forward'
19526 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
19527 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
19528
19529 `octave-send-echo-input'
19530 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
19531
19532 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
19533
19534 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
19535 following lines to your init file:
19536
19537 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '(\"\\\\.m\\\\'\" . octave-mode))
19538
19539 To automatically turn on the abbrev and auto-fill features,
19540 add the following lines to your init file as well:
19541
19542 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
19543 (lambda ()
19544 (abbrev-mode 1)
19545 (auto-fill-mode 1)))
19546
19547 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
19548 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
19549 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
19550 including a reproducible test case and send the message.
19551
19552 \(fn)" t nil)
19553
19554 ;;;***
19555 \f
19556 ;;;### (autoloads (org-customize org-reload org-submit-bug-report
19557 ;;;;;; org-cycle-agenda-files org-switchb org-open-link-from-string
19558 ;;;;;; org-open-at-point-global org-insert-link-global org-store-link
19559 ;;;;;; org-run-like-in-org-mode turn-on-orgstruct++ turn-on-orgstruct
19560 ;;;;;; orgstruct-mode org-global-cycle org-cycle org-mode org-clock-persistence-insinuate
19561 ;;;;;; turn-on-orgtbl org-version org-babel-do-load-languages) "org"
19562 ;;;;;; "org/org.el" (20681 47415 473102 0))
19563 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org.el
19564
19565 (autoload 'org-babel-do-load-languages "org" "\
19566 Load the languages defined in `org-babel-load-languages'.
19567
19568 \(fn SYM VALUE)" nil nil)
19569
19570 (autoload 'org-version "org" "\
19571 Show the org-mode version in the echo area.
19572 With prefix argument HERE, insert it at point.
19573 When FULL is non-nil, use a verbose version string.
19574 When MESSAGE is non-nil, display a message with the version.
19575
19576 \(fn &optional HERE FULL MESSAGE)" t nil)
19577
19578 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org" "\
19579 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
19580
19581 \(fn)" nil nil)
19582
19583 (autoload 'org-clock-persistence-insinuate "org" "\
19584 Set up hooks for clock persistence.
19585
19586 \(fn)" nil nil)
19587
19588 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
19589 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19590 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19591
19592 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19593 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19594 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19595 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19596 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19597 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19598 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19599 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19600 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19601 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19602
19603 The following commands are available:
19604
19605 \\{org-mode-map}
19606
19607 \(fn)" t nil)
19608
19609 (autoload 'org-cycle "org" "\
19610 TAB-action and visibility cycling for Org-mode.
19611
19612 This is the command invoked in Org-mode by the TAB key. Its main purpose
19613 is outline visibility cycling, but it also invokes other actions
19614 in special contexts.
19615
19616 - When this function is called with a prefix argument, rotate the entire
19617 buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
19618 1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
19619 2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
19620 3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
19621 When called with two `C-u C-u' prefixes, switch to the startup visibility,
19622 determined by the variable `org-startup-folded', and by any VISIBILITY
19623 properties in the buffer.
19624 When called with three `C-u C-u C-u' prefixed, show the entire buffer,
19625 including any drawers.
19626
19627 - When inside a table, re-align the table and move to the next field.
19628
19629 - When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
19630 by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
19631 1. FOLDED: Only the main headline is shown.
19632 2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
19633 From this state, you can move to one of the children
19634 and zoom in further.
19635 3. SUBTREE: Show the entire subtree, including body text.
19636 If there is no subtree, switch directly from CHILDREN to FOLDED.
19637
19638 - When point is at the beginning of an empty headline and the variable
19639 `org-cycle-level-after-item/entry-creation' is set, cycle the level
19640 of the headline by demoting and promoting it to likely levels. This
19641 speeds up creation document structure by pressing TAB once or several
19642 times right after creating a new headline.
19643
19644 - When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
19645 a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position. If ARG
19646 is negative, go up that many levels.
19647
19648 - When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute the global
19649 binding for TAB, which is re-indenting the line. See the option
19650 `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
19651
19652 - Special case: if point is at the beginning of the buffer and there is
19653 no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg
19654 (C-u TAB, same as S-TAB) also when called without prefix arg.
19655 But only if also the variable `org-cycle-global-at-bob' is t.
19656
19657 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19658
19659 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
19660 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19661 With \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, switch to startup visibility.
19662 With a numeric prefix, show all headlines up to that level.
19663
19664 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19665
19666 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
19667 Toggle the minor mode `orgstruct-mode'.
19668 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other
19669 modes. The following keys behave as if Org-mode were active, if
19670 the cursor is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both as
19671 defined by Org-mode).
19672
19673 M-up Move entry/item up
19674 M-down Move entry/item down
19675 M-left Promote
19676 M-right Demote
19677 M-S-up Move entry/item up
19678 M-S-down Move entry/item down
19679 M-S-left Promote subtree
19680 M-S-right Demote subtree
19681 M-q Fill paragraph and items like in Org-mode
19682 C-c ^ Sort entries
19683 C-c - Cycle list bullet
19684 TAB Cycle item visibility
19685 M-RET Insert new heading/item
19686 S-M-RET Insert new TODO heading / Checkbox item
19687 C-c C-c Set tags / toggle checkbox
19688
19689 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19690
19691 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
19692 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
19693
19694 \(fn)" nil nil)
19695
19696 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
19697 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct++-mode'.
19698
19699 \(fn)" nil nil)
19700
19701 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
19702 Run a command, pretending that the current buffer is in Org-mode.
19703 This will temporarily bind local variables that are typically bound in
19704 Org-mode to the values they have in Org-mode, and then interactively
19705 call CMD.
19706
19707 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
19708
19709 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
19710 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19711 This link is added to `org-stored-links' and can later be inserted
19712 into an org-buffer with \\[org-insert-link].
19713
19714 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted:
19715 For links to usenet articles, arg negates `org-gnus-prefer-web-links'.
19716 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19717
19718 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19719
19720 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
19721 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
19722 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
19723
19724 \(fn)" t nil)
19725
19726 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
19727 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
19728 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
19729 Org-mode syntax.
19730
19731 \(fn)" t nil)
19732
19733 (autoload 'org-open-link-from-string "org" "\
19734 Open a link in the string S, as if it was in Org-mode.
19735
19736 \(fn S &optional ARG REFERENCE-BUFFER)" t nil)
19737
19738 (autoload 'org-switchb "org" "\
19739 Switch between Org buffers.
19740 With one prefix argument, restrict available buffers to files.
19741 With two prefix arguments, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
19742
19743 Defaults to `iswitchb' for buffer name completion.
19744 Set `org-completion-use-ido' to make it use ido instead.
19745
19746 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19747
19748 (defalias 'org-ido-switchb 'org-switchb)
19749
19750 (defalias 'org-iswitchb 'org-switchb)
19751
19752 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
19753 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
19754 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
19755 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
19756
19757 \(fn)" t nil)
19758
19759 (autoload 'org-submit-bug-report "org" "\
19760 Submit a bug report on Org-mode via mail.
19761
19762 Don't hesitate to report any problems or inaccurate documentation.
19763
19764 If you don't have setup sending mail from (X)Emacs, please copy the
19765 output buffer into your mail program, as it gives us important
19766 information about your Org-mode version and configuration.
19767
19768 \(fn)" t nil)
19769
19770 (autoload 'org-reload "org" "\
19771 Reload all org lisp files.
19772 With prefix arg UNCOMPILED, load the uncompiled versions.
19773
19774 \(fn &optional UNCOMPILED)" t nil)
19775
19776 (autoload 'org-customize "org" "\
19777 Call the customize function with org as argument.
19778
19779 \(fn)" t nil)
19780
19781 ;;;***
19782 \f
19783 ;;;### (autoloads (org-agenda-to-appt org-calendar-goto-agenda org-diary
19784 ;;;;;; org-agenda-list-stuck-projects org-tags-view org-todo-list
19785 ;;;;;; org-search-view org-agenda-list org-batch-store-agenda-views
19786 ;;;;;; org-store-agenda-views org-batch-agenda-csv org-batch-agenda
19787 ;;;;;; org-agenda org-toggle-sticky-agenda) "org-agenda" "org/org-agenda.el"
19788 ;;;;;; (20681 47415 473102 0))
19789 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-agenda.el
19790
19791 (autoload 'org-toggle-sticky-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19792 Toggle `org-agenda-sticky'.
19793
19794 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19795
19796 (autoload 'org-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19797 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
19798 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
19799 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
19800
19801 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
19802 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
19803 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
19804 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
19805 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
19806 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
19807 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
19808 L Create a timeline for the current buffer.
19809 e Export views to associated files.
19810 s Search entries for keywords.
19811 S Search entries for keywords, only with TODO keywords.
19812 / Multi occur across all agenda files and also files listed
19813 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19814 < Restrict agenda commands to buffer, subtree, or region.
19815 Press several times to get the desired effect.
19816 > Remove a previous restriction.
19817 # List \"stuck\" projects.
19818 ! Configure what \"stuck\" means.
19819 C Configure custom agenda commands.
19820
19821 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
19822 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
19823 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
19824
19825 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
19826 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
19827 \(until the next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
19828 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
19829 \(if active).
19830
19831 \(fn &optional ARG ORG-KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
19832
19833 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19834 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19835 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19836 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19837 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19838 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19839 before running the agenda command.
19840
19841 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19842
19843 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org-agenda" "\
19844 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19845 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19846 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19847 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19848 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19849 before running the agenda command.
19850
19851 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
19852 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
19853
19854 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
19855
19856 category The category of the item
19857 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
19858 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
19859 todo selected in TODO match
19860 tagsmatch selected in tags match
19861 diary imported from diary
19862 deadline a deadline on given date
19863 scheduled scheduled on given date
19864 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
19865 closed entry was closed on given date
19866 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
19867 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
19868 block entry has date block including g. date
19869 todo The todo keyword, if any
19870 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
19871 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
19872 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
19873 extra Sting with extra planning info
19874 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
19875 priority-n The computed numerical priority
19876 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
19877
19878 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19879
19880 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19881
19882
19883 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
19884
19885 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19886 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
19887
19888 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19889
19890 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org-agenda" "\
19891 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
19892 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
19893 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
19894
19895 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
19896 span ARG days. Lisp programs should instead specify SPAN to change
19897 the number of days. SPAN defaults to `org-agenda-span'.
19898
19899 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
19900 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
19901
19902 \(fn &optional ARG START-DAY SPAN)" t nil)
19903
19904 (autoload 'org-search-view "org-agenda" "\
19905 Show all entries that contain a phrase or words or regular expressions.
19906
19907 With optional prefix argument TODO-ONLY, only consider entries that are
19908 TODO entries. The argument STRING can be used to pass a default search
19909 string into this function. If EDIT-AT is non-nil, it means that the
19910 user should get a chance to edit this string, with cursor at position
19911 EDIT-AT.
19912
19913 The search string can be viewed either as a phrase that should be found as
19914 is, or it can be broken into a number of snippets, each of which must match
19915 in a Boolean way to select an entry. The default depends on the variable
19916 `org-agenda-search-view-always-boolean'.
19917 Even if this is turned off (the default) you can always switch to
19918 Boolean search dynamically by preceding the first word with \"+\" or \"-\".
19919
19920 The default is a direct search of the whole phrase, where each space in
19921 the search string can expand to an arbitrary amount of whitespace,
19922 including newlines.
19923
19924 If using a Boolean search, the search string is split on whitespace and
19925 each snippet is searched separately, with logical AND to select an entry.
19926 Words prefixed with a minus must *not* occur in the entry. Words without
19927 a prefix or prefixed with a plus must occur in the entry. Matching is
19928 case-insensitive. Words are enclosed by word delimiters (i.e. they must
19929 match whole words, not parts of a word) if
19930 `org-agenda-search-view-force-full-words' is set (default is nil).
19931
19932 Boolean search snippets enclosed by curly braces are interpreted as
19933 regular expressions that must or (when preceded with \"-\") must not
19934 match in the entry. Snippets enclosed into double quotes will be taken
19935 as a whole, to include whitespace.
19936
19937 - If the search string starts with an asterisk, search only in headlines.
19938 - If (possibly after the leading star) the search string starts with an
19939 exclamation mark, this also means to look at TODO entries only, an effect
19940 that can also be achieved with a prefix argument.
19941 - If (possibly after star and exclamation mark) the search string starts
19942 with a colon, this will mean that the (non-regexp) snippets of the
19943 Boolean search must match as full words.
19944
19945 This command searches the agenda files, and in addition the files listed
19946 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19947
19948 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY STRING EDIT-AT)" t nil)
19949
19950 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org-agenda" "\
19951 Show all (not done) TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
19952 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
19953 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
19954 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
19955 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
19956
19957 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19958
19959 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org-agenda" "\
19960 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
19961 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
19962
19963 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
19964
19965 (autoload 'org-agenda-list-stuck-projects "org-agenda" "\
19966 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
19967 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions. For the definitions
19968 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
19969 `org-stuck-projects'.
19970
19971 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
19972
19973 (autoload 'org-diary "org-agenda" "\
19974 Return diary information from org files.
19975 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
19976 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
19977 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
19978 items should be listed. For a list of arguments allowed here, see the
19979 variable `org-agenda-entry-types'.
19980
19981 The call in the diary file should look like this:
19982
19983 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
19984
19985 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
19986 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
19987
19988 &%%(org-diary)
19989
19990 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default
19991 arguments (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp) are used.
19992 So the example above may also be written as
19993
19994 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
19995
19996 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
19997 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
19998 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
19999
20000 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
20001
20002 (autoload 'org-calendar-goto-agenda "org-agenda" "\
20003 Compute the Org-mode agenda for the calendar date displayed at the cursor.
20004 This is a command that has to be installed in `calendar-mode-map'.
20005
20006 \(fn)" t nil)
20007
20008 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org-agenda" "\
20009 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
20010 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix, refresh the list of
20011 appointments.
20012
20013 If FILTER is t, interactively prompt the user for a regular
20014 expression, and filter out entries that don't match it.
20015
20016 If FILTER is a string, use this string as a regular expression
20017 for filtering entries out.
20018
20019 If FILTER is a function, filter out entries against which
20020 calling the function returns nil. This function takes one
20021 argument: an entry from `org-agenda-get-day-entries'.
20022
20023 FILTER can also be an alist with the car of each cell being
20024 either 'headline or 'category. For example:
20025
20026 '((headline \"IMPORTANT\")
20027 (category \"Work\"))
20028
20029 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
20030 belonging to the \"Work\" category.
20031
20032 ARGS are symbols indicating what kind of entries to consider.
20033 By default `org-agenda-to-appt' will use :deadline, :scheduled
20034 and :timestamp entries. See the docstring of `org-diary' for
20035 details and examples.
20036
20037 If an entry as a APPT_WARNTIME property, its value will be used
20038 to override `appt-message-warning-time'.
20039
20040 \(fn &optional REFRESH FILTER &rest ARGS)" t nil)
20041
20042 ;;;***
20043 \f
20044 ;;;### (autoloads (org-beamer-mode org-beamer-sectioning) "org-beamer"
20045 ;;;;;; "org/org-beamer.el" (20618 55210 422086 0))
20046 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-beamer.el
20047
20048 (autoload 'org-beamer-sectioning "org-beamer" "\
20049 Return the sectioning entry for the current headline.
20050 LEVEL is the reduced level of the headline.
20051 TEXT is the text of the headline, everything except the leading stars.
20052 The return value is a cons cell. The car is the headline text, usually
20053 just TEXT, but possibly modified if options have been extracted from the
20054 text. The cdr is the sectioning entry, similar to what is given
20055 in org-export-latex-classes.
20056
20057 \(fn LEVEL TEXT)" nil nil)
20058
20059 (autoload 'org-beamer-mode "org-beamer" "\
20060 Special support for editing Org-mode files made to export to beamer.
20061
20062 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20063
20064 ;;;***
20065 \f
20066 ;;;### (autoloads (org-capture-import-remember-templates org-capture
20067 ;;;;;; org-capture-string) "org-capture" "org/org-capture.el" (20618
20068 ;;;;;; 55210 422086 0))
20069 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-capture.el
20070
20071 (autoload 'org-capture-string "org-capture" "\
20072
20073
20074 \(fn STRING &optional KEYS)" t nil)
20075
20076 (autoload 'org-capture "org-capture" "\
20077 Capture something.
20078 \\<org-capture-mode-map>
20079 This will let you select a template from `org-capture-templates', and then
20080 file the newly captured information. The text is immediately inserted
20081 at the target location, and an indirect buffer is shown where you can
20082 edit it. Pressing \\[org-capture-finalize] brings you back to the previous state
20083 of Emacs, so that you can continue your work.
20084
20085 When called interactively with a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument GOTO, don't capture
20086 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template
20087 stores its notes. With a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], go to the last note
20088 stored.
20089
20090 When called with a `C-0' (zero) prefix, insert a template at point.
20091
20092 Lisp programs can set KEYS to a string associated with a template
20093 in `org-capture-templates'. In this case, interactive selection
20094 will be bypassed.
20095
20096 If `org-capture-use-agenda-date' is non-nil, capturing from the
20097 agenda will use the date at point as the default date.
20098
20099 \(fn &optional GOTO KEYS)" t nil)
20100
20101 (autoload 'org-capture-import-remember-templates "org-capture" "\
20102 Set org-capture-templates to be similar to `org-remember-templates'.
20103
20104 \(fn)" t nil)
20105
20106 ;;;***
20107 \f
20108 ;;;### (autoloads (org-agenda-columns org-insert-columns-dblock org-dblock-write:columnview
20109 ;;;;;; org-columns) "org-colview" "org/org-colview.el" (20618 55210
20110 ;;;;;; 422086 0))
20111 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-colview.el
20112
20113 (autoload 'org-columns "org-colview" "\
20114 Turn on column view on an org-mode file.
20115 When COLUMNS-FMT-STRING is non-nil, use it as the column format.
20116
20117 \(fn &optional COLUMNS-FMT-STRING)" t nil)
20118
20119 (autoload 'org-dblock-write:columnview "org-colview" "\
20120 Write the column view table.
20121 PARAMS is a property list of parameters:
20122
20123 :width enforce same column widths with <N> specifiers.
20124 :id the :ID: property of the entry where the columns view
20125 should be built. When the symbol `local', call locally.
20126 When `global' call column view with the cursor at the beginning
20127 of the buffer (usually this means that the whole buffer switches
20128 to column view). When \"file:path/to/file.org\", invoke column
20129 view at the start of that file. Otherwise, the ID is located
20130 using `org-id-find'.
20131 :hlines When t, insert a hline before each item. When a number, insert
20132 a hline before each level <= that number.
20133 :vlines When t, make each column a colgroup to enforce vertical lines.
20134 :maxlevel When set to a number, don't capture headlines below this level.
20135 :skip-empty-rows
20136 When t, skip rows where all specifiers other than ITEM are empty.
20137 :format When non-nil, specify the column view format to use.
20138
20139 \(fn PARAMS)" nil nil)
20140
20141 (autoload 'org-insert-columns-dblock "org-colview" "\
20142 Create a dynamic block capturing a column view table.
20143
20144 \(fn)" t nil)
20145
20146 (autoload 'org-agenda-columns "org-colview" "\
20147 Turn on or update column view in the agenda.
20148
20149 \(fn)" t nil)
20150
20151 ;;;***
20152 \f
20153 ;;;### (autoloads (org-check-version) "org-compat" "org/org-compat.el"
20154 ;;;;;; (20618 55210 422086 0))
20155 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-compat.el
20156
20157 (autoload 'org-check-version "org-compat" "\
20158 Try very hard to provide sensible version strings.
20159
20160 \(fn)" nil t)
20161
20162 ;;;***
20163 \f
20164 ;;;### (autoloads (org-git-version org-release) "org-version" "org/org-version.el"
20165 ;;;;;; (20681 47415 473102 0))
20166 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-version.el
20167
20168 (autoload 'org-release "org-version" "\
20169 The release version of org-mode.
20170 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
20171
20172 \(fn)" nil nil)
20173
20174 (autoload 'org-git-version "org-version" "\
20175 The Git version of org-mode.
20176 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
20177
20178 \(fn)" nil nil)
20179
20180 (defvar org-odt-data-dir "/usr/share/emacs/etc/org" "\
20181 The location of ODT styles.")
20182
20183 ;;;***
20184 \f
20185 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "outline.el"
20186 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
20187 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
20188 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20189 (put 'outline-heading-end-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20190
20191 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
20192 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
20193 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
20194 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
20195
20196 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
20197 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
20198 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
20199 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
20200
20201 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
20202 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
20203 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
20204 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
20205 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
20206 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
20207
20208 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
20209 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
20210 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
20211
20212 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
20213 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
20214 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
20215 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
20216 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
20217 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
20218 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
20219 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
20220 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
20221 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
20222 The subheadings remain visible.
20223 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
20224
20225 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
20226 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
20227 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
20228
20229 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
20230 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
20231
20232 \(fn)" t nil)
20233
20234 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
20235 Toggle Outline minor mode.
20236 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Outline minor mode if ARG is
20237 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20238 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20239
20240 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
20241
20242 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20243 (put 'outline-level 'risky-local-variable t)
20244
20245 ;;;***
20246 \f
20247 ;;;### (autoloads (list-packages describe-package package-initialize
20248 ;;;;;; package-refresh-contents package-install-file package-install-from-buffer
20249 ;;;;;; package-install package-enable-at-startup) "package" "emacs-lisp/package.el"
20250 ;;;;;; (20705 29751 556330 0))
20251 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/package.el
20252
20253 (defvar package-enable-at-startup t "\
20254 Whether to activate installed packages when Emacs starts.
20255 If non-nil, packages are activated after reading the init file
20256 and before `after-init-hook'. Activation is not done if
20257 `user-init-file' is nil (e.g. Emacs was started with \"-q\").
20258
20259 Even if the value is nil, you can type \\[package-initialize] to
20260 activate the package system at any time.")
20261
20262 (custom-autoload 'package-enable-at-startup "package" t)
20263
20264 (autoload 'package-install "package" "\
20265 Install the package named NAME.
20266 NAME should be the name of one of the available packages in an
20267 archive in `package-archives'. Interactively, prompt for NAME.
20268
20269 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
20270
20271 (autoload 'package-install-from-buffer "package" "\
20272 Install a package from the current buffer.
20273 When called interactively, the current buffer is assumed to be a
20274 single .el file that follows the packaging guidelines; see info
20275 node `(elisp)Packaging'.
20276
20277 When called from Lisp, PKG-INFO is a vector describing the
20278 information, of the type returned by `package-buffer-info'; and
20279 TYPE is the package type (either `single' or `tar').
20280
20281 \(fn PKG-INFO TYPE)" t nil)
20282
20283 (autoload 'package-install-file "package" "\
20284 Install a package from a file.
20285 The file can either be a tar file or an Emacs Lisp file.
20286
20287 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
20288
20289 (autoload 'package-refresh-contents "package" "\
20290 Download the ELPA archive description if needed.
20291 This informs Emacs about the latest versions of all packages, and
20292 makes them available for download.
20293
20294 \(fn)" t nil)
20295
20296 (autoload 'package-initialize "package" "\
20297 Load Emacs Lisp packages, and activate them.
20298 The variable `package-load-list' controls which packages to load.
20299 If optional arg NO-ACTIVATE is non-nil, don't activate packages.
20300
20301 \(fn &optional NO-ACTIVATE)" t nil)
20302
20303 (autoload 'describe-package "package" "\
20304 Display the full documentation of PACKAGE (a symbol).
20305
20306 \(fn PACKAGE)" t nil)
20307
20308 (autoload 'list-packages "package" "\
20309 Display a list of packages.
20310 This first fetches the updated list of packages before
20311 displaying, unless a prefix argument NO-FETCH is specified.
20312 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Packages*'.
20313
20314 \(fn &optional NO-FETCH)" t nil)
20315
20316 (defalias 'package-list-packages 'list-packages)
20317
20318 ;;;***
20319 \f
20320 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (20542 50478
20321 ;;;;;; 439878 507000))
20322 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
20323
20324 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
20325 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
20326 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20327 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20328 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20329 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
20330
20331 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
20332
20333 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
20334 Toggle visualization of matching parens (Show Paren mode).
20335 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Show Paren mode if ARG is
20336 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20337 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20338
20339 Show Paren mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, any
20340 matching parenthesis is highlighted in `show-paren-style' after
20341 `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
20342
20343 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20344
20345 ;;;***
20346 \f
20347 ;;;### (autoloads (parse-time-string) "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el"
20348 ;;;;;; (20478 3673 653810 0))
20349 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
20350 (put 'parse-time-rules 'risky-local-variable t)
20351
20352 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
20353 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
20354 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
20355 unknown are returned as nil.
20356
20357 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
20358
20359 ;;;***
20360 \f
20361 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (20478
20362 ;;;;;; 3673 653810 0))
20363 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
20364
20365 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
20366 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
20367 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20368
20369 \\[completion-at-point] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
20370 \\[completion-help-at-point] shows all possible completions at this point.
20371
20372 Other useful functions are:
20373
20374 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
20375 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
20376 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
20377 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
20378 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
20379 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
20380 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
20381 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
20382 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
20383
20384 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
20385
20386 `pascal-indent-level' (default 3)
20387 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
20388 `pascal-case-indent' (default 2)
20389 Indentation for case statements.
20390 `pascal-auto-newline' (default nil)
20391 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
20392 mark after an end.
20393 `pascal-indent-nested-functions' (default t)
20394 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
20395 `pascal-tab-always-indent' (default t)
20396 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
20397 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20398 `pascal-auto-endcomments' (default t)
20399 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
20400 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
20401 `pascal-auto-lineup' (default t)
20402 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
20403
20404 See also the user variables `pascal-type-keywords', `pascal-start-keywords' and
20405 `pascal-separator-keywords'.
20406
20407 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
20408 no args, if that value is non-nil.
20409
20410 \(fn)" t nil)
20411
20412 ;;;***
20413 \f
20414 ;;;### (autoloads (password-in-cache-p password-cache-expiry password-cache)
20415 ;;;;;; "password-cache" "password-cache.el" (20577 33959 40183 0))
20416 ;;; Generated autoloads from password-cache.el
20417
20418 (defvar password-cache t "\
20419 Whether to cache passwords.")
20420
20421 (custom-autoload 'password-cache "password-cache" t)
20422
20423 (defvar password-cache-expiry 16 "\
20424 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable expiring.
20425 Whether passwords are cached at all is controlled by `password-cache'.")
20426
20427 (custom-autoload 'password-cache-expiry "password-cache" t)
20428
20429 (autoload 'password-in-cache-p "password-cache" "\
20430 Check if KEY is in the cache.
20431
20432 \(fn KEY)" nil nil)
20433
20434 ;;;***
20435 \f
20436 ;;;### (autoloads (pcase-let pcase-let* pcase) "pcase" "emacs-lisp/pcase.el"
20437 ;;;;;; (20582 12914 894781 0))
20438 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pcase.el
20439
20440 (autoload 'pcase "pcase" "\
20441 Perform ML-style pattern matching on EXP.
20442 CASES is a list of elements of the form (UPATTERN CODE...).
20443
20444 UPatterns can take the following forms:
20445 _ matches anything.
20446 SELFQUOTING matches itself. This includes keywords, numbers, and strings.
20447 SYMBOL matches anything and binds it to SYMBOL.
20448 (or UPAT...) matches if any of the patterns matches.
20449 (and UPAT...) matches if all the patterns match.
20450 `QPAT matches if the QPattern QPAT matches.
20451 (pred PRED) matches if PRED applied to the object returns non-nil.
20452 (guard BOOLEXP) matches if BOOLEXP evaluates to non-nil.
20453 (let UPAT EXP) matches if EXP matches UPAT.
20454 If a SYMBOL is used twice in the same pattern (i.e. the pattern is
20455 \"non-linear\"), then the second occurrence is turned into an `eq'uality test.
20456
20457 QPatterns can take the following forms:
20458 (QPAT1 . QPAT2) matches if QPAT1 matches the car and QPAT2 the cdr.
20459 ,UPAT matches if the UPattern UPAT matches.
20460 STRING matches if the object is `equal' to STRING.
20461 ATOM matches if the object is `eq' to ATOM.
20462 QPatterns for vectors are not implemented yet.
20463
20464 PRED can take the form
20465 FUNCTION in which case it gets called with one argument.
20466 (FUN ARG1 .. ARGN) in which case it gets called with an N+1'th argument
20467 which is the value being matched.
20468 A PRED of the form FUNCTION is equivalent to one of the form (FUNCTION).
20469 PRED patterns can refer to variables bound earlier in the pattern.
20470 E.g. you can match pairs where the cdr is larger than the car with a pattern
20471 like `(,a . ,(pred (< a))) or, with more checks:
20472 `(,(and a (pred numberp)) . ,(and (pred numberp) (pred (< a))))
20473
20474 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil t)
20475
20476 (put 'pcase 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20477
20478 (autoload 'pcase-let* "pcase" "\
20479 Like `let*' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20480 BODY should be an expression, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20481 of the form (UPAT EXP).
20482
20483 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20484
20485 (put 'pcase-let* 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20486
20487 (autoload 'pcase-let "pcase" "\
20488 Like `let' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20489 BODY should be a list of expressions, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20490 of the form (UPAT EXP).
20491
20492 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20493
20494 (put 'pcase-let 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20495
20496 ;;;***
20497 \f
20498 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (20355
20499 ;;;;;; 10021 546955 0))
20500 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
20501
20502 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
20503 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
20504
20505 \(fn)" nil nil)
20506
20507 ;;;***
20508 \f
20509 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
20510 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (20572 16038 402143 0))
20511 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
20512
20513 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20514 Completion for `gzip'.
20515
20516 \(fn)" nil nil)
20517
20518 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20519 Completion for `bzip2'.
20520
20521 \(fn)" nil nil)
20522
20523 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20524 Completion for GNU `make'.
20525
20526 \(fn)" nil nil)
20527
20528 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20529 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
20530
20531 \(fn)" nil nil)
20532
20533 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
20534
20535 ;;;***
20536 \f
20537 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
20538 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
20539 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
20540
20541 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
20542 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
20543
20544 \(fn)" nil nil)
20545
20546 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20547 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
20548
20549 \(fn)" nil nil)
20550
20551 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20552 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
20553
20554 \(fn)" nil nil)
20555
20556 ;;;***
20557 \f
20558 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (20523
20559 ;;;;;; 62082 997685 0))
20560 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
20561
20562 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
20563 Completion for the `rpm' command.
20564
20565 \(fn)" nil nil)
20566
20567 ;;;***
20568 \f
20569 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/scp pcomplete/ssh pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown
20570 ;;;;;; pcomplete/which pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir
20571 ;;;;;; pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (20376 40834 914217
20572 ;;;;;; 0))
20573 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
20574
20575 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
20576 Completion for `cd'.
20577
20578 \(fn)" nil nil)
20579
20580 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
20581
20582 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
20583 Completion for `rmdir'.
20584
20585 \(fn)" nil nil)
20586
20587 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
20588 Completion for `rm'.
20589
20590 \(fn)" nil nil)
20591
20592 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
20593 Completion for `xargs'.
20594
20595 \(fn)" nil nil)
20596
20597 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
20598
20599 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
20600 Completion for `which'.
20601
20602 \(fn)" nil nil)
20603
20604 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
20605 Completion for the `chown' command.
20606
20607 \(fn)" nil nil)
20608
20609 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20610 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
20611
20612 \(fn)" nil nil)
20613
20614 (autoload 'pcomplete/ssh "pcmpl-unix" "\
20615 Completion rules for the `ssh' command.
20616
20617 \(fn)" nil nil)
20618
20619 (autoload 'pcomplete/scp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20620 Completion rules for the `scp' command.
20621 Includes files as well as host names followed by a colon.
20622
20623 \(fn)" nil nil)
20624
20625 ;;;***
20626 \f
20627 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
20628 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
20629 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (20652
20630 ;;;;;; 47164 970964 0))
20631 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
20632
20633 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
20634 Support extensible programmable completion.
20635 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
20636 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
20637
20638 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
20639
20640 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
20641 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
20642
20643 \(fn)" t nil)
20644
20645 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
20646 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20647 This will modify the current buffer.
20648
20649 \(fn)" t nil)
20650
20651 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
20652 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
20653
20654 \(fn)" t nil)
20655
20656 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
20657 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20658 This will modify the current buffer.
20659
20660 \(fn)" t nil)
20661
20662 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
20663 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
20664
20665 \(fn)" t nil)
20666
20667 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
20668 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
20669
20670 \(fn)" t nil)
20671
20672 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
20673 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
20674 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
20675 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
20676 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
20677
20678 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
20679
20680 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
20681 Setup `shell-mode' to use pcomplete.
20682
20683 \(fn)" nil nil)
20684
20685 ;;;***
20686 \f
20687 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
20688 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
20689 ;;;;;; "vc/pcvs.el" (20584 7212 455152 0))
20690 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs.el
20691
20692 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
20693 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
20694 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
20695 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20696
20697 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
20698
20699 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
20700
20701 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
20702 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
20703 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20704 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20705 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20706 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20707 FLAGS is ignored.
20708
20709 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
20710
20711 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
20712 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
20713 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
20714 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20715 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20716 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20717 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20718 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20719
20720 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20721
20722 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
20723 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20724 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20725 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20726 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20727 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20728 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
20729 passed to cvs.
20730
20731 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
20732
20733 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
20734 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20735 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20736 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20737 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20738 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20739 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20740
20741 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20742
20743 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
20744 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
20745 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
20746
20747 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
20748
20749 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
20750 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
20751 A value of nil means never do it.
20752 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
20753 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
20754 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
20755
20756 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
20757
20758 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
20759 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
20760 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
20761
20762 ;;;***
20763 \f
20764 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "vc/pcvs-defs.el" (20576 42138
20765 ;;;;;; 697312 0))
20766 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-defs.el
20767
20768 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directory Status") cvs-status :help ,(purecopy "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Checkout Module") cvs-checkout :help ,(purecopy "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Update Directory") cvs-update :help ,(purecopy "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Examine Directory") cvs-examine :help ,(purecopy "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)) "\
20769 Global menu used by PCL-CVS.")
20770
20771 ;;;***
20772 \f
20773 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
20774 ;;;;;; (20665 59189 799105 0))
20775 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
20776 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20777 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20778 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20779 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20780 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20781 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20782
20783 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
20784 Major mode for editing Perl code.
20785 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
20786 Tab indents for Perl code.
20787 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
20788 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
20789 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20790 \\{perl-mode-map}
20791 Variables controlling indentation style:
20792 `perl-tab-always-indent'
20793 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
20794 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20795 `perl-tab-to-comment'
20796 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
20797 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
20798 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
20799 `perl-nochange'
20800 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
20801 `perl-indent-level'
20802 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
20803 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
20804 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
20805 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
20806 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
20807 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
20808 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
20809 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
20810 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
20811 `perl-brace-offset'
20812 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
20813 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
20814 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
20815 this far to the right of the start of its line.
20816 `perl-label-offset'
20817 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
20818 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
20819 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
20820
20821 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
20822 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
20823 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
20824 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
20825 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
20826 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
20827 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
20828
20829 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
20830
20831 \(fn)" t nil)
20832
20833 ;;;***
20834 \f
20835 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
20836 ;;;;;; (20551 9899 283417 0))
20837 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
20838
20839 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
20840 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
20841 \\<picture-mode-map>
20842 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
20843 afterwards settable by these commands:
20844
20845 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
20846 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
20847 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
20848 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
20849
20850 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
20851 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
20852 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
20853 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
20854
20855 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
20856 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
20857 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
20858 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
20859
20860 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
20861 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
20862 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
20863 with these commands:
20864
20865 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
20866 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
20867 Move to column following last
20868 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
20869 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
20870 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
20871 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
20872 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
20873 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
20874
20875 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
20876
20877 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
20878 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
20879 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
20880 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
20881 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
20882 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
20883
20884 You can manipulate text with these commands:
20885 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
20886 Delete char at point: \\[picture-delete-char]
20887 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
20888 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
20889 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
20890 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
20891
20892 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
20893 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
20894 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
20895 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
20896 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
20897 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
20898 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
20899 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[undo]
20900
20901 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
20902 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
20903 by supplying an argument.
20904
20905 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
20906
20907 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
20908 they are not by default assigned to keys.
20909
20910 \(fn)" t nil)
20911
20912 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
20913
20914 ;;;***
20915 \f
20916 ;;;### (autoloads (plstore-mode plstore-open) "plstore" "gnus/plstore.el"
20917 ;;;;;; (20700 11832 779612 0))
20918 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/plstore.el
20919
20920 (autoload 'plstore-open "plstore" "\
20921 Create a plstore instance associated with FILE.
20922
20923 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
20924
20925 (autoload 'plstore-mode "plstore" "\
20926 Major mode for editing PLSTORE files.
20927
20928 \(fn)" t nil)
20929
20930 ;;;***
20931 \f
20932 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
20933 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
20934 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
20935
20936 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
20937 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
20938 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
20939
20940 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
20941
20942 ;;;***
20943 \f
20944 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (20478 3673 653810
20945 ;;;;;; 0))
20946 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
20947
20948 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
20949 Play pong and waste time.
20950 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
20951 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
20952
20953 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
20954
20955 \\{pong-mode-map}
20956
20957 \(fn)" t nil)
20958
20959 ;;;***
20960 \f
20961 ;;;### (autoloads (pop3-movemail) "pop3" "gnus/pop3.el" (20643 32183
20962 ;;;;;; 554981 0))
20963 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/pop3.el
20964
20965 (autoload 'pop3-movemail "pop3" "\
20966 Transfer contents of a maildrop to the specified FILE.
20967 Use streaming commands.
20968
20969 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
20970
20971 ;;;***
20972 \f
20973 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-macroexpand-last-sexp pp-eval-last-sexp pp-macroexpand-expression
20974 ;;;;;; pp-eval-expression pp pp-buffer pp-to-string) "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el"
20975 ;;;;;; (20495 51111 757560 0))
20976 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
20977
20978 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
20979 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
20980 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
20981 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
20982
20983 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
20984
20985 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
20986 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
20987
20988 \(fn)" nil nil)
20989
20990 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
20991 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
20992 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
20993 can handle, whenever this is possible.
20994 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
20995
20996 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
20997
20998 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
20999 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
21000 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
21001
21002 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
21003
21004 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-expression "pp" "\
21005 Macroexpand EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
21006
21007 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
21008
21009 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
21010 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point.
21011 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
21012 Ignores leading comment characters.
21013
21014 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21015
21016 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-last-sexp "pp" "\
21017 Run `pp-macroexpand-expression' on sexp before point.
21018 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
21019 Ignores leading comment characters.
21020
21021 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21022
21023 ;;;***
21024 \f
21025 ;;;### (autoloads (pr-txt-fast-fire pr-ps-fast-fire pr-show-lpr-setup
21026 ;;;;;; pr-show-pr-setup pr-show-ps-setup pr-ps-utility pr-txt-name
21027 ;;;;;; pr-ps-name pr-help lpr-customize pr-customize pr-toggle-mode
21028 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-region pr-toggle-lock pr-toggle-header-frame pr-toggle-header
21029 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-zebra pr-toggle-line pr-toggle-upside-down pr-toggle-landscape
21030 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-tumble pr-toggle-duplex pr-toggle-spool pr-toggle-faces
21031 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-ghostscript pr-toggle-file-landscape pr-toggle-file-tumble
21032 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-file-duplex pr-ps-file-up-ps-print pr-ps-file-ps-print
21033 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-print pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript pr-ps-file-up-preview
21034 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-preview pr-despool-ps-print pr-despool-print pr-despool-using-ghostscript
21035 ;;;;;; pr-despool-preview pr-txt-mode pr-txt-region pr-txt-buffer
21036 ;;;;;; pr-txt-directory pr-printify-region pr-printify-buffer pr-printify-directory
21037 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-ps-print pr-ps-mode-print pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript
21038 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-preview pr-ps-region-ps-print pr-ps-region-print
21039 ;;;;;; pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript pr-ps-region-preview pr-ps-buffer-ps-print
21040 ;;;;;; pr-ps-buffer-print pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript pr-ps-buffer-preview
21041 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-ps-print pr-ps-directory-print pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript
21042 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-preview pr-interface) "printing" "printing.el"
21043 ;;;;;; (20648 50109 802321 0))
21044 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
21045
21046 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
21047 Activate the printing interface buffer.
21048
21049 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
21050
21051 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
21052
21053 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
21054
21055 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
21056 Preview directory using ghostview.
21057
21058 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21059 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21060 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21061 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21062
21063 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21064 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21065 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21066 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21067 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21068 file name.
21069
21070 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21071
21072 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21073
21074 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21075 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
21076
21077 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21078 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21079 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21080 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21081
21082 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21083 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21084 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21085 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21086 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21087 file name.
21088
21089 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21090
21091 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21092
21093 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
21094 Print directory using PostScript printer.
21095
21096 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21097 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21098 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21099 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21100
21101 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21102 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21103 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21104 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21105 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21106 file name.
21107
21108 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21109
21110 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21111
21112 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
21113 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21114
21115 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21116
21117 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21118 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21119 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21120 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21121
21122 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21123 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21124 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21125 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21126 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21127 file name.
21128
21129 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21130
21131 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21132
21133 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
21134 Preview buffer using ghostview.
21135
21136 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21137 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21138 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21139
21140 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21141 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
21142 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
21143 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21144
21145 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21146
21147 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21148 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
21149
21150 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21151 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21152 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21153
21154 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21155 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21156 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21157 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21158
21159 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21160
21161 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
21162 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
21163
21164 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21165 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21166 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21167
21168 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21169 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21170 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21171 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21172
21173 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21174
21175 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
21176 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21177
21178 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21179
21180 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21181 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21182 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21183
21184 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21185 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21186 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21187 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21188
21189 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21190
21191 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
21192 Preview region using ghostview.
21193
21194 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21195
21196 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21197
21198 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21199 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
21200
21201 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21202
21203 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21204
21205 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
21206 Print region using PostScript printer.
21207
21208 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21209
21210 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21211
21212 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
21213 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21214
21215 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21216
21217 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21218
21219 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
21220 Preview major mode using ghostview.
21221
21222 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21223
21224 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21225
21226 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21227 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
21228
21229 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21230
21231 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21232
21233 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
21234 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
21235
21236 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21237
21238 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21239
21240 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
21241 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
21242
21243 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21244
21245 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21246
21247 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
21248 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
21249 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21250 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21251
21252 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21253 matching.
21254
21255 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21256 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21257
21258 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21259
21260 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21261
21262 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
21263 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
21264 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21265 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21266
21267 \(fn)" t nil)
21268
21269 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
21270 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
21271 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21272 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21273
21274 \(fn)" t nil)
21275
21276 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
21277 Print directory using text printer.
21278
21279 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21280 matching.
21281
21282 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21283 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21284
21285 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21286
21287 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21288
21289 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
21290 Print buffer using text printer.
21291
21292 \(fn)" t nil)
21293
21294 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
21295 Print region using text printer.
21296
21297 \(fn)" t nil)
21298
21299 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
21300 Print major mode using text printer.
21301
21302 \(fn)" t nil)
21303
21304 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
21305 Preview spooled PostScript.
21306
21307 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21308 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21309 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21310
21311 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21312 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21313 PostScript image in a file with that name.
21314
21315 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21316
21317 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21318 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
21319
21320 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21321 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21322 instead of sending it to the printer.
21323
21324 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21325 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21326 image in a file with that name.
21327
21328 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21329
21330 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
21331 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21332
21333 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21334 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21335 instead of sending it to the printer.
21336
21337 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21338 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21339 image in a file with that name.
21340
21341 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21342
21343 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
21344 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21345
21346 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21347 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21348 instead of sending it to the printer.
21349
21350 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21351 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21352 image in a file with that name.
21353
21354 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21355
21356 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
21357 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21358
21359 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21360
21361 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
21362 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21363
21364 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21365
21366 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21367 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
21368
21369 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21370
21371 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
21372 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
21373
21374 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21375
21376 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
21377 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21378
21379 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21380
21381 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
21382 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
21383
21384 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
21385 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21386 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
21387 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21388
21389 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21390 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
21391 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
21392 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
21393 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
21394 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
21395 file name.
21396
21397 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21398
21399 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
21400 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
21401
21402 \(fn)" t nil)
21403
21404 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
21405 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
21406
21407 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21408 right.
21409 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21410 bottom.
21411
21412 \(fn)" t nil)
21413
21414 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
21415 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
21416
21417 \(fn)" t nil)
21418
21419 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
21420 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
21421
21422 \(fn)" t nil)
21423
21424 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
21425 Toggle printing with faces.
21426
21427 \(fn)" t nil)
21428
21429 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
21430 Toggle spooling.
21431
21432 \(fn)" t nil)
21433
21434 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
21435 Toggle duplex.
21436
21437 \(fn)" t nil)
21438
21439 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
21440 Toggle tumble.
21441
21442 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21443 right.
21444 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21445 bottom.
21446
21447 \(fn)" t nil)
21448
21449 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
21450 Toggle landscape.
21451
21452 \(fn)" t nil)
21453
21454 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
21455 Toggle upside-down.
21456
21457 \(fn)" t nil)
21458
21459 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
21460 Toggle line number.
21461
21462 \(fn)" t nil)
21463
21464 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
21465 Toggle zebra stripes.
21466
21467 \(fn)" t nil)
21468
21469 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
21470 Toggle printing header.
21471
21472 \(fn)" t nil)
21473
21474 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
21475 Toggle printing header frame.
21476
21477 \(fn)" t nil)
21478
21479 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
21480 Toggle menu lock.
21481
21482 \(fn)" t nil)
21483
21484 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
21485 Toggle whether the region is automagically detected.
21486
21487 \(fn)" t nil)
21488
21489 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
21490 Toggle auto mode.
21491
21492 \(fn)" t nil)
21493
21494 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
21495 Customization of the `printing' group.
21496
21497 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21498
21499 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
21500 Customization of the `lpr' group.
21501
21502 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21503
21504 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
21505 Help for the printing package.
21506
21507 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21508
21509 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
21510 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
21511
21512 \(fn)" t nil)
21513
21514 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
21515 Interactively select a text printer.
21516
21517 \(fn)" t nil)
21518
21519 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
21520 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
21521
21522 \(fn)" t nil)
21523
21524 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
21525 Show current ps-print settings.
21526
21527 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21528
21529 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
21530 Show current printing settings.
21531
21532 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21533
21534 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
21535 Show current lpr settings.
21536
21537 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21538
21539 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
21540 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
21541
21542 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21543 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21544 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21545 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
21546
21547
21548 Interactively, you have the following situations:
21549
21550 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21551 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
21552 immediately be done using the current active printer.
21553
21554 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21555 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21556 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
21557 PostScript printer, then printing will immediately be done using the new
21558 current active printer.
21559
21560 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21561 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
21562 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21563 printer.
21564
21565 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21566 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
21567 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
21568 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
21569 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21570
21571
21572 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
21573 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
21574
21575 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
21576
21577 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
21578 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediately
21579 be done using the new current active printer.
21580
21581 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
21582 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21583 printer.
21584
21585 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
21586 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
21587 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
21588 instead of sending it to the printer.
21589
21590 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
21591 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21592 printer.
21593
21594 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
21595
21596
21597 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21598 are both set to t.
21599
21600 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
21601
21602 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
21603 Fast fire function for text printing.
21604
21605 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21606 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21607 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21608 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
21609
21610 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21611 user for a new active text printer.
21612
21613 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
21614
21615 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
21616
21617 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
21618 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21619 printer.
21620
21621 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
21622
21623 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21624 are both set to t.
21625
21626 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
21627
21628 ;;;***
21629 \f
21630 ;;;### (autoloads (proced) "proced" "proced.el" (20593 22184 581574
21631 ;;;;;; 0))
21632 ;;; Generated autoloads from proced.el
21633
21634 (autoload 'proced "proced" "\
21635 Generate a listing of UNIX system processes.
21636 \\<proced-mode-map>
21637 If invoked with optional ARG, do not select the window displaying
21638 the process information.
21639
21640 This function runs the normal hook `proced-post-display-hook'.
21641
21642 See `proced-mode' for a description of features available in
21643 Proced buffers.
21644
21645 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21646
21647 ;;;***
21648 \f
21649 ;;;### (autoloads (profiler-find-profile-other-frame profiler-find-profile-other-window
21650 ;;;;;; profiler-find-profile profiler-start) "profiler" "profiler.el"
21651 ;;;;;; (20650 54468 205452 950000))
21652 ;;; Generated autoloads from profiler.el
21653
21654 (autoload 'profiler-start "profiler" "\
21655 Start/restart profilers.
21656 MODE can be one of `cpu', `mem', or `cpu+mem'.
21657 If MODE is `cpu' or `cpu+mem', time-based profiler will be started.
21658 Also, if MODE is `mem' or `cpu+mem', then memory profiler will be started.
21659
21660 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
21661
21662 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile "profiler" "\
21663 Open profile FILENAME.
21664
21665 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21666
21667 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-window "profiler" "\
21668 Open profile FILENAME.
21669
21670 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21671
21672 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-frame "profiler" "\
21673 Open profile FILENAME.
21674
21675 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21676
21677 ;;;***
21678 \f
21679 ;;;### (autoloads (run-prolog mercury-mode prolog-mode) "prolog"
21680 ;;;;;; "progmodes/prolog.el" (20576 42138 697312 0))
21681 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
21682
21683 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
21684 Major mode for editing Prolog code.
21685
21686 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s starts a comment
21687 line and comments can also be enclosed in /* ... */.
21688
21689 If an optional argument SYSTEM is non-nil, set up mode for the given system.
21690
21691 To find out what version of Prolog mode you are running, enter
21692 `\\[prolog-mode-version]'.
21693
21694 Commands:
21695 \\{prolog-mode-map}
21696 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
21697 if that value is non-nil.
21698
21699 \(fn)" t nil)
21700
21701 (autoload 'mercury-mode "prolog" "\
21702 Major mode for editing Mercury programs.
21703 Actually this is just customized `prolog-mode'.
21704
21705 \(fn)" t nil)
21706
21707 (autoload 'run-prolog "prolog" "\
21708 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
21709 With prefix argument ARG, restart the Prolog process if running before.
21710
21711 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21712
21713 ;;;***
21714 \f
21715 ;;;### (autoloads (bdf-directory-list) "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (20652
21716 ;;;;;; 47164 970964 0))
21717 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
21718
21719 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
21720 List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
21721 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
21722
21723 (custom-autoload 'bdf-directory-list "ps-bdf" t)
21724
21725 ;;;***
21726 \f
21727 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (20576
21728 ;;;;;; 42138 697312 0))
21729 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
21730
21731 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
21732 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
21733
21734 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
21735
21736 The following variables hold user options, and can
21737 be set through the `customize' command:
21738
21739 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
21740 `ps-mode-tab'
21741 `ps-mode-paper-size'
21742 `ps-mode-print-function'
21743 `ps-run-prompt'
21744 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
21745 `ps-run-x'
21746 `ps-run-dumb'
21747 `ps-run-init'
21748 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
21749 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
21750
21751 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
21752
21753
21754 \\{ps-mode-map}
21755
21756
21757 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
21758 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
21759 The keymap for this second window is:
21760
21761 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
21762
21763
21764 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
21765 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
21766 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
21767 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
21768 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
21769
21770 \(fn)" t nil)
21771
21772 ;;;***
21773 \f
21774 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
21775 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
21776 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
21777 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
21778 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-print-color-p ps-paper-type
21779 ;;;;;; ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (20566
21780 ;;;;;; 63671 243798 0))
21781 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
21782
21783 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (purecopy (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5") '(addresslarge 236.0 99.0 "AddressLarge") '(addresssmall 236.0 68.0 "AddressSmall") '(cuthanging13 90.0 222.0 "CutHanging13") '(cuthanging15 90.0 114.0 "CutHanging15") '(diskette 181.0 136.0 "Diskette") '(eurofilefolder 139.0 112.0 "EuropeanFilefolder") '(eurofoldernarrow 526.0 107.0 "EuroFolderNarrow") '(eurofolderwide 526.0 136.0 "EuroFolderWide") '(euronamebadge 189.0 108.0 "EuroNameBadge") '(euronamebadgelarge 223.0 136.0 "EuroNameBadgeLarge") '(filefolder 230.0 37.0 "FileFolder") '(jewelry 76.0 136.0 "Jewelry") '(mediabadge 180.0 136.0 "MediaBadge") '(multipurpose 126.0 68.0 "MultiPurpose") '(retaillabel 90.0 104.0 "RetailLabel") '(shipping 271.0 136.0 "Shipping") '(slide35mm 26.0 104.0 "Slide35mm") '(spine8mm 187.0 26.0 "Spine8mm") '(topcoated 425.19685 136.0 "TopCoatedPaper") '(topcoatedpaper 396.0 136.0 "TopcoatedPaper150") '(vhsface 205.0 127.0 "VHSFace") '(vhsspine 400.0 50.0 "VHSSpine") '(zipdisk 156.0 136.0 "ZipDisk"))) "\
21784 List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
21785 See `ps-paper-type'.")
21786
21787 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
21788
21789 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
21790 Specify the size of paper to format for.
21791 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
21792 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
21793
21794 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
21795
21796 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
21797 Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
21798
21799 Valid values are:
21800
21801 nil Do not print colors.
21802
21803 t Print colors.
21804
21805 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
21806 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
21807
21808 Any other value is treated as t.")
21809
21810 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
21811
21812 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
21813 Customization of ps-print group.
21814
21815 \(fn)" t nil)
21816
21817 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
21818 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21819
21820 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21821 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
21822 sending it to the printer.
21823
21824 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21825 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21826 image in a file with that name.
21827
21828 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21829
21830 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21831 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21832 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21833 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21834 so it has a way to determine color values.
21835
21836 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21837
21838 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
21839 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21840 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
21841
21842 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21843
21844 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21845 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21846 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21847 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21848 so it has a way to determine color values.
21849
21850 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21851
21852 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
21853 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21854 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
21855 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
21856
21857 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21858
21859 \(fn)" t nil)
21860
21861 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21862 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21863 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21864 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21865 so it has a way to determine color values.
21866
21867 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21868
21869 \(fn)" t nil)
21870
21871 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
21872 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21873 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
21874
21875 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21876
21877 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21878
21879 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21880 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21881 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21882 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21883 so it has a way to determine color values.
21884
21885 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21886
21887 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21888
21889 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
21890 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21891
21892 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21893 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21894 instead of sending it to the printer.
21895
21896 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21897 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21898 image in a file with that name.
21899
21900 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21901
21902 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
21903 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
21904 Done using the current ps-print setup.
21905 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
21906 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
21907
21908 \(fn)" t nil)
21909
21910 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
21911 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
21912 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21913
21914 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21915
21916 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
21917 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
21918 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21919
21920 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21921
21922 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
21923 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
21924
21925 \(fn)" nil nil)
21926
21927 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
21928 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21929
21930 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
21931 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21932
21933 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21934 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21935
21936 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
21937
21938 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
21939
21940 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21941
21942 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
21943 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21944
21945 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
21946 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21947
21948 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21949 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21950
21951 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
21952
21953 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
21954
21955 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
21956
21957 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
21958 foreground and background colors respectively.
21959
21960 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
21961 bold - use bold font.
21962 italic - use italic font.
21963 underline - put a line under text.
21964 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
21965 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
21966 shadow - text will have a shadow.
21967 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
21968 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
21969
21970 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
21971
21972 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21973
21974 ;;;***
21975 \f
21976 ;;;### (autoloads (python-mode run-python) "python" "progmodes/python.el"
21977 ;;;;;; (20704 8885 590749 0))
21978 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
21979
21980 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.py\\'") 'python-mode))
21981
21982 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "python") 'python-mode))
21983
21984 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
21985 Run an inferior Python process.
21986 Input and output via buffer named after
21987 `python-shell-buffer-name'. If there is a process already
21988 running in that buffer, just switch to it.
21989
21990 With argument, allows you to define CMD so you can edit the
21991 command used to call the interpreter and define DEDICATED, so a
21992 dedicated process for the current buffer is open. When numeric
21993 prefix arg is other than 0 or 4 do not SHOW.
21994
21995 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' (after the
21996 `comint-mode-hook' is run). (Type \\[describe-mode] in the
21997 process buffer for a list of commands.)
21998
21999 \(fn CMD &optional DEDICATED SHOW)" t nil)
22000
22001 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
22002 Major mode for editing Python files.
22003
22004 \\{python-mode-map}
22005 Entry to this mode calls the value of `python-mode-hook'
22006 if that value is non-nil.
22007
22008 \(fn)" t nil)
22009
22010 ;;;***
22011 \f
22012 ;;;### (autoloads (quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "gnus/qp.el"
22013 ;;;;;; (20557 48712 315579 0))
22014 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
22015
22016 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
22017 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
22018 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
22019 coding-system.
22020
22021 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
22022 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
22023
22024 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
22025 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
22026 them into characters should be done separately.
22027
22028 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
22029
22030 ;;;***
22031 \f
22032 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
22033 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
22034 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
22035 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
22036 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (20523 62082 997685 0))
22037 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
22038
22039 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
22040 Return the title of the current Quail package.
22041
22042 \(fn)" nil nil)
22043
22044 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
22045 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
22046 The remaining arguments are LIBRARIES to be loaded before using the package.
22047
22048 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
22049 `quail-activate', which see.
22050
22051 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
22052
22053 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
22054 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
22055 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
22056 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
22057 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
22058 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
22059 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
22060
22061 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
22062 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
22063 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
22064 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
22065 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
22066 shown.
22067 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
22068
22069 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
22070 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
22071 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
22072 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
22073 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
22074 list of candidates.
22075
22076 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
22077 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
22078 command to be called.
22079
22080 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
22081 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
22082 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
22083 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
22084
22085 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
22086 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
22087 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
22088 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
22089 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
22090 to t.
22091
22092 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
22093 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
22094 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
22095 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
22096
22097 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
22098 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
22099 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
22100 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
22101
22102 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
22103 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
22104 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
22105 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
22106 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
22107 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
22108
22109 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
22110 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
22111 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
22112 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
22113 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
22114 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
22115
22116 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
22117 covers Quail translation region.
22118
22119 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
22120 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
22121 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
22122 for it) is inserted.
22123
22124 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
22125 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
22126 vs. corresponding command to be called.
22127
22128 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
22129 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
22130 non-Quail commands.
22131
22132 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
22133
22134 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22135 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
22136
22137 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
22138 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
22139 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
22140 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
22141 you type is correctly handled.
22142
22143 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
22144
22145 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22146 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
22147
22148 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
22149 keyboard type.
22150
22151 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
22152
22153 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
22154 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
22155 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
22156 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22157 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
22158 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22159 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22160 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22161 for the translation.
22162 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22163
22164 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22165 it is used to handle KEY.
22166
22167 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
22168 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
22169 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
22170 the following annotation types are supported.
22171
22172 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
22173 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
22174
22175 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
22176 candidate list.
22177
22178 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
22179 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
22180 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
22181 inserted.
22182
22183 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
22184 generated for the following translations.
22185
22186 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil t)
22187
22188 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
22189 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
22190
22191 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22192 which to install MAP.
22193
22194 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
22195
22196 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22197
22198 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
22199 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
22200
22201 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22202 which to install MAP.
22203
22204 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
22205
22206 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22207
22208 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
22209 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
22210 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22211 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
22212 a function, or a cons.
22213 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22214 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22215 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22216 for the translation.
22217 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
22218 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
22219 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
22220 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
22221 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22222
22223 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22224 it is used to handle KEY.
22225
22226 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
22227 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
22228 current Quail package.
22229
22230 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
22231 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22232
22233 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
22234
22235 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
22236 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
22237
22238 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
22239 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22240
22241 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
22242
22243 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
22244 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
22245
22246 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
22247
22248 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
22249 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
22250 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
22251 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
22252 of the Emacs source tree.
22253
22254 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
22255 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
22256
22257 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
22258 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
22259 of each directory.
22260
22261 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
22262
22263 ;;;***
22264 \f
22265 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
22266 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
22267 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (20566
22268 ;;;;;; 63671 243798 0))
22269 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
22270
22271 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
22272 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
22273 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
22274 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
22275
22276 To make use of this do something like:
22277
22278 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
22279
22280 in your init file (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
22281
22282 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
22283 Insert a URL based on LOOKUP.
22284
22285 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
22286 buffer, this default action can be modified via
22287 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22288
22289 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22290
22291 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
22292 Insert a URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
22293
22294 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22295
22296 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
22297 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
22298
22299 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/URL combination
22300 is decided.
22301
22302 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
22303
22304 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
22305 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
22306
22307 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
22308 current buffer, this default action can be modified via
22309 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22310
22311 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22312
22313 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
22314 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
22315
22316 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22317
22318 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
22319 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
22320
22321 \(fn)" t nil)
22322
22323 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
22324 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
22325
22326 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
22327
22328 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
22329
22330 \(fn)" t nil)
22331
22332 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
22333 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
22334
22335 \(fn)" t nil)
22336
22337 ;;;***
22338 \f
22339 ;;;### (autoloads (rcirc-track-minor-mode rcirc-connect rcirc) "rcirc"
22340 ;;;;;; "net/rcirc.el" (20679 5689 779225 0))
22341 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
22342
22343 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
22344 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
22345
22346 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
22347
22348 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
22349
22350 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22351
22352 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
22353
22354 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
22355
22356
22357 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS PASSWORD ENCRYPTION)" nil nil)
22358
22359 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
22360 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
22361 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22362 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22363 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22364 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
22365
22366 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
22367
22368 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
22369 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
22370 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
22371 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
22372 if ARG is omitted or nil.
22373
22374 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22375
22376 ;;;***
22377 \f
22378 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (20355
22379 ;;;;;; 10021 546955 0))
22380 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
22381
22382 (autoload 'remote-compile "rcompile" "\
22383 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
22384 See \\[compile].
22385
22386 \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil)
22387
22388 ;;;***
22389 \f
22390 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
22391 ;;;;;; (20427 14766 970343 0))
22392 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
22393
22394 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
22395
22396 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
22397 Construct a regexp interactively.
22398 This command makes the current buffer the \"target\" buffer of
22399 the regexp builder. It displays a buffer named \"*RE-Builder*\"
22400 in another window, initially containing an empty regexp.
22401
22402 As you edit the regexp in the \"*RE-Builder*\" buffer, the
22403 matching parts of the target buffer will be highlighted.
22404
22405 \(fn)" t nil)
22406
22407 ;;;***
22408 \f
22409 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (20356 2211
22410 ;;;;;; 532900 0))
22411 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
22412
22413 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
22414 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
22415 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22416 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22417 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22418 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
22419
22420 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
22421
22422 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
22423 Toggle \"Open Recent\" menu (Recentf mode).
22424 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Recentf mode if ARG is
22425 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22426 Recentf mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22427
22428 When Recentf mode is enabled, a \"Open Recent\" submenu is
22429 displayed in the \"File\" menu, containing a list of files that
22430 were operated on recently.
22431
22432 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22433
22434 ;;;***
22435 \f
22436 ;;;### (autoloads (rectangle-number-lines clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle
22437 ;;;;;; string-rectangle delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle
22438 ;;;;;; insert-rectangle yank-rectangle copy-rectangle-as-kill kill-rectangle
22439 ;;;;;; extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle delete-rectangle)
22440 ;;;;;; "rect" "rect.el" (20501 3499 284800 0))
22441 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
22442
22443 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
22444 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
22445 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
22446 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
22447 ends.
22448
22449 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22450 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
22451 to be deleted.
22452
22453 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22454
22455 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22456 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22457 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22458
22459 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22460 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22461 deleted.
22462
22463 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
22464
22465 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22466 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22467 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22468
22469 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
22470
22471 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
22472 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22473
22474 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22475 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
22476
22477 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22478 deleted.
22479
22480 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
22481 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
22482 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
22483 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
22484 even beep.)
22485
22486 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22487
22488 (autoload 'copy-rectangle-as-kill "rect" "\
22489 Copy the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22490
22491 \(fn START END)" t nil)
22492
22493 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
22494 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
22495
22496 \(fn)" t nil)
22497
22498 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22499 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
22500 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
22501 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
22502 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
22503 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
22504 and point is at the lower right corner.
22505
22506 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
22507
22508 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
22509 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22510
22511 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
22512 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
22513
22514 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22515 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is
22516 no text on the right side of the rectangle.
22517
22518 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22519
22520 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
22521
22522 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
22523 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
22524 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
22525 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
22526 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
22527
22528 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22529 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
22530
22531 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22532
22533 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
22534 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
22535 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
22536
22537 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
22538
22539 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22540
22541 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
22542
22543 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22544 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22545
22546 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22547 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
22548 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
22549
22550 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22551
22552 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
22553 Blank out the region-rectangle.
22554 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
22555
22556 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22557 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
22558 rectangle which were empty.
22559
22560 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22561
22562 (autoload 'rectangle-number-lines "rect" "\
22563 Insert numbers in front of the region-rectangle.
22564
22565 START-AT, if non-nil, should be a number from which to begin
22566 counting. FORMAT, if non-nil, should be a format string to pass
22567 to `format' along with the line count. When called interactively
22568 with a prefix argument, prompt for START-AT and FORMAT.
22569
22570 \(fn START END START-AT &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
22571
22572 ;;;***
22573 \f
22574 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (20478
22575 ;;;;;; 3673 653810 0))
22576 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
22577
22578 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
22579 Toggle automatic refilling (Refill mode).
22580 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Refill mode if ARG is
22581 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22582 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22583
22584 Refill mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the
22585 current paragraph is refilled as you edit. Self-inserting
22586 characters only cause refilling if they would cause
22587 auto-filling.
22588
22589 For true \"word wrap\" behavior, use `visual-line-mode' instead.
22590
22591 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22592
22593 ;;;***
22594 \f
22595 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-reset-scanning-information reftex-mode
22596 ;;;;;; turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (20657 65077
22597 ;;;;;; 880084 0))
22598 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
22599
22600 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
22601 Turn on RefTeX mode.
22602
22603 \(fn)" nil nil)
22604
22605 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
22606 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
22607
22608 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
22609 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
22610
22611 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
22612 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
22613 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
22614 \\ref macro.
22615
22616 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
22617 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
22618 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
22619
22620 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
22621 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
22622 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
22623
22624 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
22625 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
22626
22627 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
22628 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
22629
22630 \\{reftex-mode-map}
22631 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
22632 on the menu bar.
22633
22634 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22635
22636 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22637
22638 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
22639 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
22640 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
22641
22642 \(fn)" nil nil)
22643
22644 ;;;***
22645 \f
22646 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
22647 ;;;;;; (20585 28088 480237 0))
22648 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
22649
22650 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" "\
22651 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
22652 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
22653 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
22654 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
22655 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
22656
22657 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
22658
22659 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
22660
22661 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
22662 cite macros. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
22663 citations. When called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite'
22664 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
22665 `reftex-cite-format'.
22666
22667 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
22668 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
22669 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
22670 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
22671
22672 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
22673
22674 ;;;***
22675 \f
22676 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
22677 ;;;;;; (20585 28088 480237 0))
22678 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
22679
22680 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" "\
22681 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
22682 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
22683 the current TeX document.
22684
22685 With no argument, this command toggles
22686 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'. With a prefix argument ARG, turn
22687 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
22688
22689 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22690
22691 ;;;***
22692 \f
22693 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
22694 ;;;;;; (20585 28088 480237 0))
22695 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
22696
22697 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" "\
22698 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
22699 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
22700
22701 To insert new phrases, use
22702 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
22703 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
22704
22705 To index phrases use one of:
22706
22707 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
22708 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
22709 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
22710 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
22711 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
22712
22713 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
22714 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
22715
22716 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
22717
22718 Here are all local bindings.
22719
22720 \\{reftex-index-phrases-mode-map}
22721
22722 \(fn)" t nil)
22723
22724 ;;;***
22725 \f
22726 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
22727 ;;;;;; (20657 65077 880084 0))
22728 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
22729
22730 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse" "\
22731 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
22732 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
22733 of master file.
22734
22735 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
22736
22737 ;;;***
22738 \f
22739 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (20593
22740 ;;;;;; 22184 581574 0))
22741 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
22742 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22743 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22744 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22745 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
22746
22747 ;;;***
22748 \f
22749 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
22750 ;;;;;; (20522 38650 757441 0))
22751 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
22752
22753 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
22754 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
22755 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
22756 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
22757 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
22758 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
22759
22760 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
22761 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
22762
22763 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22764 by \\=\\< and \\>.
22765 If PAREN is `symbols', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22766 by \\=\\_< and \\_>.
22767
22768 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
22769
22770 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
22771 Return the depth of REGEXP.
22772 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
22773 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
22774
22775 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
22776
22777 ;;;***
22778 \f
22779 ;;;### (autoloads (remember-diary-extract-entries remember-clipboard
22780 ;;;;;; remember-other-frame remember) "remember" "textmodes/remember.el"
22781 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
22782 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
22783
22784 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
22785 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
22786 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
22787 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
22788
22789 With a prefix or a visible region, use the region as INITIAL.
22790
22791 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22792
22793 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
22794 Call `remember' in another frame.
22795
22796 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22797
22798 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
22799 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
22800 Most useful for remembering things from Netscape or other X Windows
22801 application.
22802
22803 \(fn)" t nil)
22804
22805 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember" "\
22806 Extract diary entries from the region.
22807
22808 \(fn)" nil nil)
22809
22810 ;;;***
22811 \f
22812 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (20614 54428 654267
22813 ;;;;;; 0))
22814 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
22815
22816 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
22817 Repeat most recently executed command.
22818 If REPEAT-ARG is non-nil (interactively, with a prefix argument),
22819 supply a prefix argument to that command. Otherwise, give the
22820 command the same prefix argument it was given before, if any.
22821
22822 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
22823 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
22824 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
22825 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
22826
22827 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
22828 \"most recently executed command\" shall be read as \"most
22829 recently executed command not bound to an input event\".
22830
22831 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
22832
22833 ;;;***
22834 \f
22835 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
22836 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
22837 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
22838
22839 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
22840 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
22841
22842 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
22843 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
22844 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
22845 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
22846 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
22847 and point is left after the salutation.
22848
22849 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
22850 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
22851 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
22852 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
22853 left after that text.
22854
22855 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
22856 is non-nil.
22857
22858 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
22859 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
22860 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
22861 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
22862
22863 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
22864
22865 ;;;***
22866 \f
22867 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
22868 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
22869 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
22870
22871 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
22872 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
22873 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
22874 visibility of comments that precede it.
22875 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
22876 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
22877 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
22878 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
22879 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
22880 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
22881 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
22882 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
22883 the comment lines.
22884 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
22885 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
22886 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
22887 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
22888 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
22889
22890 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22891
22892 ;;;***
22893 \f
22894 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
22895 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
22896 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
22897
22898 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22899 Toggle uncloaking of invisible text near point (Reveal mode).
22900 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Reveal mode if ARG is
22901 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22902 Reveal mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22903
22904 Reveal mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
22905 reveals invisible text around point.
22906
22907 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22908
22909 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
22910 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
22911 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22912 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22913 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22914 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
22915
22916 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
22917
22918 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22919 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers (Global Reveal mode).
22920 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22921
22922 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Reveal mode if ARG is
22923 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22924 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22925
22926 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22927
22928 ;;;***
22929 \f
22930 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
22931 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
22932 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
22933
22934 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
22935 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
22936
22937 \(fn X)" nil nil)
22938
22939 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
22940 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
22941
22942 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
22943
22944 ;;;***
22945 \f
22946 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (20402 11562
22947 ;;;;;; 85788 0))
22948 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
22949
22950 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
22951 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
22952 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
22953 other arguments for `rlogin'.
22954
22955 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
22956
22957 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
22958 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
22959 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
22960 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
22961
22962 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
22963 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
22964
22965 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
22966 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
22967
22968 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
22969 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
22970 INPUT-ARGS.
22971
22972 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
22973 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
22974 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
22975 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
22976 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
22977
22978 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
22979 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
22980 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
22981 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
22982
22983 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
22984 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
22985 variable.
22986
22987 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22988
22989 ;;;***
22990 \f
22991 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-remote-password rmail-input rmail-mode
22992 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-show-message-hook rmail-secondary-file-regexp
22993 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-directory rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-highlighted-headers
22994 ;;;;;; rmail-retry-ignored-headers rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers
22995 ;;;;;; rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-movemail-variant-p rmail-spool-directory
22996 ;;;;;; rmail-file-name) "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (20706 50624 612201
22997 ;;;;;; 0))
22998 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
22999
23000 (defvar rmail-file-name (purecopy "~/RMAIL") "\
23001 Name of user's primary mail file.")
23002
23003 (custom-autoload 'rmail-file-name "rmail" t)
23004
23005 (put 'rmail-spool-directory 'standard-value '((cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))))
23006
23007 (defvar rmail-spool-directory (purecopy (cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))) "\
23008 Name of directory used by system mailer for delivering new mail.
23009 Its name should end with a slash.")
23010
23011 (custom-autoload 'rmail-spool-directory "rmail" t)
23012 (custom-initialize-delay 'rmail-spool-directory nil)
23013
23014 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
23015 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
23016 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
23017
23018 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
23019
23020 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
23021 Regexp matching user mail addresses.
23022 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
23023 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
23024 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
23025 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
23026 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
23027
23028 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
23029 sent by you under different user names.
23030 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
23031
23032 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
23033
23034 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmail" t)
23035
23036 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
23037
23038 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
23039 Regexp specifying part of the default value of `mail-dont-reply-to-names'.
23040 This is used when the user does not set `mail-dont-reply-to-names'
23041 explicitly.")
23042
23043 (make-obsolete-variable 'rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
23044
23045 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^list-owner:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:" "\\|^DomainKey-Signature:\\|^dkim-signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:")) "\
23046 Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
23047 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
23048 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
23049 which normally happens once for each message,
23050 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
23051 To make a change in this variable take effect
23052 for a message that you have already viewed,
23053 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
23054
23055 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
23056
23057 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
23058 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
23059 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
23060 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
23061
23062 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
23063
23064 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers (purecopy "^x-authentication-warning:\\|^x-detected-operating-system:\\|^x-spam[-a-z]*:\\|content-type:\\|content-transfer-encoding:\\|mime-version:\\|message-id:") "\
23065 Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
23066
23067 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
23068
23069 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers (purecopy "^From:\\|^Subject:") "\
23070 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
23071 A value of nil means don't highlight. Uses the face `rmail-highlight'.")
23072
23073 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
23074
23075 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
23076 List of files that are inboxes for your primary mail file `rmail-file-name'.
23077 If this is nil, uses the environment variable MAIL. If that is
23078 unset, uses a file named by the function `user-login-name' in the
23079 directory `rmail-spool-directory' (whose value depends on the
23080 operating system). For example, \"/var/mail/USER\".")
23081
23082 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
23083
23084 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
23085 Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
23086
23087 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
23088
23089 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp (purecopy "\\.xmail$") "\
23090 Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
23091
23092 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
23093
23094 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
23095 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
23096
23097 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
23098 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
23099
23100 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
23101
23102 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
23103 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
23104
23105 This is set to nil by default.")
23106
23107 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
23108 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
23109 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' and
23110 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' are non-nil.
23111 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
23112 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
23113 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
23114
23115 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
23116 Read and edit incoming mail.
23117 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' and edits that
23118 file in RMAIL Mode.
23119 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
23120
23121 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
23122 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
23123 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
23124 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
23125
23126 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
23127
23128 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
23129
23130 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
23131 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
23132 All normal editing commands are turned off.
23133 Instead, these commands are available:
23134
23135 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
23136 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
23137 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
23138 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
23139 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
23140 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
23141 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
23142 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
23143 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
23144 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
23145 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
23146 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
23147 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
23148 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
23149 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
23150 till a deleted message is found.
23151 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
23152 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
23153 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
23154 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
23155 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
23156 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
23157 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
23158 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
23159 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
23160 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
23161 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
23162 \\[rmail-output] Output (append) this message to another mail file.
23163 \\[rmail-output-as-seen] Output (append) this message to file as it's displayed.
23164 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
23165 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
23166 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
23167 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
23168 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
23169 (label defaults to last one specified).
23170 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
23171 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
23172 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
23173 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
23174 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
23175 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
23176 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
23177 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
23178 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
23179
23180 \(fn)" t nil)
23181
23182 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
23183 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
23184
23185 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
23186
23187 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
23188 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
23189
23190 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
23191
23192 ;;;***
23193 \f
23194 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output-as-seen
23195 ;;;;;; rmail-output) "rmailout" "mail/rmailout.el" (20530 3765 184907
23196 ;;;;;; 0))
23197 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
23198 (put 'rmail-output-file-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
23199
23200 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
23201 Append this message to mail file FILE-NAME.
23202 Writes mbox format, unless FILE-NAME exists and is Babyl format, in which
23203 case it writes Babyl.
23204
23205 Interactively, the default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
23206 which is updated to the name you use in this command. In all uses, if
23207 FILE-NAME is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23208 `rmail-default-file'.
23209
23210 If a buffer is visiting FILE-NAME, adds the text to that buffer
23211 rather than saving the file directly. If the buffer is an Rmail
23212 buffer, updates it accordingly.
23213
23214 This command always outputs the complete message header, even if
23215 the header display is currently pruned.
23216
23217 Optional prefix argument COUNT (default 1) says to output that
23218 many consecutive messages, starting with the current one (ignoring
23219 deleted messages). If `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil, deletes
23220 messages after output.
23221
23222 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not to
23223 set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a \"Wrote file\"
23224 message (if writing a file directly).
23225
23226 Set the optional fourth argument NOT-RMAIL non-nil if you call this
23227 from a non-Rmail buffer. In this case, COUNT is ignored.
23228
23229 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23230
23231 (autoload 'rmail-output-as-seen "rmailout" "\
23232 Append this message to mbox file named FILE-NAME.
23233 The details are as for `rmail-output', except that:
23234 i) the header is output as currently seen
23235 ii) this function cannot write to Babyl files
23236 iii) an Rmail buffer cannot be visiting FILE-NAME
23237
23238 Note that if NOT-RMAIL is non-nil, there is no difference between this
23239 function and `rmail-output'. This argument may be removed in future,
23240 so you should call `rmail-output' directly in that case.
23241
23242 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23243
23244 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
23245 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
23246 Interactively, the default file name comes from either the message
23247 \"Subject\" header, or from `rmail-default-body-file'. Updates the value
23248 of `rmail-default-body-file' accordingly. In all uses, if FILE-NAME
23249 is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23250 `rmail-default-body-file'.
23251
23252 Note that this overwrites FILE-NAME (after confirmation), rather
23253 than appending to it. Deletes the message after writing if
23254 `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil.
23255
23256 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23257
23258 ;;;***
23259 \f
23260 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-c-load-schema) "rng-cmpct" "nxml/rng-cmpct.el"
23261 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
23262 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-cmpct.el
23263
23264 (autoload 'rng-c-load-schema "rng-cmpct" "\
23265 Load a schema in RELAX NG compact syntax from FILENAME.
23266 Return a pattern.
23267
23268 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
23269
23270 ;;;***
23271 \f
23272 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-nxml-mode-init) "rng-nxml" "nxml/rng-nxml.el"
23273 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
23274 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-nxml.el
23275
23276 (autoload 'rng-nxml-mode-init "rng-nxml" "\
23277 Initialize `nxml-mode' to take advantage of `rng-validate-mode'.
23278 This is typically called from `nxml-mode-hook'.
23279 Validation will be enabled if `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag' is non-nil.
23280
23281 \(fn)" t nil)
23282
23283 ;;;***
23284 \f
23285 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-validate-mode) "rng-valid" "nxml/rng-valid.el"
23286 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
23287 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-valid.el
23288
23289 (autoload 'rng-validate-mode "rng-valid" "\
23290 Minor mode performing continual validation against a RELAX NG schema.
23291
23292 Checks whether the buffer is a well-formed XML 1.0 document,
23293 conforming to the XML Namespaces Recommendation and valid against a
23294 RELAX NG schema. The mode-line indicates whether it is or not. Any
23295 parts of the buffer that cause it not to be are considered errors and
23296 are highlighted with face `rng-error'. A description of each error is
23297 available as a tooltip. \\[rng-next-error] goes to the next error
23298 after point. Clicking mouse-1 on the word `Invalid' in the mode-line
23299 goes to the first error in the buffer. If the buffer changes, then it
23300 will be automatically rechecked when Emacs becomes idle; the
23301 rechecking will be paused whenever there is input pending.
23302
23303 By default, uses a vacuous schema that allows any well-formed XML
23304 document. A schema can be specified explicitly using
23305 \\[rng-set-schema-file-and-validate], or implicitly based on the buffer's
23306 file name or on the root element name. In each case the schema must
23307 be a RELAX NG schema using the compact schema (such schemas
23308 conventionally have a suffix of `.rnc'). The variable
23309 `rng-schema-locating-files' specifies files containing rules
23310 to use for finding the schema.
23311
23312 \(fn &optional ARG NO-CHANGE-SCHEMA)" t nil)
23313
23314 ;;;***
23315 \f
23316 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-xsd-compile) "rng-xsd" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" (20355
23317 ;;;;;; 10021 546955 0))
23318 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-xsd.el
23319
23320 (put 'http://www\.w3\.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes 'rng-dt-compile 'rng-xsd-compile)
23321
23322 (autoload 'rng-xsd-compile "rng-xsd" "\
23323 Provides W3C XML Schema as a RELAX NG datatypes library.
23324 NAME is a symbol giving the local name of the datatype. PARAMS is a
23325 list of pairs (PARAM-NAME . PARAM-VALUE) where PARAM-NAME is a symbol
23326 giving the name of the parameter and PARAM-VALUE is a string giving
23327 its value. If NAME or PARAMS are invalid, it calls rng-dt-error
23328 passing it arguments in the same style as format; the value from
23329 rng-dt-error will be returned. Otherwise, it returns a list. The
23330 first member of the list is t if any string is a legal value for the
23331 datatype and nil otherwise. The second argument is a symbol; this
23332 symbol will be called as a function passing it a string followed by
23333 the remaining members of the list. The function must return an object
23334 representing the value of the datatype that was represented by the
23335 string, or nil if the string is not a representation of any value.
23336 The object returned can be any convenient non-nil value, provided
23337 that, if two strings represent the same value, the returned objects
23338 must be equal.
23339
23340 \(fn NAME PARAMS)" nil nil)
23341
23342 ;;;***
23343 \f
23344 ;;;### (autoloads (robin-use-package robin-modify-package robin-define-package)
23345 ;;;;;; "robin" "international/robin.el" (20523 62082 997685 0))
23346 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
23347
23348 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
23349 Define a robin package.
23350
23351 NAME is the string of this robin package.
23352 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
23353 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
23354 OUTPUT is either a character or a string. RULES are not evaluated.
23355
23356 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
23357 one replaces the old one.
23358
23359 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil t)
23360
23361 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
23362 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
23363
23364 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
23365 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
23366 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
23367
23368 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
23369
23370 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
23371 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
23372
23373 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
23374
23375 ;;;***
23376 \f
23377 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
23378 ;;;;;; rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (20355 10021 546955
23379 ;;;;;; 0))
23380 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
23381
23382 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
23383 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
23384
23385 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
23386
23387 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
23388 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
23389
23390 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
23391
23392 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
23393 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
23394
23395 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23396
23397 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
23398 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
23399 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
23400
23401 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
23402 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
23403 in ROT13.
23404
23405 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
23406
23407 \(fn)" t nil)
23408
23409 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
23410 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
23411
23412 \(fn)" t nil)
23413
23414 ;;;***
23415 \f
23416 ;;;### (autoloads (rst-minor-mode rst-mode) "rst" "textmodes/rst.el"
23417 ;;;;;; (20594 43050 277913 0))
23418 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/rst.el
23419 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.re?st\\'" . rst-mode)))
23420
23421 (autoload 'rst-mode "rst" "\
23422 Major mode for editing reStructuredText documents.
23423 \\<rst-mode-map>
23424
23425 Turning on `rst-mode' calls the normal hooks `text-mode-hook'
23426 and `rst-mode-hook'. This mode also supports font-lock
23427 highlighting.
23428
23429 \\{rst-mode-map}
23430
23431 \(fn)" t nil)
23432
23433 (autoload 'rst-minor-mode "rst" "\
23434 Toggle ReST minor mode.
23435 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ReST minor mode if ARG is
23436 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23437 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23438
23439 When ReST minor mode is enabled, the ReST mode keybindings
23440 are installed on top of the major mode bindings. Use this
23441 for modes derived from Text mode, like Mail mode.
23442
23443 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23444
23445 ;;;***
23446 \f
23447 ;;;### (autoloads (ruby-mode) "ruby-mode" "progmodes/ruby-mode.el"
23448 ;;;;;; (20700 11832 779612 0))
23449 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ruby-mode.el
23450
23451 (autoload 'ruby-mode "ruby-mode" "\
23452 Major mode for editing Ruby scripts.
23453 \\[ruby-indent-line] properly indents subexpressions of multi-line
23454 class, module, def, if, while, for, do, and case statements, taking
23455 nesting into account.
23456
23457 The variable `ruby-indent-level' controls the amount of indentation.
23458
23459 \\{ruby-mode-map}
23460
23461 \(fn)" t nil)
23462
23463 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.rb\\'") 'ruby-mode))
23464
23465 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "Rakefile\\'") 'ruby-mode))
23466
23467 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.gemspec\\'") 'ruby-mode))
23468
23469 (dolist (name (list "ruby" "rbx" "jruby" "ruby1.9" "ruby1.8")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'ruby-mode)))
23470
23471 ;;;***
23472 \f
23473 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (20355
23474 ;;;;;; 10021 546955 0))
23475 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
23476
23477 (defvar ruler-mode nil "\
23478 Non-nil if Ruler mode is enabled.
23479 Use the command `ruler-mode' to change this variable.")
23480
23481 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
23482 Toggle display of ruler in header line (Ruler mode).
23483 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ruler mode if ARG is positive,
23484 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
23485 if ARG is omitted or nil.
23486
23487 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23488
23489 ;;;***
23490 \f
23491 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (20518
23492 ;;;;;; 12580 46478 0))
23493 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
23494
23495 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
23496 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
23497 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
23498 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
23499
23500 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
23501
23502 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
23503 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
23504 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
23505
23506 Note that `rx' is a Lisp macro; when used in a Lisp program being
23507 compiled, the translation is performed by the compiler.
23508 See `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
23509
23510 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
23511 notation.
23512
23513 STRING
23514 matches string STRING literally.
23515
23516 CHAR
23517 matches character CHAR literally.
23518
23519 `not-newline', `nonl'
23520 matches any character except a newline.
23521
23522 `anything'
23523 matches any character
23524
23525 `(any SET ...)'
23526 `(in SET ...)'
23527 `(char SET ...)'
23528 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
23529 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
23530 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
23531
23532 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
23533 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
23534 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
23535 `word', or one of their synonyms.
23536
23537 `(not (any SET ...))'
23538 matches any character not in SET ...
23539
23540 `line-start', `bol'
23541 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
23542 in the text being matched
23543
23544 `line-end', `eol'
23545 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
23546
23547 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
23548 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23549 string being matched against.
23550
23551 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
23552 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23553 string being matched against.
23554
23555 `buffer-start'
23556 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23557 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
23558
23559 `buffer-end'
23560 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23561 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
23562
23563 `point'
23564 matches the empty string, but only at point.
23565
23566 `word-start', `bow'
23567 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
23568
23569 `word-end', `eow'
23570 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
23571
23572 `word-boundary'
23573 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23574 word.
23575
23576 `(not word-boundary)'
23577 `not-word-boundary'
23578 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
23579 word.
23580
23581 `symbol-start'
23582 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
23583
23584 `symbol-end'
23585 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
23586
23587 `digit', `numeric', `num'
23588 matches 0 through 9.
23589
23590 `control', `cntrl'
23591 matches ASCII control characters.
23592
23593 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
23594 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
23595
23596 `blank'
23597 matches space and tab only.
23598
23599 `graphic', `graph'
23600 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
23601 space, and DEL.
23602
23603 `printing', `print'
23604 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
23605 and DEL.
23606
23607 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
23608 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23609 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23610
23611 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
23612 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23613 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23614
23615 `ascii'
23616 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
23617
23618 `nonascii'
23619 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
23620
23621 `lower', `lower-case'
23622 matches anything lower-case.
23623
23624 `upper', `upper-case'
23625 matches anything upper-case.
23626
23627 `punctuation', `punct'
23628 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23629 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
23630
23631 `space', `whitespace', `white'
23632 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
23633
23634 `word', `wordchar'
23635 matches anything that has word syntax.
23636
23637 `not-wordchar'
23638 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
23639
23640 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
23641 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
23642 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
23643 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
23644
23645 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
23646 `punctuation' (\\s.)
23647 `word' (\\sw)
23648 `symbol' (\\s_)
23649 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
23650 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
23651 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
23652 `string-quote' (\\s\")
23653 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
23654 `escape' (\\s\\)
23655 `character-quote' (\\s/)
23656 `comment-start' (\\s<)
23657 `comment-end' (\\s>)
23658 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
23659 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
23660
23661 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
23662 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
23663
23664 `(category CATEGORY)'
23665 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
23666 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
23667
23668 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
23669 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
23670 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
23671 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
23672 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
23673 `symbol' (\\c5)
23674 `digit' (\\c6)
23675 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
23676 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
23677 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
23678 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
23679 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
23680 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
23681 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
23682 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
23683 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
23684 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
23685 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
23686 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
23687 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
23688 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
23689 `ascii' (\\ca)
23690 `arabic' (\\cb)
23691 `chinese' (\\cc)
23692 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
23693 `greek' (\\cg)
23694 `korean' (\\ch)
23695 `indian' (\\ci)
23696 `japanese' (\\cj)
23697 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
23698 `latin' (\\cl)
23699 `lao' (\\co)
23700 `tibetan' (\\cq)
23701 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
23702 `thai' (\\ct)
23703 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
23704 `hebrew' (\\cw)
23705 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
23706 `can-break' (\\c|)
23707
23708 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
23709 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
23710
23711 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23712 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23713 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23714 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23715 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
23716
23717 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23718 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23719 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
23720 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
23721
23722 `(submatch-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23723 `(group-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23724 like `group', but make it an explicitly-numbered group with
23725 group number N.
23726
23727 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23728 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23729 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
23730 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
23731 regular expression.
23732
23733 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
23734 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
23735 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
23736 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
23737 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
23738
23739 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
23740 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
23741
23742 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
23743 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
23744
23745 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
23746 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
23747 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
23748
23749 `(* SEXP ...)'
23750 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
23751 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23752
23753 `(*? SEXP ...)'
23754 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
23755 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23756
23757 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
23758 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
23759 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
23760
23761 `(+ SEXP ...)'
23762 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23763
23764 `(+? SEXP ...)'
23765 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23766
23767 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
23768 `(optional SEXP ...)'
23769 `(opt SEXP ...)'
23770 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
23771
23772 `(? SEXP ...)'
23773 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23774
23775 `(?? SEXP ...)'
23776 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23777
23778 `(repeat N SEXP)'
23779 `(= N SEXP ...)'
23780 matches N occurrences.
23781
23782 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
23783 matches N or more occurrences.
23784
23785 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
23786 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
23787 matches N to M occurrences.
23788
23789 `(backref N)'
23790 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23791
23792 `(eval FORM)'
23793 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
23794 `regexp-quote' it.
23795
23796 `(regexp REGEXP)'
23797 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
23798
23799 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil t)
23800
23801 ;;;***
23802 \f
23803 ;;;### (autoloads (savehist-mode) "savehist" "savehist.el" (20577
23804 ;;;;;; 33959 40183 0))
23805 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
23806
23807 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
23808 Non-nil if Savehist mode is enabled.
23809 See the command `savehist-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23810 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23811 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23812 or call the function `savehist-mode'.")
23813
23814 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
23815
23816 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
23817 Toggle saving of minibuffer history (Savehist mode).
23818 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Savehist mode if ARG is
23819 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23820 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23821
23822 When Savehist mode is enabled, minibuffer history is saved
23823 periodically and when exiting Emacs. When Savehist mode is
23824 enabled for the first time in an Emacs session, it loads the
23825 previous minibuffer history from `savehist-file'.
23826
23827 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
23828 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer
23829 histories, which is probably undesirable.
23830
23831 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23832
23833 ;;;***
23834 \f
23835 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
23836 ;;;;;; (20665 59189 799105 0))
23837 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
23838
23839 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
23840 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
23841 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23842
23843 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
23844 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
23845 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
23846 mode line of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
23847 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
23848 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
23849 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
23850 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
23851
23852 Commands:
23853 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23854 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23855 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23856 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
23857 if that value is non-nil.
23858
23859 \(fn)" t nil)
23860
23861 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
23862 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
23863 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23864
23865 Commands:
23866 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23867 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23868 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23869 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
23870 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
23871 that variable's value is a string.
23872
23873 \(fn)" t nil)
23874
23875 ;;;***
23876 \f
23877 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
23878 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
23879 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
23880
23881 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
23882 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
23883 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
23884
23885 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
23886
23887 \(fn)" t nil)
23888
23889 ;;;***
23890 \f
23891 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el"
23892 ;;;;;; (20363 61861 222722 0))
23893 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
23894
23895 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
23896 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
23897 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23898 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23899 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23900 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
23901
23902 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
23903
23904 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
23905 Toggle shared scrolling in same-frame windows (Scroll-All mode).
23906 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Scroll-All mode if ARG is
23907 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23908 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23909
23910 When Scroll-All mode is enabled, scrolling commands invoked in
23911 one window apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
23912
23913 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23914
23915 ;;;***
23916 \f
23917 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el"
23918 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
23919 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
23920
23921 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
23922 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
23923 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
23924 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
23925 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, keys that normally move
23926 point by line or paragraph will scroll the buffer by the
23927 respective amount of lines instead and point will be kept
23928 vertically fixed relative to window boundaries during scrolling.
23929
23930 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23931
23932 ;;;***
23933 \f
23934 ;;;### (autoloads nil "secrets" "net/secrets.el" (20478 3673 653810
23935 ;;;;;; 0))
23936 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/secrets.el
23937 (when (featurep 'dbusbind)
23938 (autoload 'secrets-show-secrets "secrets" nil t))
23939
23940 ;;;***
23941 \f
23942 ;;;### (autoloads (semantic-mode semantic-default-submodes) "semantic"
23943 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic.el" (20617 41641 89638 0))
23944 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic.el
23945
23946 (defvar semantic-default-submodes '(global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode global-semanticdb-minor-mode) "\
23947 List of auxiliary Semantic minor modes enabled by `semantic-mode'.
23948 The possible elements of this list include the following:
23949
23950 `global-semanticdb-minor-mode' - Maintain tag database.
23951 `global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode' - Reparse buffer when idle.
23952 `global-semantic-idle-summary-mode' - Show summary of tag at point.
23953 `global-semantic-idle-completions-mode' - Show completions when idle.
23954 `global-semantic-decoration-mode' - Additional tag decorations.
23955 `global-semantic-highlight-func-mode' - Highlight the current tag.
23956 `global-semantic-stickyfunc-mode' - Show current fun in header line.
23957 `global-semantic-mru-bookmark-mode' - Provide `switch-to-buffer'-like
23958 keybinding for tag names.
23959 `global-cedet-m3-minor-mode' - A mouse 3 context menu.
23960 `global-semantic-idle-local-symbol-highlight-mode' - Highlight references
23961 of the symbol under point.
23962 The following modes are more targeted at people who want to see
23963 some internal information of the semantic parser in action:
23964 `global-semantic-highlight-edits-mode' - Visualize incremental parser by
23965 highlighting not-yet parsed changes.
23966 `global-semantic-show-unmatched-syntax-mode' - Highlight unmatched lexical
23967 syntax tokens.
23968 `global-semantic-show-parser-state-mode' - Display the parser cache state.")
23969
23970 (custom-autoload 'semantic-default-submodes "semantic" t)
23971
23972 (defvar semantic-mode nil "\
23973 Non-nil if Semantic mode is enabled.
23974 See the command `semantic-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23975 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23976 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23977 or call the function `semantic-mode'.")
23978
23979 (custom-autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" nil)
23980
23981 (autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" "\
23982 Toggle parser features (Semantic mode).
23983 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Semantic mode if ARG is
23984 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23985 Semantic mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23986
23987 In Semantic mode, Emacs parses the buffers you visit for their
23988 semantic content. This information is used by a variety of
23989 auxiliary minor modes, listed in `semantic-default-submodes';
23990 all the minor modes in this list are also enabled when you enable
23991 Semantic mode.
23992
23993 \\{semantic-mode-map}
23994
23995 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23996
23997 ;;;***
23998 \f
23999 ;;;### (autoloads (bovine-grammar-mode) "semantic/bovine/grammar"
24000 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el" (20593 22184 581574 0))
24001 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el
24002
24003 (autoload 'bovine-grammar-mode "semantic/bovine/grammar" "\
24004 Major mode for editing Bovine grammars.
24005
24006 \(fn)" t nil)
24007
24008 ;;;***
24009 \f
24010 ;;;### (autoloads (wisent-grammar-mode) "semantic/wisent/grammar"
24011 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el" (20593 22184 581574 0))
24012 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el
24013
24014 (autoload 'wisent-grammar-mode "semantic/wisent/grammar" "\
24015 Major mode for editing Wisent grammars.
24016
24017 \(fn)" t nil)
24018
24019 ;;;***
24020 \f
24021 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mailing-lists
24022 ;;;;;; mail-mode sendmail-user-agent-compose sendmail-query-once
24023 ;;;;;; mail-default-headers mail-default-directory mail-signature-file
24024 ;;;;;; mail-signature mail-citation-prefix-regexp mail-citation-hook
24025 ;;;;;; mail-indentation-spaces mail-yank-prefix mail-setup-hook
24026 ;;;;;; mail-personal-alias-file mail-default-reply-to mail-archive-file-name
24027 ;;;;;; mail-header-separator send-mail-function mail-interactive
24028 ;;;;;; mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from mail-from-style)
24029 ;;;;;; "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (20614 54428 654267 0))
24030 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
24031
24032 (defvar mail-from-style 'default "\
24033 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
24034
24035 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
24036 king@grassland.com
24037 If `parens', they look like:
24038 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
24039 If `angles', they look like:
24040 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
24041
24042 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
24043 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
24044
24045 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
24046
24047 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
24048 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
24049 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
24050 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
24051
24052 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
24053 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
24054 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
24055 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
24056
24057 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
24058
24059 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
24060 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
24061 This is done when the message is initialized,
24062 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
24063
24064 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
24065
24066 (defvar mail-interactive t "\
24067 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
24068 Otherwise, let mailer send back a message to report errors.")
24069
24070 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
24071
24072 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and (boundp 'smtpmail-smtp-server) smtpmail-smtp-server) 'smtpmail-send-it 'sendmail-query-once) "\
24073 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
24074 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
24075 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
24076 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
24077 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
24078 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
24079
24080 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
24081
24082 (defvar mail-header-separator (purecopy "--text follows this line--") "\
24083 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
24084
24085 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
24086
24087 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
24088 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
24089 This is normally an mbox file, but for backwards compatibility may also
24090 be a Babyl file.")
24091
24092 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
24093
24094 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
24095 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
24096 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
24097 when you first send mail.")
24098
24099 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
24100
24101 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file (purecopy "~/.mailrc") "\
24102 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
24103 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
24104 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
24105 This file need not actually exist.")
24106
24107 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
24108
24109 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
24110 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing message is initialized.")
24111
24112 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
24113
24114 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
24115 Alist of mail address aliases,
24116 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
24117 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
24118 can specify a different file name.)
24119 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
24120 alias ALIAS MEANING")
24121
24122 (defvar mail-yank-prefix "> " "\
24123 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
24124 If this is nil, use indentation, as specified by `mail-indentation-spaces'.")
24125
24126 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
24127
24128 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
24129 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
24130 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
24131
24132 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
24133
24134 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
24135 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
24136 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
24137 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
24138 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
24139 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
24140 in the cited portion of the message.
24141
24142 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
24143 instead of no action.")
24144
24145 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
24146
24147 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp (purecopy "\\([ ]*\\(\\w\\|[_.]\\)+>+\\|[ ]*[]>|]\\)+") "\
24148 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
24149 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
24150 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
24151 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
24152
24153 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
24154
24155 (defvar mail-signature t "\
24156 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
24157 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
24158 If a string, that string is inserted.
24159 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
24160 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
24161 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
24162 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
24163
24164 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
24165
24166 (defvar mail-signature-file (purecopy "~/.signature") "\
24167 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
24168
24169 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
24170
24171 (defvar mail-default-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
24172 Value of `default-directory' for Mail mode buffers.
24173 This directory is used for auto-save files of Mail mode buffers.
24174
24175 Note that Message mode does not use this variable; it auto-saves
24176 in `message-auto-save-directory'.")
24177
24178 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
24179
24180 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
24181 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
24182 It can contain newlines, and should end in one. It is inserted
24183 before you edit the message, so you can edit or delete the lines.")
24184
24185 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
24186
24187 (autoload 'sendmail-query-once "sendmail" "\
24188 Query for `send-mail-function' and send mail with it.
24189 This also saves the value of `send-mail-function' via Customize.
24190
24191 \(fn)" nil nil)
24192
24193 (define-mail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent-compose 'mail-send-and-exit)
24194
24195 (autoload 'sendmail-user-agent-compose "sendmail" "\
24196
24197
24198 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
24199
24200 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
24201 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
24202 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
24203
24204 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
24205 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
24206
24207 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
24208 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subj:
24209 \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: \\[mail-cc] move to CC:
24210 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
24211 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
24212 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
24213 \\[mail-text] move to message text.
24214 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
24215 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
24216 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
24217 \\[mail-insert-file] insert a text file into the message.
24218 \\[mail-add-attachment] attach to the message a file as binary attachment.
24219 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
24220 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
24221
24222 \(fn)" t nil)
24223
24224 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
24225 List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
24226 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
24227 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
24228
24229 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
24230
24231 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
24232 Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24233 This has higher priority than the default `buffer-file-coding-system'
24234 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
24235 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
24236 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24237
24238 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
24239 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24240 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
24241
24242 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
24243 User should not set this variable manually,
24244 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
24245 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
24246 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24247
24248 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
24249 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
24250 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
24251 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
24252
24253 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
24254 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
24255
24256 \\<mail-mode-map>
24257 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
24258
24259 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
24260 to move to message header fields:
24261 \\{mail-mode-map}
24262
24263 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
24264 when the message is initialized.
24265
24266 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
24267 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
24268
24269 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
24270 is inserted.
24271
24272 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
24273 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
24274
24275 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
24276 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
24277 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
24278 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
24279 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
24280 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
24281 buffer without erasing the contents.
24282
24283 The second through fifth arguments,
24284 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
24285 the initial contents of those header fields.
24286 These arguments should not have final newlines.
24287 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
24288 original message being replied to, or else an action
24289 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
24290 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
24291 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
24292 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
24293 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
24294 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
24295
24296 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
24297
24298 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
24299 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
24300
24301 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24302
24303 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
24304 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
24305
24306 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24307
24308 ;;;***
24309 \f
24310 ;;;### (autoloads (server-save-buffers-kill-terminal server-mode
24311 ;;;;;; server-force-delete server-start) "server" "server.el" (20697
24312 ;;;;;; 35643 276642 0))
24313 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
24314
24315 (put 'server-host 'risky-local-variable t)
24316
24317 (put 'server-port 'risky-local-variable t)
24318
24319 (put 'server-auth-dir 'risky-local-variable t)
24320
24321 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
24322 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
24323 This starts a server communications subprocess through which client
24324 \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
24325 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the Emacs
24326 distribution as your standard \"editor\".
24327
24328 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
24329 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
24330
24331 If a server is already running, restart it. If clients are
24332 running, ask the user for confirmation first, unless optional
24333 argument INHIBIT-PROMPT is non-nil.
24334
24335 To force-start a server, do \\[server-force-delete] and then
24336 \\[server-start].
24337
24338 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD INHIBIT-PROMPT)" t nil)
24339
24340 (autoload 'server-force-delete "server" "\
24341 Unconditionally delete connection file for server NAME.
24342 If server is running, it is first stopped.
24343 NAME defaults to `server-name'. With argument, ask for NAME.
24344
24345 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24346
24347 (defvar server-mode nil "\
24348 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
24349 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24350 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24351 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24352 or call the function `server-mode'.")
24353
24354 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
24355
24356 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
24357 Toggle Server mode.
24358 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Server mode if ARG is
24359 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24360 Server mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24361
24362 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
24363 `emacsclient' program. See Info node `Emacs server' and
24364 `server-start' for details.
24365
24366 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24367
24368 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
24369 Offer to save each buffer, then kill the current client.
24370 With ARG non-nil, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
24371
24372 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
24373 only these files will be asked to be saved.
24374
24375 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
24376
24377 ;;;***
24378 \f
24379 ;;;### (autoloads (ses-mode) "ses" "ses.el" (20673 53308 39372 0))
24380 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
24381
24382 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
24383 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
24384 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for more info.
24385
24386 Key definitions:
24387 \\{ses-mode-map}
24388 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part):
24389 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
24390 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula:
24391 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
24392
24393 \(fn)" t nil)
24394
24395 ;;;***
24396 \f
24397 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
24398 ;;;;;; (20665 59189 799105 0))
24399 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
24400
24401 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24402 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
24403 Makes > match <.
24404 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
24405 `sgml-quick-keys'.
24406
24407 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
24408 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
24409 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
24410
24411 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
24412 in your init file.
24413
24414 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
24415
24416 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24417 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
24418 \\{sgml-mode-map}
24419
24420 \(fn)" t nil)
24421
24422 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24423 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
24424 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
24425 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
24426 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
24427 which this is based.
24428
24429 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24430
24431 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
24432 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
24433 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
24434 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
24435
24436 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
24437 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
24438 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
24439
24440 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
24441 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
24442 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
24443 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
24444
24445 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
24446 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
24447 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
24448 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
24449
24450 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
24451
24452 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
24453 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
24454 To work around that, do:
24455 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
24456
24457 \\{html-mode-map}
24458
24459 \(fn)" t nil)
24460
24461 ;;;***
24462 \f
24463 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
24464 ;;;;;; (20665 59189 799105 0))
24465 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
24466 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
24467
24468 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
24469 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
24470 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
24471 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
24472 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
24473 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
24474
24475 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
24476 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
24477 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
24478 shell-specific features.
24479
24480 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
24481 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
24482 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
24483 \\<sh-mode-map>
24484 \\[sh-case] case statement
24485 \\[sh-for] for loop
24486 \\[sh-function] function definition
24487 \\[sh-if] if statement
24488 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
24489 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
24490 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
24491 \\[sh-select] select loop
24492 \\[sh-until] until loop
24493 \\[sh-while] while loop
24494
24495 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
24496 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
24497 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
24498 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
24499 would indent to the way it currently is.
24500 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
24501 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
24502
24503
24504 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
24505 \\[newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
24506 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
24507 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
24508 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
24509 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
24510
24511 `sh-electric-here-document-mode' controls whether insertion of two
24512 unquoted < insert a here document.
24513
24514 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
24515 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
24516 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
24517
24518 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
24519 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
24520
24521 \(fn)" t nil)
24522
24523 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
24524
24525 ;;;***
24526 \f
24527 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
24528 ;;;;;; (20572 16038 402143 0))
24529 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
24530
24531 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
24532 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
24533
24534 If STRINGP is non-nil, returns any shadows as a string.
24535 Otherwise, if interactive shows any shadows in a `*Shadows*' buffer;
24536 else prints messages listing any shadows.
24537
24538 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
24539 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
24540 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
24541 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
24542 the earlier.
24543
24544 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
24545
24546 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
24547
24548 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
24549 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
24550 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
24551
24552 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
24553 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
24554
24555 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
24556 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
24557 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
24558 19.30. An Emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
24559 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
24560 Unless the Emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
24561 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
24562 Emacs version).
24563
24564 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
24565 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
24566 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
24567 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
24568 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
24569
24570 Shadowings are located by calling the (non-interactive) companion
24571 function, `load-path-shadows-find'.
24572
24573 \(fn &optional STRINGP)" t nil)
24574
24575 ;;;***
24576 \f
24577 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
24578 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (20355
24579 ;;;;;; 10021 546955 0))
24580 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
24581
24582 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
24583 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
24584 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
24585 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
24586 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
24587 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
24588 sites in the cluster.
24589
24590 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
24591
24592 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
24593 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
24594 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
24595 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
24596 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
24597
24598 \(fn)" t nil)
24599
24600 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
24601 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
24602 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
24603 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
24604 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
24605 function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
24606 `shadow-define-cluster').
24607
24608 \(fn)" t nil)
24609
24610 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
24611 Set up file shadowing.
24612
24613 \(fn)" t nil)
24614
24615 ;;;***
24616 \f
24617 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
24618 ;;;;;; (20664 38325 385623 0))
24619 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
24620
24621 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp (purecopy "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe") "\
24622 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
24623 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
24624 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
24625 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
24626 arguments.")
24627
24628 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
24629
24630 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
24631 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
24632 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
24633 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
24634 to change if called with a prefix arg.
24635
24636 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
24637 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
24638 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
24639 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
24640 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
24641 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
24642 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
24643 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
24644 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
24645 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
24646 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
24647
24648 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24649 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24650 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24651 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
24652 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24653 `default-process-coding-system'.
24654
24655 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
24656 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
24657 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
24658 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
24659
24660 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
24661
24662 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24663
24664 ;;;***
24665 \f
24666 ;;;### (autoloads (shr-insert-document) "shr" "gnus/shr.el" (20698
24667 ;;;;;; 56506 332830 0))
24668 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/shr.el
24669
24670 (autoload 'shr-insert-document "shr" "\
24671 Render the parsed document DOM into the current buffer.
24672 DOM should be a parse tree as generated by
24673 `libxml-parse-html-region' or similar.
24674
24675 \(fn DOM)" nil nil)
24676
24677 ;;;***
24678 \f
24679 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-upload-and-kill sieve-upload-and-bury sieve-upload
24680 ;;;;;; sieve-manage) "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (20487 57003 603251
24681 ;;;;;; 0))
24682 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
24683
24684 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
24685
24686
24687 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
24688
24689 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
24690
24691
24692 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24693
24694 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
24695
24696
24697 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24698
24699 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-kill "sieve" "\
24700
24701
24702 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24703
24704 ;;;***
24705 \f
24706 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el"
24707 ;;;;;; (20683 2742 588278 0))
24708 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
24709
24710 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
24711 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
24712 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
24713 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
24714 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
24715
24716 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
24717
24718 \(fn)" t nil)
24719
24720 ;;;***
24721 \f
24722 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (20355
24723 ;;;;;; 10021 546955 0))
24724 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
24725
24726 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
24727 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
24728 \\{simula-mode-map}
24729 Variables controlling indentation style:
24730 `simula-tab-always-indent'
24731 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
24732 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24733 `simula-indent-level'
24734 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
24735 `simula-substatement-offset'
24736 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
24737 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
24738 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
24739 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
24740 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
24741 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
24742 `simula-label-offset' -4711
24743 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
24744 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
24745 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
24746 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
24747 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
24748 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
24749 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
24750 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
24751 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
24752 `simula-electric-indent' nil
24753 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
24754 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
24755 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
24756 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
24757 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
24758 or nil if they should not be changed.
24759 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
24760 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
24761 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
24762 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
24763
24764 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
24765 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
24766
24767 \(fn)" t nil)
24768
24769 ;;;***
24770 \f
24771 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy-new
24772 ;;;;;; define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (20541 6907 775259
24773 ;;;;;; 0))
24774 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
24775
24776 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
24777 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
24778
24779 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
24780 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
24781 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
24782 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
24783
24784 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil t)
24785
24786 (put 'define-skeleton 'doc-string-elt '2)
24787
24788 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
24789 Insert SKELETON.
24790 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
24791 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
24792 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
24793 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
24794 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
24795
24796 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
24797 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
24798
24799 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
24800
24801 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
24802 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
24803
24804 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
24805 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
24806 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
24807 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
24808
24809 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
24810 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
24811 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
24812 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
24813
24814 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
24815 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
24816 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
24817
24818 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
24819 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
24820
24821 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
24822 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
24823
24824 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
24825 _ interesting point, interregion here
24826 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
24827 interesting point set by _
24828 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
24829 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
24830 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
24831 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
24832 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
24833 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
24834 nil skipped
24835
24836 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
24837 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
24838
24839 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
24840 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
24841 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
24842 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
24843 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
24844 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
24845 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
24846 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
24847
24848 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
24849 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
24850 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
24851 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
24852 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
24853 available:
24854
24855 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
24856 then: insert previously read string once more
24857 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
24858 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
24859 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
24860
24861 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
24862 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
24863
24864 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
24865
24866 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
24867 Insert the character you type ARG times.
24868
24869 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
24870 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
24871 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
24872 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
24873 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
24874 such as backslash.
24875
24876 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
24877 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
24878 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
24879
24880 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24881
24882 ;;;***
24883 \f
24884 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-start-session smerge-mode smerge-ediff)
24885 ;;;;;; "smerge-mode" "vc/smerge-mode.el" (20585 28088 480237 0))
24886 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/smerge-mode.el
24887
24888 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
24889 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
24890 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
24891 buffer names.
24892
24893 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
24894
24895 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
24896 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
24897 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
24898 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
24899 if ARG is omitted or nil.
24900 \\{smerge-mode-map}
24901
24902 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24903
24904 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
24905 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
24906 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
24907
24908 \(fn)" t nil)
24909
24910 ;;;***
24911 \f
24912 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-buffer smiley-region) "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el"
24913 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
24914 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
24915
24916 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
24917 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
24918 A list of images is returned.
24919
24920 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24921
24922 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
24923 Run `smiley-region' at the BUFFER, specified in the argument or
24924 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer.
24925
24926 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24927
24928 ;;;***
24929 \f
24930 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-queued-mail smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail"
24931 ;;;;;; "mail/smtpmail.el" (20697 35643 276642 0))
24932 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
24933
24934 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
24935
24936
24937 \(fn)" nil nil)
24938
24939 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
24940 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
24941
24942 \(fn)" t nil)
24943
24944 ;;;***
24945 \f
24946 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (20478 3673 653810
24947 ;;;;;; 0))
24948 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
24949
24950 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
24951 Play the Snake game.
24952 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
24953
24954 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
24955
24956 Snake mode keybindings:
24957 \\<snake-mode-map>
24958 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
24959 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
24960 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
24961 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
24962 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
24963 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
24964 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
24965
24966 \(fn)" t nil)
24967
24968 ;;;***
24969 \f
24970 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
24971 ;;;;;; (20577 33959 40183 0))
24972 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
24973
24974 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
24975 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
24976 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24977 Tab indents for C code.
24978 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24979 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24980 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24981 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
24982 `snmp-mode-hook'.
24983
24984 \(fn)" t nil)
24985
24986 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
24987 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
24988 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24989 Tab indents for C code.
24990 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24991 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24992 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24993 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
24994 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
24995
24996 \(fn)" t nil)
24997
24998 ;;;***
24999 \f
25000 ;;;### (autoloads (sunrise-sunset) "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (20566
25001 ;;;;;; 63671 243798 0))
25002 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
25003
25004 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
25005 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
25006 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompt for date.
25007 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for
25008 longitude, latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
25009
25010 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
25011
25012 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25013
25014 ;;;***
25015 \f
25016 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (20427
25017 ;;;;;; 14766 970343 0))
25018 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
25019
25020 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
25021 Play Solitaire.
25022
25023 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
25024 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
25025 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
25026 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
25027 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
25028 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
25029 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
25030 check after each move or undo.)
25031
25032 What is Solitaire?
25033
25034 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
25035 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
25036 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
25037
25038 Le Solitaire
25039 ============
25040
25041 o o o
25042
25043 o o o
25044
25045 o o o o o o o
25046
25047 o o o . o o o
25048
25049 o o o o o o o
25050
25051 o o o
25052
25053 o o o
25054
25055 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
25056 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
25057 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
25058 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
25059
25060 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
25061 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
25062 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
25063 this: o o .
25064
25065 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
25066 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
25067
25068 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
25069
25070 o o o
25071
25072 . o o
25073
25074 o o . o o o o
25075
25076 o . o o o o o
25077
25078 o o o o o o o
25079
25080 o o o
25081
25082 o o o
25083
25084 Pick your favorite shortcuts:
25085
25086 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
25087
25088 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
25089
25090 ;;;***
25091 \f
25092 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-duplicate-lines reverse-region sort-columns
25093 ;;;;;; sort-regexp-fields sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages
25094 ;;;;;; sort-paragraphs sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (20693
25095 ;;;;;; 38586 665915 0))
25096 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
25097 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
25098
25099 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
25100 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
25101
25102 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
25103 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
25104 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
25105 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
25106 contiguous.
25107
25108 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
25109 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
25110 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25111 the sort order.
25112
25113 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
25114 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
25115
25116 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
25117 It moves point to the start of the next record.
25118 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
25119 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
25120 is called.
25121
25122 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
25123 It should move point to the end of the record.
25124
25125 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
25126 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
25127 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
25128 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
25129 starts at the beginning of the record.
25130
25131 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
25132 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
25133 same as ENDRECFUN.
25134
25135 PREDICATE, if non-nil, is the predicate function for comparing
25136 keys; it is called with two arguments, the keys to compare, and
25137 should return non-nil if the first key should sort before the
25138 second key. If PREDICATE is nil, comparison is done with `<' if
25139 the keys are numbers, with `compare-buffer-substrings' if the
25140 keys are cons cells (the car and cdr of each cons cell are taken
25141 as start and end positions), and with `string<' otherwise.
25142
25143 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
25144
25145 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
25146 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25147 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25148 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25149 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25150 the sort order.
25151
25152 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25153
25154 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
25155 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25156 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25157 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25158 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25159 the sort order.
25160
25161 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25162
25163 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
25164 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25165 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25166 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25167 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25168 the sort order.
25169
25170 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25171 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
25172
25173 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
25174 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
25175 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25176 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
25177 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
25178 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
25179 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25180 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25181 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25182
25183 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25184
25185 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
25186 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
25187 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25188 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25189 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25190 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25191 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25192 the sort order.
25193
25194 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25195
25196 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
25197 Sort the text in the region region lexicographically.
25198 If called interactively, prompt for two regular expressions,
25199 RECORD-REGEXP and KEY-REGEXP.
25200
25201 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units to be sorted.
25202 For example, to sort lines, RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\".
25203
25204 KEY-REGEXP specifies the part of each record (i.e. each match for
25205 RECORD-REGEXP) to be used for sorting.
25206 If it is \"\\\\digit\", use the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\"
25207 match field specified by RECORD-REGEXP.
25208 If it is \"\\\\&\", use the whole record.
25209 Otherwise, KEY-REGEXP should be a regular expression with which
25210 to search within the record. If a match for KEY-REGEXP is not
25211 found within a record, that record is ignored.
25212
25213 With a negative prefix arg, sort in reverse order.
25214
25215 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25216 the sort order.
25217
25218 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
25219 starting with the letter \"f\",
25220 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
25221
25222 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
25223
25224 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
25225 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
25226 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
25227 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
25228 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
25229 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
25230 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25231 the sort order.
25232
25233 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
25234 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
25235 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
25236 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
25237 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
25238
25239 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
25240
25241 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
25242 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
25243 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
25244
25245 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25246
25247 (autoload 'delete-duplicate-lines "sort" "\
25248 Delete duplicate lines in the region between BEG and END.
25249
25250 If REVERSE is nil, search and delete duplicates forward keeping the first
25251 occurrence of duplicate lines. If REVERSE is non-nil (when called
25252 interactively with C-u prefix), search and delete duplicates backward
25253 keeping the last occurrence of duplicate lines.
25254
25255 If ADJACENT is non-nil (when called interactively with two C-u prefixes),
25256 delete repeated lines only if they are adjacent. It works like the utility
25257 `uniq' and is useful when lines are already sorted in a large file since
25258 this is more efficient in performance and memory usage than when ADJACENT
25259 is nil that uses additional memory to remember previous lines.
25260
25261 When called from Lisp and INTERACTIVE is omitted or nil, return the number
25262 of deleted duplicate lines, do not print it; if INTERACTIVE is t, the
25263 function behaves in all respects as if it had been called interactively.
25264
25265 \(fn BEG END &optional REVERSE ADJACENT INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
25266
25267 ;;;***
25268 \f
25269 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-initialize) "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (20672
25270 ;;;;;; 32446 100992 0))
25271 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
25272
25273 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
25274 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
25275 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t. This is so you
25276 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
25277 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
25278 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
25279
25280 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
25281
25282 ;;;***
25283 \f
25284 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-report-deagentize spam-report-agentize spam-report-url-to-file
25285 ;;;;;; spam-report-url-ping-mm-url spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report"
25286 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-report.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
25287 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
25288
25289 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
25290 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
25291
25292 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
25293 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
25294 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
25295
25296 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
25297
25298 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
25299 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
25300 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
25301 server.
25302
25303 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25304
25305 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
25306 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
25307 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
25308
25309 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25310
25311 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
25312 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
25313 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
25314 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
25315 Agent is plugged.
25316
25317 \(fn)" t nil)
25318
25319 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
25320 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
25321 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
25322 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
25323
25324 \(fn)" t nil)
25325
25326 ;;;***
25327 \f
25328 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
25329 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (20648 50109 802321 0))
25330 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
25331
25332 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
25333
25334 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
25335 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
25336 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
25337 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
25338 supported at a time.
25339 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
25340 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
25341
25342 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25343
25344 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
25345 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
25346 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
25347 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
25348
25349 \(fn)" t nil)
25350
25351 ;;;***
25352 \f
25353 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (20355
25354 ;;;;;; 10021 546955 0))
25355 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
25356
25357 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
25358 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
25359
25360 \(fn)" t nil)
25361
25362 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
25363 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
25364
25365 \(fn)" nil nil)
25366
25367 ;;;***
25368 \f
25369 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-linter sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres
25370 ;;;;;; sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql sql-sqlite sql-informix
25371 ;;;;;; sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-product-interactive sql-connect
25372 ;;;;;; sql-mode sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el"
25373 ;;;;;; (20683 39246 740032 0))
25374 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
25375
25376 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
25377 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
25378
25379 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a SQL product, such as
25380 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
25381 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
25382 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
25383 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
25384 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
25385 of the current highlighting list.
25386
25387 For example:
25388
25389 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
25390 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
25391
25392 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
25393 `_t' as data types.
25394
25395 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
25396
25397 (eval '(defun sql-help nil #("Show short help for the SQL modes.\n\nUse an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is\nusually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.\n\nUse the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:\n\n \\\\FREE\n\nOther non-free SQL implementations are also supported:\n\n \\\\NONFREE\n\nBut we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.\n\nYou can also use \\[sql-product-interactive] to invoke the\ninterpreter for the current `sql-product'.\n\nOnce you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the\nbuffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt\nis generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions\nthat help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.\n\nIf you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a\nprocedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in\n`sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be\nanything. The name of the major mode is SQL.\n\nIn this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire\nbuffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are\nappended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer." 0 1 (dynamic-docstring-function sql--make-help-docstring)) (interactive) (describe-function 'sql-help)))
25398
25399 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
25400 Major mode to edit SQL.
25401
25402 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
25403 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
25404 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
25405
25406 \\{sql-mode-map}
25407 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
25408
25409 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
25410 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
25411 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
25412 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
25413 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
25414 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
25415
25416 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
25417 `sql-interactive-mode'.
25418
25419 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
25420 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL, you
25421 must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your init file:
25422
25423 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
25424 (lambda ()
25425 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
25426
25427 \(fn)" t nil)
25428
25429 (autoload 'sql-connect "sql" "\
25430 Connect to an interactive session using CONNECTION settings.
25431
25432 See `sql-connection-alist' to see how to define connections and
25433 their settings.
25434
25435 The user will not be prompted for any login parameters if a value
25436 is specified in the connection settings.
25437
25438 \(fn CONNECTION &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25439
25440 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
25441 Run PRODUCT interpreter as an inferior process.
25442
25443 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25444 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer `*SQL*'.
25445
25446 To specify the SQL product, prefix the call with
25447 \\[universal-argument]. To set the buffer name as well, prefix
25448 the call to \\[sql-product-interactive] with
25449 \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument].
25450
25451 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25452
25453 \(fn &optional PRODUCT NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25454
25455 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
25456 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
25457
25458 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25459 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25460 `*SQL*'.
25461
25462 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
25463 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25464 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
25465 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
25466
25467 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25468 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25469
25470 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25471 before \\[sql-oracle]. Once session has started,
25472 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25473 buffer.
25474
25475 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25476 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25477 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25478 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25479 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25480 `default-process-coding-system'.
25481
25482 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25483
25484 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25485
25486 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
25487 Run isql by Sybase as an inferior process.
25488
25489 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25490 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25491 `*SQL*'.
25492
25493 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
25494 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
25495 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25496 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
25497
25498 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25499 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25500
25501 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25502 before \\[sql-sybase]. Once session has started,
25503 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25504 buffer.
25505
25506 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25507 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25508 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25509 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25510 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25511 `default-process-coding-system'.
25512
25513 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25514
25515 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25516
25517 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
25518 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
25519
25520 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25521 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25522 `*SQL*'.
25523
25524 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
25525 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25526
25527 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25528 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25529
25530 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25531 before \\[sql-informix]. Once session has started,
25532 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25533 buffer.
25534
25535 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25536 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25537 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25538 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25539 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25540 `default-process-coding-system'.
25541
25542 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25543
25544 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25545
25546 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
25547 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
25548
25549 SQLite is free software.
25550
25551 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25552 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25553 `*SQL*'.
25554
25555 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
25556 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25557 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25558 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
25559
25560 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25561 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25562
25563 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25564 before \\[sql-sqlite]. Once session has started,
25565 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25566 buffer.
25567
25568 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25569 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25570 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25571 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25572 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25573 `default-process-coding-system'.
25574
25575 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25576
25577 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25578
25579 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
25580 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
25581
25582 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
25583
25584 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25585 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25586 `*SQL*'.
25587
25588 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
25589 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25590 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25591 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
25592
25593 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25594 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25595
25596 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25597 before \\[sql-mysql]. Once session has started,
25598 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25599 buffer.
25600
25601 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25602 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25603 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25604 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25605 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25606 `default-process-coding-system'.
25607
25608 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25609
25610 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25611
25612 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
25613 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
25614
25615 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25616 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25617 `*SQL*'.
25618
25619 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
25620 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
25621 defaults, if set.
25622
25623 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25624 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25625
25626 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25627 before \\[sql-solid]. Once session has started,
25628 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25629 buffer.
25630
25631 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25632 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25633 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25634 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25635 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25636 `default-process-coding-system'.
25637
25638 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25639
25640 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25641
25642 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
25643 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
25644
25645 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25646 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25647 `*SQL*'.
25648
25649 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
25650 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25651
25652 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25653 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25654
25655 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25656 before \\[sql-ingres]. Once session has started,
25657 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25658 buffer.
25659
25660 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25661 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25662 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25663 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25664 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25665 `default-process-coding-system'.
25666
25667 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25668
25669 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25670
25671 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
25672 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
25673
25674 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25675 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25676 `*SQL*'.
25677
25678 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
25679 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
25680 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
25681 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
25682
25683 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25684 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25685
25686 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25687 before \\[sql-ms]. Once session has started,
25688 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25689 buffer.
25690
25691 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25692 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25693 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25694 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25695 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25696 `default-process-coding-system'.
25697
25698 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25699
25700 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25701
25702 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
25703 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
25704
25705 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25706 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25707 `*SQL*'.
25708
25709 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
25710 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
25711 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
25712 `sql-postgres-options'.
25713
25714 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25715 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25716
25717 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25718 before \\[sql-postgres]. Once session has started,
25719 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25720 buffer.
25721
25722 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25723 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25724 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25725 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25726 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25727 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
25728 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
25729 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
25730
25731 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
25732 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
25733
25734 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25735
25736 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25737
25738 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
25739 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
25740
25741 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25742 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25743 `*SQL*'.
25744
25745 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
25746 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25747 defaults, if set.
25748
25749 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25750 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25751
25752 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25753 before \\[sql-interbase]. Once session has started,
25754 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25755 buffer.
25756
25757 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25758 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25759 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25760 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25761 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25762 `default-process-coding-system'.
25763
25764 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25765
25766 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25767
25768 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
25769 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
25770
25771 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25772 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25773 `*SQL*'.
25774
25775 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
25776 automatic login.
25777
25778 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25779 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25780
25781 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
25782 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
25783 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
25784 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
25785
25786 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25787 before \\[sql-db2]. Once session has started,
25788 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25789 buffer.
25790
25791 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25792 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25793 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25794 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25795 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25796 `default-process-coding-system'.
25797
25798 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25799
25800 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25801
25802 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
25803 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
25804
25805 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25806 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25807 `*SQL*'.
25808
25809 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
25810 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
25811 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25812 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
25813 parameters.
25814
25815 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
25816 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
25817 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
25818 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
25819 an empty password.
25820
25821 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25822 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25823
25824 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25825 before \\[sql-linter]. Once session has started,
25826 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25827 buffer.
25828
25829 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25830
25831 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25832
25833 ;;;***
25834 \f
25835 ;;;### (autoloads (srecode-template-mode) "srecode/srt-mode" "cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el"
25836 ;;;;;; (20642 11326 759953 0))
25837 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el
25838
25839 (autoload 'srecode-template-mode "srecode/srt-mode" "\
25840 Major-mode for writing SRecode macros.
25841
25842 \(fn)" t nil)
25843
25844 (defalias 'srt-mode 'srecode-template-mode)
25845
25846 ;;;***
25847 \f
25848 ;;;### (autoloads (starttls-open-stream) "starttls" "gnus/starttls.el"
25849 ;;;;;; (20606 34222 123795 0))
25850 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/starttls.el
25851
25852 (autoload 'starttls-open-stream "starttls" "\
25853 Open a TLS connection for a port to a host.
25854 Returns a subprocess object to represent the connection.
25855 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process' closes it.
25856 Args are NAME BUFFER HOST PORT.
25857 NAME is name for process. It is modified if necessary to make it unique.
25858 BUFFER is the buffer (or `buffer-name') to associate with the process.
25859 Process output goes at end of that buffer, unless you specify
25860 an output stream or filter function to handle the output.
25861 BUFFER may be also nil, meaning that this process is not associated
25862 with any buffer
25863 Third arg is name of the host to connect to, or its IP address.
25864 Fourth arg PORT is an integer specifying a port to connect to.
25865 If `starttls-use-gnutls' is nil, this may also be a service name, but
25866 GnuTLS requires a port number.
25867
25868 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST PORT)" nil nil)
25869
25870 ;;;***
25871 \f
25872 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
25873 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
25874 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
25875 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
25876 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (20593
25877 ;;;;;; 22184 581574 0))
25878 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
25879
25880 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
25881 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
25882 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
25883 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
25884 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
25885 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
25886
25887 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
25888
25889 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
25890
25891 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
25892 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25893 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25894 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
25895 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
25896 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
25897 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25898
25899 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25900
25901 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25902 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25903 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25904 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
25905 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
25906 then complete the stroke with button 3.
25907 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25908
25909 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25910
25911 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
25912 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25913 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25914
25915 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25916
25917 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25918 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25919 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25920
25921 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25922
25923 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
25924 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
25925
25926 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
25927
25928 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
25929 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
25930
25931 \(fn)" t nil)
25932
25933 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
25934 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
25935
25936 \(fn)" t nil)
25937
25938 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
25939 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
25940 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
25941 chronologically by command name.
25942 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
25943
25944 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
25945
25946 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
25947 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
25948 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25949 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25950 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25951 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
25952
25953 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
25954
25955 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
25956 Toggle Strokes mode, a global minor mode.
25957 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Strokes mode if ARG is
25958 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
25959 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25960
25961 \\<strokes-mode-map>
25962 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
25963 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
25964 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
25965 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
25966
25967 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
25968 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
25969 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
25970 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
25971
25972 \\{strokes-mode-map}
25973
25974 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25975
25976 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
25977 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
25978 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
25979 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
25980
25981 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
25982
25983 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25984 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
25985
25986 \(fn)" t nil)
25987
25988 ;;;***
25989 \f
25990 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
25991 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
25992 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
25993
25994 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
25995 Studlify-case the region.
25996
25997 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
25998
25999 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
26000 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
26001
26002 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
26003
26004 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
26005 Studlify-case the current buffer.
26006
26007 \(fn)" t nil)
26008
26009 ;;;***
26010 \f
26011 ;;;### (autoloads (global-subword-mode subword-mode) "subword" "progmodes/subword.el"
26012 ;;;;;; (20524 51365 2559 0))
26013 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/subword.el
26014
26015 (autoload 'subword-mode "subword" "\
26016 Toggle subword movement and editing (Subword mode).
26017 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Subword mode if ARG is
26018 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26019 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26020
26021 Subword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it remaps
26022 word-based editing commands to subword-based commands that handle
26023 symbols with mixed uppercase and lowercase letters,
26024 e.g. \"GtkWidget\", \"EmacsFrameClass\", \"NSGraphicsContext\".
26025
26026 Here we call these mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'. Each
26027 capitalized (or completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is
26028 called a `subword'. Here are some examples:
26029
26030 Nomenclature Subwords
26031 ===========================================================
26032 GtkWindow => \"Gtk\" and \"Window\"
26033 EmacsFrameClass => \"Emacs\", \"Frame\" and \"Class\"
26034 NSGraphicsContext => \"NS\", \"Graphics\" and \"Context\"
26035
26036 The subword oriented commands activated in this minor mode recognize
26037 subwords in a nomenclature to move between subwords and to edit them
26038 as words.
26039
26040 \\{subword-mode-map}
26041
26042 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26043
26044 (defvar global-subword-mode nil "\
26045 Non-nil if Global-Subword mode is enabled.
26046 See the command `global-subword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26047 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26048 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26049 or call the function `global-subword-mode'.")
26050
26051 (custom-autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" nil)
26052
26053 (autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" "\
26054 Toggle Subword mode in all buffers.
26055 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Subword mode if ARG is positive;
26056 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
26057 ARG is omitted or nil.
26058
26059 Subword mode is enabled in all buffers where
26060 `(lambda nil (subword-mode 1))' would do it.
26061 See `subword-mode' for more information on Subword mode.
26062
26063 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26064
26065 ;;;***
26066 \f
26067 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
26068 ;;;;;; (20576 42138 697312 0))
26069 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
26070
26071 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
26072 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
26073 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
26074 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
26075 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
26076 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
26077 original message but it does require a few things:
26078
26079 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
26080
26081 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
26082 reply buffer.
26083
26084 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
26085 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
26086 original message.
26087
26088 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
26089
26090 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
26091
26092 The region need not be active (and typically isn't when this
26093 function is called). Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run before,
26094 and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
26095
26096 \(fn)" nil nil)
26097
26098 ;;;***
26099 \f
26100 ;;;### (autoloads (gpm-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (20355
26101 ;;;;;; 10021 546955 0))
26102 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
26103
26104 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
26105
26106 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode t "\
26107 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
26108 See the command `gpm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26109 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26110 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26111 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
26112
26113 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
26114
26115 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
26116 Toggle mouse support in GNU/Linux consoles (GPM Mouse mode).
26117 With a prefix argument ARG, enable GPM Mouse mode if ARG is
26118 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26119 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26120
26121 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
26122 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
26123 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
26124
26125 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26126
26127 ;;;***
26128 \f
26129 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (20355 10021
26130 ;;;;;; 546955 0))
26131 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
26132
26133 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
26134 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
26135 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26136 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26137 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26138
26139 \(fn START END)" t nil)
26140
26141 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
26142 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
26143 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
26144 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
26145 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26146 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26147 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26148
26149 \(fn START END)" t nil)
26150
26151 ;;;***
26152 \f
26153 ;;;### (autoloads (table-release table-capture table-delete-column
26154 ;;;;;; table-delete-row table-insert-sequence table-generate-source
26155 ;;;;;; table-query-dimension table-fixed-width-mode table-justify-column
26156 ;;;;;; table-justify-row table-justify-cell table-justify table-split-cell
26157 ;;;;;; table-split-cell-horizontally table-split-cell-vertically
26158 ;;;;;; table-span-cell table-backward-cell table-forward-cell table-narrow-cell
26159 ;;;;;; table-widen-cell table-shorten-cell table-heighten-cell table-unrecognize-cell
26160 ;;;;;; table-recognize-cell table-unrecognize-table table-recognize-table
26161 ;;;;;; table-unrecognize-region table-recognize-region table-unrecognize
26162 ;;;;;; table-recognize table-insert-row-column table-insert-column
26163 ;;;;;; table-insert-row table-insert table-point-left-cell-hook
26164 ;;;;;; table-point-entered-cell-hook table-load-hook table-cell-map-hook)
26165 ;;;;;; "table" "textmodes/table.el" (20660 41272 835092 0))
26166 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
26167
26168 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
26169 Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
26170 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
26171
26172 (custom-autoload 'table-cell-map-hook "table" t)
26173
26174 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
26175 List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
26176
26177 (custom-autoload 'table-load-hook "table" t)
26178
26179 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
26180 List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
26181
26182 (custom-autoload 'table-point-entered-cell-hook "table" t)
26183
26184 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
26185 List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
26186
26187 (custom-autoload 'table-point-left-cell-hook "table" t)
26188
26189 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
26190 Insert an editable text table.
26191 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
26192 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
26193 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
26194 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
26195 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
26196 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
26197 delimiting them.
26198
26199 Examples:
26200
26201 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
26202
26203 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
26204 location of point.
26205
26206 -!-
26207
26208 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
26209 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
26210 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
26211 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
26212 first cell.
26213
26214 +-----+-----+-----+
26215 |-!- | | |
26216 +-----+-----+-----+
26217
26218 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
26219
26220 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
26221 width, which results as
26222
26223 +--------------+-----+-----+
26224 |-!- | | |
26225 +--------------+-----+-----+
26226
26227 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
26228 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
26229
26230 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26231 | | |-!- |
26232 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26233
26234 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
26235 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
26236 width information to `table-insert'.
26237
26238 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
26239
26240 instead of
26241
26242 Cell width(s): 5
26243
26244 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
26245 work all together.
26246
26247 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
26248 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
26249
26250 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26251 |-!- | | |
26252 | | | |
26253 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26254
26255 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
26256
26257 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26258 |-!- | | |
26259 | | | |
26260 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26261 | | | |
26262 | | | |
26263 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26264
26265 Move the point under the table as shown below.
26266
26267 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26268 | | | |
26269 | | | |
26270 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26271 | | | |
26272 | | | |
26273 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26274 -!-
26275
26276 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
26277 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
26278 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
26279
26280 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26281 | | | |
26282 | | | |
26283 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26284 | | | |
26285 | | | |
26286 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26287 |-!- | | |
26288 | | | |
26289 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26290
26291 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
26292 results.
26293
26294 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26295 | | | |
26296 | | | |
26297 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26298 | | |Text editing inside the table |
26299 | | |cell produces reasonably |
26300 | | |expected results.-!- |
26301 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26302 | | | |
26303 | | | |
26304 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26305
26306 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
26307
26308 \\{table-cell-map}
26309
26310 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
26311
26312 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
26313 Insert N table row(s).
26314 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
26315 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
26316 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
26317 are appended at the bottom of the table.
26318
26319 \(fn N)" t nil)
26320
26321 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
26322 Insert N table column(s).
26323 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
26324 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
26325 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
26326 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
26327
26328 \(fn N)" t nil)
26329
26330 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
26331 Insert row(s) or column(s).
26332 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
26333
26334 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
26335
26336 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
26337 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
26338 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
26339 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
26340 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
26341 all the table specific features.
26342
26343 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26344
26345 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
26346
26347
26348 \(fn)" t nil)
26349
26350 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
26351 Recognize all tables within region.
26352 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
26353 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
26354 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
26355 specific features.
26356
26357 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26358
26359 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
26360
26361
26362 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26363
26364 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
26365 Recognize a table at point.
26366 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
26367 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
26368 the table specific features.
26369
26370 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26371
26372 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
26373
26374
26375 \(fn)" t nil)
26376
26377 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
26378 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
26379 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
26380 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
26381 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
26382 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
26383 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
26384
26385 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
26386
26387 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
26388
26389
26390 \(fn)" t nil)
26391
26392 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
26393 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
26394 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
26395 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
26396 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
26397 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
26398 specified.
26399
26400 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26401
26402 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
26403 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
26404 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
26405 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefore, the cell
26406 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
26407 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
26408 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
26409 table structure.
26410
26411 \(fn N)" t nil)
26412
26413 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
26414 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
26415 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
26416 table's rectangle structure.
26417
26418 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26419
26420 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
26421 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
26422 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
26423 table's rectangle structure.
26424
26425 \(fn N)" t nil)
26426
26427 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
26428 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
26429 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26430 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
26431 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
26432
26433 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
26434
26435 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
26436 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
26437 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
26438
26439 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
26440 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
26441 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
26442 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
26443 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
26444 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
26445 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
26446
26447 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26448 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
26449 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
26450 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
26451 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
26452 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
26453 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26454
26455 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
26456 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
26457 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
26458 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
26459 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
26460 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
26461 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
26462 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26463
26464 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
26465
26466 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
26467 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
26468 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26469 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
26470
26471 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26472
26473 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
26474 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
26475 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
26476
26477 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
26478
26479 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
26480 Split current cell vertically.
26481 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
26482
26483 \(fn)" t nil)
26484
26485 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
26486 Split current cell horizontally.
26487 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
26488
26489 \(fn)" t nil)
26490
26491 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
26492 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
26493 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
26494
26495 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
26496
26497 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
26498 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
26499 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
26500 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
26501
26502 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26503
26504 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
26505 Justify cell contents.
26506 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
26507 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
26508 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
26509 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
26510
26511 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
26512
26513 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
26514 Justify cells of a row.
26515 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26516 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26517
26518 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26519
26520 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
26521 Justify cells of a column.
26522 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26523 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26524
26525 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26526
26527 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
26528 Cell width is fixed when this is non-nil.
26529 Normally it should be nil for allowing automatic cell width expansion
26530 that widens a cell when it is necessary. When non-nil, typing in a
26531 cell does not automatically expand the cell width. A word that is too
26532 long to fit in a cell is chopped into multiple lines. The chopped
26533 location is indicated by `table-word-continuation-char'. This
26534 variable's value can be toggled by \\[table-fixed-width-mode] at
26535 run-time.
26536
26537 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26538
26539 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
26540 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
26541 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
26542 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
26543 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
26544 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
26545 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
26546 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
26547 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
26548 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
26549 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
26550
26551 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
26552
26553 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
26554 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
26555 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
26556 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
26557 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
26558 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
26559 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
26560 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
26561 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
26562 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
26563 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
26564 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
26565 untouched.
26566
26567 References used for this implementation:
26568
26569 HTML:
26570 URL `http://www.w3.org'
26571
26572 LaTeX:
26573 URL `http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html'
26574
26575 CALS (DocBook DTD):
26576 URL `http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm'
26577 URL `http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751'
26578
26579 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
26580
26581 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
26582 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
26583 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
26584 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
26585 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
26586 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
26587 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
26588 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
26589 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
26590 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
26591 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
26592 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
26593 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
26594 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
26595 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
26596 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
26597 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
26598
26599 Example:
26600
26601 (progn
26602 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
26603 (table-forward-cell 15)
26604 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
26605 (table-forward-cell 16)
26606 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
26607 (table-forward-cell 1)
26608 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
26609
26610 (progn
26611 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
26612 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
26613 (table-forward-cell 1)
26614 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
26615
26616 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26617
26618 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
26619 Delete N row(s) of cells.
26620 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
26621 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
26622 consists from cells of same height.
26623
26624 \(fn N)" t nil)
26625
26626 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
26627 Delete N column(s) of cells.
26628 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
26629 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
26630 column must consists from cells of same width.
26631
26632 \(fn N)" t nil)
26633
26634 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
26635 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
26636 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
26637 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
26638 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
26639 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
26640 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
26641 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
26642 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
26643 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
26644 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
26645 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
26646 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
26647 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
26648 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
26649
26650
26651 Example 1:
26652
26653 1, 2, 3, 4
26654 5, 6, 7, 8
26655 , 9, 10
26656
26657 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
26658 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
26659 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
26660 specified as 5.
26661
26662 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26663 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
26664 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26665 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
26666 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26667 | | 9 | 10 | |
26668 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26669
26670 Note:
26671
26672 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
26673 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
26674 of each row is optional.
26675
26676
26677 Example 2:
26678
26679 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
26680 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
26681 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
26682 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
26683 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
26684
26685 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
26686 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
26687
26688 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
26689 expression and raw delimiter regular
26690 expression, it parses the specified text
26691 area and extracts cell items from
26692 non-table text and then forms a table out
26693 of them.
26694
26695 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
26696 creates a single cell table. The text in
26697 the specified region is placed in that
26698 cell.-*-
26699
26700 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
26701 like this.
26702
26703 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26704 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26705 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26706 | |
26707 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
26708 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
26709 | expression, it parses the specified text |
26710 | area and extracts cell items from |
26711 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
26712 | of them. |
26713 | |
26714 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
26715 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
26716 | the specified region is placed in that |
26717 | cell. |
26718 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26719
26720 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
26721 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
26722 independently.
26723
26724 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26725 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26726 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26727 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26728 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
26729 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
26730 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
26731 | |area and extracts cell items from |
26732 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
26733 | |of them. |
26734 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26735 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
26736 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
26737 | |the specified region is placed in that |
26738 | |cell. |
26739 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26740
26741 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
26742 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
26743 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
26744
26745 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
26746
26747 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
26748 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
26749 Remove the frame from a table and deactivate the table. This command
26750 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
26751 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
26752
26753 \(fn)" t nil)
26754
26755 ;;;***
26756 \f
26757 ;;;### (autoloads (talk talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (20355 10021
26758 ;;;;;; 546955 0))
26759 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
26760
26761 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
26762 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
26763
26764 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
26765
26766 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
26767 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
26768
26769 \(fn)" t nil)
26770
26771 ;;;***
26772 \f
26773 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (20585 28088
26774 ;;;;;; 480237 0))
26775 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
26776
26777 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
26778 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
26779 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
26780 Letters no longer insert themselves.
26781 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
26782 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
26783 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
26784
26785 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
26786 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
26787 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
26788 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
26789
26790 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
26791 \\{tar-mode-map}
26792
26793 \(fn)" t nil)
26794
26795 ;;;***
26796 \f
26797 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
26798 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (20580 10161 446444 0))
26799 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
26800
26801 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
26802 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
26803 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
26804 Tab indents for Tcl code.
26805 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
26806 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26807
26808 Variables controlling indentation style:
26809 `tcl-indent-level'
26810 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
26811 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
26812 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
26813
26814 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
26815 documentation for details):
26816 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
26817 Controls action of TAB key.
26818 `tcl-auto-newline'
26819 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
26820 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
26821 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
26822 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
26823 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
26824
26825 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
26826 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
26827 already exist.
26828
26829 \(fn)" t nil)
26830
26831 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
26832 Run inferior Tcl process.
26833 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
26834 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
26835
26836 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
26837
26838 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
26839 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
26840 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
26841
26842 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
26843
26844 ;;;***
26845 \f
26846 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (20355 10021
26847 ;;;;;; 546955 0))
26848 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
26849
26850 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
26851 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26852 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
26853 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
26854
26855 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
26856 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
26857 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
26858 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
26859 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26860
26861 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
26862
26863 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
26864 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26865 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
26866 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26867
26868 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
26869
26870 ;;;***
26871 \f
26872 ;;;### (autoloads (serial-term ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el"
26873 ;;;;;; (20648 50109 802321 0))
26874 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
26875
26876 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
26877 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
26878 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
26879 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
26880 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
26881 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
26882
26883 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
26884
26885 (autoload 'term "term" "\
26886 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26887 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
26888 commands to use in that buffer.
26889
26890 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26891
26892 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
26893
26894 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
26895 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26896
26897 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
26898
26899 (autoload 'serial-term "term" "\
26900 Start a terminal-emulator for a serial port in a new buffer.
26901 PORT is the path or name of the serial port. For example, this
26902 could be \"/dev/ttyS0\" on Unix. On Windows, this could be
26903 \"COM1\" or \"\\\\.\\COM10\".
26904 SPEED is the speed of the serial port in bits per second. 9600
26905 is a common value. SPEED can be nil, see
26906 `serial-process-configure' for details.
26907 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the commands to
26908 use in that buffer.
26909 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26910
26911 \(fn PORT SPEED)" t nil)
26912
26913 ;;;***
26914 \f
26915 ;;;### (autoloads (testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el"
26916 ;;;;;; (20580 10161 446444 0))
26917 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
26918
26919 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
26920 Start coverage on function under point.
26921
26922 \(fn)" t nil)
26923
26924 ;;;***
26925 \f
26926 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (20545 57511
26927 ;;;;;; 257469 0))
26928 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
26929
26930 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
26931 Play the Tetris game.
26932 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
26933 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
26934 as to form complete rows.
26935
26936 tetris-mode keybindings:
26937 \\<tetris-mode-map>
26938 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
26939 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
26940 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
26941 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
26942 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
26943 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
26944 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
26945 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
26946
26947 \(fn)" t nil)
26948
26949 ;;;***
26950 \f
26951 ;;;### (autoloads (doctex-mode tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode
26952 ;;;;;; plain-tex-mode tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
26953 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26954 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
26955 ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
26956 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
26957 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
26958 ;;;;;; (20665 59189 799105 0))
26959 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
26960
26961 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
26962 If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
26963
26964 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
26965
26966 (defvar tex-directory (purecopy ".") "\
26967 Directory in which temporary files are written.
26968 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
26969 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
26970 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
26971
26972 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
26973
26974 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
26975 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
26976 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
26977 if it matches the first line of the file,
26978 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
26979
26980 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
26981
26982 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
26983 The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
26984 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
26985 if the variable is non-nil.")
26986
26987 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
26988
26989 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
26990 If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
26991
26992 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
26993
26994 (defvar tex-run-command (purecopy "tex") "\
26995 Command used to run TeX subjob.
26996 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26997 See the documentation of that variable.")
26998
26999 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27000
27001 (defvar latex-run-command (purecopy "latex") "\
27002 Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
27003 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27004 See the documentation of that variable.")
27005
27006 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27007
27008 (defvar slitex-run-command (purecopy "slitex") "\
27009 Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
27010 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27011 See the documentation of that variable.")
27012
27013 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27014
27015 (defvar tex-start-options (purecopy "") "\
27016 TeX options to use when starting TeX.
27017 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
27018 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
27019 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
27020
27021 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
27022
27023 (defvar tex-start-commands (purecopy "\\nonstopmode\\input") "\
27024 TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
27025 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
27026 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
27027
27028 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
27029
27030 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
27031 User defined LaTeX block names.
27032 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
27033
27034 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
27035
27036 (defvar tex-bibtex-command (purecopy "bibtex") "\
27037 Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
27038 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27039 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27040
27041 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
27042
27043 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
27044 Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27045 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27046 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27047
27048 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27049
27050 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
27051 Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
27052 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27053 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
27054
27055 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
27056 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
27057 for example,
27058
27059 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27060 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
27061
27062 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
27063 use.")
27064
27065 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27066
27067 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command `(cond ((eq window-system 'x) ,(purecopy "xdvi")) ((eq window-system 'w32) ,(purecopy "yap")) (t ,(purecopy "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
27068 Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
27069 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
27070 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27071 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
27072
27073 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
27074
27075 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
27076
27077 (defvar tex-show-queue-command (purecopy "lpq") "\
27078 Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
27079 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
27080
27081 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
27082
27083 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
27084 Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
27085 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
27086 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
27087 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
27088
27089 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
27090
27091 (defvar tex-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27092 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27093
27094 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
27095
27096 (defvar tex-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27097 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27098
27099 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
27100
27101 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27102 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
27103 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
27104 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
27105 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
27106 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
27107 says which mode to use.
27108
27109 \(fn)" t nil)
27110
27111 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
27112
27113 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
27114
27115 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
27116
27117 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27118 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
27119 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27120 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27121 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27122
27123 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
27124 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
27125 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27126 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27127 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27128 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27129 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27130
27131 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27132 mismatched $'s or braces.
27133
27134 Special commands:
27135 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
27136
27137 Mode variables:
27138 tex-run-command
27139 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27140 tex-directory
27141 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
27142 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27143 tex-dvi-print-command
27144 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27145 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27146 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27147 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27148 tex-dvi-view-command
27149 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27150 tex-show-queue-command
27151 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27152 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27153
27154 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27155 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
27156 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27157
27158 \(fn)" t nil)
27159
27160 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27161 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
27162 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27163 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27164 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27165
27166 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27167 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27168 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27169 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27170 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27171 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27172 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27173
27174 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27175 mismatched $'s or braces.
27176
27177 Special commands:
27178 \\{latex-mode-map}
27179
27180 Mode variables:
27181 latex-run-command
27182 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27183 tex-directory
27184 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
27185 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27186 tex-dvi-print-command
27187 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27188 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27189 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27190 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27191 tex-dvi-view-command
27192 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27193 tex-show-queue-command
27194 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27195 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27196
27197 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
27198 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
27199 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27200
27201 \(fn)" t nil)
27202
27203 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27204 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
27205 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27206 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27207 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27208
27209 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27210 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27211 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27212 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27213 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27214 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27215 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27216
27217 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27218 mismatched $'s or braces.
27219
27220 Special commands:
27221 \\{slitex-mode-map}
27222
27223 Mode variables:
27224 slitex-run-command
27225 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27226 tex-directory
27227 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
27228 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27229 tex-dvi-print-command
27230 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27231 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27232 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27233 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27234 tex-dvi-view-command
27235 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27236 tex-show-queue-command
27237 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27238 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27239
27240 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27241 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
27242 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
27243 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27244
27245 \(fn)" t nil)
27246
27247 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
27248
27249
27250 \(fn)" nil nil)
27251
27252 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27253 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
27254
27255 \(fn)" t nil)
27256
27257 ;;;***
27258 \f
27259 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
27260 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (20434 17809 692608 0))
27261 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
27262
27263 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
27264 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
27265 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27266 name specified in the @setfilename command.
27267
27268 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
27269 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
27270 `Info-split' to do these manually.
27271
27272 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27273
27274 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
27275 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
27276 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
27277 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
27278 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
27279
27280 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
27281
27282 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
27283 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
27284 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27285 names specified in the @setfilename command.
27286
27287 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
27288 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
27289 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
27290 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
27291
27292 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
27293 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
27294
27295 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27296
27297 ;;;***
27298 \f
27299 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
27300 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (20677 50357 68628 0))
27301 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
27302
27303 (defvar texinfo-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27304 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27305
27306 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
27307
27308 (defvar texinfo-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27309 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27310
27311 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
27312
27313 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
27314 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
27315
27316 It has these extra commands:
27317 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
27318
27319 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
27320 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
27321 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
27322 modified version of TeX input format.
27323
27324 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
27325 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
27326 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
27327 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
27328
27329 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
27330 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
27331 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
27332 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
27333 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
27334 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
27335 in the Texinfo file.
27336
27337 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
27338 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
27339 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
27340 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
27341 move forward past the closing brace.
27342
27343 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
27344 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
27345
27346 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
27347 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
27348 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
27349
27350 Here are the functions:
27351
27352 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
27353 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
27354 texinfo-sequential-node-update
27355
27356 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
27357 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
27358 texinfo-master-menu
27359
27360 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
27361
27362 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
27363 which menu descriptions are indented.
27364
27365 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
27366 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
27367 in the region.
27368
27369 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
27370 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
27371 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
27372 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
27373
27374 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
27375 be the first node in the file.
27376
27377 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
27378 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
27379
27380 \(fn)" t nil)
27381
27382 ;;;***
27383 \f
27384 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-composition-function thai-compose-buffer
27385 ;;;;;; thai-compose-string thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el"
27386 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
27387 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
27388
27389 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
27390 Compose Thai characters in the region.
27391 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
27392 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
27393
27394 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27395
27396 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
27397 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
27398
27399 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27400
27401 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
27402 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
27403
27404 \(fn)" t nil)
27405
27406 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
27407
27408
27409 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
27410
27411 ;;;***
27412 \f
27413 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
27414 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
27415 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (20623 43301 870757 0))
27416 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
27417
27418 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
27419 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
27420 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27421 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27422 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27423 `line', and `page'.
27424
27425 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
27426
27427 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27428 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
27429 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27430 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27431 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27432 `line', and `page'.
27433
27434 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define a
27435 valid THING.
27436
27437 Return a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end
27438 positions of the thing found.
27439
27440 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27441
27442 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27443 Return the THING at point.
27444 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27445 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27446 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27447 `line', `number', and `page'.
27448
27449 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27450 a symbol as a valid THING.
27451
27452 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27453
27454 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27455 Return the sexp at point, or nil if none is found.
27456
27457 \(fn)" nil nil)
27458
27459 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27460 Return the symbol at point, or nil if none is found.
27461
27462 \(fn)" nil nil)
27463
27464 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27465 Return the number at point, or nil if none is found.
27466
27467 \(fn)" nil nil)
27468
27469 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27470 Return the Lisp list at point, or nil if none is found.
27471
27472 \(fn)" nil nil)
27473
27474 ;;;***
27475 \f
27476 ;;;### (autoloads (thumbs-dired-setroot thumbs-dired-show thumbs-dired-show-marked
27477 ;;;;;; thumbs-show-from-dir thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "thumbs.el"
27478 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
27479 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
27480
27481 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
27482 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
27483
27484 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
27485
27486 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
27487 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
27488 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
27489 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
27490
27491 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
27492
27493 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
27494 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
27495
27496 \(fn)" t nil)
27497
27498 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
27499 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
27500
27501 \(fn)" t nil)
27502
27503 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
27504
27505 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
27506 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
27507
27508 \(fn)" t nil)
27509
27510 ;;;***
27511 \f
27512 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
27513 ;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
27514 ;;;;;; tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region tibetan-compose-region
27515 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription
27516 ;;;;;; tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (20355
27517 ;;;;;; 10021 546955 0))
27518 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
27519
27520 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
27521 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
27522 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
27523
27524 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
27525
27526 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
27527 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
27528
27529 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27530
27531 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
27532 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
27533 The returned string has no composition information.
27534
27535 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27536
27537 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
27538 Compose Tibetan string STR.
27539
27540 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27541
27542 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
27543 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
27544
27545 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27546
27547 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
27548 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
27549 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
27550 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27551
27552 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27553
27554 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
27555 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
27556 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
27557 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27558
27559 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27560
27561 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27562 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
27563 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
27564
27565 \(fn)" t nil)
27566
27567 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27568 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
27569 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
27570
27571 \(fn)" t nil)
27572
27573 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27574
27575
27576 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27577
27578 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27579
27580
27581 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27582
27583 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
27584
27585
27586 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27587
27588 ;;;***
27589 \f
27590 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
27591 ;;;;;; (20373 11301 906925 0))
27592 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
27593
27594 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
27595 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
27596 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27597 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27598 parameters.
27599 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27600
27601 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27602
27603 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
27604 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
27605 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27606 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27607 parameters.
27608 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27609
27610 \(fn)" t nil)
27611
27612 ;;;***
27613 \f
27614 ;;;### (autoloads (emacs-init-time emacs-uptime display-time-world
27615 ;;;;;; display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
27616 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (20619 46245 806932 0))
27617 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
27618
27619 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
27620 Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
27621
27622 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
27623 (put 'display-time-string 'risky-local-variable t)
27624
27625 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
27626 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27627 This display updates automatically every minute.
27628 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27629 are displayed as well.
27630 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27631
27632 \(fn)" t nil)
27633
27634 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
27635 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
27636 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27637 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27638 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27639 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
27640
27641 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
27642
27643 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
27644 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27645 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Time mode if ARG is
27646 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
27647 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
27648
27649 When Display Time mode is enabled, it updates every minute (you
27650 can control the number of seconds between updates by customizing
27651 `display-time-interval'). If `display-time-day-and-date' is
27652 non-nil, the current day and date are displayed as well. This
27653 runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27654
27655 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27656
27657 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
27658 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
27659 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
27660 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
27661
27662 \(fn)" t nil)
27663
27664 (autoload 'emacs-uptime "time" "\
27665 Return a string giving the uptime of this instance of Emacs.
27666 FORMAT is a string to format the result, using `format-seconds'.
27667 For example, the Unix uptime command format is \"%D, %z%2h:%.2m\".
27668
27669 \(fn &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
27670
27671 (autoload 'emacs-init-time "time" "\
27672 Return a string giving the duration of the Emacs initialization.
27673
27674 \(fn)" t nil)
27675
27676 ;;;***
27677 \f
27678 ;;;### (autoloads (format-seconds safe-date-to-time time-to-days
27679 ;;;;;; time-to-day-in-year date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day
27680 ;;;;;; time-add time-subtract time-since days-to-time time-less-p
27681 ;;;;;; seconds-to-time date-to-time) "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el"
27682 ;;;;;; (20652 47164 970964 0))
27683 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
27684
27685 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
27686 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27687 If DATE lacks timezone information, GMT is assumed.
27688
27689 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27690 (if (or (featurep 'emacs)
27691 (and (fboundp 'float-time)
27692 (subrp (symbol-function 'float-time))))
27693 (defalias 'time-to-seconds 'float-time)
27694 (autoload 'time-to-seconds "time-date"))
27695
27696 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
27697 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
27698
27699 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
27700
27701 (autoload 'time-less-p "time-date" "\
27702 Return non-nil if time value T1 is earlier than time value T2.
27703
27704 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27705
27706 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
27707 Convert DAYS into a time value.
27708
27709 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
27710
27711 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
27712 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
27713 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
27714
27715 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27716
27717 (defalias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract)
27718
27719 (autoload 'time-subtract "time-date" "\
27720 Subtract two time values, T1 minus T2.
27721 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
27722
27723 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27724
27725 (autoload 'time-add "time-date" "\
27726 Add two time values T1 and T2. One should represent a time difference.
27727
27728 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27729
27730 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
27731 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
27732 DATE should be a date-time string.
27733
27734 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27735
27736 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
27737 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
27738 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
27739
27740 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
27741
27742 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
27743 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
27744
27745 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
27746
27747 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
27748 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
27749
27750 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27751
27752 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
27753 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
27754 TIME should be a time value.
27755 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
27756
27757 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27758
27759 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
27760 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27761 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
27762
27763 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27764
27765 (autoload 'format-seconds "time-date" "\
27766 Use format control STRING to format the number SECONDS.
27767 The valid format specifiers are:
27768 %y is the number of (365-day) years.
27769 %d is the number of days.
27770 %h is the number of hours.
27771 %m is the number of minutes.
27772 %s is the number of seconds.
27773 %z is a non-printing control flag (see below).
27774 %% is a literal \"%\".
27775
27776 Upper-case specifiers are followed by the unit-name (e.g. \"years\").
27777 Lower-case specifiers return only the unit.
27778
27779 \"%\" may be followed by a number specifying a width, with an
27780 optional leading \".\" for zero-padding. For example, \"%.3Y\" will
27781 return something of the form \"001 year\".
27782
27783 The \"%z\" specifier does not print anything. When it is used, specifiers
27784 must be given in order of decreasing size. To the left of \"%z\", nothing
27785 is output until the first non-zero unit is encountered.
27786
27787 This function does not work for SECONDS greater than `most-positive-fixnum'.
27788
27789 \(fn STRING SECONDS)" nil nil)
27790
27791 ;;;***
27792 \f
27793 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
27794 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (20566 63671 243798 0))
27795 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
27796 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27797 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
27798 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27799 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27800 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27801 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
27802 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27803 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27804
27805 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
27806 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
27807 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
27808 every time you save the file. Add this line to your init file:
27809 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
27810 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
27811 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
27812 look like one of the following:
27813 Time-stamp: <>
27814 Time-stamp: \" \"
27815 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
27816 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
27817 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
27818 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
27819 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
27820 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
27821 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
27822 the template.
27823
27824 \(fn)" t nil)
27825
27826 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
27827 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
27828 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
27829
27830 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27831
27832 ;;;***
27833 \f
27834 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
27835 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
27836 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
27837 ;;;;;; timeclock-mode-line-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
27838 ;;;;;; (20593 22184 581574 0))
27839 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
27840
27841 (autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" "\
27842 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the mode line.
27843 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
27844 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the mode line
27845 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
27846 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
27847 updating. With prefix ARG, turn mode line display on if and only
27848 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock mode line
27849 display (non-nil means on).
27850
27851 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27852
27853 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
27854 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27855 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
27856 many hours in it to be worked. If ARG is a non-numeric prefix argument
27857 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
27858 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
27859 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
27860 this function is called within a day.
27861
27862 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
27863 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
27864 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
27865 discover the name of the project.
27866
27867 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
27868
27869 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
27870 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27871 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
27872 begun during the last time segment.
27873
27874 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
27875 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
27876 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
27877 discover the reason.
27878
27879 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
27880
27881 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
27882 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
27883 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
27884 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
27885 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
27886
27887 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27888
27889 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
27890 Change to working on a different project.
27891 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
27892 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
27893 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
27894 working on.
27895
27896 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
27897
27898 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
27899 Ask the user whether to clock out.
27900 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
27901
27902 \(fn)" nil nil)
27903
27904 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
27905 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
27906 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
27907
27908 \(fn)" t nil)
27909
27910 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
27911 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
27912 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
27913 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
27914 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
27915 \"relative to today\".
27916
27917 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27918
27919 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
27920 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
27921 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
27922 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
27923
27924 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
27925
27926 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
27927 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
27928 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
27929 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
27930 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
27931 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
27932
27933 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27934
27935 ;;;***
27936 \f
27937 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
27938 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
27939 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
27940
27941 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
27942 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
27943 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
27944 the generated Quail package is saved.
27945
27946 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
27947
27948 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
27949 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
27950 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
27951 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
27952 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
27953 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
27954 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
27955
27956 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
27957
27958 ;;;***
27959 \f
27960 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
27961 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (20622 22438 32851 0))
27962 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
27963 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
27964 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
27965
27966 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
27967 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27968 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27969 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
27970 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
27971
27972 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
27973
27974 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
27975 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27976 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
27977 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
27978 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27979
27980 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
27981
27982 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
27983 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
27984 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
27985 in the menu in two ways:
27986 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
27987 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
27988 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
27989
27990 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
27991 keymap or an alist of alists.
27992 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
27993 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
27994
27995 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
27996
27997 ;;;***
27998 \f
27999 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
28000 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
28001 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
28002 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
28003
28004 (autoload 'todo-add-category "todo-mode" "\
28005 Add new category CAT to the TODO list.
28006
28007 \(fn &optional CAT)" t nil)
28008
28009 (autoload 'todo-add-item-non-interactively "todo-mode" "\
28010 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY.
28011
28012 \(fn NEW-ITEM CATEGORY)" nil nil)
28013
28014 (autoload 'todo-insert-item "todo-mode" "\
28015 Insert new TODO list entry.
28016 With a prefix argument ARG solicit the category, otherwise use the current
28017 category.
28018
28019 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
28020
28021 (autoload 'todo-top-priorities "todo-mode" "\
28022 List top priorities for each category.
28023
28024 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
28025 defaults to `todo-show-priorities'.
28026
28027 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
28028 between each category.
28029 INTERACTIVE should be non-nil if this function is called interactively.
28030
28031 \(fn &optional NOF-PRIORITIES CATEGORY-PR-PAGE INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
28032
28033 (autoload 'todo-print "todo-mode" "\
28034 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
28035 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
28036 between each category.
28037
28038 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'.
28039
28040 \(fn &optional CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
28041
28042 (autoload 'todo-mode "todo-mode" "\
28043 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
28044
28045 \(fn)" t nil)
28046
28047 (autoload 'todo-cp "todo-mode" "\
28048 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary.
28049
28050 \(fn)" nil nil)
28051
28052 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
28053 Show TODO list.
28054
28055 \(fn)" t nil)
28056
28057 ;;;***
28058 \f
28059 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
28060 ;;;;;; tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame)
28061 ;;;;;; "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
28062 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
28063
28064 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
28065 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
28066 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
28067
28068 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28069
28070 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
28071 Add an item to the tool bar.
28072 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28073 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28074 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28075 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28076
28077 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28078 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28079 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28080 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28081
28082 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28083 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
28084
28085 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28086
28087 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
28088 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
28089 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28090 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28091 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28092 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28093
28094 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28095 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28096 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28097 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28098
28099 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28100
28101 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28102 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
28103 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
28104 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28105 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28106 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28107 properties to add to the binding.
28108
28109 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
28110
28111 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28112 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
28113
28114 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28115
28116 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28117 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
28118 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
28119 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28120 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28121 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28122 properties to add to the binding.
28123
28124 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
28125 holds a keymap.
28126
28127 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28128
28129 ;;;***
28130 \f
28131 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el"
28132 ;;;;;; (20566 63671 243798 0))
28133 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
28134
28135 (defvar tpu-edt-mode nil "\
28136 Non-nil if Tpu-Edt mode is enabled.
28137 See the command `tpu-edt-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28138 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28139 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28140 or call the function `tpu-edt-mode'.")
28141
28142 (custom-autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" nil)
28143
28144 (autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" "\
28145 Toggle TPU/edt emulation on or off.
28146 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
28147 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
28148 if ARG is omitted or nil.
28149
28150 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28151
28152 (defalias 'tpu-edt 'tpu-edt-on)
28153
28154 (autoload 'tpu-edt-on "tpu-edt" "\
28155 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
28156
28157 \(fn)" t nil)
28158
28159 ;;;***
28160 \f
28161 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-mapper) "tpu-mapper" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el"
28162 ;;;;;; (20566 63671 243798 0))
28163 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-mapper.el
28164
28165 (autoload 'tpu-mapper "tpu-mapper" "\
28166 Create an Emacs lisp file defining the TPU-edt keypad for X-windows.
28167
28168 This command displays an instruction screen showing the TPU-edt keypad
28169 and asks you to press the TPU-edt editing keys. It uses the keys you
28170 press to create an Emacs Lisp file that will define a TPU-edt keypad
28171 for your X server. You can even re-arrange the standard EDT keypad to
28172 suit your tastes (or to cope with those silly Sun and PC keypads).
28173
28174 Finally, you will be prompted for the name of the file to store the key
28175 definitions. If you chose the default, TPU-edt will find it and load it
28176 automatically. If you specify a different file name, you will need to
28177 set the variable ``tpu-xkeys-file'' before starting TPU-edt. Here's how
28178 you might go about doing that in your init file.
28179
28180 (setq tpu-xkeys-file (expand-file-name \"~/.my-emacs-x-keys\"))
28181 (tpu-edt)
28182
28183 Known Problems:
28184
28185 Sometimes, tpu-mapper will ignore a key you press, and just continue to
28186 prompt for the same key. This can happen when your window manager sucks
28187 up the key and doesn't pass it on to Emacs, or it could be an Emacs bug.
28188 Either way, there's nothing that tpu-mapper can do about it. You must
28189 press RETURN, to skip the current key and continue. Later, you and/or
28190 your local X guru can try to figure out why the key is being ignored.
28191
28192 \(fn)" t nil)
28193
28194 ;;;***
28195 \f
28196 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (20355 10021
28197 ;;;;;; 546955 0))
28198 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
28199
28200 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
28201 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
28202 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
28203 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
28204 to a tcp server on another machine.
28205
28206 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
28207
28208 ;;;***
28209 \f
28210 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function-foreground
28211 ;;;;;; trace-buffer) "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (20652 47164
28212 ;;;;;; 970964 0))
28213 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
28214
28215 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
28216 Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
28217
28218 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
28219
28220 (autoload 'trace-function-foreground "trace" "\
28221 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
28222 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
28223 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
28224 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
28225 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
28226 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
28227 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
28228
28229 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
28230
28231 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
28232 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
28233 When this tracing is enabled, every call to FUNCTION writes
28234 a Lisp-style trace message (showing the arguments and return value)
28235 into BUFFER. This function generates advice to trace FUNCTION
28236 and activates it together with any other advice there might be.
28237 The trace output goes to BUFFER quietly, without changing
28238 the window or buffer configuration.
28239
28240 BUFFER defaults to `trace-buffer'.
28241
28242 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
28243
28244 (defalias 'trace-function 'trace-function-foreground)
28245
28246 ;;;***
28247 \f
28248 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-unload-tramp tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion
28249 ;;;;;; tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions tramp-unload-file-name-handlers
28250 ;;;;;; tramp-file-name-handler tramp-syntax tramp-mode) "tramp"
28251 ;;;;;; "net/tramp.el" (20701 32695 861936 0))
28252 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
28253
28254 (defvar tramp-mode t "\
28255 Whether Tramp is enabled.
28256 If it is set to nil, all remote file names are used literally.")
28257
28258 (custom-autoload 'tramp-mode "tramp" t)
28259
28260 (defvar tramp-syntax (if (featurep 'xemacs) 'sep 'ftp) "\
28261 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
28262
28263 It can have the following values:
28264
28265 'ftp -- Ange-FTP respective EFS like syntax (GNU Emacs default)
28266 'sep -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs (not available yet for GNU Emacs)
28267 'url -- URL-like syntax.")
28268
28269 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
28270
28271 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/\\([^[/|:]\\{2,\\}\\|[^/|]\\{2,\\}]\\):" "\\`/\\([^[/|:]+\\|[^/|]+]\\):") "\
28272 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28273 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
28274 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28275
28276 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28277
28278 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
28279 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28280 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28281 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28282
28283 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-url "\\`/[^/|:]+://" "\
28284 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
28285 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28286
28287 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28288 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
28289 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file names.
28290 When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
28291 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
28292 if the Tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
28293 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered Tramp
28294 files which are not really Tramp files.
28295
28296 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28297 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28298 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28299 updated after changing this variable.
28300
28301 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28302
28303 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/[^/]\\{2,\\}\\'" "\\`/[^/]*\\'") "\
28304 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28305 GNU Emacs uses a unified filename syntax for Tramp and Ange-FTP.
28306 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28307
28308 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28309
28310 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\([[][^]]*\\)?\\'" "\
28311 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28312 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28313 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28314
28315 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url "\\`/[^/:]+\\(:\\(/\\(/[^/]*\\)?\\)?\\)?\\'" "\
28316 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
28317 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28318
28319 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28320 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp completion.
28321 This regexp should match partial Tramp file names only.
28322
28323 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28324 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28325 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28326 updated after changing this variable.
28327
28328 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28329
28330 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist '((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion)) "\
28331 Alist of completion handler functions.
28332 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations
28333 not mentioned here will be handled by Tramp's file name handler
28334 functions, or the normal Emacs functions.")
28335
28336 (defun tramp-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28337 Invoke normal file name handler for OPERATION.
28338 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28339 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-file-name-handler tramp-vc-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28340
28341 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28342 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
28343 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28344 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28345
28346 (autoload 'tramp-file-name-handler "tramp" "\
28347 Invoke Tramp file name handler.
28348 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists.
28349
28350 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28351
28352 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28353 Invoke Tramp file name completion handler.
28354 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists." (let ((directory-sep-char 47) (fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if (and fn tramp-mode (or (eq tramp-syntax (quote sep)) (featurep (quote tramp)) (and (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode)) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode))) (featurep (quote ido)) (featurep (quote icicles)))) (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
28355
28356 (defun tramp-register-file-name-handlers nil "\
28357 Add Tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist'." (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delq a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delq a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (dolist (fnh (quote (epa-file-handler jka-compr-handler))) (let ((entry (rassoc fnh file-name-handler-alist))) (when entry (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons entry (delete entry file-name-handler-alist)))))))
28358
28359 (tramp-register-file-name-handlers)
28360
28361 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
28362
28363
28364 \(fn)" nil nil)
28365
28366 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions "tramp" "\
28367 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial Tramp files.
28368
28369 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
28370
28371 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion "tramp" "\
28372 Like `file-name-completion' for Tramp files.
28373
28374 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
28375
28376 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
28377 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
28378
28379 \(fn)" t nil)
28380
28381 ;;;***
28382 \f
28383 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el"
28384 ;;;;;; (20683 2742 588278 0))
28385 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
28386
28387 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
28388
28389
28390 \(fn)" nil nil)
28391
28392 ;;;***
28393 \f
28394 ;;;### (autoloads (help-with-tutorial) "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (20584
28395 ;;;;;; 7212 455152 0))
28396 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
28397
28398 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
28399 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
28400 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
28401 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
28402 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
28403 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
28404 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
28405 any question when restarting the tutorial.
28406
28407 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
28408 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
28409 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
28410
28411 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
28412 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
28413 resumed later.
28414
28415 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
28416
28417 ;;;***
28418 \f
28419 ;;;### (autoloads (tai-viet-composition-function) "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el"
28420 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
28421 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
28422
28423 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
28424
28425
28426 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
28427
28428 ;;;***
28429 \f
28430 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
28431 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (20566 63671 243798 0))
28432 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
28433 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
28434 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
28435 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
28436
28437 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
28438 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
28439 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
28440 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
28441 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
28442 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
28443 first and the associated buffer to its right.
28444
28445 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28446
28447 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
28448 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
28449 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
28450 accepting the proposed default buffer.
28451
28452 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28453
28454 \(fn)" t nil)
28455
28456 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
28457 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
28458 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
28459 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
28460 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
28461 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
28462 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
28463
28464 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
28465 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
28466
28467 First column's text sSs Second column's text
28468 \\___/\\
28469 / \\
28470 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
28471
28472 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28473
28474 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
28475
28476 ;;;***
28477 \f
28478 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
28479 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode) "type-break" "type-break.el"
28480 ;;;;;; (20582 12914 894781 0))
28481 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
28482
28483 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
28484 Non-nil if Type-Break mode is enabled.
28485 See the command `type-break-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28486 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28487 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28488 or call the function `type-break-mode'.")
28489
28490 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
28491
28492 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
28493 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
28494 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
28495
28496 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
28497 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
28498 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
28499 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
28500 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
28501 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
28502 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
28503
28504 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
28505 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
28506
28507 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
28508 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
28509 reset the keystroke counter.
28510
28511 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
28512 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
28513 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
28514 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
28515
28516 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
28517 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
28518 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
28519 `type-break-schedule' command.
28520
28521 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
28522 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
28523 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
28524 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
28525 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
28526 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
28527 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
28528 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
28529 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
28530
28531 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
28532 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
28533 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
28534 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
28535 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
28536
28537 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
28538 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
28539 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
28540 approximate good values for this.
28541
28542 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
28543 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
28544
28545 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
28546 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
28547 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
28548 `type-break-warning-repeat'
28549 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
28550 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
28551
28552 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
28553 a typing break occur. They include:
28554
28555 `type-break-query-mode'
28556 `type-break-query-function'
28557 `type-break-query-interval'
28558
28559 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
28560
28561 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
28562 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
28563 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
28564 problems.
28565
28566 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28567
28568 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
28569 Take a typing break.
28570
28571 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
28572 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
28573
28574 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
28575 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
28576
28577 \(fn)" t nil)
28578
28579 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
28580 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
28581 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
28582 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
28583
28584 \(fn)" t nil)
28585
28586 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
28587 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
28588
28589 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
28590 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
28591 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
28592 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
28593 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
28594 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
28595 average typing speed.)
28596
28597 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
28598 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
28599 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
28600 the computed maximum threshold.
28601
28602 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
28603 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
28604 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
28605 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
28606 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
28607
28608 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
28609
28610 ;;;***
28611 \f
28612 ;;;### (autoloads (uce-reply-to-uce) "uce" "mail/uce.el" (20566 63671
28613 ;;;;;; 243798 0))
28614 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uce.el
28615
28616 (autoload 'uce-reply-to-uce "uce" "\
28617 Compose a reply to unsolicited commercial email (UCE).
28618 Sets up a reply buffer addressed to: the sender, his postmaster,
28619 his abuse@ address, and the postmaster of the mail relay used.
28620 You might need to set `uce-mail-reader' before using this.
28621
28622 \(fn &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
28623
28624 ;;;***
28625 \f
28626 ;;;### (autoloads (ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region
28627 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region
28628 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-NFKC-string ucs-normalize-NFKC-region ucs-normalize-NFKD-string
28629 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-NFKD-region ucs-normalize-NFC-string ucs-normalize-NFC-region
28630 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-NFD-string ucs-normalize-NFD-region) "ucs-normalize"
28631 ;;;;;; "international/ucs-normalize.el" (20476 31768 298871 0))
28632 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ucs-normalize.el
28633
28634 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28635 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD.
28636
28637 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28638
28639 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28640 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD.
28641
28642 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28643
28644 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28645 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC.
28646
28647 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28648
28649 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28650 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC.
28651
28652 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28653
28654 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28655 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKD.
28656
28657 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28658
28659 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28660 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKD.
28661
28662 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28663
28664 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28665 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKC.
28666
28667 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28668
28669 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28670 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKC.
28671
28672 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28673
28674 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28675 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28676
28677 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28678
28679 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28680 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28681
28682 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28683
28684 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28685 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28686
28687 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28688
28689 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28690 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28691
28692 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28693
28694 ;;;***
28695 \f
28696 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
28697 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
28698 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
28699
28700 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
28701 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
28702 Works by overstriking underscores.
28703 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28704 which specify the range to operate on.
28705
28706 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28707
28708 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
28709 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
28710 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28711 which specify the range to operate on.
28712
28713 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28714
28715 ;;;***
28716 \f
28717 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
28718 ;;;;;; (20673 53308 39372 0))
28719 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
28720
28721 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
28722 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl files to mbox format.
28723 Specify the input Rmail Babyl file names as command line arguments.
28724 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
28725 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
28726 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
28727
28728 \(fn)" nil nil)
28729
28730 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
28731 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl file FILE to mbox format file TO-FILE.
28732 The variable `unrmail-mbox-format' controls which mbox format to use.
28733
28734 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
28735
28736 ;;;***
28737 \f
28738 ;;;### (autoloads (unsafep) "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (20355
28739 ;;;;;; 10021 546955 0))
28740 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
28741
28742 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
28743 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
28744 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
28745 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
28746
28747 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
28748
28749 ;;;***
28750 \f
28751 ;;;### (autoloads (url-retrieve-synchronously url-retrieve) "url"
28752 ;;;;;; "url/url.el" (20601 16294 451653 0))
28753 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
28754
28755 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
28756 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
28757 URL is either a string or a parsed URL. If it is a string
28758 containing characters that are not valid in a URI, those
28759 characters are percent-encoded; see `url-encode-url'.
28760
28761 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
28762 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
28763 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
28764 STATUS is a plist representing what happened during the request,
28765 with most recent events first, or an empty list if no events have
28766 occurred. Each pair is one of:
28767
28768 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
28769 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
28770 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
28771
28772 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
28773 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
28774 the callback is not called).
28775
28776 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
28777 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
28778 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
28779 take effect.
28780
28781 If SILENT, then don't message progress reports and the like.
28782 If INHIBIT-COOKIES, cookies will neither be stored nor sent to
28783 the server.
28784 If URL is a multibyte string, it will be encoded as utf-8 and
28785 URL-encoded before it's used.
28786
28787 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
28788
28789 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
28790 Retrieve URL synchronously.
28791 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
28792 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
28793 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28794
28795 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28796
28797 ;;;***
28798 \f
28799 ;;;### (autoloads (url-register-auth-scheme url-get-authentication)
28800 ;;;;;; "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
28801 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
28802
28803 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
28804 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
28805 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
28806
28807 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
28808 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
28809 `url-generic-parse-url'
28810 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
28811 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
28812 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
28813 realm
28814 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
28815 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
28816 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
28817 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
28818 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
28819 what type of auth to use
28820 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
28821 if one cannot be found in the cache
28822
28823 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
28824
28825 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
28826 Register an HTTP authentication method.
28827
28828 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method.
28829 This should be the same thing you expect to get returned in
28830 an Authenticate header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
28831 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information.
28832 This defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE.
28833 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
28834 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
28835 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
28836
28837 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
28838
28839 ;;;***
28840 \f
28841 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cache-extract url-is-cached url-store-in-cache)
28842 ;;;;;; "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
28843 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
28844
28845 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
28846 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
28847
28848 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
28849
28850 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
28851 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
28852 The actual return value is the last modification time of the cache file.
28853
28854 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28855
28856 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
28857 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache.
28858
28859 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
28860
28861 ;;;***
28862 \f
28863 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cid) "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (20355 10021
28864 ;;;;;; 546955 0))
28865 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
28866
28867 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
28868
28869
28870 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28871
28872 ;;;***
28873 \f
28874 ;;;### (autoloads (url-dav-vc-registered url-dav-request url-dav-supported-p)
28875 ;;;;;; "url-dav" "url/url-dav.el" (20501 3499 284800 0))
28876 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
28877
28878 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
28879 Return WebDAV protocol version supported by URL.
28880 Returns nil if WebDAV is not supported.
28881
28882 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28883
28884 (autoload 'url-dav-request "url-dav" "\
28885 Perform WebDAV operation METHOD on URL. Return the parsed responses.
28886 Automatically creates an XML request body if TAG is non-nil.
28887 BODY is the XML document fragment to be enclosed by <TAG></TAG>.
28888
28889 DEPTH is how deep the request should propagate. Default is 0, meaning
28890 it should apply only to URL. A negative number means to use
28891 `Infinity' for the depth. Not all WebDAV servers support this depth
28892 though.
28893
28894 HEADERS is an assoc list of extra headers to send in the request.
28895
28896 NAMESPACES is an assoc list of (NAMESPACE . EXPANSION), and these are
28897 added to the <TAG> element. The DAV=DAV: namespace is automatically
28898 added to this list, so most requests can just pass in nil.
28899
28900 \(fn URL METHOD TAG BODY &optional DEPTH HEADERS NAMESPACES)" nil nil)
28901
28902 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
28903
28904
28905 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28906
28907 ;;;***
28908 \f
28909 ;;;### (autoloads (url-file) "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (20602
28910 ;;;;;; 37158 321420 0))
28911 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
28912
28913 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
28914 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
28915
28916 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28917
28918 ;;;***
28919 \f
28920 ;;;### (autoloads (url-open-stream url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw"
28921 ;;;;;; "url/url-gw.el" (20478 3673 653810 0))
28922 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
28923
28924 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
28925 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
28926
28927 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
28928
28929 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
28930 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
28931 Args per `open-network-stream'.
28932 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
28933 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
28934
28935 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
28936
28937 ;;;***
28938 \f
28939 ;;;### (autoloads (url-insert-file-contents url-file-local-copy url-copy-file
28940 ;;;;;; url-file-handler url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el"
28941 ;;;;;; (20584 7212 455152 0))
28942 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
28943
28944 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
28945 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
28946 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28947 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28948 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28949 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
28950
28951 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
28952
28953 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
28954 Toggle using `url' library for URL filenames (URL Handler mode).
28955 With a prefix argument ARG, enable URL Handler mode if ARG is
28956 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
28957 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
28958
28959 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28960
28961 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
28962 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
28963 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc). ARGS are
28964 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
28965
28966 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28967
28968 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
28969 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
28970 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
28971 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
28972 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
28973 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
28974 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
28975 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
28976 Fifth arg PRESERVE-UID-GID is ignored.
28977 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
28978
28979 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME PRESERVE-UID-GID)" nil nil)
28980
28981 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
28982 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
28983 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
28984 accessible.
28985
28986 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
28987
28988 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
28989
28990
28991 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
28992
28993 ;;;***
28994 \f
28995 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (20693 38586 665915
28996 ;;;;;; 0))
28997 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
28998 (autoload 'url-default-expander "url-expand")
28999
29000 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-default-expander)
29001 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
29002 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
29003 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
29004 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
29005
29006 ;;;***
29007 \f
29008 ;;;### (autoloads (url-irc) "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (20355 10021
29009 ;;;;;; 546955 0))
29010 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
29011
29012 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
29013
29014
29015 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29016
29017 ;;;***
29018 \f
29019 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ldap) "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (20355
29020 ;;;;;; 10021 546955 0))
29021 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
29022
29023 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
29024 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
29025 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
29026 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
29027 `url-generic-parse-url'.
29028
29029 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29030
29031 ;;;***
29032 \f
29033 ;;;### (autoloads (url-mailto url-mail) "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el"
29034 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
29035 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
29036
29037 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
29038
29039
29040 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29041
29042 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
29043 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
29044
29045 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29046
29047 ;;;***
29048 \f
29049 ;;;### (autoloads (url-data url-generic-emulator-loader url-info
29050 ;;;;;; url-man) "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (20668 35382 940599
29051 ;;;;;; 0))
29052 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
29053
29054 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
29055 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
29056
29057 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29058
29059 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
29060 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
29061
29062 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29063
29064 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
29065
29066
29067 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29068
29069 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29070
29071 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29072
29073 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29074
29075 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
29076 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
29077
29078 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29079
29080 ;;;***
29081 \f
29082 ;;;### (autoloads (url-snews url-news) "url-news" "url/url-news.el"
29083 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
29084 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
29085
29086 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
29087
29088
29089 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29090
29091 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
29092
29093
29094 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29095
29096 ;;;***
29097 \f
29098 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ns-user-pref url-ns-prefs isInNet isResolvable
29099 ;;;;;; dnsResolve dnsDomainIs isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el"
29100 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
29101 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
29102
29103 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
29104
29105
29106 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29107
29108 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
29109
29110
29111 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
29112
29113 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
29114
29115
29116 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29117
29118 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
29119
29120
29121 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29122
29123 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
29124
29125
29126 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
29127
29128 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
29129
29130
29131 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
29132
29133 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
29134
29135
29136 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
29137
29138 ;;;***
29139 \f
29140 ;;;### (autoloads (url-generic-parse-url url-recreate-url) "url-parse"
29141 ;;;;;; "url/url-parse.el" (20693 38586 665915 0))
29142 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
29143
29144 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
29145 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
29146
29147 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
29148
29149 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
29150 Return an URL-struct of the parts of URL.
29151 The CL-style struct contains the following fields:
29152
29153 TYPE is the URI scheme (string or nil).
29154 USER is the user name (string or nil).
29155 PASSWORD is the password (string [deprecated] or nil).
29156 HOST is the host (a registered name, IP literal in square
29157 brackets, or IPv4 address in dotted-decimal form).
29158 PORTSPEC is the specified port (a number), or nil.
29159 FILENAME is the path AND the query component of the URI.
29160 TARGET is the fragment identifier component (used to refer to a
29161 subordinate resource, e.g. a part of a webpage).
29162 ATTRIBUTES is nil; this slot originally stored the attribute and
29163 value alists for IMAP URIs, but this feature was removed
29164 since it conflicts with RFC 3986.
29165 FULLNESS is non-nil iff the hierarchical sequence component of
29166 the URL starts with two slashes, \"//\".
29167
29168 The parser follows RFC 3986, except that it also tries to handle
29169 URIs that are not fully specified (e.g. lacking TYPE), and it
29170 does not check for or perform %-encoding.
29171
29172 Here is an example. The URL
29173
29174 foo://bob:pass@example.com:42/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal#nose
29175
29176 parses to
29177
29178 TYPE = \"foo\"
29179 USER = \"bob\"
29180 PASSWORD = \"pass\"
29181 HOST = \"example.com\"
29182 PORTSPEC = 42
29183 FILENAME = \"/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal\"
29184 TARGET = \"nose\"
29185 ATTRIBUTES = nil
29186 FULLNESS = t
29187
29188 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29189
29190 ;;;***
29191 \f
29192 ;;;### (autoloads (url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el"
29193 ;;;;;; (20478 3673 653810 0))
29194 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
29195
29196 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
29197 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
29198
29199 \(fn)" t nil)
29200
29201 ;;;***
29202 \f
29203 ;;;### (autoloads (url-queue-retrieve) "url-queue" "url/url-queue.el"
29204 ;;;;;; (20478 3673 653810 0))
29205 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-queue.el
29206
29207 (autoload 'url-queue-retrieve "url-queue" "\
29208 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
29209 This is like `url-retrieve' (which see for details of the arguments),
29210 but with limits on the degree of parallelism. The variable
29211 `url-queue-parallel-processes' sets the number of concurrent processes.
29212 The variable `url-queue-timeout' sets a timeout.
29213
29214 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
29215
29216 ;;;***
29217 \f
29218 ;;;### (autoloads (url-view-url url-truncate-url-for-viewing url-file-extension
29219 ;;;;;; url-encode-url url-hexify-string url-unhex-string url-build-query-string
29220 ;;;;;; url-parse-query-string url-file-nondirectory url-file-directory
29221 ;;;;;; url-percentage url-display-percentage url-pretty-length url-strip-leading-spaces
29222 ;;;;;; url-eat-trailing-space url-get-normalized-date url-lazy-message
29223 ;;;;;; url-normalize-url url-insert-entities-in-string url-parse-args
29224 ;;;;;; url-debug url-debug) "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (20584
29225 ;;;;;; 7212 455152 0))
29226 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
29227
29228 (defvar url-debug nil "\
29229 What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
29230 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
29231
29232 If t, all messages will be logged.
29233 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
29234 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
29235
29236 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
29237
29238 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
29239
29240
29241 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29242
29243 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
29244
29245
29246 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
29247
29248 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
29249 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
29250 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
29251 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
29252 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
29253 & ==> &amp;
29254 < ==> &lt;
29255 > ==> &gt;
29256 \" ==> &quot;
29257
29258 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29259
29260 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
29261 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
29262 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
29263
29264 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29265
29266 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
29267 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
29268 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
29269
29270 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29271
29272 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
29273 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
29274
29275 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
29276
29277 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
29278 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
29279
29280 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29281
29282 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
29283 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
29284
29285 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29286
29287 (autoload 'url-pretty-length "url-util" "\
29288
29289
29290 \(fn N)" nil nil)
29291
29292 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
29293
29294
29295 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29296
29297 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
29298
29299
29300 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
29301
29302 (defalias 'url-basepath 'url-file-directory)
29303
29304 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
29305 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
29306
29307 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29308
29309 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
29310 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
29311
29312 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29313
29314 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
29315
29316
29317 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29318
29319 (autoload 'url-build-query-string "url-util" "\
29320 Build a query-string.
29321
29322 Given a QUERY in the form:
29323 '((key1 val1)
29324 (key2 val2)
29325 (key3 val1 val2)
29326 (key4)
29327 (key5 \"\"))
29328
29329 \(This is the same format as produced by `url-parse-query-string')
29330
29331 This will return a string
29332 \"key1=val1&key2=val2&key3=val1&key3=val2&key4&key5\". Keys may
29333 be strings or symbols; if they are symbols, the symbol name will
29334 be used.
29335
29336 When SEMICOLONS is given, the separator will be \";\".
29337
29338 When KEEP-EMPTY is given, empty values will show as \"key=\"
29339 instead of just \"key\" as in the example above.
29340
29341 \(fn QUERY &optional SEMICOLONS KEEP-EMPTY)" nil nil)
29342
29343 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
29344 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a URL.
29345 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
29346 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
29347 forbidden in URL encoding.
29348
29349 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29350
29351 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
29352 URI-encode STRING and return the result.
29353 If STRING is multibyte, it is first converted to a utf-8 byte
29354 string. Each byte corresponding to an allowed character is left
29355 as-is, while all other bytes are converted to a three-character
29356 string: \"%\" followed by two upper-case hex digits.
29357
29358 The allowed characters are specified by ALLOWED-CHARS. If this
29359 argument is nil, the list `url-unreserved-chars' determines the
29360 allowed characters. Otherwise, ALLOWED-CHARS should be a vector
29361 whose Nth element is non-nil if character N is allowed.
29362
29363 \(fn STRING &optional ALLOWED-CHARS)" nil nil)
29364
29365 (autoload 'url-encode-url "url-util" "\
29366 Return a properly URI-encoded version of URL.
29367 This function also performs URI normalization, e.g. converting
29368 the scheme to lowercase if it is uppercase. Apart from
29369 normalization, if URL is already URI-encoded, this function
29370 should return it unchanged.
29371
29372 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29373
29374 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
29375 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
29376 If optional argument X is t, then return the basename
29377 of the file with the extension stripped off.
29378
29379 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
29380
29381 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
29382 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters wide or less.
29383 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
29384
29385 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
29386
29387 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
29388 View the current document's URL.
29389 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
29390 the minibuffer.
29391
29392 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
29393
29394 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
29395
29396 ;;;***
29397 \f
29398 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
29399 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (20555 6946 859539 0))
29400 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
29401
29402 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
29403 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
29404 This function has a choice of three things to do:
29405 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
29406 to refrain from editing the file
29407 return t (grab the lock on the file)
29408 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
29409 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
29410 in any way you like.
29411
29412 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
29413
29414 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
29415 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
29416 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
29417 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
29418 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
29419
29420 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
29421 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
29422
29423 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
29424
29425 ;;;***
29426 \f
29427 ;;;### (autoloads (utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion utf-7-pre-write-conversion
29428 ;;;;;; utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion utf-7-post-read-conversion)
29429 ;;;;;; "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
29430 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
29431
29432 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29433
29434
29435 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29436
29437 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29438
29439
29440 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29441
29442 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29443
29444
29445 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29446
29447 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29448
29449
29450 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29451
29452 ;;;***
29453 \f
29454 ;;;### (autoloads (utf7-encode) "utf7" "gnus/utf7.el" (20355 10021
29455 ;;;;;; 546955 0))
29456 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/utf7.el
29457
29458 (autoload 'utf7-encode "utf7" "\
29459 Encode UTF-7 STRING. Use IMAP modification if FOR-IMAP is non-nil.
29460
29461 \(fn STRING &optional FOR-IMAP)" nil nil)
29462
29463 ;;;***
29464 \f
29465 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-internal
29466 ;;;;;; uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "mail/uudecode.el"
29467 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
29468 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uudecode.el
29469
29470 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
29471 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
29472 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
29473 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
29474
29475 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29476
29477 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
29478 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
29479 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29480
29481 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29482
29483 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
29484 Uudecode region between START and END.
29485 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29486
29487 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
29488
29489 ;;;***
29490 \f
29491 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-branch-part vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
29492 ;;;;;; vc-delete-file vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-pull
29493 ;;;;;; vc-rollback vc-revert vc-log-outgoing vc-log-incoming vc-print-root-log
29494 ;;;;;; vc-print-log vc-retrieve-tag vc-create-tag vc-merge vc-insert-headers
29495 ;;;;;; vc-revision-other-window vc-root-diff vc-ediff vc-version-ediff
29496 ;;;;;; vc-diff vc-version-diff vc-register vc-next-action vc-before-checkin-hook
29497 ;;;;;; vc-checkin-hook vc-checkout-hook) "vc" "vc/vc.el" (20668
29498 ;;;;;; 35382 940599 0))
29499 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc.el
29500
29501 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
29502 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
29503 See `run-hooks'.")
29504
29505 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
29506
29507 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
29508 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
29509 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
29510
29511 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29512
29513 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
29514 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
29515 See `run-hooks'.")
29516
29517 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29518
29519 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
29520 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
29521 This requires that all files in the current VC fileset be in the
29522 same state. If not, signal an error.
29523
29524 For merging-based version control systems:
29525 If every file in the VC fileset is not registered for version
29526 control, register the fileset (but don't commit).
29527 If every work file in the VC fileset is added or changed, pop
29528 up a *vc-log* buffer to commit the fileset.
29529 For a centralized version control system, if any work file in
29530 the VC fileset is out of date, offer to update the fileset.
29531
29532 For old-style locking-based version control systems, like RCS:
29533 If every file is not registered, register the file(s).
29534 If every file is registered and unlocked, check out (lock)
29535 the file(s) for editing.
29536 If every file is locked by you and has changes, pop up a
29537 *vc-log* buffer to check in the changes. If the variable
29538 `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (the default), leave a
29539 read-only copy of each changed file after checking in.
29540 If every file is locked by you and unchanged, unlock them.
29541 If every file is locked by someone else, offer to steal the lock.
29542
29543 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
29544
29545 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
29546 Register into a version control system.
29547 If VC-FILESET is given, register the files in that fileset.
29548 Otherwise register the current file.
29549 With prefix argument SET-REVISION, allow user to specify initial revision
29550 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
29551
29552 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
29553 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
29554 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
29555 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
29556 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
29557 first backend that could register the file is used.
29558
29559 \(fn &optional SET-REVISION VC-FILESET COMMENT)" t nil)
29560
29561 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
29562 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
29563
29564 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29565
29566 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
29567 Display diffs between file revisions.
29568 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29569 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29570 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29571
29572 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29573 saving the buffer.
29574
29575 \(fn &optional HISTORIC NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29576
29577 (autoload 'vc-version-ediff "vc" "\
29578 Show differences between revisions of the fileset in the
29579 repository history using ediff.
29580
29581 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29582
29583 (autoload 'vc-ediff "vc" "\
29584 Display diffs between file revisions using ediff.
29585 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29586 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29587 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29588
29589 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29590 saving the buffer.
29591
29592 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29593
29594 (autoload 'vc-root-diff "vc" "\
29595 Display diffs between VC-controlled whole tree revisions.
29596 Normally, this compares the tree corresponding to the current
29597 fileset with the working revision.
29598 With a prefix argument HISTORIC, prompt for two revision
29599 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29600
29601 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29602 saving the buffer.
29603
29604 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29605
29606 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
29607 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
29608 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
29609 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
29610
29611 \(fn REV)" t nil)
29612
29613 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
29614 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
29615 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
29616 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
29617
29618 \(fn)" t nil)
29619
29620 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
29621 Perform a version control merge operation.
29622 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29623 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"merge\"
29624 operation to incorporate changes from another branch onto the
29625 current branch, prompting for an argument list.
29626
29627 On a non-distributed version control system, this merges changes
29628 between two revisions into the current fileset. This asks for
29629 two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the first
29630 revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
29631 branch. If the first revision is empty, merge the most recent
29632 changes from the current branch.
29633
29634 \(fn)" t nil)
29635
29636 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
29637
29638 (autoload 'vc-create-tag "vc" "\
29639 Descending recursively from DIR, make a tag called NAME.
29640 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
29641 the named configuration. If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
29642 given, the tag is made as a new branch and the files are
29643 checked out in that new branch.
29644
29645 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
29646
29647 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-tag "vc" "\
29648 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the tag called NAME.
29649 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions.
29650 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
29651 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
29652 allowed and simply skipped).
29653
29654 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
29655
29656 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
29657 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
29658 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave point at that revision.
29659 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29660 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29661
29662 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for
29663 WORKING-REVISION and LIMIT.
29664
29665 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION LIMIT)" t nil)
29666
29667 (autoload 'vc-print-root-log "vc" "\
29668 List the change log for the current VC controlled tree in a window.
29669 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29670 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29671 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for LIMIT.
29672
29673 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
29674
29675 (autoload 'vc-log-incoming "vc" "\
29676 Show a log of changes that will be received with a pull operation from REMOTE-LOCATION.
29677 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION..
29678
29679 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
29680
29681 (autoload 'vc-log-outgoing "vc" "\
29682 Show a log of changes that will be sent with a push operation to REMOTE-LOCATION.
29683 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
29684
29685 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
29686
29687 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
29688 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
29689 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
29690 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
29691
29692 \(fn)" t nil)
29693
29694 (autoload 'vc-rollback "vc" "\
29695 Roll back (remove) the most recent changeset committed to the repository.
29696 This may be either a file-level or a repository-level operation,
29697 depending on the underlying version-control system.
29698
29699 \(fn)" t nil)
29700
29701 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
29702
29703 (autoload 'vc-pull "vc" "\
29704 Update the current fileset or branch.
29705 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29706 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"pull\"
29707 operation to update the current branch, prompting for an argument
29708 list if required. Optional prefix ARG forces a prompt.
29709
29710 On a non-distributed version control system, update the current
29711 fileset to the tip revisions. For each unchanged and unlocked
29712 file, this simply replaces the work file with the latest revision
29713 on its branch. If the file contains changes, any changes in the
29714 tip revision are merged into the working file.
29715
29716 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29717
29718 (defalias 'vc-update 'vc-pull)
29719
29720 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
29721 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
29722 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
29723 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
29724 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
29725 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
29726 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
29727
29728 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
29729
29730 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
29731 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
29732 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
29733 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
29734 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
29735 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
29736 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
29737 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
29738 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
29739
29740 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
29741
29742 (autoload 'vc-delete-file "vc" "\
29743 Delete file and mark it as such in the version control system.
29744 If called interactively, read FILE, defaulting to the current
29745 buffer's file name if it's under version control.
29746
29747 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
29748
29749 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
29750 Rename file OLD to NEW in both work area and repository.
29751 If called interactively, read OLD and NEW, defaulting OLD to the
29752 current buffer's file name if it's under version control.
29753
29754 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
29755
29756 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
29757 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
29758 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
29759 directory.
29760
29761 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
29762
29763 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
29764 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
29765 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
29766
29767 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
29768 log entries should be gathered.
29769
29770 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29771
29772 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
29773 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
29774
29775 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
29776
29777 ;;;***
29778 \f
29779 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate) "vc-annotate" "vc/vc-annotate.el"
29780 ;;;;;; (20478 3673 653810 0))
29781 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-annotate.el
29782
29783 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc-annotate" "\
29784 Display the edit history of the current FILE using colors.
29785
29786 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
29787 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
29788 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
29789 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
29790 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
29791 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29792
29793 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
29794 minibuffer. First, you may enter a revision number REV; then the buffer
29795 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
29796 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
29797 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
29798 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
29799 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
29800 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29801
29802 If MOVE-POINT-TO is given, move the point to that line.
29803
29804 If VC-BK is given used that VC backend.
29805
29806 Customization variables:
29807
29808 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
29809 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
29810 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
29811 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
29812
29813 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF MOVE-POINT-TO VC-BK)" t nil)
29814
29815 ;;;***
29816 \f
29817 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc/vc-arch.el" (20478 3673 653810
29818 ;;;;;; 0))
29819 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-arch.el
29820 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
29821 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
29822 (progn
29823 (load "vc-arch")
29824 (vc-arch-registered file))))
29825
29826 ;;;***
29827 \f
29828 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc/vc-bzr.el" (20584 7212 455152
29829 ;;;;;; 0))
29830 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-bzr.el
29831
29832 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
29833 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
29834
29835 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format") "\
29836 Name of the format file in a .bzr directory.")
29837 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
29838 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
29839 (progn
29840 (load "vc-bzr")
29841 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
29842
29843 ;;;***
29844 \f
29845 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc/vc-cvs.el" (20542 46798 773957
29846 ;;;;;; 0))
29847 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-cvs.el
29848 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
29849 "Return non-nil if file F is registered with CVS."
29850 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29851 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
29852 (load "vc-cvs")
29853 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
29854
29855 ;;;***
29856 \f
29857 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-dir vc-dir-mode) "vc-dir" "vc/vc-dir.el" (20662
29858 ;;;;;; 46799 394737 457000))
29859 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dir.el
29860
29861 (autoload 'vc-dir-mode "vc-dir" "\
29862 Major mode for VC directory buffers.
29863 Marking/Unmarking key bindings and actions:
29864 m - mark a file/directory
29865 - if the region is active, mark all the files in region.
29866 Restrictions: - a file cannot be marked if any parent directory is marked
29867 - a directory cannot be marked if any child file or
29868 directory is marked
29869 u - unmark a file/directory
29870 - if the region is active, unmark all the files in region.
29871 M - if the cursor is on a file: mark all the files with the same state as
29872 the current file
29873 - if the cursor is on a directory: mark all child files
29874 - with a prefix argument: mark all files
29875 U - if the cursor is on a file: unmark all the files with the same state
29876 as the current file
29877 - if the cursor is on a directory: unmark all child files
29878 - with a prefix argument: unmark all files
29879 mouse-2 - toggles the mark state
29880
29881 VC commands
29882 VC commands in the `C-x v' prefix can be used.
29883 VC commands act on the marked entries. If nothing is marked, VC
29884 commands act on the current entry.
29885
29886 Search & Replace
29887 S - searches the marked files
29888 Q - does a query replace on the marked files
29889 M-s a C-s - does an isearch on the marked files
29890 M-s a C-M-s - does a regexp isearch on the marked files
29891 If nothing is marked, these commands act on the current entry.
29892 When a directory is current or marked, the Search & Replace
29893 commands act on the child files of that directory that are displayed in
29894 the *vc-dir* buffer.
29895
29896 \\{vc-dir-mode-map}
29897
29898 \(fn)" t nil)
29899
29900 (autoload 'vc-dir "vc-dir" "\
29901 Show the VC status for \"interesting\" files in and below DIR.
29902 This allows you to mark files and perform VC operations on them.
29903 The list omits files which are up to date, with no changes in your copy
29904 or the repository, if there is nothing in particular to say about them.
29905
29906 Preparing the list of file status takes time; when the buffer
29907 first appears, it has only the first few lines of summary information.
29908 The file lines appear later.
29909
29910 Optional second argument BACKEND specifies the VC backend to use.
29911 Interactively, a prefix argument means to ask for the backend.
29912
29913 These are the commands available for use in the file status buffer:
29914
29915 \\{vc-dir-mode-map}
29916
29917 \(fn DIR &optional BACKEND)" t nil)
29918
29919 ;;;***
29920 \f
29921 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-do-command) "vc-dispatcher" "vc/vc-dispatcher.el"
29922 ;;;;;; (20489 12324 656827 0))
29923 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dispatcher.el
29924
29925 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc-dispatcher" "\
29926 Execute a slave command, notifying user and checking for errors.
29927 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or the current buffer if
29928 BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not already current,
29929 set it up properly and erase it. The command is considered
29930 successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
29931 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is
29932 `async', that means not to wait for termination of the
29933 subprocess; if it is t it means to ignore all execution errors).
29934 FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file; it may be a list of
29935 files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect a file
29936 name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
29937 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
29938 Return the return value of the slave command in the synchronous
29939 case, and the process object in the asynchronous case.
29940
29941 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
29942
29943 ;;;***
29944 \f
29945 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc/vc-git.el" (20664 38325 385623
29946 ;;;;;; 0))
29947 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-git.el
29948 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
29949 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
29950 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; Short cut.
29951 (progn
29952 (load "vc-git")
29953 (vc-git-registered file))))
29954
29955 ;;;***
29956 \f
29957 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc/vc-hg.el" (20670 42926 924735 782000))
29958 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-hg.el
29959 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
29960 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
29961 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
29962 (progn
29963 (load "vc-hg")
29964 (vc-hg-registered file))))
29965
29966 ;;;***
29967 \f
29968 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc/vc-mtn.el" (20524 51365 2559 0))
29969 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-mtn.el
29970
29971 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN" "\
29972 Name of the monotone directory.")
29973
29974 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format") "\
29975 Name of the monotone directory's format file.")
29976 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
29977 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
29978 (progn
29979 (load "vc-mtn")
29980 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
29981
29982 ;;;***
29983 \f
29984 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc/vc-rcs.el"
29985 ;;;;;; (20584 7212 455152 0))
29986 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-rcs.el
29987
29988 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
29989 Where to look for RCS master files.
29990 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29991
29992 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
29993
29994 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
29995
29996 ;;;***
29997 \f
29998 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc/vc-sccs.el"
29999 ;;;;;; (20584 7212 455152 0))
30000 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-sccs.el
30001
30002 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
30003 Where to look for SCCS master files.
30004 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
30005
30006 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
30007
30008 (defun vc-sccs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
30009
30010 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
30011 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
30012 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
30013 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
30014
30015 ;;;***
30016 \f
30017 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc/vc-svn.el" (20648 50109 802321
30018 ;;;;;; 0))
30019 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-svn.el
30020 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
30021 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
30022 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
30023 "_svn")
30024 (t ".svn"))))
30025 (when (vc-find-root f admin-dir)
30026 (load "vc-svn")
30027 (vc-svn-registered f))))
30028
30029 ;;;***
30030 \f
30031 ;;;### (autoloads (vera-mode) "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el"
30032 ;;;;;; (20577 33959 40183 0))
30033 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
30034 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.vr[hi]?\\'") 'vera-mode))
30035
30036 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
30037 Major mode for editing Vera code.
30038
30039 Usage:
30040 ------
30041
30042 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
30043 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
30044 Indentation can be done for an entire region (`M-C-\\') or buffer (menu).
30045 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
30046
30047 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
30048 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
30049 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
30050 completions.
30051
30052 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
30053 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
30054
30055 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
30056 uncomments a region if already commented out.
30057
30058 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
30059 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
30060 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
30061
30062 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
30063
30064
30065 Maintenance:
30066 ------------
30067
30068 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
30069 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30070
30071 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
30072
30073 Official distribution is at
30074 URL `http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html'
30075
30076
30077 The Vera Mode Maintainer
30078 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
30079
30080 Key bindings:
30081 -------------
30082
30083 \\{vera-mode-map}
30084
30085 \(fn)" t nil)
30086
30087 ;;;***
30088 \f
30089 ;;;### (autoloads (verilog-mode) "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
30090 ;;;;;; (20593 22184 581574 0))
30091 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
30092
30093 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
30094 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
30095 \\<verilog-mode-map>
30096 See \\[describe-function] verilog-auto (\\[verilog-auto]) for details on how
30097 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
30098
30099 Use \\[verilog-faq] for a pointer to frequently asked questions.
30100
30101 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
30102 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
30103
30104 Supports highlighting.
30105
30106 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
30107 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
30108
30109 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
30110
30111 variable `verilog-indent-level' (default 3)
30112 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
30113 `verilog-indent-level-module' (default 3)
30114 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
30115 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
30116 on the left side of your screen.
30117 `verilog-indent-level-declaration' (default 3)
30118 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
30119 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
30120 `verilog-indent-level-behavioral' (default 3)
30121 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
30122 Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
30123 function keyword.
30124 `verilog-indent-level-directive' (default 1)
30125 Indentation of `ifdef/`endif blocks.
30126 `verilog-cexp-indent' (default 1)
30127 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
30128 if (a)
30129 begin
30130 `verilog-case-indent' (default 2)
30131 Indentation for case statements.
30132 `verilog-auto-newline' (default nil)
30133 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
30134 mark after an end.
30135 `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline' (default t)
30136 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
30137 `verilog-tab-always-indent' (default t)
30138 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
30139 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
30140 `verilog-indent-begin-after-if' (default t)
30141 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
30142 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. Otherwise,
30143 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
30144 if (a)
30145 begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
30146 otherwise you get:
30147 if (a)
30148 begin
30149 `verilog-auto-endcomments' (default t)
30150 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
30151 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
30152 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
30153 `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
30154 Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
30155 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
30156 end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
30157 comments in tight quarters.
30158 `verilog-auto-lineup' (default 'declarations)
30159 List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
30160
30161 Variables controlling other actions:
30162
30163 `verilog-linter' (default surelint)
30164 Unix program to call to run the lint checker. This is the default
30165 command for \\[compile-command] and \\[verilog-auto-save-compile].
30166
30167 See \\[customize] for the complete list of variables.
30168
30169 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
30170
30171 \\[verilog-auto] Expand AUTO statements.
30172 \\[verilog-delete-auto] Remove the AUTOs.
30173 \\[verilog-inject-auto] Insert AUTOs for the first time.
30174
30175 Some other functions are:
30176
30177 \\[verilog-complete-word] Complete word with appropriate possibilities.
30178 \\[verilog-mark-defun] Mark function.
30179 \\[verilog-beg-of-defun] Move to beginning of current function.
30180 \\[verilog-end-of-defun] Move to end of current function.
30181 \\[verilog-label-be] Label matching begin ... end, fork ... join, etc statements.
30182
30183 \\[verilog-comment-region] Put marked area in a comment.
30184 \\[verilog-uncomment-region] Uncomment an area commented with \\[verilog-comment-region].
30185 \\[verilog-insert-block] Insert begin ... end.
30186 \\[verilog-star-comment] Insert /* ... */.
30187
30188 \\[verilog-sk-always] Insert an always @(AS) begin .. end block.
30189 \\[verilog-sk-begin] Insert a begin .. end block.
30190 \\[verilog-sk-case] Insert a case block, prompting for details.
30191 \\[verilog-sk-for] Insert a for (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30192 \\[verilog-sk-generate] Insert a generate .. endgenerate block.
30193 \\[verilog-sk-header] Insert a header block at the top of file.
30194 \\[verilog-sk-initial] Insert an initial begin .. end block.
30195 \\[verilog-sk-fork] Insert a fork begin .. end .. join block.
30196 \\[verilog-sk-module] Insert a module .. (/*AUTOARG*/);.. endmodule block.
30197 \\[verilog-sk-ovm-class] Insert an OVM Class block.
30198 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-class] Insert an UVM Class block.
30199 \\[verilog-sk-primitive] Insert a primitive .. (.. );.. endprimitive block.
30200 \\[verilog-sk-repeat] Insert a repeat (..) begin .. end block.
30201 \\[verilog-sk-specify] Insert a specify .. endspecify block.
30202 \\[verilog-sk-task] Insert a task .. begin .. end endtask block.
30203 \\[verilog-sk-while] Insert a while (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30204 \\[verilog-sk-casex] Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30205 \\[verilog-sk-casez] Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30206 \\[verilog-sk-if] Insert an if (..) begin .. end block.
30207 \\[verilog-sk-else-if] Insert an else if (..) begin .. end block.
30208 \\[verilog-sk-comment] Insert a comment block.
30209 \\[verilog-sk-assign] Insert an assign .. = ..; statement.
30210 \\[verilog-sk-function] Insert a function .. begin .. end endfunction block.
30211 \\[verilog-sk-input] Insert an input declaration, prompting for details.
30212 \\[verilog-sk-output] Insert an output declaration, prompting for details.
30213 \\[verilog-sk-state-machine] Insert a state machine definition, prompting for details.
30214 \\[verilog-sk-inout] Insert an inout declaration, prompting for details.
30215 \\[verilog-sk-wire] Insert a wire declaration, prompting for details.
30216 \\[verilog-sk-reg] Insert a register declaration, prompting for details.
30217 \\[verilog-sk-define-signal] Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
30218
30219 All key bindings can be seen in a Verilog-buffer with \\[describe-bindings].
30220 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
30221
30222 \\{verilog-mode-map}
30223
30224 \(fn)" t nil)
30225
30226 ;;;***
30227 \f
30228 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
30229 ;;;;;; (20593 22184 581574 0))
30230 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
30231
30232 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
30233 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
30234
30235 Usage:
30236 ------
30237
30238 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
30239 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
30240 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
30241 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
30242 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
30243 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
30244 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
30245 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
30246 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the mode line.
30247
30248 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
30249 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
30250 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
30251 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
30252
30253 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
30254 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
30255 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
30256 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
30257 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
30258
30259 Template styles can be customized in customization group
30260 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
30261
30262
30263 HEADER INSERTION:
30264 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
30265 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
30266 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
30267
30268
30269 STUTTERING:
30270 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
30271 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
30272 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
30273 the mode line. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
30274
30275 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
30276 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
30277 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
30278 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
30279 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
30280
30281
30282 WORD COMPLETION:
30283 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
30284 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
30285 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
30286 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
30287
30288 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
30289 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
30290 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
30291 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
30292 beginning with \"std\").
30293
30294 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
30295 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
30296 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
30297 stop.
30298
30299
30300 COMMENTS:
30301 `--' puts a single comment.
30302 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
30303 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
30304 with a comment in between.
30305 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
30306 out following lines.
30307 `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out,
30308 uncomments a region if already commented out. Option
30309 `comment-style' defines where the comment characters
30310 should be placed (beginning of line, indent, etc.).
30311
30312 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
30313 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
30314 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
30315 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
30316 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
30317 non-nil.
30318
30319 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
30320 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
30321 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
30322 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
30323 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
30324 multi-line comments.
30325
30326
30327 INDENTATION:
30328 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
30329 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
30330 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
30331 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). If a region is active, `TAB' indents
30332 the entire region.
30333
30334 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
30335 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
30336 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
30337 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
30338
30339 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
30340 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
30341 and vice versa.
30342
30343 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
30344 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
30345
30346 Option `vhdl-indent-comment-like-next-code-line' controls whether
30347 comment lines are indented like the preceding or like the following code
30348 line.
30349
30350
30351 ALIGNMENT:
30352 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
30353 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
30354 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
30355 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
30356 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
30357 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
30358 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
30359 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
30360
30361 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
30362 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
30363 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
30364 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
30365 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
30366 is non-nil.
30367
30368 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
30369 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
30370 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
30371
30372 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
30373 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
30374
30375
30376 CODE FILLING:
30377 Code filling allows to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
30378 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
30379 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
30380 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
30381 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
30382 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
30383
30384
30385 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
30386 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
30387 buffer respectively. This includes indentation, alignment, and case
30388 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
30389 command:
30390
30391 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
30392
30393
30394 PORT TRANSLATION:
30395 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
30396 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
30397 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
30398 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
30399 internal signal initializations (menu).
30400
30401 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
30402 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
30403 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
30404
30405 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
30406 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
30407 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
30408 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
30409 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
30410 in subsequent paste operations.)
30411
30412 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
30413 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
30414 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
30415
30416
30417 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
30418 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
30419 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
30420 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
30421 association list with formals).
30422
30423
30424 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
30425 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
30426 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
30427 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
30428 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
30429 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
30430 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
30431 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
30432 `vhdl-testbench'.
30433
30434
30435 KEY BINDINGS:
30436 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
30437
30438
30439 VHDL MENU:
30440 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
30441
30442
30443 FILE BROWSER:
30444 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
30445 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
30446 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
30447
30448 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
30449 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
30450
30451
30452 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
30453 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
30454 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
30455 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
30456
30457 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
30458 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
30459 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
30460
30461 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
30462 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
30463 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
30464 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
30465
30466 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
30467 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
30468 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
30469 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
30470 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
30471
30472 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
30473 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
30474 required by secondary units.
30475
30476
30477 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
30478 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-m C-n' creates a skeleton
30479 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
30480 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
30481 (`C-c C-m C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
30482 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
30483 and ports (`C-c C-m C-w') following these rules:
30484 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
30485 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
30486 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
30487 inputs to this component -> input port created
30488 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
30489 outputs from this component -> output port created
30490 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
30491 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
30492
30493 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
30494 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
30495 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
30496 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
30497 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
30498
30499 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
30500 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
30501
30502 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
30503 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
30504 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-m M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
30505 component instantiation is also supported (option
30506 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
30507
30508 Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
30509 the menu (`C-c C-m C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
30510 the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
30511 configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
30512 component levels of a hierarchical design, option
30513 `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
30514 (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
30515 subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
30516 (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
30517 can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
30518 generating the configuration.
30519
30520 Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
30521 declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
30522 configurations in speedbar.
30523
30524 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
30525
30526
30527 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
30528 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
30529 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
30530 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
30531 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
30532 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
30533 information. New compilers can be added.
30534
30535 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
30536 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
30537
30538
30539 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
30540 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
30541 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
30542 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
30543 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30544
30545 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
30546 command:
30547
30548 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
30549 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
30550 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
30551
30552 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
30553 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
30554 library directory if not existent. These target names can be customized
30555 by option `vhdl-makefile-default-targets'. The Makefile also includes a
30556 target for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation
30557 of this unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example:
30558 compilation of a design specified by a configuration). User specific
30559 parts can be inserted into a Makefile with option
30560 `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
30561
30562 Limitations:
30563 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
30564 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
30565 not (yet) supported.
30566 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
30567 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
30568 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
30569
30570
30571 PROJECTS:
30572 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
30573 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
30574 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
30575 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
30576 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
30577 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
30578 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
30579 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30580
30581 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
30582 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
30583 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
30584 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
30585 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
30586 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
30587 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
30588 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
30589 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
30590 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
30591 `vhdl-project-alist'.
30592
30593
30594 SPECIAL MENUES:
30595 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
30596 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
30597 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
30598 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
30599 larger than `font-lock-maximum-size'). Also, a source file menu can be
30600 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
30601 current directory for VHDL source files.
30602
30603
30604 VHDL STANDARDS:
30605 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
30606 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93(02), VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
30607
30608
30609 KEYWORD CASE:
30610 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
30611 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
30612 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
30613 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
30614 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
30615 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
30616 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
30617 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
30618
30619
30620 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
30621 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
30622 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
30623 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
30624 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
30625 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
30626 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
30627
30628 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
30629 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
30630 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
30631 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
30632 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
30633 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
30634
30635 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
30636 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
30637 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
30638 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
30639 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
30640 visually.
30641
30642 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
30643 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
30644 highlighted if written in lower case.
30645
30646 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
30647 highlighted using a different background color if option
30648 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
30649
30650 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
30651 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
30652 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
30653 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
30654 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
30655
30656
30657 USER MODELS:
30658 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
30659 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
30660 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
30661
30662
30663 HIDE/SHOW:
30664 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
30665 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
30666 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
30667 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
30668 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
30669
30670
30671 CODE UPDATING:
30672 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
30673 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
30674 Limitations:
30675 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
30676 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
30677 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
30678 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
30679 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
30680 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
30681 (used to obtain the port names).
30682 Use option `vhdl-array-index-record-field-in-sensitivity-list' to
30683 specify whether to include array indices and record fields in
30684 sensitivity lists.
30685
30686
30687 CODE FIXING:
30688 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
30689 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
30690
30691
30692 PRINTING:
30693 PostScript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
30694 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
30695 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
30696 PostScript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
30697 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
30698 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
30699 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
30700 printers.
30701
30702
30703 OPTIONS:
30704 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
30705 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
30706 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
30707 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
30708 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
30709
30710 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
30711 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
30712 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
30713 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
30714 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
30715 INSTALL file).
30716
30717 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
30718 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
30719
30720
30721 FILE EXTENSIONS:
30722 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
30723 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
30724 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
30725
30726 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
30727
30728
30729 HINTS:
30730 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
30731 a VHDL file first, use the command:
30732
30733 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
30734
30735 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
30736
30737 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
30738
30739
30740 RELEASE NOTES:
30741 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
30742
30743
30744 Maintenance:
30745 ------------
30746
30747 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
30748 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30749
30750 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
30751
30752 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
30753 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
30754 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
30755 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
30756
30757 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
30758 http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
30759 where the latest version can be found.
30760
30761
30762 Known problems:
30763 ---------------
30764
30765 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
30766 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
30767 - Indentation incorrect for new 'postponed' VHDL keyword.
30768 - Indentation incorrect for 'protected body' construct.
30769
30770
30771 The VHDL Mode Authors
30772 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
30773
30774 Key bindings:
30775 -------------
30776
30777 \\{vhdl-mode-map}
30778
30779 \(fn)" t nil)
30780
30781 ;;;***
30782 \f
30783 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (20566 63671 243798
30784 ;;;;;; 0))
30785 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
30786
30787 (autoload 'vi-mode "vi" "\
30788 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
30789 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
30790 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
30791
30792 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
30793 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
30794 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
30795 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
30796 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
30797
30798 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
30799 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
30800
30801 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
30802
30803 * Limitations and unsupported features
30804 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
30805 not supported.
30806 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
30807 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
30808
30809 * Modifications
30810 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
30811 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
30812 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
30813 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
30814 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
30815 for undoing a repeated change command.
30816 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
30817 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
30818 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
30819
30820 * Extensions
30821 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
30822 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
30823 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
30824 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
30825 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
30826 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
30827 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
30828 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
30829
30830 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
30831
30832 \(fn)" t nil)
30833
30834 ;;;***
30835 \f
30836 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
30837 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
30838 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
30839 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
30840 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
30841
30842 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
30843 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
30844
30845 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
30846
30847 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30848 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
30849 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30850 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30851
30852 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30853
30854 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30855 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
30856
30857 \(fn)" t nil)
30858
30859 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30860 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30861 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30862 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30863
30864 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30865
30866 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30867 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30868
30869 \(fn)" t nil)
30870
30871 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
30872
30873
30874 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
30875
30876 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
30877
30878
30879 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
30880
30881 ;;;***
30882 \f
30883 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-return-to-alist-update
30884 ;;;;;; view-mode view-buffer-other-frame view-buffer-other-window
30885 ;;;;;; view-buffer view-file-other-frame view-file-other-window
30886 ;;;;;; view-file kill-buffer-if-not-modified view-remove-frame-by-deleting)
30887 ;;;;;; "view" "view.el" (20706 50624 612201 0))
30888 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
30889
30890 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
30891 Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
30892 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
30893
30894 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
30895
30896 (defvar view-mode nil "\
30897 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
30898 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
30899 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
30900
30901 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
30902
30903 (autoload 'kill-buffer-if-not-modified "view" "\
30904 Like `kill-buffer', but does nothing if the buffer is modified.
30905
30906 \(fn BUF)" nil nil)
30907
30908 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
30909 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30910 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30911 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30912 moving around in the buffer.
30913 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30914 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30915
30916 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30917
30918 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30919
30920 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
30921 View FILE in View mode in another window.
30922 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
30923 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
30924
30925 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30926 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30927 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30928 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30929 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30930
30931 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30932
30933 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30934
30935 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
30936 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
30937 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
30938 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
30939 buffer.
30940
30941 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30942 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30943 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30944 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30945 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30946
30947 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30948
30949 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30950
30951 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
30952 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30953 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30954 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30955 moving around in the buffer.
30956 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30957 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30958
30959 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30960
30961 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30962 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30963 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30964
30965 Do not set EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer' when BUFFER visits a
30966 file: Users may suspend viewing in order to modify the buffer.
30967 Exiting View mode will then discard the user's edits. Setting
30968 EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer-if-not-modified' avoids this.
30969
30970 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30971 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30972 own View-like bindings.
30973
30974 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30975
30976 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
30977 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
30978 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30979 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
30980 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30981 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30982 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30983
30984 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30985
30986 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
30987
30988 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30989 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30990 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30991
30992 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30993 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30994 own View-like bindings.
30995
30996 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30997
30998 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
30999 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
31000 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
31001 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
31002 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31003 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31004 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31005
31006 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31007
31008 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
31009
31010 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
31011 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
31012 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
31013
31014 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
31015 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
31016 own View-like bindings.
31017
31018 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31019
31020 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
31021 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
31022 With a prefix argument ARG, enable View mode if ARG is positive,
31023 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable View mode
31024 if ARG is omitted or nil.
31025
31026 When View mode is enabled, commands that do not change the buffer
31027 contents are available as usual. Kill commands insert text in
31028 kill buffers but do not delete. Most other commands beep and
31029 tell the user that the buffer is read-only.
31030
31031 \\<view-mode-map>
31032
31033 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands
31034 take prefix arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\"
31035 lines which is almost a whole window, or number of lines set by
31036 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size].
31037 Half page commands default to and set \"half page size\" lines
31038 which initially is half a window full. Search commands default
31039 to a repeat count of one.
31040
31041 H, h, ? This message.
31042 Digits provide prefix arguments.
31043 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
31044 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
31045 > move to the end of buffer.
31046 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
31047 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
31048 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
31049 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
31050 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
31051 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
31052 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
31053 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
31054 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
31055 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
31056 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
31057 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
31058 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
31059 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
31060 Use this to view a changing file.
31061 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
31062 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
31063 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
31064 . set the mark.
31065 x exchanges point and mark.
31066 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
31067 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
31068 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
31069 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
31070 ' go to position saved in character register.
31071 s do forward incremental search.
31072 r do reverse incremental search.
31073 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
31074 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
31075 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
31076 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
31077 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
31078 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
31079 p searches backward for last regular expression.
31080 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
31081 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
31082 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
31083 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
31084 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
31085 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
31086 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
31087 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
31088 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
31089 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
31090
31091 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
31092 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
31093 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
31094 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
31095 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
31096 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
31097 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
31098 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
31099 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
31100
31101 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31102
31103 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31104
31105 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
31106 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
31107 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
31108 windows. Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
31109 `view-return-to-alist' after purging. For a description of items
31110 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
31111 function `view-mode-exit'. If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
31112 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
31113 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
31114
31115 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
31116
31117 (make-obsolete 'view-return-to-alist-update '"this function has no effect." "24.1")
31118
31119 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
31120 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
31121 Optional argument QUIT-RESTORE if non-nil must specify a valid
31122 entry for quitting and restoring any window showing the current
31123 buffer. This entry replaces any parameter installed by
31124 `display-buffer' and is used by `view-mode-exit'.
31125
31126 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION, if non-nil, must specify a
31127 function that takes a buffer as argument. This function will be
31128 called by `view-mode-exit'.
31129
31130 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31131
31132 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31133
31134 \(fn &optional QUIT-RESTORE EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
31135
31136 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
31137 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
31138
31139 \(fn)" t nil)
31140
31141 ;;;***
31142 \f
31143 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode vip-setup) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (20513
31144 ;;;;;; 18948 537867 0))
31145 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
31146
31147 (autoload 'vip-setup "vip" "\
31148 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
31149
31150 \(fn)" nil nil)
31151
31152 (autoload 'vip-mode "vip" "\
31153 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
31154
31155 \(fn)" t nil)
31156
31157 ;;;***
31158 \f
31159 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
31160 ;;;;;; (20566 63671 243798 0))
31161 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
31162
31163 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
31164 Toggle Viper on/off.
31165 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
31166
31167 \(fn)" t nil)
31168
31169 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
31170 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
31171
31172 \(fn)" t nil)
31173
31174 ;;;***
31175 \f
31176 ;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el"
31177 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
31178 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
31179
31180 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
31181 Function to generate warning prefixes.
31182 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
31183 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
31184 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
31185 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
31186 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
31187 the beginning of the warning.")
31188
31189 (defvar warning-series nil "\
31190 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
31191 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
31192 which is the start of the current series; it means that
31193 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
31194 If t, the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
31195 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
31196 also call that function before the next warning.")
31197
31198 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
31199 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
31200
31201 (defvar warning-type-format (purecopy " (%s)") "\
31202 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
31203 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
31204 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
31205
31206 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
31207 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
31208 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31209 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31210 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
31211 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
31212
31213 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31214 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31215 Default is :warning.
31216
31217 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31218 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31219 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
31220 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
31221 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
31222 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31223
31224 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
31225 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
31226 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
31227
31228 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
31229
31230 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
31231 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
31232
31233 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
31234
31235 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
31236 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
31237 Aside from generating the message with `format',
31238 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
31239
31240 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31241 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31242 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
31243 can be whatever you like.)
31244
31245 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31246 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31247
31248 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31249 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31250 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
31251 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
31252 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31253
31254 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31255
31256 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
31257 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
31258 Aside from generating the message with `format',
31259 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
31260 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
31261
31262 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31263
31264 ;;;***
31265 \f
31266 ;;;### (autoloads (wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "wdired.el"
31267 ;;;;;; (20656 44218 805102 0))
31268 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
31269
31270 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
31271 Put a Dired buffer in Writable Dired (WDired) mode.
31272 \\<wdired-mode-map>
31273 In WDired mode, you can edit the names of the files in the
31274 buffer, the target of the links, and the permission bits of the
31275 files. After typing \\[wdired-finish-edit], Emacs modifies the files and
31276 directories to reflect your edits.
31277
31278 See `wdired-mode'.
31279
31280 \(fn)" t nil)
31281
31282 ;;;***
31283 \f
31284 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (20566 63671
31285 ;;;;;; 243798 0))
31286 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
31287
31288 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
31289 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
31290
31291 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
31292 hotlist.
31293
31294 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
31295 <nwv@acm.org>.
31296
31297 \(fn)" t nil)
31298
31299 ;;;***
31300 \f
31301 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el"
31302 ;;;;;; (20613 49078 764749 0))
31303 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
31304 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
31305 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
31306
31307 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'which-func-mode 'which-function-mode "24.1")
31308
31309 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
31310 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
31311 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31312 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31313 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31314 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
31315
31316 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
31317
31318 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
31319 Toggle mode line display of current function (Which Function mode).
31320 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Which Function mode if ARG is
31321 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31322 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31323
31324 Which Function mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, the
31325 current function name is continuously displayed in the mode line,
31326 in certain major modes.
31327
31328 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31329
31330 ;;;***
31331 \f
31332 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-report-region whitespace-report whitespace-cleanup-region
31333 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup global-whitespace-toggle-options whitespace-toggle-options
31334 ;;;;;; global-whitespace-newline-mode global-whitespace-mode whitespace-newline-mode
31335 ;;;;;; whitespace-mode) "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (20508 13724
31336 ;;;;;; 260761 0))
31337 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
31338
31339 (autoload 'whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31340 Toggle whitespace visualization (Whitespace mode).
31341 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace mode if ARG is
31342 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31343 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31344
31345 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31346 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31347
31348 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31349
31350 (autoload 'whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31351 Toggle newline visualization (Whitespace Newline mode).
31352 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace Newline mode if ARG
31353 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31354 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31355
31356 Use `whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE visualization
31357 exclusively. For other visualizations, including NEWLINE
31358 visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs, please,
31359 use `whitespace-mode'.
31360
31361 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31362
31363 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31364
31365 (defvar global-whitespace-mode nil "\
31366 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace mode is enabled.
31367 See the command `global-whitespace-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31368 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31369 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31370 or call the function `global-whitespace-mode'.")
31371
31372 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" nil)
31373
31374 (autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31375 Toggle whitespace visualization globally (Global Whitespace mode).
31376 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace mode if ARG
31377 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31378 enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31379
31380 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31381 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31382
31383 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31384
31385 (defvar global-whitespace-newline-mode nil "\
31386 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace-Newline mode is enabled.
31387 See the command `global-whitespace-newline-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31388 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31389 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31390 or call the function `global-whitespace-newline-mode'.")
31391
31392 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" nil)
31393
31394 (autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31395 Toggle global newline visualization (Global Whitespace Newline mode).
31396 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace Newline mode
31397 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
31398 Lisp, enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31399
31400 Use `global-whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE
31401 visualization exclusively. For other visualizations, including
31402 NEWLINE visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs,
31403 please use `global-whitespace-mode'.
31404
31405 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31406
31407 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31408
31409 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31410 Toggle local `whitespace-mode' options.
31411
31412 If local whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31413 and turn on local whitespace-mode.
31414
31415 If local whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31416 and restart local whitespace-mode.
31417
31418 Interactively, it reads one of the following chars:
31419
31420 CHAR MEANING
31421 (VIA FACES)
31422 f toggle face visualization
31423 t toggle TAB visualization
31424 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31425 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31426 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31427 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31428 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31429 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31430 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31431 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31432 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31433 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31434 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31435 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31436 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31437 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31438 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31439
31440 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31441 T toggle TAB visualization
31442 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31443 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31444
31445 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31446 ? display brief help
31447
31448 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31449 The valid symbols are:
31450
31451 face toggle face visualization
31452 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31453 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31454 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31455 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31456 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31457 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31458 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31459 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31460 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31461 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31462 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31463 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31464 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31465 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31466 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31467 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31468
31469 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31470 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31471 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31472
31473 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31474
31475 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31476
31477 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31478
31479 (autoload 'global-whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31480 Toggle global `whitespace-mode' options.
31481
31482 If global whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31483 and turn on global whitespace-mode.
31484
31485 If global whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31486 and restart global whitespace-mode.
31487
31488 Interactively, it accepts one of the following chars:
31489
31490 CHAR MEANING
31491 (VIA FACES)
31492 f toggle face visualization
31493 t toggle TAB visualization
31494 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31495 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31496 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31497 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31498 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31499 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31500 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31501 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31502 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31503 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31504 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31505 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31506 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31507 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31508 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31509
31510 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31511 T toggle TAB visualization
31512 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31513 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31514
31515 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31516 ? display brief help
31517
31518 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31519 The valid symbols are:
31520
31521 face toggle face visualization
31522 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31523 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31524 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31525 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31526 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31527 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31528 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31529 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31530 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31531 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31532 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31533 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31534 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31535 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31536 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31537 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31538
31539 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31540 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31541 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31542
31543 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31544
31545 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31546
31547 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31548
31549 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
31550 Cleanup some blank problems in all buffer or at region.
31551
31552 It usually applies to the whole buffer, but in transient mark
31553 mode when the mark is active, it applies to the region. It also
31554 applies to the region when it is not in transient mark mode, the
31555 mark is active and \\[universal-argument] was pressed just before
31556 calling `whitespace-cleanup' interactively.
31557
31558 See also `whitespace-cleanup-region'.
31559
31560 The problems cleaned up are:
31561
31562 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31563 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31564 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `empty', remove all
31565 empty lines at beginning and/or end of buffer.
31566
31567 3. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31568 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31569 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31570 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31571 SPACEs.
31572 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31573 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31574 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31575 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31576
31577 4. SPACEs before TAB.
31578 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31579 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31580 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31581 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31582 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31583 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31584 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31585
31586 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31587 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31588 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31589
31590 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31591 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31592 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31593 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31594 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31595 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31596 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31597 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31598
31599 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31600 documentation.
31601
31602 \(fn)" t nil)
31603
31604 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
31605 Cleanup some blank problems at region.
31606
31607 The problems cleaned up are:
31608
31609 1. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31610 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31611 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31612 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31613 SPACEs.
31614 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31615 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31616 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31617 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31618
31619 2. SPACEs before TAB.
31620 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31621 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31622 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31623 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31624 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31625 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31626 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31627
31628 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31629 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31630 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31631
31632 4. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31633 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31634 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31635 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31636 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31637 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31638 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31639 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31640
31641 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31642 documentation.
31643
31644 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31645
31646 (autoload 'whitespace-report "whitespace" "\
31647 Report some whitespace problems in buffer.
31648
31649 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31650 non-nil.
31651
31652 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31653 before calling `whitespace-report' interactively, it forces
31654 `whitespace-style' to have:
31655
31656 empty
31657 trailing
31658 indentation
31659 space-before-tab
31660 space-after-tab
31661
31662 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
31663 whitespace problems in buffer.
31664
31665 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31666
31667 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31668 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31669 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31670 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31671 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31672 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31673 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31674
31675 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31676 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31677 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31678 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31679 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
31680 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31681 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31682
31683 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31684 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31685 cleaning up these problems.
31686
31687 \(fn &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31688
31689 (autoload 'whitespace-report-region "whitespace" "\
31690 Report some whitespace problems in a region.
31691
31692 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31693 non-nil.
31694
31695 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31696 before calling `whitespace-report-region' interactively, it
31697 forces `whitespace-style' to have:
31698
31699 empty
31700 indentation
31701 space-before-tab
31702 trailing
31703 space-after-tab
31704
31705 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
31706 whitespace problems in buffer.
31707
31708 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31709
31710 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31711 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31712 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31713 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31714 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31715 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31716 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31717
31718 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31719 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31720 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31721 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31722 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
31723 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31724 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31725
31726 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31727 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31728 cleaning up these problems.
31729
31730 \(fn START END &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31731
31732 ;;;***
31733 \f
31734 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
31735 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (20478 3673
31736 ;;;;;; 653810 0))
31737 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
31738
31739 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
31740 Browse the widget under point.
31741
31742 \(fn POS)" t nil)
31743
31744 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
31745 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
31746
31747 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
31748
31749 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
31750 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
31751
31752 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
31753
31754 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
31755 Minor mode for traversing widgets.
31756 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
31757 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
31758 if ARG is omitted or nil.
31759
31760 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31761
31762 ;;;***
31763 \f
31764 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
31765 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (20373
31766 ;;;;;; 11301 906925 0))
31767 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
31768
31769 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
31770 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
31771
31772 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31773
31774 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
31775 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
31776 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
31777
31778 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
31779
31780 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
31781 Create widget of TYPE.
31782 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
31783
31784 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31785
31786 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
31787 Delete WIDGET.
31788
31789 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31790
31791 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
31792 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
31793
31794 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31795
31796 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "\e " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'widget-backward) (put 'widget-backward :advertised-binding [(shift tab)]) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'widget-button-press) map) "\
31797 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
31798 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.
31799 Note that such modes will need to require wid-edit.")
31800
31801 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
31802 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
31803
31804 \(fn)" nil nil)
31805
31806 ;;;***
31807 \f
31808 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
31809 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (20566
31810 ;;;;;; 63671 243798 0))
31811 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
31812
31813 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
31814 Select the window to the left of the current one.
31815 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31816 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31817 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
31818 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31819 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31820
31821 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31822
31823 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
31824 Select the window above the current one.
31825 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
31826 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
31827 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
31828 negative ARG) of the current window.
31829 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31830
31831 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31832
31833 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
31834 Select the window to the right of the current one.
31835 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31836 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
31837 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
31838 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
31839 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31840
31841 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31842
31843 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
31844 Select the window below the current one.
31845 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31846 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31847 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
31848 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31849 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31850
31851 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31852
31853 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
31854 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
31855 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
31856 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
31857
31858 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
31859
31860 ;;;***
31861 \f
31862 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el" (20584 7212
31863 ;;;;;; 455152 0))
31864 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
31865
31866 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
31867 Non-nil if Winner mode is enabled.
31868 See the command `winner-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31869 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31870 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31871 or call the function `winner-mode'.")
31872
31873 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
31874
31875 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
31876 Toggle Winner mode on or off.
31877 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Winner mode if ARG is
31878 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31879 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
31880 \\{winner-mode-map}
31881
31882 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31883
31884 ;;;***
31885 \f
31886 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-bookmark-jump woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file
31887 ;;;;;; woman woman-locale) "woman" "woman.el" (20657 65077 880084
31888 ;;;;;; 0))
31889 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
31890
31891 (defvar woman-locale nil "\
31892 String specifying a manual page locale, or nil.
31893 If a manual page is available in the specified locale
31894 \(e.g. \"sv_SE.ISO8859-1\"), it will be offered in preference to the
31895 default version. Normally, `set-locale-environment' sets this at startup.")
31896
31897 (custom-autoload 'woman-locale "woman" t)
31898
31899 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
31900 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
31901 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
31902 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
31903 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
31904 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
31905 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
31906 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
31907
31908 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
31909 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
31910
31911 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
31912
31913 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
31914 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
31915
31916 \(fn)" t nil)
31917
31918 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
31919 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
31920 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
31921 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
31922 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
31923 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
31924 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
31925 `woman' command for further details.
31926
31927 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
31928
31929 (autoload 'woman-bookmark-jump "woman" "\
31930 Default bookmark handler for Woman buffers.
31931
31932 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
31933
31934 ;;;***
31935 \f
31936 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
31937 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
31938 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
31939
31940 (autoload 'wordstar-mode "ws-mode" "\
31941 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
31942
31943 BUGS:
31944 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
31945 are not implemented
31946 - Options for search and replace
31947 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
31948 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
31949
31950 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
31951 Emacs-like.
31952
31953 The key bindings are:
31954
31955 C-a backward-word
31956 C-b fill-paragraph
31957 C-c scroll-up-line
31958 C-d forward-char
31959 C-e previous-line
31960 C-f forward-word
31961 C-g delete-char
31962 C-h backward-char
31963 C-i indent-for-tab-command
31964 C-j help-for-help
31965 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
31966 C-l ws-repeat-search
31967 C-n open-line
31968 C-p quoted-insert
31969 C-r scroll-down-line
31970 C-s backward-char
31971 C-t kill-word
31972 C-u keyboard-quit
31973 C-v overwrite-mode
31974 C-w scroll-down
31975 C-x next-line
31976 C-y kill-complete-line
31977 C-z scroll-up
31978
31979 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
31980 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
31981 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
31982 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
31983 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
31984 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
31985 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
31986 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
31987 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
31988 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
31989 C-k b ws-begin-block
31990 C-k c ws-copy-block
31991 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
31992 C-k f find-file
31993 C-k h ws-show-markers
31994 C-k i ws-indent-block
31995 C-k k ws-end-block
31996 C-k p ws-print-block
31997 C-k q kill-emacs
31998 C-k r insert-file
31999 C-k s save-some-buffers
32000 C-k t ws-mark-word
32001 C-k u ws-exdent-block
32002 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
32003 C-k v ws-move-block
32004 C-k w ws-write-block
32005 C-k x kill-emacs
32006 C-k y ws-delete-block
32007
32008 C-o c wordstar-center-line
32009 C-o b switch-to-buffer
32010 C-o j justify-current-line
32011 C-o k kill-buffer
32012 C-o l list-buffers
32013 C-o m auto-fill-mode
32014 C-o r set-fill-column
32015 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
32016 C-o wd delete-other-windows
32017 C-o wh split-window-right
32018 C-o wo other-window
32019 C-o wv split-window-below
32020
32021 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
32022 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
32023 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
32024 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
32025 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
32026 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
32027 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
32028 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
32029 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
32030 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
32031 C-q a ws-query-replace
32032 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
32033 C-q c end-of-buffer
32034 C-q d end-of-line
32035 C-q f ws-search
32036 C-q k ws-to-block-end
32037 C-q l ws-undo
32038 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
32039 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
32040 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
32041 C-q w ws-last-error
32042 C-q y ws-kill-eol
32043 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
32044
32045 \(fn)" t nil)
32046
32047 ;;;***
32048 \f
32049 ;;;### (autoloads (xesam-search) "xesam" "net/xesam.el" (20478 3673
32050 ;;;;;; 653810 0))
32051 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/xesam.el
32052
32053 (autoload 'xesam-search "xesam" "\
32054 Perform an interactive search.
32055 ENGINE is the Xesam search engine to be applied, it must be one of the
32056 entries of `xesam-search-engines'. QUERY is the search string in the
32057 Xesam user query language. If the search engine does not support
32058 the Xesam user query language, a Xesam fulltext search is applied.
32059
32060 The default search engine is the first entry in `xesam-search-engines'.
32061 Example:
32062
32063 (xesam-search (car (xesam-search-engines)) \"emacs\")
32064
32065 \(fn ENGINE QUERY)" t nil)
32066
32067 ;;;***
32068 \f
32069 ;;;### (autoloads (xml-parse-region xml-parse-file) "xml" "xml.el"
32070 ;;;;;; (20528 48420 241677 0))
32071 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
32072
32073 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
32074 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
32075 Return the top node with all its children.
32076 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
32077
32078 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
32079 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
32080 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
32081
32082 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
32083
32084 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
32085 namespace to URIs instead.
32086
32087 If it is the symbol 'symbol-qnames, expanded names will be
32088 returned as a plain symbol 'namespace:foo instead of a cons.
32089
32090 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
32091
32092 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
32093
32094 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
32095
32096 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
32097 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
32098 Return the XML parse tree, or raise an error if the region does
32099 not contain well-formed XML.
32100
32101 If BEG is nil, it defaults to `point-min'.
32102 If END is nil, it defaults to `point-max'.
32103 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
32104 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, parse the DTD and return it as the first
32105 element of the list.
32106 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
32107 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
32108 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
32109
32110 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
32111
32112 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
32113 namespace to URIs instead.
32114
32115 If it is the symbol 'symbol-qnames, expanded names will be
32116 returned as a plain symbol 'namespace:foo instead of a cons.
32117
32118 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
32119
32120 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
32121
32122 \(fn &optional BEG END BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
32123
32124 ;;;***
32125 \f
32126 ;;;### (autoloads (xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position) "xmltok"
32127 ;;;;;; "nxml/xmltok.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
32128 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xmltok.el
32129
32130 (autoload 'xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position "xmltok" "\
32131 Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
32132 If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
32133 contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
32134 where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
32135 of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
32136 the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
32137 If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML
32138 declaration, return nil. Otherwise, return t.
32139 If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.
32140
32141 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" nil nil)
32142
32143 ;;;***
32144 \f
32145 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (20485
32146 ;;;;;; 15269 390836 0))
32147 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
32148
32149 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
32150 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
32151 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
32152 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32153 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
32154 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
32155
32156 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
32157
32158 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
32159 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
32160 With a prefix argument ARG, enable XTerm mouse mode if ARG is
32161 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
32162 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
32163
32164 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
32165 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
32166 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
32167 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
32168 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
32169 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
32170
32171 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32172
32173 ;;;***
32174 \f
32175 ;;;### (autoloads (yenc-extract-filename yenc-decode-region) "yenc"
32176 ;;;;;; "gnus/yenc.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
32177 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
32178
32179 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
32180 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
32181
32182 \(fn START END)" t nil)
32183
32184 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
32185 Extract file name from an yenc header.
32186
32187 \(fn)" nil nil)
32188
32189 ;;;***
32190 \f
32191 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
32192 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (20364 42504 244840 586000))
32193 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
32194
32195 (autoload 'yow "yow" "\
32196 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it.
32197
32198 \(fn &optional INSERT DISPLAY)" t nil)
32199
32200 (autoload 'insert-zippyism "yow" "\
32201 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point.
32202
32203 \(fn &optional ZIPPYISM)" t nil)
32204
32205 (autoload 'apropos-zippy "yow" "\
32206 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
32207 If called interactively, display a list of matches.
32208
32209 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
32210
32211 (autoload 'psychoanalyze-pinhead "yow" "\
32212 Zippy goes to the analyst.
32213
32214 \(fn)" t nil)
32215
32216 ;;;***
32217 \f
32218 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (20545 57511 257469
32219 ;;;;;; 0))
32220 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
32221
32222 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
32223 Zone out, completely.
32224
32225 \(fn)" t nil)
32226
32227 ;;;***
32228 \f
32229 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el"
32230 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el"
32231 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el"
32232 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el"
32233 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el"
32234 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el"
32235 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-loaddefs.el" "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el"
32236 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-menu.el" "calc/calc-misc.el"
32237 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mode.el" "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-nlfit.el"
32238 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-poly.el" "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el"
32239 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-rules.el" "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el"
32240 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-store.el" "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el"
32241 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-units.el" "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el"
32242 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg2.el" "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el"
32243 ;;;;;; "calc/calcsel2.el" "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el"
32244 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el"
32245 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-loaddefs.el"
32246 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-mayan.el" "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el"
32247 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-persia.el" "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el"
32248 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-loaddefs.el" "calendar/hol-loaddefs.el" "cdl.el"
32249 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-cscope.el" "cedet/cedet-files.el" "cedet/cedet-global.el"
32250 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-idutils.el" "cedet/cedet.el" "cedet/ede/auto.el"
32251 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el" "cedet/ede/base.el" "cedet/ede/cpp-root.el"
32252 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/custom.el" "cedet/ede/dired.el" "cedet/ede/emacs.el"
32253 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/files.el" "cedet/ede/generic.el" "cedet/ede/linux.el"
32254 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/loaddefs.el" "cedet/ede/locate.el" "cedet/ede/make.el"
32255 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el" "cedet/ede/pconf.el" "cedet/ede/pmake.el"
32256 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-archive.el" "cedet/ede/proj-aux.el" "cedet/ede/proj-comp.el"
32257 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-info.el" "cedet/ede/proj-misc.el"
32258 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-obj.el" "cedet/ede/proj-prog.el" "cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el"
32259 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-shared.el" "cedet/ede/proj.el" "cedet/ede/project-am.el"
32260 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/shell.el" "cedet/ede/simple.el" "cedet/ede/source.el"
32261 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/speedbar.el" "cedet/ede/srecode.el" "cedet/ede/system.el"
32262 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/util.el" "cedet/pulse.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze.el"
32263 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/debug.el"
32264 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/fcn.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el"
32265 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/c-by.el"
32266 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/debug.el"
32267 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el"
32268 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/make-by.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el"
32269 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm-by.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el"
32270 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/chart.el" "cedet/semantic/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/ctxt.el"
32271 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-debug.el" "cedet/semantic/db-ebrowse.el"
32272 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-el.el" "cedet/semantic/db-file.el" "cedet/semantic/db-find.el"
32273 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-global.el" "cedet/semantic/db-javascript.el"
32274 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-mode.el" "cedet/semantic/db-ref.el" "cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el"
32275 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db.el" "cedet/semantic/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate.el"
32276 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el"
32277 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/dep.el" "cedet/semantic/doc.el" "cedet/semantic/ede-grammar.el"
32278 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/edit.el" "cedet/semantic/find.el" "cedet/semantic/format.el"
32279 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/fw.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar.el"
32280 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/html.el" "cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el" "cedet/semantic/ia.el"
32281 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/idle.el" "cedet/semantic/imenu.el" "cedet/semantic/java.el"
32282 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el" "cedet/semantic/lex.el" "cedet/semantic/loaddefs.el"
32283 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el" "cedet/semantic/sb.el" "cedet/semantic/scope.el"
32284 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/senator.el" "cedet/semantic/sort.el" "cedet/semantic/symref.el"
32285 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/filter.el"
32286 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/global.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el"
32287 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/list.el"
32288 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-file.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-write.el"
32289 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag.el" "cedet/semantic/texi.el" "cedet/semantic/util-modes.el"
32290 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/util.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/comp.el"
32291 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el"
32292 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/javat-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/js-wy.el"
32293 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/python-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el"
32294 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/wisent.el" "cedet/srecode.el" "cedet/srecode/args.el"
32295 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/compile.el" "cedet/srecode/cpp.el" "cedet/srecode/ctxt.el"
32296 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/dictionary.el" "cedet/srecode/document.el"
32297 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/el.el" "cedet/srecode/expandproto.el" "cedet/srecode/extract.el"
32298 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/fields.el" "cedet/srecode/filters.el" "cedet/srecode/find.el"
32299 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/getset.el" "cedet/srecode/insert.el" "cedet/srecode/java.el"
32300 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/loaddefs.el" "cedet/srecode/map.el" "cedet/srecode/mode.el"
32301 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/semantic.el" "cedet/srecode/srt-wy.el" "cedet/srecode/srt.el"
32302 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/table.el" "cedet/srecode/template.el" "cedet/srecode/texi.el"
32303 ;;;;;; "cus-dep.el" "dframe.el" "dired-aux.el" "dired-x.el" "dos-fns.el"
32304 ;;;;;; "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "dynamic-setting.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el"
32305 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el" "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el"
32306 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/chart.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-loaddefs.el"
32307 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl.el"
32308 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el"
32309 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio.el" "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el"
32310 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/gulp.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/package-x.el"
32311 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/regi.el" "emacs-lisp/smie.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el"
32312 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" "emulation/cua-rect.el"
32313 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el" "emulation/edt-pc.el"
32314 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" "emulation/viper-cmd.el"
32315 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el" "emulation/viper-keym.el"
32316 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el" "emulation/viper-util.el"
32317 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el" "erc/erc-ibuffer.el"
32318 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-lang.el" "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el"
32319 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el"
32320 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el"
32321 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el"
32322 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el"
32323 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-unix.el" "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el"
32324 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-cmd.el" "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el"
32325 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-io.el" "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el"
32326 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el"
32327 ;;;;;; "ezimage.el" "foldout.el" "format-spec.el" "fringe.el" "generic-x.el"
32328 ;;;;;; "gnus/compface.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el" "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el"
32329 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el" "gnus/gnus-demon.el"
32330 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el" "gnus/gnus-ems.el"
32331 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el" "gnus/gnus-mh.el"
32332 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el" "gnus/gnus-setup.el"
32333 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el"
32334 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-util.el" "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/gssapi.el"
32335 ;;;;;; "gnus/ietf-drums.el" "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el"
32336 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el"
32337 ;;;;;; "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-archive.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el"
32338 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-decode.el" "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el"
32339 ;;;;;; "gnus/mml-smime.el" "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndir.el"
32340 ;;;;;; "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el" "gnus/nngateway.el"
32341 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnir.el" "gnus/nnmail.el"
32342 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmairix.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnmh.el"
32343 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnregistry.el" "gnus/nnrss.el"
32344 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el" "gnus/nnweb.el"
32345 ;;;;;; "gnus/registry.el" "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el"
32346 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2104.el" "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/rtree.el" "gnus/shr-color.el"
32347 ;;;;;; "gnus/sieve-manage.el" "gnus/smime.el" "gnus/spam-stat.el"
32348 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-wash.el" "hex-util.el" "hfy-cmap.el" "ibuf-ext.el"
32349 ;;;;;; "international/cp51932.el" "international/eucjp-ms.el" "international/fontset.el"
32350 ;;;;;; "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
32351 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/uni-bidi.el"
32352 ;;;;;; "international/uni-category.el" "international/uni-combining.el"
32353 ;;;;;; "international/uni-comment.el" "international/uni-decimal.el"
32354 ;;;;;; "international/uni-decomposition.el" "international/uni-digit.el"
32355 ;;;;;; "international/uni-lowercase.el" "international/uni-mirrored.el"
32356 ;;;;;; "international/uni-name.el" "international/uni-numeric.el"
32357 ;;;;;; "international/uni-old-name.el" "international/uni-titlecase.el"
32358 ;;;;;; "international/uni-uppercase.el" "json.el" "kermit.el" "language/hanja-util.el"
32359 ;;;;;; "language/thai-word.el" "ldefs-boot.el" "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el"
32360 ;;;;;; "mail/mailheader.el" "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el"
32361 ;;;;;; "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el" "mail/rmailedit.el"
32362 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" "mail/rmailmm.el" "mail/rmailmsc.el" "mail/rmailsort.el"
32363 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailsum.el" "mail/undigest.el" "md4.el" "mh-e/mh-acros.el"
32364 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-alias.el" "mh-e/mh-buffers.el" "mh-e/mh-compat.el"
32365 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-funcs.el" "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el"
32366 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-inc.el" "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el"
32367 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el" "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el"
32368 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el"
32369 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el" "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el"
32370 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mouse.el"
32371 ;;;;;; "mwheel.el" "net/dns.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el"
32372 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-mab.el" "net/eudcb-ph.el"
32373 ;;;;;; "net/hmac-def.el" "net/hmac-md5.el" "net/imap.el" "net/ldap.el"
32374 ;;;;;; "net/mairix.el" "net/newsticker.el" "net/ntlm.el" "net/sasl-cram.el"
32375 ;;;;;; "net/sasl-digest.el" "net/sasl-ntlm.el" "net/sasl.el" "net/soap-client.el"
32376 ;;;;;; "net/soap-inspect.el" "net/socks.el" "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-adb.el"
32377 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-cache.el" "net/tramp-cmds.el" "net/tramp-compat.el"
32378 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-gvfs.el" "net/tramp-gw.el" "net/tramp-loaddefs.el"
32379 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-sh.el" "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/trampver.el"
32380 ;;;;;; "net/zeroconf.el" "notifications.el" "nxml/nxml-enc.el" "nxml/nxml-maint.el"
32381 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-ns.el" "nxml/nxml-outln.el" "nxml/nxml-parse.el"
32382 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-rap.el" "nxml/nxml-util.el" "nxml/rng-dt.el" "nxml/rng-loc.el"
32383 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-maint.el" "nxml/rng-match.el" "nxml/rng-parse.el"
32384 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-pttrn.el" "nxml/rng-uri.el" "nxml/rng-util.el"
32385 ;;;;;; "nxml/xsd-regexp.el" "org/ob-C.el" "org/ob-R.el" "org/ob-asymptote.el"
32386 ;;;;;; "org/ob-awk.el" "org/ob-calc.el" "org/ob-clojure.el" "org/ob-comint.el"
32387 ;;;;;; "org/ob-css.el" "org/ob-ditaa.el" "org/ob-dot.el" "org/ob-emacs-lisp.el"
32388 ;;;;;; "org/ob-eval.el" "org/ob-exp.el" "org/ob-fortran.el" "org/ob-gnuplot.el"
32389 ;;;;;; "org/ob-haskell.el" "org/ob-io.el" "org/ob-java.el" "org/ob-js.el"
32390 ;;;;;; "org/ob-keys.el" "org/ob-latex.el" "org/ob-ledger.el" "org/ob-lilypond.el"
32391 ;;;;;; "org/ob-lisp.el" "org/ob-lob.el" "org/ob-matlab.el" "org/ob-maxima.el"
32392 ;;;;;; "org/ob-mscgen.el" "org/ob-ocaml.el" "org/ob-octave.el" "org/ob-org.el"
32393 ;;;;;; "org/ob-perl.el" "org/ob-picolisp.el" "org/ob-plantuml.el"
32394 ;;;;;; "org/ob-python.el" "org/ob-ref.el" "org/ob-ruby.el" "org/ob-sass.el"
32395 ;;;;;; "org/ob-scala.el" "org/ob-scheme.el" "org/ob-screen.el" "org/ob-sh.el"
32396 ;;;;;; "org/ob-shen.el" "org/ob-sql.el" "org/ob-sqlite.el" "org/ob-table.el"
32397 ;;;;;; "org/ob-tangle.el" "org/ob.el" "org/org-archive.el" "org/org-ascii.el"
32398 ;;;;;; "org/org-attach.el" "org/org-bbdb.el" "org/org-bibtex.el"
32399 ;;;;;; "org/org-clock.el" "org/org-crypt.el" "org/org-ctags.el"
32400 ;;;;;; "org/org-datetree.el" "org/org-docbook.el" "org/org-docview.el"
32401 ;;;;;; "org/org-element.el" "org/org-entities.el" "org/org-eshell.el"
32402 ;;;;;; "org/org-exp-blocks.el" "org/org-exp.el" "org/org-faces.el"
32403 ;;;;;; "org/org-feed.el" "org/org-footnote.el" "org/org-freemind.el"
32404 ;;;;;; "org/org-gnus.el" "org/org-habit.el" "org/org-html.el" "org/org-icalendar.el"
32405 ;;;;;; "org/org-id.el" "org/org-indent.el" "org/org-info.el" "org/org-inlinetask.el"
32406 ;;;;;; "org/org-install.el" "org/org-irc.el" "org/org-jsinfo.el"
32407 ;;;;;; "org/org-latex.el" "org/org-list.el" "org/org-loaddefs.el"
32408 ;;;;;; "org/org-lparse.el" "org/org-mac-message.el" "org/org-macs.el"
32409 ;;;;;; "org/org-mew.el" "org/org-mhe.el" "org/org-mks.el" "org/org-mobile.el"
32410 ;;;;;; "org/org-mouse.el" "org/org-odt.el" "org/org-pcomplete.el"
32411 ;;;;;; "org/org-plot.el" "org/org-protocol.el" "org/org-publish.el"
32412 ;;;;;; "org/org-remember.el" "org/org-rmail.el" "org/org-special-blocks.el"
32413 ;;;;;; "org/org-src.el" "org/org-table.el" "org/org-taskjuggler.el"
32414 ;;;;;; "org/org-timer.el" "org/org-vm.el" "org/org-w3m.el" "org/org-wl.el"
32415 ;;;;;; "org/org-xoxo.el" "play/gamegrid.el" "play/gametree.el" "play/meese.el"
32416 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ada-prj.el" "progmodes/cc-align.el" "progmodes/cc-awk.el"
32417 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" "progmodes/cc-defs.el"
32418 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" "progmodes/cc-langs.el" "progmodes/cc-menus.el"
32419 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el" "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el"
32420 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el" "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el"
32421 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el"
32422 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-help.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el"
32423 ;;;;;; "progmodes/xscheme.el" "ps-def.el" "ps-mule.el" "ps-samp.el"
32424 ;;;;;; "saveplace.el" "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el" "select.el"
32425 ;;;;;; "soundex.el" "subdirs.el" "tempo.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el"
32426 ;;;;;; "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el" "textmodes/refbib.el"
32427 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el"
32428 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el"
32429 ;;;;;; "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "timezone.el" "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el"
32430 ;;;;;; "uniquify.el" "url/url-about.el" "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el"
32431 ;;;;;; "url/url-domsuf.el" "url/url-expand.el" "url/url-ftp.el"
32432 ;;;;;; "url/url-future.el" "url/url-history.el" "url/url-imap.el"
32433 ;;;;;; "url/url-methods.el" "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el"
32434 ;;;;;; "url/url-vars.el" "vc/ediff-diff.el" "vc/ediff-init.el" "vc/ediff-merg.el"
32435 ;;;;;; "vc/ediff-ptch.el" "vc/ediff-vers.el" "vc/ediff-wind.el"
32436 ;;;;;; "vc/pcvs-info.el" "vc/pcvs-parse.el" "vc/pcvs-util.el" "vc/vc-dav.el"
32437 ;;;;;; "vcursor.el" "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el" "w32-common-fns.el"
32438 ;;;;;; "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el" "x-dnd.el") (20706 50646 12288
32439 ;;;;;; 733000))
32440
32441 ;;;***
32442 \f
32443 (provide 'loaddefs)
32444 ;; Local Variables:
32445 ;; version-control: never
32446 ;; no-byte-compile: t
32447 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
32448 ;; coding: utf-8
32449 ;; End:
32450 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here